Full text of "Examinations papers"

See other formats

Google

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world’s books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that’s often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book’s long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.

We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google’s system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attribution The Google “watermark” you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can’t offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book’s appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google’s mission is to organize the world’s information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world’s books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

atthtto: //books.gqoogle.com/

Digitized by Google

THE UNIVERSITY OF MELBOURNE.

ANNUAL

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

ee ata Fan rte tere 2
» ’

NOVEMBER DBQEMEED, 1906,
“tos
MARCH: 1907. ”

PR ERPR IRIN NPR ERIN EN ORIN IS OR ERT ST RENIN OR LRON FR GEINI SINAN IRIN PR

fPAeclbourne:
PRINTED FOR THE UNIVERSITY,
BY J. KEMP, ACTING GOVERNMENT PRINTER,

1907.

— + awe

—_—

ooer?
e
e
aoav® overs
evoet :
ee eeaee °
e . Foe
ee eevee”
PCs eee? oee°
‘ ee ? e
ba . @ e,e
re a eee? ie
ec rocee ooer®
oe? ee hg © ete
eete® e
_ eoos®? o*-
Segue . *e 7
.° ° ®e
: e
wete hci eevee
e eo oe” “Jo %e
eee” * °
. e %-e
wocee Cee
oe & aa
oe fe
eeee?
®~e

CONTENTS.

[ES

ANNUAL EXAMINATIOK—

Greek. — Part I. — (Translation of Prepared
Books) .

Latin. — Part I. — - (Translation of "Prepared
Books) .

Greek. — Part II. — (Translation of "Prepared
Books) .

Latin.— Part IL. — (Translation of. ‘Prepared
Books) .

Greek. — Part I. — (Composition and Unseen
Translation)

Latin, — Part I. — (Composition and Unseen
Translation )

Greek. — Part II. — (Composition and Unseen
Translation )

Latin. — Part II. — (Composition and Unseen
Translation)

Greek. —Part IT. (Outlines of Greek ‘History,
Lit: rature, and Antiquities)

Latin.—Part Il. (Outlines of Roman History,
Literature, and Antiquities)

Comparative Philology.—Second Year

Comparative Philology.—Third Year ae

English.—Part I.—First Paper sé ves

English.—Part I.—Second Paper

English.—Part II.—First Paper se ae

English.—Part II.—Second Paper ... see

French.—Part I.—First Paper

French.—Part I.—Second Paper. — Prescribed
Authors

French.—Part I.—Third Paper. —History of

the Literature and Language

French.—Part II.—First Paper es

French.—Part II —Second Paper. — Prescribed
Authors ste

French.—Parts I. and II.—Third Paper sa

German,—Part I—First Paper.— Prescribed
Authors es ie vase Ss

Page
1, 307
5, 311

-» 16, 316

21, 321

22, 322

CONTENTS.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION—continued— Page
German.—Part I.—Second Paper _... 67
German.—Part I.—Honours, and Part IT. —Pass

(First Paper).—(Composition and Unseen

Translation) ue ‘es 70
German.—Part II.—Second Paper a 74
German.—Part IT.—Third Paper [- 77
Ancient History _... oe 89, 341
History of the British Empire. —Part I. .. 80, 343
History of the British ia cae —Part IT. . 82, 344
Political Economy ... ... 83, 345
Pure Mathematics.—Part I. . ... 85, 346
Pure Mathematics.—Part IJ. . 87, 348
Mixed Mathematics.—Part I. 89, 350
Mixed Mathematics.—Part II. —Engineering

Course ... 93, 353
Mixed Mathematics. ‘_—Part U.—Arts.—First

Paper... es 95
Mixed Mathematics.—Part II.—Arts. —Second

Paper ... nee ies é 97
Deductive Logic . 99, 356
Inductive Logic _... .. 101, 358
Mental Philosophy.—Paper No. 1 103
Mental Philosophy.—Paper No. 2 . 104, 359
Moral Philosophy . 105, 360

Natural Philosophy.—Part I. — Arts & Education 106, 363
Natural Philosophy.—Part II.— Arts and Science 108, 366

Natural Philosophy.—Part II.—Engineering
Course .. 110
Natural Philosophy. —Part II. —Engineering
Course ... 112
Geology.—Part I . : 361
Geology.—Part If. —Mining Honours ; ; Science
Pass ose wt ve 114
Biology.— Part I —Botany 116
Biology.—Part I.—Written Paper ... 362
Biology.— Part I.—Laboratory Work 363
Natural Science.—Physical Geo graphy . 117,415
—Natural Science.—Chemistry .. 118, 371
Natural Science.— Zoology 119
Natural Science.—Zoology.—Pass and Honour
Paper Poe ba aes 120
Astronomy ' Si ois 121
~Chemistry.—Part 1, oe see 368

CONTENTS. V
ANNUAL ExsaMINATION—continued— Page
—Chemistry.—Part II. sis or 369
—Chemistry.—Part ITI. i ae S65 123
—Organic Chemistry.— First Year - $70
Inorganic Chemistry —Third Year Science 124
Physiological Chemistry and Histology oea 125
—Technical Chemistry.—Third Year Science 126
Elementary Physics and Chemistry. vere
Course ... tae 127
Jurisprudence (including Roman Law) .. 128, 372
Constitutional History and Law (Part I.) and
Public International Law . ... 129, 374
Constitutional History and Law.— Part II ... 181, 376
Constitutional History and Law.—Part III. ... 183, 377
Private International Law ... ... 185, 381
Administrative Law ... 187, 379
Law of Property in Land and Conveyancing ... 189, 394
Law of Contracts and Personal Property ... 142, 383
The Law of Wrongs, Civil and Criminal ... 144, 387
The Law of Procedure <a ; -- 148, 384
Equity ge acs i ... 162, 391
Education.—Section ‘A. ee bas .»- 155, 839
Education.—Section B. 54 sie ... 157, 340
Machine Designing ius ‘ee 159
Applied Mechanics.—First Paper 397
Hydraulic Engineering.—First Paper 398
Hydraulic Engineering.—Second Paper 399
Mechanical Engineering.—Part I.—Second Paper . 400
Mechanical Engineering.—Part II.—First Paper 401
Mechanical Engineering. — Part II,— Second
Paper ... see 402
Civil Engineering. —Part I, —First Paper 403.
Civil Engineering —Part I.—Second Paper 404
Surveying.—Part I.—First Paper 406
Surveying-—Part I.—Second Paper ... 409
—Metallurgy.—Part I. Sa 413
Physiology.—First Year Massage Candidates ... 416
Physiology.—Third Year Medicine ... 417
Physiology and Histology.—Third Year Medicine 418
Anatomy.— First Paper 419
Anatomy.—Second Paper 420
Materia Medica and Pharmacy 42)
Theory and Practice of Medicine 422
Forensic Medicine ... 423
Obstetrics and Gynecology .. ate 424

vi CONTENTS.
ANNUAL EXAMINATION—continued—

General ree Lis and ees y.

Special Pathology . : tee

Surgery... sai aie

Harmony.—First Year Diploma $i 159,

Harmony. — First Year Mus, Bac. —Sccond Year
Diploma

Harmony.—Second Year Mus. Bac.—Third Year
Diploma 3

Harmony.—Third Year—Diploma

Harmony.—Mus, Bac.—Third Year ...

Counterpoint.—First Year Diploma

Counterpoint.—First Year Mus. Bac. —Second
Year Diploma...

Counterpoint.—Second Year Mus. Bac. —Third
Year Diploma _... ies

Counterpoint.—Third Year Mus. Bac,

Double Counterpoint, Canon and Fugue. - —
Part I.—Third Year Diploma.—Third Year
Mus. Bac.
History, Literature, and Zisthetics of Music.—
Third Year Mus. Bac. and Diploma in Music
History, Literature, and Austhetics.—First Year:
Mus. Bac.—Second Year Diploma .., oes
Form and Analysis.— First Year Mus. Bac.—
Second Year Diploma he

Form and Analysis.—Third Ycar Diploma.—
Second Year Mus. Bac. _....

Instrumentation.—Third Year Diploma (Pass
and Hon.)—Thbird Year Mus. Bac. (Pass)

Musical Terminology.—First Year Diploma

Musical Terminology.—First Year

Honour ExaMINaTION—

Greek.—Part I.—(Translation of Prepared
Books) .

Latin.—Part I. —(Translation of Prepared Books)

Greek.—Part I1—(Translation of Prepared
Books) .

Latin. —Part II. _(Translation of “Prepared
Books) .. sie

Greek. —Part I. —( Unprepared Translation)

Latin.—Part I.—(Unprepared Translation)

Greek.—Part II.—(Unprepared Translation) ..,

. 163,

Page
425
426
427
428

430
166
432
167
169
170
171
172
173
176
178
179
181]
183

184
434

186
191

197

208
209
212
215

ww -—-- ---—~— +

CONTENTS. vil

Honour ExaMINaTION—continued— Page
Latin.—Part II.—(Unprepared ern) . «=. 218
Greek.—Part L—(Composition) sf we = «221
Latin. — Part I. —(Composition) Sag .. 222
Greek.— Part II.—(Composition) Sea . 224
Latin Part I1.—(Composition) ee . 2.28
German.—Part I.—Second Paper ia we eee
German.— Part I.—Third Paper ed .. 230
Ancient History.—Second Paper 234
History of the British Empire.— Part 1.—Seeondd

Paper ren 236
Pure Mathematics. —Part I —First Paper ... 287
Pure Mathematics.—Part I.—Second Paper .. =—-:289
Pure Mathematics.—Part I1.—First Paper .. 242
Pure Mathematics,—Part IIl.—Second Paper... 244
Mixed Mathematics.—Part I—Second Paper... 247
Mixed Mathematics. — Part IJ.—Arts and En-

gineering ... 251
Mixed Mathematics. — Part II. —Arts and En-

eering.—Second Paper ... sel 255
Deductive Logic.—Second Paper seh .. 258
Inductive Logic.—Second Paper .. 260
Biology.—Part I.—Medical Course. —Written ... 261
Biology.—Part I—Practical Examination ww. «= 262
Biology.—Part I.—Zoology.—Science Course ... 263
Natural Philosophy.—Part I.. 264

Natural Philosophy.— Part II.—Arts and Science 266
Natural Philosophy.—Part I. — papmeseme::

Course... sh . 268

~ Chemistry.—Part I. .... . 270
~ Chemistry.—Part II. —Science and Engineering | 271
Jurisprudence (including Roman Law) .. ica 272
Constitutional History and Law.—Part Il. «6-278
Law of Property in Land and Conveyancing ... 275
Law of Contracts and Personal Property we «= 2.77
Physical Geography ... 279
Physiology and Histology. —Second Year Science 280
—Education.—Second Paper... 281
__ Metallurgy.—Part I—First Paper... .. 282
~ Metallurgy.—Part I —Second Paper... - «=: 288
Geology —Part I. _... si .. 284
Applied Mechanics.—First Paper ea .. 286
Applied Mechanics.—Second Paper _... . 287

Mechanical Engineering.—Part I.— First Paper 288

vill CONTENTS.

Honour EXAMINATION—continued—

Mechanical kngineering. — Part
Paper ce
Surveying.—Part I. —Fi irst Paper
Surveying.—Part L—Second Paper
Surveying.—Part I].—First Paper
Surveying.—Part II.—Seeond Paper
Surveying. — Part III.—First Paper
Surveying.—Part III.—Second Paper

I. — Second

vil Engineering.—Part I.—First Paper
Civil Engineering.—Part I.—Second Paper

Fina Honour EXxaMInaTION IN ARTS AND SCLENCE—

School of Classical Philology.

Greek Translation _... see
Latin Translation

Greek Composition

Latin Composition

Comparative Philology

Greek and Roman Literary Criticism
Greek and Latin Literature

General Paper

Page

289
290
29]
296
297
298
300
302
303

435
439
443
445
446
448
451
452

School of History, including Constitutional and tes History,

and Political Economy.

Ancient History.—First Paper
Ancient History.—Second Paper

History of the British Empire.—First Paper ‘
History of the British Empire.—Second eens soe

History sas

Political Economy. —First Paper
Political Economy.—Second Paper
Political Economy.—Degree of M.A.

School of Logic and Philosophy.

I.—Formal Logic
II.—Inductive Logic...
I1I.—Psychology
IV.—Metaphysics__...
V.—Moral Philosophy
VI.—History of Philosophy

455
456
457
458
459
459
461
461

CONTENTS.

Finat Hon. Exam. 1x Arts anv SOLENCE—continued—

School of Modern Languages.
English.—First Paper aes ever ae
English.—Second Paper — see oes
English.—Third Paper ais “is es
Knglish.—Fourth Paper “iis ies a5
French.—First Paper se aie ves
French.—Second Paper ee soe sie

French.—Third Paper eng coe
French.—Fourth Paper a ba
German, —First Paper

German.—Second Paper ee fe ~
German.—Third Paper “és ees vas
- School of Natural Philosophy.
General Physics and Heat ea iss ae
Light and Sound bios (aa ee F
Electricity and Magnetism ;
Special Course sae
School of Geology.
Geology.—First Paper see és ies
Geology.—Second Paper “as ses vr
School of Chemistry.
<2 dicey Paper ie wes ies
Chemistry.—Second Paper _,,.. aes die
Chemistry.—Third Paper e
Frat Honour Examination 1nN Laws—
Public International Law wae sith ive
Private International Law ees

Constitutional History and Law.—Part I. ves

The Law of Wrongs and the Law of Procedure.—
First Paper

The Law of Wrongs and the Law of Procedure.— —_
Second Paper Da

Equity

Law of Property i in Land and Conveyancing

The Law of Contracts and Personal Property...

Administrative Law ... seis aoe
Fiwat Honour ExaMINaTION In MEDICINE—

Theory and Practice of Medicine sae see

Clinical Medicine. Casefor Commentary ...

Obstetrics.—-Case for Commentary vias ses

“x CONTENTS.

Frvat Honour Exam. 1x MEpictinE—contmued— Page
Obstetrics. ... ies ve as: «. 5380
Forensic Medicine _ ... 530
General and Special Pathology, including Bae-

teriology ... .. 531
Gynscology.—Case for Commentary ne oe. «= 32
Gynecology .. eas ee w. 532
Surgery. —Case for Commentary’ ss ». 633
Surgery.—Honours... so GG .. 534

Finac Honour EXAMINATION IN ENGINEERING—

Hydraulic Engineering. — Part A.—First Paper ... 535
Hydraulic Engineering.—Part A —Second raver 539

Hydraulic Engineering.—Part B. see . 540
Thermo-dynamics and Electro-magnetism ¢- ... 541
Civil Engineering.—First Paper ee . 543
Civil Engineering.— Second Paper a .. 544
Mechanical.Engineering.—First Paper ... . «= 48
Mechanical Engineering. —Second Paper . 546
Applied Mechanics.—First Paper és w= 547
Applied Mechanics.—Second Paper _... 548

Mixed Mathematics (Engineering).—First Paper 549
Mixed Mathematics (Engineering).—Second Paper 550

EXAMINATION FOR THE DEGREE OF M.C.E.—

Mining Engineering.—First Paper ei ve 052
Mining Engineering.—Second Paper... 553
Road and Bridge Construction and Maintenance.- —
First Paper 554
Road and Bridge Construction and Maintenance —
Second Paper . a » 655
Hydraulic Engineering. —Pert A. ine -- 6556
Surveying and Levelling.—First Paper... wo. 657
Surveying and Levelling.—Second Paper .. 559
SuPPLEMENTARY Pass EXAMINATION IN MEDICINE—
Theory and.Practice.of Medicine _ ... . 562
Forensic Medicine _... nee .. 663
Special Pathology _... Ge eed oe §=— 56k
Obstetrics and Gynecology... ws . 565
Surgery.—Pass 15 .. 566
Materia Medica and Pharmacy _ ae .. 567
Therapeuties, Dietetics, and Hygiene ... .. 568
Physiology and Histology wis ses 568

Anatomy... or ve ous .- 569

ANNUAL EXAMINATION,

NOVEMBER, 1906.

FOR THE

DEGREES OF B.A., B.Sc., LL.B., M.B., B.S.,
B.C.E., AND B.M.E, AND FOR THE
DIPLOMAS OF EDUCATION, MUSIC,
MINING, AND METALLURGY.

GREEK.—Parr I. (TRANSLATION OF
PREPARED BOOKS.)

The Board of' Examiners.

1. Translate, with brief notes in the margin where
you think them called for—
(u) pnter goBnOnc gidéa
yap Hoe rakic wrepvywv
Boaitc auidrAare rp0ce Ba
TOvOE TAYOV, WaTpYyaC
poytg maperrovea gpévac.
parm vopopor O€ pe Exreupay avpac’
krurov yap ayw yaduGoc
dujev Gvrpwy puyor, éx 8 Exrnké pov
ray Ospepamy aide
avOnv © axédidog byw TrEepwrg.

(2)

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

éyw yap ovK Ei dvarvy@, TOO elveKa

Bédoep’ av we wreElarowoe wnpovag TUyXELy.

ov ofr’, éved pe kal Kaocyvhrov ruyxat
teipuva’” ArAavrog, b¢ xpoc Earépove Téruug
éornxe Kiov’ ovparvoi re Kat Goro

Gpore épelowy, &yBoc ode ebayKxador.

IQ. 4 yap wor’ Eorey exrecciv dpyiic Ala ;
ITP. ijdoe’ Gy, cipar, ravd’ idotea cuppopar.
IQ. mac 0’ ob« &y, frig x Atdc raoyw Kaas ;
IIP. we roivuy dyrwy rwvdé cor pabeiv mapa.
IQ. mpoc¢ rov ripavva oxiixrpa cvdAnOhoerat;
TIP. mpocg abro¢g avrov xevoppdvwy BovrAevpdrwy.
IQ. roig rpéxy; onpnvor, ei ph ree BAGBGn.
TIP. yapet yapor rowirov, » wor’ doxadg.
Kakptva mpw@rog ef dveiparwy a xp?

trap yevéoBat, kAndovag rE dvaxpirouc
éyvapio abroic’ évodioucg re cuudAove
yappwrviywr re arijov ociwvev oxeOpic
dedyen’, oirivéc re dektot guerv,

evwrvpous Te, Kal Olatray HyTiva

Exovo’ Exaoro, Kai mpoc AAAHAove TiveEc.
ExOpac re kai orépynOpa Kal Evvedpiar’
orhayxvwy re NELOTHTA, Kal yporay riva
Exovr’ ay etn daluoowy mpdc iOovhy.

2. (a) Give a terse account of the conditions under

which a drama was exhibited in the time of
Aeschylus.

(b) What rational account can be given of the

myth of Prometheus ?

3. Explain the meaning of—avijpiBpov yéAaopa—rijy

avdnpopyropa alayv—'ApaBlac adpeov a&vBoc, ot
ré\topa Kavxacov xédac vépovrat— Epwvec—
knpotAaoroc bévatE—airAwv Matwwrixédc—ai xpoch-
yopot spuec.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 3

And the grammar of—ei yap p’ io yijv heer, we ph
Oedc éweynbec—elervoauny Bporove tov (or ro) pa
tic “Addov podety—obx Eorev Srp peigova poipay
veipaus’ 7} coi—rivoc aprdakiacg mowvac OAEKEL;

4, Translate, with notes, as above—

(a) GAN’ Et aoe elmev" co) Opacupaye, we NEvEtC 5
pi amoKpivwpat wy mpoetmec penser 5 wOrEpoy, ®
Bavpacte, pnd & ToUTwY TL _Tuyxaver ov, adr
erepov etre Te TOU GAnBovc 5 i} THC Nevers 5 3; rh ay
aire elmec apo¢ ravra; Elev, t¢n* we On Spoor
Touro éxelyg. Ovdév ye KwArve, yy 0 éyw’ cio
oy Kal pj Eorey Bpotov, gaiverar d€ To epwrnBevre
rowovroy, Hrréy Te avrov olet dmoxptvetoBau TO
gacrdpevor EauTy, dy TE hpete drayopebwpey édyv
Te BA 5 ; “AAO re ody, Edn, kal od otrw TOLHTELS 5 ;
ov éyw ameizoy, rovTwy te atoxpevet; Ox ay
Bavpdcarpe, hy o ey@, et poe oxePauéve otTw
dk euev.

3 & A ‘ f bd A s U
(6) aytprac b€ cat parrec ert mrovoiwy Ovpac
idvreg wetOovorty we tart Tapa apior dvuvapic Ex Dewy
ropilopévn Ouoiae re kai émyoaic, eire re adiknpa
4 ~ ~ b J
Tov yéyovey airov i) mpoyorwy, axeioBar ped
Hnéovey re xal Eopray, gay ré ra &xOpov mnpHvac
e0érAy pera opKkpar Saraviiy, é dpoiwe dikatoy adixy
Bréwbery éraywyaic rioly Kal karadéopote, Tous
Geovc, bc pac, reiDovréc agioy Vanpereiv. Tovrote
d€ ma&otv roicg Adyouc paprupac TowTac énayorrat,
ot pev Kaktac wépe ebmereiac OuddvTEc, we
. €
ThY pév Kaxdérnra Kai idaddy garevy edéobac
Le NT is , \ eg 4 >, 9 U Be cg
pnidiwg’ dein pev Oddc, para oO éyyvOe vaiee
~ 7 9 ~ e ~ . 7 o
Tig 0 aperiic iSpwra Oeot mporapoOey EOnxay
Kal Tiva O00y pakpay Te Kat avayTi;*
B2

4 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

5. Translate, with grammatical and explanatory notes
where necessary :—

(a) Kedrgbece 8) Hydic xpooBeivac rp dcxaly 7} i we ro
TPWTOV edéyopey, eyovrec Sixacov elvat Tov pev
pidov el moteivy, Tov e éx por Kax@ic, vov POC
TUUTY ade Aéyetv, 6 dre gorty dixacoy Tov pey gidov
dyaboyv ovra ev roteiv, rov 8 éyOpov kaxoy dvra
Brawrecy.

(6) gery 6€ rovro ruparvic, 7) ob Kara oppor
raA)Orpra Kai hafpg cal Bia ddacpeirat, xai iepa
kai Sova cal dca Kai dnpdora, GAAG EvdAdAHBSny, ov
é~ Exdory péeper bray Tic dduchoas ph AaGn,
Cnueovrai re kal dveion Exel Ta peytora *

(c) diAov yap Src ob rovro Néyet, Swep pre Eéyoper,
TO TLvog TapakaraBepévou Te drpotv pn swdpdvwe
amatrovyre amrodiddvat' Kairoe ye dpecdoperdy
wou torev rovro, 6 mapaxurébero* 1) yap; Nat.
3 P) , o€ o’ e ~ c e ,
Arocoréoy 0€ ye ob0 Orworiovy Tore OTOTE TLC pH
owhporwe amatroin.

6. What is the meaning of — cipwréveoOar, Eppacor,
karareivac, eipuyc, teoe Adyot, npuovpyéc ? Dis-
tinguish in meaning between — Oeivac vopouc,
OécOar VOHOUE 5 ; edXEpiIS, ebrrering 3 oct, Xp, Mpoonh-
Ket; ow wavy, ob Tavy Tt; 3 oléa rov &vOpwroy, 6
dvOpwrog yrapiuoc tatty Epoi.

?. Explain why a discussion on the nature of justice
ormed the proem to Plato’s Ideal Common-
wealth.

8. Outline the arguments by which Socrates, starting
from Simonides’ definition of Justice, forces
Polemarchus to admit that the just man is a
thief.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 5

LATIN.—Parr I. (TRANSLATION OF
PREPARED BOOKS.)

The Board of Examwurers.

1, Translate, with concise notes in the margin where
you think them necessary—

(a2) Sin autem ad pugnam exierint, nam saepe
duobus
Regibus incessit magno discordia motu,
Continuoque animos vulgi et trepidantia bello
Corda licet longe praesciscere : namque morantes
Martius ille aeris rauci canor increpat, et vox
Auditur fractos sonitus imitata tubarum ;

Tum trepidae inter se coeunt, pennisque coruscant,
Spiculaque exacuunt rostris, aptantque lacertos,
t circa regem atque ipsa ad praetoria densae
Miscentar, magnisque vocant clamoribus hostem.

(b) Ac veluti lentis Cyclopes fulmina massis
Cum properant, alii taurinis follibus auras
Accipiunt redduntque, alii stridentia tingunt
Aera lacu; gemit impositis incudibus Aitna ;
Illi inter sese magna vi bracchia tollunt
In numerum, versantque tenaci forcipe ferrum :
Non aliter, si parva licet componere magnis,

: Cecropias innatus apes amor urget habendi,_
Munere quamque suo. Grandaevis oppida curae,
Et munire favos, et daedala fingere tecta.

(c) Nam qua Pellaei gens fortunata Canopi
Accolit effuso stagnantem flumine Nilum
Et circum pictis vehitur sua rura phaselis ;

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

Quaque pharetratae vicinia Persidis urget,
Et viridem Aegyptum nigra fecundat harena
Et diversa ruens septem discurrit in ora
Usque coloratis amnis devexus ab Indis :
Omnis in hac certam regio iacit arte salutem.

9. (a) Discuss the object of Vergil in writing the
Georgics. Comment on any means which he
adopts of making a didactic work “ poetical.”

(5) What are the chief errors which he commits
in regard to bees ?

3. Explain—imbrex, insincerus cruor,invisa Minervae
aranea, viva volare sideris in numerum, suspen-
dunt ceras, Curetum sonitus, vellere signa,
vestibulum.

4. State the grammar of—trunca pedum—neque
enim plus septuma ducitur sestas—pabula venti
ferre domum prohibent.

5. Translate, as hbove—

(a) virtus repulsae nescia sordidae
intaminatis fulget honoribus
nec sumit aut ponit secures
arbitrio popularis aurae.

virtus recludens inmeritis mori
caelum negata temptat iter via
: coetusque volgares et udam ’
spernit humum fugiente penna.

(d) hic dies anno redeunte festus
corticem adstrictum pice dimovebit
amphorae fumum bibere institutae

consule Tullo.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 7

(c) aurum per medios ire satellites
et perrumpere amat saxa potentius
ictu fulmineo: concidit auguris
Argivi domus ob lucrum

demersa exitio; diffiidit urbium

portas vir Macedo et subruit aemulos

reges muneribus; munera navium
saevos inlaqueant duces.

(d) campestres melius Scythae,
quorum plaustra vagas rite trahunt
domos,
vivunt et rigidi Getae,
inmetata quibus iugera liberas
fruges et Cererem ferunt,
nec cultura placet longior annua,
defunctumque laboribus
aequali recreat sorte vicarius.

6. Explain the epithets in—

Vester, Camenae, vester in arduos
Tollor Sabinos, seu mihi frigidum
Preeneste, seu Tibur supinum
Seu figuidae placuere Baiae.

7. What is meant by “Epicurean” as applied to
Horace ? Illustrate such principles from any-
thing you may remember in the Odes.

8. Explain the grammar of—abstineto irarum—
testudo resonare septem callida nervis—donec
non alia magis arsisti.

9. Where were—Lipara, Algidus, Rhodope, Cantabri,
Castalia, Galaesus ?

8 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

10. ‘Translate with notes—

(a) phalarica erat Saguntinis missile telum hastili
abiegno et cetera tereti praeterquam ad ex-
tremum, unde ferrum exatabat; id, sicut in pilo,
quadratum stuppa circumligabant linebantque
pice; ferrum autem tres longum habebat pedes,
ut cum armis.transfigere corpus posset. sed id
maxime, etiam si baesisset m scuto nec pene-
trasset in corpus, pavorem faciebat, quod, cum
medium accensum mitteretur conceptumque ipso
motu multo maiorem ignem ferret, arma omitti
cogebat nudumque militem ad insequentes ictus
praebebat.

(5) tum nemini visum id longum, cum ab occasu
solis ad exortus intenderent iter; nunc, post-
quam multo maiorem partem itineris emensam
cernant, Pyrenaeum saltum inter ferocissimas
gentes superatum, Rhodanum, tantum amnem,
tot milibus Gallorum prohibentibus, domita
etiam ipsius fluminis vi traiectum, in conspectu
Alpes habeant, quarum alterum latus Italiae sit,
in ipsis portis hostium fatigatos subsistere—quid
Alpes aliud esse credentes quam montium altitu-
dines ? fingerent altiores Pyrenaei iugis; nullas
profecto terras caelum contingere nec inexsuper-
abiles humano generi esse.

(ce) id vero laboris velut de integro initium fuit;
nam nec explicare quicquam nec statuere poterant,
nec, quod statutum esset, manebat, omnia per-
scindente vento et rapiente; et mox aqua levata
vento cum super gelida montium iuga concreta
esset, tantum nivosae grandinisdeiecit, ut omnibus
omissis procumberent homines tegminibus suis
magis obruti quam tecti; tantaque vis frigoris
insecuta est, ut ex illa miserabili hominum

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NoV., 1906. )

iumentorumque strage cum se quisque attollere
ac levare vellet, diu nequiret, quia torpentibus
rigore nervis vix flectere artus poterant.

1]. Translate and explain—
(a) ipsi triumviri Romani, qui ad agrum venerant
adsignandum.

(b) Aegates insulas Erycemque ante oculos pro-
ponite. |

12, Comment on—
(a) adversum femur tragula graviter ictus.
(6) nox una Hannibali sine equitibus acta est.

13. Explain praetorium missum; agmen quadratum ;
de re publica referre, votoram nuncupatio,
solum vertere, animam reciprocare, navales socii,
adfatim.

14. Summarize the chief events in -the histories of
Rome and Carthage between the first and
second Punic wars.

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

GREEK.—Parr II. (TRANSLATION OF

PREPARED BOOKS.)

The Board of Examiners.

[N.B.—Second Year Candidates need not attempt more

than Srx, nor Third Year Candidates more than
Kicut, of the passages for translation. ]

Translate, with brief notes in the margin if

necessary—

(a) avrap éxei p evlavro cai obdAoxtrac xpoBadovro,

(0)

abépucay pey mp@ra kal Eopatay kal Edetpay,
pnpove tT ekérapov kara re kvion Exaduay
dimruxa wothoavrec, & én’ airay 3 wpobérnoay*
kate 0 éml oxicne 6 6 yépur, ért 0 aiOorra olyvoy
Acipe- véou O€ wap’ avroy Exov repTw(oda xépoly.
avrap érei Kara pijpa Kan Kal ordayyva xacavro,
plaruddéy 7’ Gpa rddXa kal aug’ 6Bedotorr Ereipay,
Orrnoay re wepeppadéwe Epvoarrd re wayra.

avrap éxel mavoavro mévov TETUKOYTO TE OaiTa,
daivuvr’, ovdd re Bupoc Edevero dauroc éions.

avrap érel rdovog Kai Ednriog ef Epo Evo,

KoUpoL pev KpnTijpac éreoréearro Toroio,

vupnoay 0 apa mao éxaplapevor deraeooy.

Oc ap’ Egn. OKNTTpY O€ HeTdgpevoy HOE Kai Guw
wrjeev' 00 idraOn, Oadepov d€ of Exmece Odxpv.
opimot 3d aipardecoa peragpévou éLuravéorn
oxhnrpov tro ypuctov* 6 8 ap’ ELero rapGnoéy re,
avynhoac 6 aypeiov idwy aropdpearo Cdxpv.
of b€ cal dyvuipevol wep éx’ abro Hou yéXaocay.
Ode Cé ree Etrecke Lowy Eo rANoiov Gov

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 11

@ rérot, 4 OY pevpl ’Odvoaeve EaOAa Eopyev
Bovddc 7’ thapywv ayabac rodepdy re Kopyoowr*
viv oe rode péy’ aptoroy éy ’Apyetorecy Epeter,
d¢ ror AwGnrijpa éxeaBdrov icy’ ayopawy.

2. Explain—yvnéc dpgpeéAtcooat—divwrotor A€xecor.v—ei

dé mor Eo ye piay PovrAeicopev—Oérac apgud-
wedov—éml fpa pépecv—dv Bordpewy xadeover Veot
dvdpec b€ re mavrec Aiyalwva—OEmores —ZDperHev.

3. Give a succinct account of—
(a) the probable dialect of the original Achilles-

(5)

poem ;

indications in Homer of the physique and

armour of the Achaeans as distinguished from
other Aegean peoples.

4, Write down the Attic equivalents of—iyepOer,

Xen, Emcrerpagarat, faro.

§. Translate (as above)—

(2)

xaipe. rdde pev xara Doirtcoay euToday
pédog vrep xohtac aoc reprerac’
76 Kaorépeor 3 év Aiodrldeoor yopdatc Bédwy
&Opnoov xapiy exraxruxov
poppueyyor aryrdpuevoc.
yévo’ olocg éoot paberv’ xaddcg ror ridwy rapa
wal, aisl
kandc. 6 d€ ‘PadduarOuc eb xéxpayer, drt gpevar
Ehaye kxaprov apuwpnroy, od axarace Oupov
réprerat évoaber,
ota WiOipwy radrdpate Ever’ aiel Bporoy.
duayov caxdy audorepac derarBodeay troparec,
Gpyaic arevéc GAwméxwy iWedot.

» EXAMINATION PAPERS.

(d) Dapepoy per xpn oe rap avépt diry

ordpev, ebirmou Baothit Kupavac, ogpa Kwyd-
Lovre ovy ’Apkeaing,

Moica, Aaroléacoty Gperdpevoy TvOari 7’ avinc
ovpoy dpywy,

évBa rore xpvocéwy Acdc ainrw@y rapecpoc

ovK arodapou’ AmddAAwvoc ruxevroe ipea

Xpiicev oixcoriipa Barroy xaprogdpov Ar Buac, iepay

vaoov we Hon Aitwy KriogEev EvappaToV

TOALY EY aDYLVOEVTE PacTY.

6. Name any striking features of (a) the grammar
and dialect (5) the constructive manner of
Pindar.

7. Comment on—Xevxaic miOnoaryra ppaciv—evpeve-
ovrec aveyiov — ey Tv6ave réoaatc— npootpiwy
apforac — Iloiavrog vidy roféray —’Apyidoxor
ExOeorv miacydpevov— Apyovs yadtvor.

8. ‘Translate (as above)—

(a) 6 AEvKaomig SOpyurac ade EvTpETHC Eri WOALY
dmKkwy.
tle dpa pvoerat, rig Gp’ Eewapkéces Bewv i} Dear ;
worepa oT éyw worinéow Bpérn Satnovwr ;
iw paxapec evedpor.
axpacer Speréwy ExeoOar’ ri pédoper Ayacrdvor;
dxover ij obK axovEr’ Goridwy KrvToOY 5
nétwy Kai orepéwy wor’, ci py viv, apgi uray’
Lope 5
Ktumoyv dédopKa* marayog oby Evdc dopéc.
ri pétecc, mpodwoetc, wadalyOwy “Apne, ray reay
yay ;
® xpvoorhAn’ daipoy, Emed Exide wWOdALY,
dv mor evgAnray EOov.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 13

(b) otrw, yévoro. rov d€ xéprrov av Ayo,
repxracoe xpooraxOevra Boppaiarc rvAarc,
tupPoy kar’ abrov Awyevoic Audiovoc.
duvvoe 8 aixpyy, iy Exet, paddAoy Beod
oéBev wexroOec ouparwy 8 Sxéprepor,

q poy Aawalev dorv Kadpelwy Gig

Atdg* 768’ abédg pnrpog é& cpeoxdov
Praornpa KxadXixpypoy, avipdratc avi.
oreixet 0 tovdoc dpre Oca Tapyiowy

&pac gvovene rapguc avréAXovoa Opié.

6 0’ wpoy obre rapbérwy éexwvupor
ppdvnpa, yopyor 0 oup’ Exwy, xpociorarat.
ov pny axduracrés y’ Epiorarae rvAar*

TO yap wédEwe bverdoc Evy yadxnAary

gaxél, KUKAWTO swpaTo TpOAHpaTL,
Lplyy’ wpdorroy mpoopeunyarnpevny
yopgoe évwpa, Napmpoy Exxpovoroy épac’

9. (a) Give instances of metaphorical condensation
in the style of Aeschylus. In what ways are
Greek metaphors qualified or defined ?

(6) Give instances of plays upon words.

10. Comment briefly on the story of Cadmus, of
the Sphinx, and on the epithet érrdrvdo.

11. Write a note on the grammar of—

Geoi woNtrat, ph pe dovrelag ruyeiv—éxrép-
cay Tod gnaiv, ovde THY Atoc Epty redw oxnacay
éurroowy oyedeiv—

and on the meaning of —

€Opéar’ oixtoriipac, sxwe yévowbe moc Kpeo¢
Tode— peAavoeroy oaKoc— immkav mncarlwy da
oropa, wuptyeveray yadivev—TnOioc matdes—
udoriE—xapwiroug ’Epuvuc.

14 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

12. Translate (as above)—

(a) mapair 'e€ TE Tpoerrety rotoe Ewurav Exdorouc nup
dvaxaiecy® Komedi & répt Thy épny avrg pedhoecy,
wore adowéac amxéoBa é¢ ry ‘EXXdda. radra
Hpecé oft mwortev, cal abrixa Tip avaxavodpevor
érparorvro mpoc Ta mpéBara. ot yap EiPoéec rapa-
xpnodpevoe roy Baxcdog ypnopoy we ovdev Néyorra,
otre re tEexopicayro ovdev ovre mpoecdtarro we
mapecouévou ope rodeov, wEpiTeréa TE ETrOLoAYTO
ogiot abroios ra mphypara’ Brxce yap dde exer
mept rourwy 6 xpnopdc’

bpazeo BapBapspuvoy 6 bray Cuydy sic Gra BadrAy

BbéBAwoy EvBoine a maha rroAupneadag alyac.
rovrowot O€ OvOEY TOLL EEL Xpneape vous Ev Totoe
rore Tapeovai re Kai mpoacoxiporat Kakolot, Trapiy
ope ouppopy xpija0a mpoc ra Pe

(6) mparow yap “Avépror ynowréwy airnOévrec ™pog
Oepraroxhéoc Xphuara obk edoocayv’ dA\a mpoicyo-
pévou Oepiaroxhéog Aé-yor roves, we fxoev AOnvaitor
mepl EwUToue Exovrec ovo Beove peyadouc, TlecOw re
Kat ‘AvayKainy, oUrw TE ope kapra doréa elvac
Xphpara, t brexpivayro mpoc ravra NéyorrTec, we Kara
Adyor ioay dpa at ’AOivat peyahae Te kai evdai-
povec, kal Oewv yxpnotoy Heorey ev" éxel ’Avdpiouc
ye elvae yewreivay Ec Ta péy.ora ayyxovyrac, kal Veove
duo axphoroug obK Exdelrey opewy TY vijcov, adn’
aici Prroxwpeery, Teviny re xai ‘Apnyaviny® xai
rourwy ray Oewv émnBddroug edvrag ’Avoplovc ov
dwoev ypypara’

13. Where were Scione, Ellopia, Hollows of Euboea,
Aphetae, Amphissa, Hermione ?

14. Give the Herodotean words for jjrraw, BAaxrw, and
the Attic for avayvaoa, éxéaro. Comment on the
Tonic use of mpéara, repespin, ériorapat, and on
the grammar of éxoréero wav Sxwe av ékcowOein.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 15

15. Translate (as above)—

(a) “Ore pév ovy mayr’ &vépa eixdrwe anocéxovrat
rept ravrnc Tite aperiic oop ovdoy da ro hyetoOac
wayri peretva atric, ravra Neyo" Gre 6€ abryy ob
pvoe nyovvrat elvat ov8 &x6 Tov abropuaron, ada
dedaxrov re kat é& EmepeNsiac rapayiyvecba Pi ay
mapayiyyntar, rovTd gor pera TovTO Tepacopac
amodettat. bea yap fryovvrar GAAhXove cake Eyxecv
&vOpwroe pucec ij TUN, OVdEic Bvpovrac obs vouDeTEt
ob0e Cedaoxet ove KoAGLEL Tove Ta¥ra Exovrag, iva
py Towtro: Wow, GAN’ ENeovorv’ oloy rove aisypovc
i] opuxpovc dobeveic ric obrwo avénroc Wore ri
TOUTWY ENLXELPELY ROLEEY ;

(6) ei yap ric A€you Gre "AAA OrD tadéper, J
Lwxparec, TO Twapayphpa Ov rov cig rov torepoy
Xpdvoy Kat ndéog Kat Avmnpow, Moy add» Te, painy
dy éywye, 7) oovy Kal orn 5 3 ov yap to0? dry GAXg.
Grn’ domwep ayaBec ioravat avOpwros, ovvieic ra
Hoéa Kai ovvBeic ra AutNpd, Kal TO Eyyv¢o Kal TO
Topp ornoac éy To cue, elwé mérepa wrelw Eaoriv.
éay prev yap nota mpocg Hota ¢ loriic, ra peilw det cat
wrEio Aurea’ éay de Avwnpa ™pOC humnpa, ra ear-
Tw Kat opuxporepa’ gay de idea Tpoc AuTnpa, £ éay
pev ra amapa imepBaddnrac i vro THY yew, & éav Te
ra éyyus Ur0 TOY KOppw tay TE Ta mOppw bro ray
eve, rabray ry mpatuy mpaxréov éy fl ay ravr’
Evy éay O€ Ta Hoa TO THY anapey, ob mpakrTéa*
pn my GdAy Exel, gainy dy, ratra, & dvOpwro ;

16. Explain the attitude of Socrates towards sophistic
teaching.

17. Comment on—zdppw sdoke ray vuxrwy elyat— Irmo-
Kparn, Tov tev ’AokAnmiacev—rnpoorpov—robroic
Kara rovro eivat ov Evpudépopar—Depexparnc 6
tomrnc edidabey ext Anvaig—yvabt caurov kai
pnoey a&yay.

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

LATIN.—Part II. (TRANSLATION OF

PREPARED BOOKS.)
The Board of Examiners.

1. Translate, with brief notes in the margin where you

: @)

(6)

think them called for—

Tllud in his rebus vereor, ne forte rearis
inpia te rationis inire elementa viamque
indugredi sceleris. quod contra saepius illa
religio peperit scelerosa atque impia facta.
Aulide quo pacto Triviai virginis aram
Iphianassai turparunt sanguine foede
ductores Danaum delecti, prima virorum.

cui simul infula virgineos circumdata comptus
ex utraque pari malarum parte profusast,

et maestum simul ante aras adstare parentem
sensit et hunc propter ferrum celare ministros
aspectuque suo lacrimas effundere civis,
muta metu terram genibus summissa petebat.
nec miserae prodesee in tali tempore quibat
quod patrio princeps donarat nomine regem.

denique materies si rerum nulla fuisset

nec locus ac spatium, res in quo quaeque
geruntur,

numquam Tyndaridis formae conflatus amore

ienis, Alexandri Phrygio sub pectore gliscens,

clara accendisset saevi certamina belli,

nec clam durateus Troianis Pergama partu

inflammasset equos nocturno Graiiugenarum.

9%, Comment on—Heraclitus clarus ob obscuram

linguam—Acragantinus Empedocles—Anaxa-
gorae homoeomerian.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 17

3. State concisely the physical theory of Epicurus,

giving (if possible) the Greek terme with the
atin equivalents.

Give the various words used by Lucretius
for “atoms” and ‘ universe.”

Explain the forms—indugredi, consumpse, escit,
aqual. !

Translate, as above—

Licet superbus ambules pecunia,
Fortuna non mutat genus.

Videsne, Sacram metiente te viam
Cum bis trium ulnarum toga,

Ut ora vertat huc et huc euntium
Liberrima indignatio ?

“Sectus flagellis hic triumviralibus
Praeconis ad fastidium

Arat Falerni mille fundi iugera
Et Appiam mannis terit,

Sedilibusque magnus in primis eques
Othone contempto sedet !

Cer
e

6. Translate, as above—

(a) chee longa brevi subiecta vocatur iambus,
es citus; unde etiam trimetris saccrescere
lussit .
Nomen iambeis, cum senos redderet ictus
Primus ad extremum similis sibi. Non ita
pridem,
Tardior ut paullo graviorque veniret ad aures
Spondeos stabiles in iura paterna recepit
Commodus et patiens, non ut de sede secunda
Cederet aut quarta socialiter. Hic et in Acci
Nobilibus trimetris apparet rarus, et Enni
CO

18 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

In scaenam missos cum magno pondere versus
Aut operae celeris nimium curaque carentis
Aut ignoratae premit artis crimine turpi.
(5) Versibus impariter iunctis querimonia primum,
Post etiam inclusa est voti sententia compos.
(c) Neve minor neu sit quinto productior actu.

?. Translate, with short notes—,

(a) Cum hoc Pompeius egit et, ut ad me ipse re-
ferebat—alium enim habeo neminem testem—,
vehementer egit, cum diceret in summa se per-
fidiae et sceleris infamia fore, si mihi periculum
crearetur ab eo, quem ipse armasset, cum ple-
beium fieri passus esset; fidem recepisse sibi et
ipsum et Appium de me; hane si ille non ser-
varet, ita laturum, ut onones intellegerent nihil
sibi antiquius amicitia nostra fuisse.

(6) De intercessione statim ambo consules referre
coeperunt, cum sententiae gravissimae dicerentur,
senatui placere mihi domum restitui, porticum
Catuli locari, auctoritatem ordinis ab omnibus
magistratibus defendi, si quae vis esset facta,
senatum existimaturum eius opera factum esse,
qui senatus consulto intercessisset, Serranus per-
timuit et Cornicinus ad suam veterem fabulam
rediit : abiecta toga se ad generi pedes abiecit ;
ille noctem sibi postulavit: non concedebant ;
reminiscebantur enim Kal, Ianuar.; vix tandem
ili de mea voluntate concessum est.

(c) Qua re facis tu quidem fraterne, quod me hor-
taris, sed mehercule currentem nunc quidem, ut
omnia meu studia in istum unum conferam.
Ego vero ardenti quidem studio, ac fortasse
efficiam, quod saepe viatoribus, cum proper-
ant, evenit, ut, si serius quam voluerint forte

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 19

surrexerint, properando etiam citius, quam si de
nocte vigilassent, perveniant, quo velint; sic
ego, quoniam in isto homine colendo tam indor-
mivi diu, te mehercule saepe excitante, cursu
corrigam tarditatem cum equis, tum vero—
quoniam tu scribis poema ab eo nostrum probari
—dquadrigis poaticis.

8. Translate and explain —
(a) Is, quem putabant magistrum fore, si bona
venirent.
(5) Mirandas éx:onuaciac sine ulla pastoricia fistula
auferebamus.
(c) Carmine gai tragico vilem certavit ob hircum
Mox etiam agrestes Satyros nudavit.

(d) Ignotum tragicae genus invenisse Camenae
Dicitur et plaustris vexisse poemata Thespis,
Quae canerent agerentque peruncti faecibus ora.

9. Comment on the grammar of—
(a) Desertus ab officiis tuis ;
(5) Equidem malneram, quod erat susceptum ab
illis, silentio transiri.
(ec) Te nunc, mea Terentia, sic vexari.

(d) Di faxint.

10. Where were Cythnus, Pannonia, Lugdunum,
Baetica, Vetera, the Lacus Curtius, the Miliarium
Aureum, the Castra Praetoriana, the Porticus
Vipsania ?

ll, Translate, with grammatical notes—

(«) Muta ista et inanima intercidere ac reparari
promisca sunt.
C2

20) EXAMINATION PAPERS.

(5) Prope in proelium exarsere ni Valens ad-
monuisset.

(2d) Ubi per turmas advenere, vix ulla acies ob-
stiterit.

12. Explain—ita visum expedire provinciam domi
retinere—vexilla Germanica—primipilaris—tes-
serarius—insula — equites legionis — legatus—
cella Iunonis—evocatus.

13. Translate, with notes—

(a) sextus dies agitur, commilitones, ex quo ig-
narus futuri, et sive optandum hoc nomen sive
timendum erat, Caesar adscitus sum. quo domus
nostrae aut rei publicae fato, in vestra manu
positum est, non quia meo nomine tristiorem
casum paveam, ut qui adversas res expertus cum
maxime discam ne secundas quidem minus dis-
criminis habere: patris et senatus et ipsius im-
perii vicem doleo, si nobis aut perire hodie
necesse est aut, quod aeque apud bonos miserum
est, occidere.

(6) Vibius Crispus, pecunia potentia ingenio inter
claros magis quam inter bunos, Annium Faustum
equestris ordinis, qui temporibus Neronis dela-
tiones factitaverat, ad cognitionem senatus voca-
bat. nam recens Galbae principatu censuerant
patres, ut accusatorum causae noscerentur. id
senatus consultum varie iactatum et, prout
potens vel inops reus inciderat, infirmum aut
validum retinebat adhuc terrores. et propria vi
Crispus incubuerat delatorem fratris sui perver-
tere traxeratque magnam senatus partem, ut
indefensum et inauditum dedi ad exitium postu-
larent.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 21

GREEK.—Part I. (COMPOSITION AND UNSEEN
TRANSLATION.)

The Board of Examiners.

1. Translate into Greek prose—

In the course of the night, Leonidas observed
what had happened. He saw that if he did not
retreat immediately, he would be surrounded b
the Persians and would perish. But the law of
Sparta forbade the soldier to leave his post, and
Leonidas was not afraid to die. He ordered the
other troops to retire while it-was yet possible ;
he himself, with his three hundred Spartans,
remained to die at his post. Accordingly the
other troops departed, but the seven hundred
Thespians resolved to stay and die with Leonidas.
And now, before the Persians could descend
behind them, the Spartans fell upon the host in
front; Leonidas was the first to fall, but his
soldiers continued fighting until the Persians,
who had crossed the mountain, arrived. Then,
ceasing from the attack, they took up their
position on a hill to defend themselves against
aay enemy, who now encompassed them on every
side.

9. Translate into good English—

“Avépec Tépoat, tpeic kal Egure ev TH airy piv
kat érpagnre, kal ra cwpard re obdér iudy yeElpova
Exere, Puyae re obder xaxiovac tpiv mpootKer hor
éxev. rowiro. 8 dvrec, év pey ry warpide ob pe-
relyere Te towy Hiv, oby bg poy aredaberrec,

9% EXAMINATION PAPERS.

GAN’ tnd rov dvayeny byty elvac ramirhdeca ropi-
GecOar. viv O€ Srwe pév ravra Elere, éuot pedjoec
avy roic Beoic® ELeore 0 ipiv, ei BovrAEoOe, AaBovrac
Era, oldrep iyucic Exouer, ele Tov abror hpty Kev~
vvoyv éuGBaivery, Kav Te Ex Tovrwy Kadov Kayabor
ylyynrat, ro épotwy uty abwvecOa. Tov per ovr
npdoOev xpdvov tpeic re rokdrat Kai dxovrioral Fre
nal fypeic, kal et re xelpove huey ravra roteiv Fre,
ovdev Oavpacrdy’ ob yap hy bly oxoAn, Sorep huty,
rovrwy eripédecOar Ev o€ rabrn TH orice OddEY
Huetc vpwr mpoéEopev. Owpak pév ye wepi ra orépva
dppérrwy exdorp éorat, yéppov be év Ti dprarepg,
6 wayrec eiOiopeOa opeiv, paxapa dé éy ry
dekiq, q 6) waley rove évayrlove denoe, ovdecy
gurarropévove pn re walorrec ELapaprwper.

LATIN.—Part I. (COMPOSITION AND
UNSEEN TRANSLATION.)

Lhe Board of Examiners.

1. Translate into Latin Prose—

The mutineers, seeing their leader fall, pre-
pared themselves for revenge; and this whole
company, with the king himself, had undoubtedly
perished on the spot, had it not been for the
extraordinary courage which Richard displayed
on the occasion. He ordered his whole com-
pany to stop; he advanced alone towards the
enraged multitude; and accosting them with
an intrepid countenance, he asked them,
“ What is the meaning of this disorder, my
good people? Are ye angry that ye have lost
your leader? I am your king; I will be your

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 23

leader.” The populace, overawed by his pre-
-sence, followed him ; he led them into the fields,
to prevent any disorder which might have arisen
from their continuing in the city; being there
joined by Sir Robert Knollys, and a body of
well-armed veteran soldiers, who had _ been
secretly drawn together, he strictly ordered that
officer not to fall upon the rioters and commit
an indiscriminate slaughter upon them.

2. Translate into good English—

Sed, quoniam res humansee fragiles caducae-
que sunt, semper aliqui anquirendi sunt quos
diligamus et a quibus diligamur. Caritate enim
benevolentiaque sublata, omnis est e vita sub-
lata iucunditas. Equidem ex omnibus rebus,
quas mihi aut fortuna aut natura tribuit, nihil
habeo quod cum amicitia Scipionis possim com-

arare. In hac mihi de republica consensus, in

ac rerum privatarum consilium, in eadem
requies plena oblectationis fuit. Numquam
illum ne minima quidem re offendi, quod quidem
senserim; nibil audivi ex ipso quod nollem.
Una domus erat, idem victus, isque communis :
neque solum militia, sed etiam peregrinationes
rusticationesque communes. Nam quid ego de
studiis dicam cognoseendi semper aliquid atque
discendi, in quibus remoti ab oculis populi omne
otiosum tempus contrivimus ? Quarum rerum
recordatio et memoria si una cum illo occidisset,
desiderium coniunctissimi atque amantissimi
viri ferre nullo modo possem. Sed nec illa ex-
tincta sunt, alunturque potius et augentur cogi-
tatione et memoria; et, si illis plane orbatus
essem, Magnum tamen afferret mihi aetas ipsa
solatiutn.

OF EXAMINATION PAPERS.

GREEK.—Parr II. (COMPOSITION AND
UNSEEN TRANSLATION.)

The Board of Examiners.

1. Translate into Greek Prose—

The vessel being repaired, we again embarked,
and in two days arrived in safety at Cadiz. I
found great confusion reigning there ; numerous
bands of the factious were reported to be hover-
ing in the neighbourhood. An attack was not
deemed improbable, and the place had just been
declared in a state of siege. I dressed myself
and walked about the town. In one place
no less than six orators were haranguing
at the same time on the state of the country,
and the probability of an intervention on
the part of England and France. As I was
listening to one of them, he suddenly called
upon me for my opinion, as I was a foreigner, and
seemingly just arrived. I replied that I could
not venture to guess what steps the two Govern-
ments would pursue under the present circum-
stances, but thought that it would be as well
if the Spaniards would exert themselves more
and call lesa on Jupiter. As I did not wish
to engage in any political conversation, I in-
stantly quitted the house, and sought those parts
of in town where the lower classes principally
reside.

2. Translate into good English—
ovroc rolyuy 6 Kipoc A€yerat Avoavepg, dre WAGev
d&ywy airg ra tapa Trey cupupaywy sepa, &drAa
re gidoppovetabar (we abroc epn 6 Avoarvdpoc

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 25

Lévy moré rive év Meyaporc denyoipevoc), xal
rov évy apdeot mapadeccor émdexviva. eel
c& eaipaley 6 Avoavépog we Karka pev ra
dévdpa ein, Se tooyv b€ ravra medurevpéva, cpOoi
O€ ot orixoe trav dévopwr, ebywria 8& mavTa xaddc
eins Sopal dé xodAal cal feta ovpmapopaproiey
abroic mEpimarouet, ravra Bavpagwr elmev’ ’AXN’
éyw ro, ® Kipe, wavra pevy raira Oavpalw
éxt r@ xdAXet, word dé p&dAov &yapat rov xara-
perphoarréce aoe kal dtardtavroc Exaora rovrwy.
axovoayra dé ravra rov Kipoy fobivai re «at
cixeiy’ Taira rolvuy, & Atoavdpe, ey ravra cat
duepérpnoa Kal dtéraka, gore 8 abrov & Kai
éptrevoa airéc. Kai 6 Avoavdpoc tpn, azo-
Brépag eig abrov cai dey rey re iparlwy ro
KaAXoc Ov elye kai rijc oopije aicBopevocg cal roy
ovpexTay Kai roy Werlwy [ro KaN2o¢ ] Kal Tov
dou xdopou ov elyev, Ti Evers, @ Kipe ; i
yap ov raig caicg yepol rovrwy ri Epurevaac } ;
kal rov Kipor aroxpivacBat, Oavpagerc Touro,
& Avoavdpe ; Suvupe coe rov Mi6pny, bravTep
vyiaivw, pnwwnore Oetrvijcat tpiv idp@oat, 7
TOY TOAEUKGY Te TOY yewpyiKay Epywyv pereror
i) del Ey yé re gidoryovpervoc.

LATIN.—Part II. (COMPOSITION AND
UNSEEN TRANSLATION.)

Lhe Board of Examiners.

1. Translate into Latin prose—

These fellows, with the look of banditti, were
in no respect better; and the traveller who
should meet them in a solitary place would have

26 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

little reason to bless his good fortune. One of
the carriers whom I afterwards met in the
aforesaid town, informed me that the whole
party were equally bad, and that he and his
companions had been plundered by them of
various articles, and threatened with death if
they attempted to complain. How frightful to
figure to oneself an army of such beings in a
foreign land, sent thither either to invade or
defend; and yet Spain, at the time I am writing
this, is looking forward to armed assistance from
Portugal. May the Lord in His mercy grant
that the soldiers who proceed to her assistance
may be of a different stamp; and yet, from the
lax state of discipline which exists in the Portu-
guese army, in comparison with that of Eng-
land and France, I am afraid that the inoffensive
population of the disturbed provinces will say
that wolves have been summoned to chase away
foxes from the sheep-fold. —

2. Translate into good English—

Inter duas acies tantum erat relictum spati ut
satis esset ad concursum utriusque exercitus.
Sed Pompeius suis praedixerat ut Caesaris im-
petum exciperent neve se loco moverent aciem-
ie eius distrahi paterentur; idque admonitu GC.

iari fecisse dicebatur, ut primus excursus vis-
que militum infringeretur aciesque distenderetur
atque in suis ordinibus dispositi dispersos adori-
rentur ; leviusque casura pila sperabat in loco
retentis militibus quam si ipsi immissis telis
occurrissent, simval fore ut duplicato cursu
Caesaris milites exanimarentur et lassitudine
conficerentur. Quod nobis quidem nulla ratione
factum s Pompeio videtur, propterea quod est

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 27

quaedam animi incitatio atque alacritas natura-
iter innata omnibus, quae studio pugnae incen-
ditur. Hance non reprimere sed augere impera-
tores debent; neque frustra antiquitas institutum
est ut signa undique concinerent clamoremque
univerai tollerent ; quibus rebus et hostes terreri
et suos incitari existimaverunt.

Sed nostri milites signo dato cum infestis pilis
procucurrissent atque animum advertissent non
concurri a Pompeianis, usu periti ac superioribus
pugnis exercitati sua sponte cursum represserunt
et ad medium tere spatium constiterunt, ne con-
sumptis viribus appropinquarent, parvoque in-
termisso temporis epatio ac rursus renovato cursu
pila miserunt celeriterque, ut erat praeceptum a
Caesare, gladios strinxerunt.

GREEK.—Parr IJ. (OUTLINES OF GREEK
HISTORY, LITERATURE, AND ANTIQUITIES.)

The Board of Examiners.

PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.

1. Write a brief account of (a) the Epic cycle, (0d)
the Lesbian lyrists.

2. Either describe succinctly a performance of tragedy
about B.c. 450. (Use the Greek technical terms. )

Or,
Give an account of the work of Theophrastus,
Plutarch, Apollonius Rhodius.

3. Describe a typical Greek temple, and also a
sacrifice.

98 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

4. Draw a diagram of Athens and the Peiraeus, and
mark the position of Academia, Lyteum,
Dionysiac Theatre, Pnyx, Ilissus, Cephisus,
Cerameicus. |

5. Where were — Pylos, Ithaca, Amphipolis,
Megalopolis, Abydos, Delos, Cythera? State
some fact connected with each.

6. Give a terse description of the proceedings in the
Ecclesia.

7. Explain—eicgopa, povorkn, pérotxoc, gparpia, abd},
moAELapxXoc.

8. How was the Persian power extended by Cyrus
the Great, Cambyses, Darius? State in outline
the chief events connected with the three
Persian expeditions against Greece.

9. Relate briefly the part taken in the Peloponnesian
War by Phormio, Brasidas, Demosthenes,
Gylippus.

10. Under what circumstances were the following
battles fought :—Eurymedon, Tanagra, Aegos-
potami, Leuktra ?

LATIN.—Part II. (QUTLINES OF ROMAN
HISTORY, LITERATURE, AND ANTI-
QUITIES.)

The Board of Examiners.
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
1. (a) Divide Latin literature into periods, explain-
ing the principle upon which you do so, and
naming the chief authors in each.

(5) Discuss briefly the salient qualities and de-
fects of Latin literature as a whole.

10.

ANNUAL RBXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 29

. Describe (a) the literary work of Cicero apart

from his speeches; (0) the dramatic work of
Seneca.

. Describe (with diagram) the Forum Romanum and

its chief sites and buildings before a.p. 100.

. Distinguish the various troops and officers in the

Roman army of the early Imperial times. Also
distinguish the various signa. Use the Latin
terms.

. Give a brief account of (a) Roman meals; (4)

Roman writing and writing materials.

. Where were Numantia, Trasimenus, the Treveri,

Tibur, Noricum ?

. Explain—tablinum, comitia curiata, vestibulum,

raeda, cenacula, ordo equestris, vilicus, pistrina.

. What were the character and extent of Rome’s

influence in Italy in the year 350 B.o.? = T)lus-
trate your answer by a rough map.

By what wars did she complete the conquest
of Italy ?

. Name the chief champions of popular rights

between 150 3B.c. and 90 B.c. State in the
briefest possible form the chief aims and measures
of each.

Summarise the chief events in Roman History
between the battles of Philippi and Actium.

How, after the battle of Actium, did Augustus
reconcile the Romans to what practically
amounted to monarchy ?

30 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

COMPARATIVE PHILOLOGY-:.
SECOND YEAR, ,

Professor Tucker.

PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.

1. What is meant by “Semasiology”? Discuss and
illustrate the difficulty of creating a science in
this respect.

2. Draw a diagram of the articulating apparatus.
State what occurs when we pronounce the
English 7, ng (in thing), u, g, f, @ French
nasalised vowel, and the Scotch ch.

3. (a) Explain “sonant nasal,” “pitch accent,”
“indeterminate vowel.”

(0) Write phonetically the words of the last
question (a).

4. What tendencies of phonetic change are universal ?
Give illustrations of the processes.

5.(a) Describe the exact connection of the Greek
and Latin alphabets.

(6) How did “alphabetical” signs develop from
‘‘ phonograms ” ?

6. Given in certain English words the consonants
w...d, h...t, r..d, 8...t, sp...k, what
Greek, Latin, and German consonants should
(or might) correspond to them? Conversely
give the English consonants for «...7, 17... y,
w... 0.

Explain clearly the method by which you
proceed in such comparisons.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 31

7.(a) Compare the morphological methods of the
Bantu, American Indian, and Turkish speeches.

(5) Discuss briefly the connection of race and
language.

8. Give a short account of the languages which are or
have been spoken over the following areas :—(a)
the British Islands and France, (6) European
Russia. If possible, place such languages on
an outline map.

9.(a2) By what arguments do we arrive at an
‘original home ” of the J.-E. people ?
(6) Give a synoptic table of the history of the
Teutonic branch.

COMPARATIVE PHILOLOGY.
THIRD YEAR.
Professor Tucker.

1. Comment on the vowels italicised %— Levir,
vinum, poena, quattuor. Discuss the exact
relationship of similis, éuaddc—Lovem, Zijva—
Ovnoxw, réparar—eribrum, cerno—yvvh, pydaopar.

2. Take the following words ; analyse them into their
original component parts; point out and account
for anything phonetically or morphologically
peculiar in any of them—

agpsc (with ember), ais (with aidva), dooa
(with revd), drepor (with of érepo), EEet (Doric
= tke), peoapBpin (Ion., with tyépa), évré.

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

(with sunt), posi (with pono), ndnus (with
évaroc¢), éxaroordct (with centésimus), honestus
(with honor?s’ ,versus (with verto), épicow (with
runcare), hth «(with ye pevdc), d0ivw ( with
$06n), ravurac \v ith reéverac), posco (with precor),
stabults, cere. m with xpara), arin (with
oré\hw), your: (with y4varoc), uiéy (with aige,
aei).

3. Write a concise account of the formation of the

“I

I-E. verb in respect of (a) tense-stems, (6) in-
finitives. Give illustrations throughout.

Give (with examples) a full account of the for-

mation of comparatives and superlatives in Greek
and Latin.

Decline *mater, *ouis, and the demonstrative *so,

ed, explaining such Greek and Latin forms as
deviate from the proper phonetic equivalence.

Give and illustrate the history of q, » in Greek,
the I-E. aspirates in Latin, and ¢ in both.

Account for gépecc, pépys, E6opar, sint, hrvrat, Képn,

€opéy, Exardv, secundus, guingue, dpaxpno, tuus,
kvol.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 30

| Er GLISH.-<P sa I.
4) Ya oh nv
first PaPeN.

wey
Mr, Murdo. jo
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.

1. Give a concise account of the changes that took
piace in the grammatical structure of the
nelish Language after the Norman Conquest.

2. “ In the history of inflections, two counteracting
influences, which are always operating upon
language, become plainly visible.” Explain this
statement.

3. What is a dialect? Give some account of the
dialects of Early English.

4. What is meant by the term “ Latin of the Second
Period” ? Vt
). Explain the following phrases:—I have no long
spoon—put it to the foil—young scamels from
the rock—upon a sore injunction—it did bass

. Iny trespass—each putter-out of five for one.

6. Explain tersely—
(2) What a pied ninny’s this! Thou scurvy patch !

(6) His mother was a witch, and one so strong
That could control the moon, make flows and
ebbs
And deal in her command without her power.
D

(¢)

(d)

(e)

EXAMINATION PAPERS,

My charms crack not; my spirits obey ; and
time

Goes upright with his carriage.

a every day some sailor's wife,
The master of some merchant and the merchant
Have just our theme of woe.

ee and the fair soul herself
Weigh’d between loathness and obedience at
Which end o’ the beam should bow.

. oe. ele) cANVErt
What best is boded me to mischief !

7. Write concise explanatory notes on—

(2)

So our virtues

Lie in th’ interpretatior of the time :
And power, unto itself most commendable,
Hath not a tomb so evident as a chair
T’ extol what it had done. ,
I would they would forget me, like the virtues
Which our divines lose by ’em.
He lurch’d all swords o’ the garland.

oc8 nay, sometimes,
Like to a bowl upon a subtle ground
I’ve tumbled past the throw ; and in his praise
Have almost stamp’d the leasing.

(e) Ay, as an ostler, that for the poor’st piece

Will bear the knave by th’ volume.

8. Explain the following phrases from Paradise

Lost:—above the Aonian mount—some small
night-founder’d skiff—the Tuscan artist—Busiris
and his Memphian chivalry—that hill of scandal
—on the grunsel-edge—the giant brood of
Phlegra—that small infantry warred on by
cranes.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 38

Y. Explain the following lines with rererence to their
context :—
(a) The ascending pile
Stood fixt her stately highth.

(6) A leper once he lost and gained a king.

In perfect phalanx to the Dorian mood
Of flutes and soft recorders.

(e) As far removed from God and light of Heaven
As from the centre thrice to the utmost pole.

(f) Millions of spirits for his fault amerced
Of Heaven.

JO. Comment upon—

(a) Taliessin is our fullest throat of song,

And one hath sung and all the dumb will sing.
(b) . . What other fire than he

Whereby the blood beats, and the blossom

blows

And the sea rolls, and all the world is warm’d?
(c) All men, to one so bound by such a vow,

And women were as phantoms.

(2) I saw the fiery face as of a child
That smote itself into the bread, and went.
(e) And mirthful sayings, children of the place,
That have no meaning half a league away.
(f/) I saw the spiritual city and all her spires
And gateways in a glory like one pearl.

11. Compare Tennyson and Milton in the matter of
(a) diction; (6) versification.
D2

36 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

12. Explain the following from Johnson’s Life of
Pope :—
(a) Wycherley wrote verses in his praise, which
he was charged by Dennis with writing to him-
‘self.
(b) At its first appearance it was termed by
Addison merum sal.

(d) The subsequent editions of the first Epistle
exhibited two memorable corrections.

(e) Bolingbroke hated Warburton, who had drawn
his pupil from him.

ENGLISH.—Parrt I.
SEconD PaPER.

Mr. Murdoch.
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.

1, Discuss the theory that Zhe Z’empest was written
for a court performance in 1613.

2. Write a note on the “ dramatic unities” with special |
reference to The Tempest.

3. Write a short account of the group of plays to
which Zhe Tempest belongs. Why are they
called ‘‘ romances ” ?

4, Discuss the character of Coriolanus.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 37

0. Write a short note on the supposed “sources” of
Paradise Lost.

6. Discuss the origin of the Arthurian Legend.

7. What is your own opinion of the allegorical signifi-
cance of The Holy Grail ?

8. Give a concise summary of the history of the English
novel up to the time of Scott.

9. What are the most striking characteristics of
Johnson’s prose style?

B.
Pass Candidates only.
Write a short essay on Scott as a historical
novelist.
C.
Additional for Honours.

1. Write a concise account of Dryden—(a) as a poet,
(6) as @ prose writer.

2. Give some account of one work by each of the fol-
lowing :—Sterne, Goldsmith, Gibbon, Collins,
Thomson, Coleridge. Give (approximately) the
date of publication in each case.

3. Explain fully—

(a) Wel couthe he peynten lyfly that it wroghte,
With many a florin he the hewes boghte.

(6) Yet sawgh I brent the shippes hoppesteres.
(c) Men may the olde at-renne, and noght at-rede.

38 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

(ad) The clothered blood, for any lechecraft,
Corrupteth, and is in his bouk y-laft.

(e) The careyne in the bush, with throte y-corve :
A thousand aslayn, and nat of qualm y-storve

(J). . but rather lyk manie
Engendred of humour malencolyk,
Biforen, in his celle fantastyk.

4. Commert on the metre of the following lines :—
(2) In-to a studie he fil al sodeynly.
(6) Now it shyneth, now it reyneth faste.
(c) And thinketh heer cometh my mortel enemy.

At what points does Browning depart from his-
torical accuracy in order to adapt the story of
Strafford to the requirements of drama?

6. Explain the following lines with reference to their
context :—

(a) He’s surely not disposed to let me bear
‘The fame away from him of these late deeds
In Ireland ?

b . I know the Faction, as
Laud styles it, tutors Scotland : all their plans
Suppose no Parliament: in calling one
You take them by surprise.

(d) I can’t think, therefore, your soul’s purchaser
Did well to laugh you to such utter scorn
When you twice prayed so humbly for its

price,
The thirty silver pieces.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 39)

ENGLISH.—Parrt II.
First Paper.

Mr. Murdoch.
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.

1. Explain the followiig words from Hamlet :-—
quillet, lazar, anele, bisson, handsaw, yaw,
chopine, escote, fardel, romage.

In what sense, now rare or obsolete, does
Shakespeare use the words—censure, rival,
shrewd, union, addition, ecstasy, abuse ?

2. Write concise notes on the following passages :—

(a) So frown’d he once, when, in an angry parle,
He smote the sledded Polacks on the ice.

(6) There is, sir, an eyrie of children, little eyases,
that cry out on the top of question, and are most
tyrannically clapped for’t.

(d) . - her speech is nothing,
Yet the unshaped use of it doth move
The hearers to collection.

(e) For use almost can change the stamp of nature,
And either mastér the devil, or throw him out
With wondrous potency.

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

Explain the following lines with reference to their
context :—

(a) And be no more an exhaled meteor,
A prodigy of fear and a portent
Of broached mischief to the unborn times.
(6) All plumed like estridges that with the wind
Bated, like eagles having lately bathed.
(c) The skipping king, he ambled up and down
With shallow jesters and rash bavin wits,
Soon kindled and soon burnt.
; : . he isa worthy gentleman,
Exceedingly well read, and profited
In strange concealments. |
(e) I must speak in passion, and I will do it in
King Cambyses’ vein.
(7) O villain, thou stolest a cup of sack eighteen
years ago, and wert taken with the manner.

(¢)

Summarise the differences between the First
Quarto of Hamlet and the Second.

State concisely the chief reasons for believing that
Shakespeare was not the first to dramatise the
story of Hamlet.

6. Describe the two types of history-play followed by

Shakespeare, and discuss, in this connection, his
indebtedness to Marlowe.

Give, in summary form, Dryden’s arguments for
the use of rhyme in tragedy. Did his practice
accord with his theory ?

Give the substance of Macaulay’s comparison of
Addison with Swift and Voltaire.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 41

9. Comment on the following lines from Gray—

(a) The generous spark extinct revive,
Teach me to love and to forgive,
: Exact my own defects to scan,
What others are, to feel, and know myself a man

(6) What idle progeny succeed
To chase the rolling circle’s speed
| Or urge the flying ball ?
(c) Two coursers of ethereal race
With necks in thunder clothed, and long-
resounding pace.

‘ (d) Some pious drops the closing eye requires.

(ec) He gave to Mis’ry all he had, a tear,
He gain’d from Heav’n (’twas all he wish’d)
a friend.

10. How is Burke’s attitude towards the French
Revolution to be reconciled with the political
principles enunciated in his previous writings ?

11. Write a short description of Burke’s prose style.

Additional for Honours.

12. Interpret (with any pertinent comment}—

(a) Ther saugh I first the derke imagining
Of felonye, and al the compassing ;

The cruel ire, as reed as any glede;
The pykepurs, and eek the pale drede ;
The smyler with the knyf under the cloke ;
The shepne brenning with the blake smoke;
The tresoun of the mordring in the bedde;
The open werre, with woundes al bi-bledde ;
Contek, with blody knyt and sharp manace;

| Al ful of chirking was that sory place.

49 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

(8) Ne no man shal un-to his felawe ryde
But o cours, with a sharp y-grounde spere ;
Foyne, if him list, on fote, himself to were.

(c) Two fyres on the anter gan she bete,
And di ide hir thinges, as men may biholde
In Stace of Thebes, and thise bokes olde.

13. Give a concise account of Chaucer’s work, distin-
guishing his three periods.

ENGLISH.—Parrt II.
Seconp Paper.
Mr. Murdoch.

PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.

1. Describe the system of versification employed in
Anglo-Saxon poetry.

2. How do you account for the literary barrenness of
the fifteenth century in England ?

3. Write a note on the origins of English drama.

4. (a) Give a brief account of one work by each of
the following :—Michael Drayton, ‘'homas Nash,
Ben Jonson, Sir John Denham.

(b) State precisely what you mean by Euphuism.

5. (a) Compare Dryden and Pope as satirists.
(5) Compare Milton’s prose with Dryden’s.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 43

6. In what sense can Gray and Collins be said to have
been heralds of the Romantic Revival in English
poetry ?

¢. Give a concise account of the prose work of Cole-
ridge, Hazlitt, and De Quincey.

Write a short essay on one of the following
subjects :—
(a) Wordsworth’s attitude to Nature.
(5) The meaning of “ Style.”
(c) Macaulay as a literary critic.

For Pass Candidates only.

1. What are the chief points discussed in the Essay
.ol! of Dramatic Poesy, and what is Dryden’s con-
clusion in each case?

2. Mention some points of resemblance between Ham-
let and Julius Cesar.

3. Write a note on the character of Falstaff.

4 Write a short account of Addison’s work—(q@) as

dramatist, (b) as poet.
D.

For Honours.
1. Discuss} Coleridge’s account of Hamlet’s charac-
ter.

44 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

2. Explain Hutton’s statement, that Browning is ‘‘a
great imaginative apologist, rather than either
a lyric or dramatic poet.”

3. What does Hutton mean by “ the voluntary element
in Wordsworth’s genius ” ?

4. How, according to Hutton, was Arnold influenced
by Goethe and Wordsworth respectively ?

5. What is meant by the term mysticism as applied,
by Hutton, to Shelley’s poetry ?

FRENCH.—Part I.

First PapeEr.

The Board of Examiners.
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.

I.—VERSION.

1. Traduisez: (nz trop littéralement nz trop librement)—
Pass and Honours.

(a) France in the middle ages, and even in the
earlier half of the 14th century, was still a
vast agplomeration of heterogeneous races, each
with different customs and different traditions.
Aquitaine was as English as Surrey was French;
Brittany was still a separate and generally an
inimical country; Burgundy, Provence, and even
Périgord, were petty sovereignties independent

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 46

of the Crown of France. These different districts
had each their different manner of letting land
and providing for its tillage.

But, in almost all of them, French agriculture
was already remarkable; far superior, for in-
stance, to that of England, notwithstanding her
temperate winters and rich soil. The English
kitchen-garden was then, as now, singularly
deficient.

Pass and Honours.

(6) In spite of his universality, and eleyance and
clearness of his style, he was a man without true
passion either for art or science; and by his want
of warmth furthered the tendency towards arti-
ficiality from which the language and literature
already suffered. His true importance is a pre-
cursor of the scientific and ‘“ philosophic” spirit
of the 18th century, not only as a popularizer of
science, but also as the initiator of scientific
doubt and destructive criticism.

Honours only.

(c) Every castle was, in fact, a school—a seminary
of polite education. From the king to the
pettiest baron, every noble received at his court
the children of his principal vassals; and thus
every noble child was educated to the standard
of the sphere immediately above his own. In
their homes, from the age of seven, boys and
girls alike had learned to spell, to ride, to know
that they were Christians. At the age of ten or
twelve they were generally sent to court. Here
they learned, above all, the duties and behaviour
of gentle people.

Great care was taken that they should be well
bred, chivalrous, courteous, neatly clad, and
clean.

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

II.—TRapDvUcTION.
Pass and Honours.

1. Traduisez:

(a) Moins riche que homme en qualités exquises,

la femme |’emporte par les qualités natives, ce
que Montaigne appelle les qualités de prime-
saut; son instinct la cuide parfois aussi heureuse-
ment que la plus rigoureuse logique ; tandis que
nous discourons, elle observe : le grand livre du
monde lui est familier: elle devine, elle déméle,
elle pénétre: c’est, dans le détail des choses de
Ame, un merveilleux psychologue. Sa volonté
concoit, quand il le faut, les résolutions les plus
vaillantes, les résolutions du sacrifice: od nous
décidons par raison, elle écoute son coeur, et la
tendresse n’a pas de source plus profonde, le
dévouement de plus complet abandon. Au bon
sens le plus solide elle sait allier les gréces
légéres. Dans tout ce qui demande du tact, du
goft, moins d’application que de génie, ]’oubli
ou le don de soi-méme, dans la conversation, la
correspondance, la critique, des juges difliciles
ne lui reconnaissent pas de supérieur: elle a la
finesse, l’élan, le charme. Ce sont 1a des
richesses incomparables dont il n’est besoin que
de diriger et de perfectionner l’emploi. On peut
régler, son imagination et rectifier son jugement,
éclairer ses sentiments et assurer sa volonté,
discipliner en un mot ses facultés sans en
contraindre l’allure naturelle.

(5) jen ’étais qu’une plante inutile, un roseau

Aussi je végétais, si fréle qu’un oiseau

En se posant sur moi pouvait briser ma vie.
Maintenant je suis fifite et |’on me porte envie.
Car un vieux vagabond, voyant que je pleurais,
Un matin en passant m’arracha du marais,

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 47

De mon coeur, qu’il vida, fit un tuyau sonore,

Le fit sécher un an, puis, le percgant encore,

I] v fixa la gamme avec huit trous égaux ;

Et depuis, quand sa lévre aux souffles musicaux

Eveille les chansons au creux de mon silence,

Je tressaille, je vibre et la note s’élance ;

Le chapelet des sons va s’égrenant dans lair;

On dirait le babil d’une source au flot clair ;

Et dans ce flot chantant qu’un vague écho
répéte

Je sais noyer le cceur de |’homme et de la béte

| IIT.—Syntraxe& ComPAREE.

(Pass and Honours). — (Répondez briévement en
anglais aux questions survantes. )

(2) Comment expliquez-vous l’assertion suivante:
‘* Le francais semble étre a Vétat de transition en
ce qui concerne son accentuation”—et quelles
sont les econséquences grammaticales de cette
faiblease de l’aceent? Donnez quelques ex-
emples a l’appui de votre raisonnement.

(6) Montrez au moyen de lignes les différences, qui
existent dans la construction d’une phrase
ordinaire en anglais et en frangais—Enumérez

| les défauts et qualités de chaque construction.

Boire comme un trou;
Manger comme quatre ;
Impartial comme la justice;
Jaune comme un citron;
Lent comme uné tortue.

Citez d’autres comparaisons que vous pourriez
savoir en francais.

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

FRENCH.— Parr I.
SECOND PAPER.
The Board of Examiners.
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.

PRESCRIBED AUTHORS.

1. Traduisez (en soignant le style et la précision des

expressions ) :

Pass only.

(2) Mélange, action, savoir-faire, tout cela ne se

concilie guére, il faut le dire, avec l’idée d’inno-
cence, de dignité individuelle. Ce génie libre et
raisonneur, dont la mission est la lutte, apparait
sous les formes peu gracieuses de la guerre,
de l'industrie, de la critique, de la dialectique.
Le rire moqueur, la plus terrible des négations,
n’embellit pas les lévres ov il repose. Nous
avons grand besoin de la physionomie pour ne
pas étre un peuple laid. Quoi de plus grimagant
que notre premier regard sur le monde du moyen
foe? Le Gargantua de Rabelais, fait frémir 4
cété de la noble ironie de Cervantés et du fameux
badinage de |’ Ariote.

Il y en avait de tout petits, qui tachaient de
prouver qu’ils avaient seize ans, et qu’ils avaient
droit de partir. L’Assemblée, par grace, avait
abaissé jusqu’a cet Age la taculté de s’erréler.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 49

Il y avait des hommes mars, des hommes déja
grisonnants, qui ne voulaient pour rien au
monde laisser une telle occasion, et plus lestes
que les jeunes partaient devant pour la frontiére.

Personne ne voyait ces choses sans émotion.
La jeune audace de ces enfants, le dévouement
de ces hommes qui laissaient-la tout, sacrifiaient
tout, tiraient les larmes des yeux. ‘els pleur-
uient, se désespéraient de ne pouvoir partir aussi.
Les partants chantaient et dansaient, lorsque les
municipaux les menaient le soir & |’Hétel de
ville. Ils disaient & la foule émue: “ Chantez
donc aussi, vous autres! criez: Vive la nation !”

Pass and Honours.

(6) Le travail de la campagne est agréable &

considérer, et n’a rien d’assez pénible en lui-
méme pour émouvoir & compassion. L/’objet de
Putilité publique et privée le rend intéressant: et
puis c’est la premiere vocation de homme; il
rappelle & l’esprit une idée agréable, et au coeur
tous les charmes de l’Age d’or.

La seule habitude qu’on doit laisser prendre a
l’enfant est de n’en contracter aucune; qu’on ne le
porte pas plus sur un bras que sur |’autre ; qu’on
ne l’accoutume pas & présenter une main plutét
que l’autre, &s’en servir plus souvent, & vouloir
manger, dormir, agir aux mémes heures, a ne
pouvoir rester seul ni nuit ni jour.

Toutes nos langues sont des ouvrages de |’art.
On a longtemps cherché s’il y avait une langue
naturelle et commune & tous les hommes: sans
doute il y en aune; et c’est cells que les enfants
parfent avant de savoir parler.

50 , EXAMINATION PAPERS.

Pass only.

(c) Tous ces barbares avaient la tate élevée, ies
couleurs vives, les yeux bleus, le regard farouche
et menacant ; ils portaient de larges braies, et
leur tunique était chamarrée de morceaux de
pourpre; un ceinturon de crin pressait & leur
coté leur fidéle épée. L’épée du Gaulois ne le
quitte jamais: mariée pour ainsi dire avec son
maitre, elle ’accompagne pendant la vie, elle le
suit sur le bficher funébre, et descend avec lui
au tombeau. Tel était le sort qu’avaient jadis
les épouses dans les Gaules, tel est aussi celui
qu’elles ont encore aux rivages de |’Indas.

Pass and Honours.

(d) Ces petites phrases qui ne supportaient pas la
discussion, arrachaient un oui ou un non &l’inter-
locuteur, et la conversation tombait 4 plat.
Monsieur de B. . . . ~ implorait alors
assistance de son visiteur en mettant & l’ouest
son nez de vieux carlin poussif; il vous regardait
de ses gros yeux vairons d’une fagon qui signi-
fiait: Vous dites? Les ennuyeux empressés de
parler d’eux-mémes, il les chérissait, il les
écoutait avec une probe et délicate attention qui
le leur rendait si précieux que les bavards
d’Angouléme lui accordaient une sournoise
intelligence et le prétendaient mal jugé.

Les Questions suivantes peuvent se traiter en
| Anglass.
Pass and Honours.

2, Commentez les 4 morceaux précédents (a), (6), (c),
(d), en ce qui concerne les ouvrages aufquels ils

| ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. a1

aussi les personnuges ou les événements dont

appartiennent, ainsi que leurs auteurs. sag bai
ils font mention.

3. Quels points d’affinité remarquez-vous entre J. J.

Rousseau et Chateaubriand et comment est-il

| possible de leur appliquer & tous deux le titre de
! “‘Fondateur du Romantisme” ?

Pass only.

Pass and Honours.

4. Décrivez longzuement la place spéciale que Michelet
et Balzac ont su se créer dans la Littérature
francaise. Prouvez que dans celui-l& on trouve
Penthousiasme et l’Ame d’un poéte; et dans
celui-ci du romantisme et du réalisme.

Pass and Honours.
», Jusqu’&é quel point A. Daudet est-il naturaliste ?
Montrez la différence qui existe entre lui et E.

Zola. Etendez vous sur cette question.

Honours only.
Lraitez en frangais la question suivante.

Comparez le romantisme francais avec le
romantisme anglais. Ne vous servez pas seule-
ment de la critique de Brunetiére; donnez plutét
le résultat de vos propres pensées.

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

FRENCH.—Part II.

First Paper.
Lhe Board of Examiners.

I.—VERSION.

1. Traduisez: (ne trop littéralement ni trop libre-

ment )—

(a) Sincerity is the luxury allowed, like diadems

and authority, only to the highest rank, that
being permitted to speak truth, as having none
above it to court, to conform unto. Every man
alone is sincere. At the entrance of a second
person, hypocrisy begins.' We parry and fend
the approach of our fellow man by compliments,
by gossip, by amusements, by affairs. e cover
up our thoughts from him under a hundred
folds. Almost every man we meet requires
some civility—requires to be humoured; he has
some fame, some talent, some whim of religion
or philanthropy in his head that is not to be ques-
tioned, and which spoils all conversation with
him. Buta friend is a sane man who exercises
not my ingenuity, but me. My friend gives me
entertainment without requiring any stipulation
on my part.

We are holden to men by every sort of tie,
by blood, by pride, by fear, by hope, by lucre,
by lust, by hate, by admiration, by every cir-
cumstance and badge and trifle, bat we can
scarce believe that so much character can subsist

SEE Sa eens — Eee ———_—_—_—_——— EE wae _ ———

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 53

as to draw us by love... . I wish that friend
ship should have feet, as well as eyes and
eloquence.

(65 During a visit which he paid to one of his
relations, the owner of a house at Chambery,
behind which stretched a garden where he had
played in his childhood, Xavier de Maistre
wished to revisit alone this scene of his early
pleasures. He asked and easily obtained per-
mission from his friend to go there unobserved ;
but as his visit to this unpretending enclosure
was unnecessarily prolonged, his friend, anxious
at his long absence, went to look for him, and did
not see him; no tree, no’ salient object could,
however, conceal him from sight. At last, after
an hour’s anxious search, he was discovered b
the side of a pool of water, on the surface of whic
he was throwing small pieces of paper, and
was looking at the water-spiders playing round
them. ‘‘ I remember,” he said to his friend,
“that, when a child, this pastime amused me
greatly ; I wanted to see whether it would be
so now that I am old, and really [ have not
found a very great difference.”

If.—TrapvuctTIion.
2. Traduisez—

(2) Concevons que nous voguions pendant un
million d’années (avec la vitesse de la lumiére, qui
est de 75,000 lieues par seconde)—Sommes-nous
aux confins de l’univers visible ?— Voici des
immensités noires qu’il faut franchir.—Mais la-
bas de nouvelles étoiles s’allument au fond des
cieux. Elangons-nous vers elles, atteignons-les.

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

Nouveau million d’années, nouvelles révélations,
nouvelles splendeurs étoilées, nouveaux univers,
nouveaux mondes, nouvelles terres, nouvelles
humanités.

Eh quoi! Jamais de fin? Jamais d’horizon
fermé? Jamais devote? Jamais de ciel qui
nous arréte? toujours l’espace, toujours le vide ?
Ov donc sommes-nous ? Quel chemin avons-
nous parcouru? ... Nous sommes... au
vestibule de Vinfini! .... Nous n’avons pas
avancé d’un seul pas! Nous sommes toujours
au méme point! Le centre est partout, la
circonférence nulle part . . . . Oui, voila ouvert
devant nous l’infini, dont )’étude n’est pas com-
mencée . . . Nous n’avons rien vu, nous recu-
lons d’épouvante, nous tombons anéantis, in-
vapables de poursuivre une carriére inutile... .
Eh! nous pouvons tomber, tomber en ligne
droite dans l’abime béant, tomber toujours dans
Péternité entiére, jamais, jamais nous n’attein-
drons le fond, pas plus que nous n’avons atteint
la cime: que dis-je? Jamais nous n’en appro-
cherons! Ni ciel, ni enfer; ni orient, ni
occident; ni haut, ni bas; ni gauche, ni droite.
En quelque direction que nous considérions
Univers, il est infini dans tous les sens. Dans
cet infini, les associations de soleils et de mondes
qui constituent notre univers visible ne forment

wune fle du grand archipel, et dans )’éternité
P la durée, la vie de notre planéte toute entiére
n’est que le songe d’un instant.

(b) Les jours succéderont aux jours, et les années

S’effeuilleront ainsi que des roses fanées,
Avant que je n’étreigne entre ces faibles bras
Les seuls trésors que j’ai adorés ici bas:

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 5

La gloire et le génie. Et pourtant, comme
jaime

Ces Lettres dont j'ai fait ma volupté supréme !

Comme j’entends vibrer tout mon coeur dans
les mots !

Ce qu’ils m’ont prodiué de plaisirs et de maux,

Ce que j’ai consumé de nuits passionnées

A guetter une phrase au vol, et de journées !

Créer! sentir les mots palpiter sur la page,
Les entendre frémir d’amour, pleurer de rage,
Et moi-méme avec eux vibrer, souffrir, crier. .
Etre en eux comme Dieu dans le monde. Créer!

II}.—SyntTaxt ComMPaREE.

(Répondez en anglais aux questions suivantes. )

(2) Montrez, au moyen d’exemples, les points de
différence jes plus saiilants dans |’emploi du
passif en anglais et en francais.

.b) Comment doit-on traduire en anglais les mots
ci-dessous en italique? Expliquez cette traduc-
tion.

Ils voient clair dans leurs affaires ;

Tl me parla tout franc ;

Ils étaient tout surpris et indignés ;

Ils se contenterent d’examiner mes papiers.

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

FRENCH .—Part IT.

SECOND PAPER.
The Board of Examiners.

PRESCRIBED AUTHORS.

1. Traduisez (en soignant le style et la précision des

CXPTesSi0Ns).

(a) Sa maniére littéraire ne m’a pourtant pas

servi de type, et dans des moments ot ma pensée
éprouvait le besoin d’une expression hardie, sa
forme délicate et adroite m’a paru plus propre A
m’empétrer qu’é me dégager. Mais quand les
heures de fiévre sont passées, on revient & cette
forme un peu vanlootée, comme on revient & Van-
loo lui-méme, pour en reconnaitre la vraie force
et la vraie beauté & travers le caprice de ]‘indivi-
dualité et le cachet de l’école ; sous ces miévreries
souriantes de la recherche, il y a quand méme le
génie du maitre.

Les superstitions rustiques lui venaient en
droite ligne de la religion des druides, cette
doctrine peu connue dans son essence, car on ne
l’a jugée que d’aprés les crimes qui |’ont souillée
et dénaturée. La vierge Marie et le grand’fade
se confondaient étrangement dans l’imagination
poétiquement sauvage de la bergére d’Ep-Nell.

(6) Ce sont eux qui ont osé ecroire les premiers

qu'il suffisait du tableau des affections privées
pour intéresser l’esprit et le cour de homme;

nr rnp rr — ee

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1996. 57

que ni l’illustration des personnages, ni |’impor-
tance des intéréts, ni le merveilleux des événe-
ments, n’étaient nécessaires pour captiver
l'imagination, et qu’il y avait dans la puissance
d’aimer de quoi renouveler sans cesse et les
tableaux et les situations, sans jamais lasser la
curiosité. Ce sont eux enfin qui ont fait des
romans des ouvrages de morale ov les vertus et
les destinées obscures peuvent trouver des
motifs d’exaltation et se .créer un genre
d’héroisme.

doit se garder de trois choses, du titre, de l’épitre
dédicatoire, et de la préface. Les autres doivent
se garder d’une quatriéme, c’est d’écrire.

e e e A e e

L’épitre dédicatoire n’a 6té souvent présentée
he par la bassesse intéressée, & la vanité
édaigneuse:
De la vient cet amas d’ouvrages mervenaires ;
Stances, odes, sonnets, épitres liminaires,
Od toujours le héros passe pour sans pareil,
Et, fat-il louche ou borgne, est réputé soleil.

On étouffe l’esprit des enfants sous un amas
de connaissances inutiles; mais de toutes les
sciences la plus absurde & mon avis, et celle qui
est la plus capable d’étouffer toute espéce de
génie, c’est la géométrie. Cette science ridicule
@ pour objet des surfaces, des lignes et des points
qui n’existent pas dans la nature. On fait passer
en esprit cent mille lignes courbes entre un
cercle et une ligne droite qui le touche, quoique,

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

dans la réalité, on n’y puisse pas passer un fétu.
La géométrie, en vérité, n’est qu’une mauvaise
plaisanterie.

(d) Il n’y avait & cet endroit qu’un assez gros
volume allemand, relié en peau de truie, avec des
clous de cuivre aux plats et d’épaisses nervures
surle dos. . . . . Le volume dont les plats
étaient légérement entre-baillés, reposait sur sa
tranche médiame.

Sa bouche était impérieuse et ironique et ses
yeux bleus riaient d’une fagon inquiétante sous
des sourcils noirs, dont l’arc était trés pur.

Pour ma part, je ne découvre dans l’humanité
aucun signe de déclin, jai beau entendre parler
de la décadence. Jen ’y crois pas. Je ne crois pas
méme que nous soyons parvenus au plus haut
point de civilisation. Je crois que l’évolution de
’humanité est extrémement lente et que les
différences qui se produisent d’un siécle 4 l'autre

, dans les inoeurs sont, & les bien mesurer, plus
\ petites qu’on ne s’‘imagine. Mais elles nous frap-
pent. Etles innombrables ressemblances que
‘ nous avons avec nos péres, nous ne les remar-
‘ quons pas. Le train du monde est lent.

(e) L’histoire ne résout pas les questions; elle nous

_apprend & Texaminer. Elle nous enseigne au

: moins comment il faut s’y prendre pour observer

\ les faits humains, Le regard que nous jetons

! sur les choses présentes est toujours troublé par

quelque = intérét personnel, quelque préjugé ou

se passion, Voir juste est presque impos-

‘ble. Sil s’agit au contraire du passé, notre
regard est plus calme et plus sar.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 59

Les Questions Suivantes Peuvent s¢ Truiter en
Anglars.

2. Commentez a fond les morceaux précédents (a), (5),

(c), (d), (e), en ce qui concerne leur origine et
leurs auteurs. |

. Nommez les cing divisions littéraires dans lesquelles

apparait le talent de Voltaire comme prosateur et
indiquez briédvement le réle qu’il a joué dans le
roman et I’histoire.

. Discutez l’assertion suivante: que Mme de Stael est

une des femmes écrivains les plus importantes
que le monde ait vues. Est-ce tout A fait juste
en ce qui concerne son style et sa conception du
roman ?

Contrastez le style de G. Sand et celui d’A France
et montrez les influences religieuses, politiques
et littéraires qui ont agi sur louvre de ces
deux romanciers.

En quoi le naturalisme de Daudet différe-t-il cde
celui d’E. Zola ?

Donnez des notes trés succinctes des oeuvres et du
style des écrivains suivants: Augustin Thierry,
Michelet, Thiers et Fustel de Coulanges.

60 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

FRENCH.—Parts I. anp II.
THIRD PAPER.

HISTORY OF THE LITERATURE AND
LANGUAGE.

(Les réponses peuvent se faire en anglais.)

The Board of Examiners.

PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.

I.— HistTolRE DE LA LITTERATURE.

Traitez SEULEMENT CINQ (les questions suivantes,
mais en comprenant toujours dans votre choix les
questions (a}, (c), ( /’).

(a) Indiquez d’une maniére concise et claire les
traits saillants de l’histoire du Roman en France
depuis d’Urfé jusqu’a Flaubert. Enumérez &
grands traits les écrivains qui ont illustré cette
branche importante de la Littérature pendant
toute cette période. Mentionnez leurs ceuvres
principales.

(6) Pourquoi les Chroniqueurs occupent-ils une
place si importante au Moyen-Age, en ce qui con-
cerne l'histoire? Qui étaient-ils? De qui ont-
ils pris la place and quels sont leurs ouvrages ?

(c) Quel réle la science et la philosophie jouent-
elles dans l’histoire du Roman? Quw’ entend-on
ies roman & thése, roman romantique, roman

istorique et roman naturaliste? Dans quelles

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 61

périodes de la Littérature trouve-t-on des ex-
emples de ces différents genres ? quels en sont
les principaux représentants ? Citez les ouvrages
les mieux connus.

(d2) A quelles époques de la Littérature peut-on
constater l’influence des écrivains anglais sur les
romanciers francais? Quels étaient ces écrivains
et ces romanciers? Etendez-vous longuement
sur cette question.

(ec) Quelles ont été les différentes tendances du
roman en France depuis le XVIIe sidécle jusqu’&
nos jours et quelles sont les causes de la popu-
larité du roman moderne ?

(f) Montrez bridévement en quoi différent les
Chroniqueurs du Moyen-Age, les écrivains de
Mémoires des XVIe and XVIIe siécles et les
Historiens des XVI IIe and XI Xe sidcles ? Citez
des faits, des noms et des ouvrages.

(g) Ecrivez une note détaillée sur chacun des
écrivains suivants: Pascal, Mme. de Sévigné,
Bossuet, Fénelon, Fustel de Coulanges.

JI.—Hisro1rE DE LA LANGUE.

1, Part IT.—Qu’entendez-vous par Epopée nationale
et Romans d’aventures ? Quelles autres divisions
complétent ce qu’on appelle Poésie Epique?
quel est le caractére général des extraits que vous
avez lus de cette épopée et quels sont ces extraits ?
Donnez-en des détails tras concis.

2. Part I.—Tracez rapidement les progrés du dialecte
de )’IIe de France depuis les origines jusqu’
aprés la croisade contre les Albigeois.

62 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

GERMAN.—Parrt I.
First Paper.
The Board of Examiers.
PRESCRIBED AUTHORS.

1. Translate, locate, and annotate—

(a) Der du von dem Himmel bist,
Alles Leid und Schmerzen stillest,
Den, der doppelt elend ist,
Doppelt mit Erquickung fillest,
Ach, ich bin des Treibens miide !
Was soll all der Schmerz und Lust ?
Siiszer Friede,
Komm, ach komm in meine Brust!

(b) Geh! gehorche meinen Winken,
Nutze deine jungen Tage,
Lerne zeitig kliiger sein.
Auf des Gliickes grosser Wage
Steht die Zunge selten ein ;
Du mast steigen oder sinken,
Du must herrschen und gewinnen,
Oder dienen und verlieren,
Leiden oder trinmphieren,
Amboss oder Hammer sein.

(c) Kennst du den Berg und seinen Wolkensteg: ?
Das Maultier sucht im Nebel seinen Weg ;
In HéGhlen wohnt der Drachen alte Brut;
Ks stiirzt der Fels und iiber ihn die Flut.
Kennst du ihn wohl ?
Dahin! Dahin
Geht unser Weg! o Vater, lass uns ziehn !

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 63

2. Translate and explain—

(a) Diese Gondel vergleich’ ich der sanft ein-

schaukelnden Wiege,

Und das Kistchen darauf scheint ein geriiu-
miger Sarg.

Recht so! Zwischen der Wieg’ und dem Sarg

wir schwanken und schweben

Auf dem grossen Canal sorglos durch’s
Leben dahin.

(5) Wiszt ihr, wie auch der Kleine was ist? Er
mache das Kleine
Recht; der Grosze begehrt just so das
Grosze zu tun.

gesprochen,

Halb nur geachtet den Mann, dem sie vom
Munde nicht floss :

Nun lallt alles Volk entziickt die Sprache
der Franken ;

Ziirnet, Miachtige, nicht! Was ihr ver-
langtet, geschieht.

3. Translate, locate, and comment upon the following
passage :—

Aber aus der dumpfen grauen Ferne

Kiindet leise wandelnd sich der Sturm an,

Driickt die Vigel nieder auf’s Gewiisser,

Driickt der Menschen schwellend Herz dar-
nieder,

Und er kommt. Vor seinem starren Wiiten

Streckt der Schiffer klug die Segel nieder ;

Mit dem angstertiillten Balle spielen

Wind und Wellen.

64 EXAMINATION PAPERS,

Und an jenem Ufer driiben stehen

Freund’ und Lieben, beben auf dem Festen :

Ach, warum ist er nicht hier geblieben !

Ach, der Sturm! Verschlagen wee vom
Glicke !

Soll der Gute so zu Grunde gehen ?

Ach, er sollte! ach, er kénnte! Gotter!

Doch er stehet miinnlich an dem Steuer:

Mit dem Schitfe spielen Wind und Wellen,
Wind und Wellen nicht mit seinem Herzen ;
Herrschend blickt er auf die grimme Tiefe,
Und vertrauet, scheiternd oder landend,
Seinen Gottern.

4. Translate and locate—

Und er richtete den Zeigefinger,

Der so rétlich war wie eine Rose,

Nach dem weiten ausgespannten Teppich,
Fing mit seinem Finger an zu zeichnen :
Oben malt’ er eine schéne Sonne,

Die mir in die Augen machtig gliinzte,

Und den Saum der Wolken macht’ er golden,
Liess die Strahlen durch die Wolken dringen ;
Malte dann die zarten leichten Wipfel

Frisch erquickter Baume, zog die Hiigel,
Kinen nach dem andern, frei dahinter ;

Unten liess er’s nicht an Wasser fehlen,
Zeichnete den Fluss so ganz natiirlich,

Dasz er schien im Sonnenstrahl zu glitzern,
Dasz er schien am hohen Rand zu rauschen.

5. Translate into idiomatic English and annotate :

(a) Dasz er gleich den Briidern eine héhere Schule
besuchen wiirde, daran war nicht zu denken.
Die Mutter hegte wohl eine Zeit lang den Plan,

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 65

ihn den Alteren folgen zu lassen, sobald diese
das A biturientenexamen gemacht haben wiirden,
-denn es tat ihrem Herzen wehe, dasz dieser eine
den anderen nachstehen sollte, aber schlieszlich
fiigte sie sich. Und es war wohl auch am
besten so. Paul selber hatte es nie anders

-erwartet. Er hielt sich fiir ein durchaus unter-
-geordnetes Wesen den Briidern gegeniiber und

hatte es schon langst aufgegeben, ihnen jemals
‘zu gleichen. Wenn sie zu den Ferien heimka-
men, Sammetmiitzen auf den wallenden Haaren,
bunte Bander quer iiber die Brust gespannt—

-denn sie gehérten einer verbotenen Schiilerver-

bindung an—so schaute er zu ihnen empor wie
zu Wesen aus héheren Welten. Begierig
lauschte er, wenn sie untereinander tiber Sallust
and Cicero und die Dramen des Aeschylos
sprachen—und sie sprachen gern davon, sian
allein, um ihm zuimponieren. Der Gegenstand
seiner allerhdchsten Bewunderung aber war
‘das dicke Buch, anf dessen vorderster Seite das
Wort ‘ Logarithmentafel” geschrieben stand.
Wie gelehrt musz der sein, der das alles im
Kopfe hat? sagte er sich, den Deckel des Buches
streichelnd, denn er dachte nicht anders, als dasz
man alle diese Zahlen auswendig: lernte.

‘(6) Der Verteidiger hatte geendet. Ein Murmeln

ging durch den weiten Schwurgerichtssaal,
dessen Galerie von dichtgedringten Kdépfen
starrte.

Wenn der Angeklagte die Wirkung des
glinzenden Plaidoyers durch ein unbedachtes
Wort nicht wieder verdarb, so war er gerettet.

Die Replik des Staatsanwalts verhallte
‘ungehort.

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

Und nun klirrten die Lorgnetten und Opern-
gucker. Aller Augen wandten sich nach dem
blassen, schlicht gekleideten Manne, der auf
demselben Armensiinderbiinkchen sasz, auf
welchem vor acht Jahren der tiickische Knecht

gesessen hatte.

Der Prisident hatte gefragt, ob der Augek-
lagte noch etwas zur Erhirtung seiner Unschuld
beizubringen habe.

‘“‘ Schweigen, Schweigen !” ging es murmelnd
durch den Saal.

Aber Paul erhob sich und sprach, erst leise und
stockend, doch sicherer von Augenblick z
Augenblick : |

‘¢ Es tut mir von Herzen leid, dasz. die Miihe,
welche sich der Herr Rechtsanwalt gegeben hat,
mich zu erretten, umsonst gewesen sein soll.
Aber ich bin nicht so unschuldig an der Tat,
wie er mich darstellt.”

6. Translate and locate the following passages :—

(a) Nein, eine Grenze hat Tyrannenmacht

Wenn der Gedriickte nirgends Recht kann
finden,

Wenn unertriglich wird die Last, greift er

Hinauf getrosten Mutes in den Himmel

Und holt herunter seine ew’gen Rechte,

Die droben hangen unveriiuszerlich

Und unzerbrechlich, wie die Sterne selbst.

Der alte Urstand der Natur kehrt wieder,

Wo Mensch dem Menschen gegeniibersteht.

Zum letzten Mittel, wenn kein andres mehr

Verfangen will, ist ihm das Schwert gegeben—

Der Giiter héchstes diirfen wir verteid’ gen

Gegen Gewalt. Wir stehn vor unser Land,

Wir stehn vor unsre Weiber, unsre Kinder!

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 67

(6) Auf dieser Bank von Stein will ich mich setzen,
Dem Wanderer zur kurzen Ruh bereitet
Denn hier ist keine Heimat. Jeder treibt
Sich an dem andern rasch und fremd voriiber
Und fraget nicht nach seinem Schmerz. Hier

eht
Der sorgenvolle Kaufmann und der leicht
Geschiirzte Pilger, der andiicht’ge Ménch,
Der diistre Rauber und der heitre Spielmann,
Der Siumer mit dem schwer beladnen Rosz,
Der ferne herkommt von der Menachen
Lindern,

Denn jede Strasze fihrt ans End’ der Welt.
Sie alle ziehen ihres Wegres fort
An ihr Geschift und meines ist der Mord !

GERMAN.—Panrrt I.

SEconND PapgErR.
(COMPOSITION, UNSEEN TRANSLATION, PHONETICS, AND
GRAMMAR.)

The Board of Examvuners.

1. Translate into German—

My dear Lord Houghton—It is very kind of
you to remember me ut this time, and to send me
the gift of your two volumes. I thank you
warmly for your kindness. I came down
here on Monday, and the time of the journey
passed rapidly as I read portions of your first
volume. I have a great love of poetry; but I
suspect few have less capacity for writing it than
I have. What makes it easy to some and
impossible to others I cannot understand. I
console myself with the belief that it is necessary

¥ 2

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

for some of us to write and speak only in prose.
And so you are to lose your now only daughter.
It is cruel, but inevitable. I have four daughters
now scattered and gone, and my house is almost
as lonely as yours. My boys remain with me,
but they do not make up for the loss of my
girls, I hope your daughters will be happy,
and that their happiness will do something to
lessen the misery of having lost them. I remem-
ber the pleasant evenings at F——, and I can
imagine how changed is now the scene; but I
will not further moralise.

Believe me, always sincerely yours,

JoHN Brianrt.
Kelso, 25th November, 1881.

2, Translate into English—

(a) Als sie mun endlich in die ktihlen Schatten

des duftenden Waldes traten, als die Biische wie
in sehnsiichtigen Seufzern fliisterten, als die
wunderbaren Melodien der rauschenden Biche,
die Lieder der Végel fernhin ténten und den
Widerhall weckten, der ihnen aus den Bergen
antwortete, da stand Balthasar plétzlich still
und rief, indem er die Arme weit ausbreitete, als
woll’ er Baum und Gebiisch liebend umfangen :
“OQ, nun ist mir wieder wohl, unbeschreiblich
wohl. In der Stadt ist mir oft zu Mute, als
wollten die Hiiuser iiber meinem Kopf zusam-
menstiirzen ; eine unsagbare Angst treibt mich
hinaus. Aber hier, hier erftillt bald mein Gemiit
eine siisze Ruhe. Auf den blumigen Rasen
gelagert, schaue ich hinauf in das weite Blau des
Himmels, und iiber mir, iiber den jubelnden
Wald hinweg, ziehen die goldenen Wolken wie

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 69

herrliche Triume aus einer fernen Welt voll
seliger Freuden. O mein Freund, dann erhebt
sich aus meiner eigenen Brust ein wunderbarer
Geist, und ich vernehm’ es, wie er in geheimnis-
vollen Worten spricht mit den Biischen, mit den
Biumen, mit den Wogen des Waldbachs, und
nicht vermag ich die Wonne zu nennen, die dann
in wehmiitigem Bangen mein ganzes Wesen
durchstrémt.”

(>) Man meint immer, man miisse alt werden
um gescheit zu sein ; im Grunde aber hat man
bei zanehmenden Jahren zu tun, sich so klug zu
erhalten wie man gewesen ist. Der Mensch
wird in seinen verschiedenen Lebensstuten wohl
ein andrer, aber man kann nicht sagen, dasz er ein
besserer werde, und er kann in gewissen Dingen
so gut in seinem zwanzigsten Jahre recht haben
wie in seinem sechzigsten. Wenn daher ein
Schriftsteller aus verschiedenen Epochen seines
Lebens Werke zuriicklisst, so kommt es beson-
ders darauf an, dasz er ein angeborenes Funda-
ment und Wohlwollen besitze, dasz er auf jeder
Stufe rein gesehen und empfunden, und ohne
Nebenzwecke gerade und treu gesagt habe wie
er gedacht. Dann wird sein Geschriebenes, wenn
es auf der Stufe recht war, wo es entstand, auch
ferner recht bleiben, der Autor mag sich auch
spiiter entwickeln und verindern wie er will.

3. («) What is understood by a“ continuant” ? What
by a ‘nasal consonant” ?

(6) Show the difference in the pronunciation
of: E. “hole” G. “hohl”; E. “stand” G.
“stand”; E. “feel” G. “viel”: E. “hurt”
G. “hort.”

20 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

(c) Transcribe the first sentence of the passage
given above under 2 (6) (from “ Man” to
‘* gewesen ist.”) in phonetic spelling.

4. (a) Give the nominative singular of all the nouns
in the plural oceurring in the passage given
ander 2 (a), and the nominative plural of all
those in the singular, with the definite article.

(6) Give the first person singular of the imperfect
indicative, and the past participle, of all the
strong’ or irregular verbs in the same passage.

{c) Write out the first four sentences of P’s
speech in the same passage as they would sound
in indirect narration (‘“ Hr rief, nun set thm
wieder wohl,” &c., to “ Freuden ”’).

GERMAN.
Part I.—Honours, and

Part II.—Pass (First Paprér).—(ComPosiTION
AND UNSEEN TRANSLATION.)

The Board of Examiners.

1. Translate into German:

(a) I cannot understand the rage manifested by
the greater part of the world for reading new
books. If the public had read all the books
that have gone before, I can conceive how they
should not wish to read the same work twice
over ; but when I consider the countless volumes
that lie unopened, unregarded, unread, and

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1996. 71

unthought of, I cannot enter into the pathetic

complaints that I bear made, that Sir Walter

writes no more, that the press is idle, that Lord
Byron is dead. If I bave not read a book
before, it is, to all intents and purposes, new to
me, whether it was printed yesterday or three
hundred years ago. If it be urged that it has
no modern, passing incidents, and is out of date
and old-fashioned, then it is so much the newer;
it is further removed from other works that I
have lately read, from the familiar routine of
ordinary life, and makes so much more addition
to my knowledge. But many people would as
soon think of putting on an old armour as of
taking up a book not published within the last
month, or year at the utmost. There is a fashion
in reading as well as in dress, which lasts only
for the season.

{b) I continued the labours of the village-school

as actively and faithfully as I could. It was
truly hard work at first. Some time elapsed
before, with all my efforts, I could comprehend
my scholars and their nature. Wholly untaught,
with faculties quite torpid, they seemed to me
hopelessly dull; and, at first sight, all dull alike,
but I soon found I was mistaken. There was

.a difference among them as amongst the

educated; and when I got to know them, and
they me, this difference rapidly developed itself.
Their amazement at me, my language, my rules,
and ways, once subsided, I found some of these
heavy-looking, gaping rustics wake into sharp-
witted girls enough. Many showed themselves
obliging, and amiable, too; and I discovered
amongst them not a few examples. of natural

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

» politeness, and innate self-respect, as well as of

excellent capacity, that won both my good-will
and my admiration. The rapidity of their
progress, in some instances, was even surprising’.
and an honest and happy pride I took in it.

2. Translate into English :

(a) Alle Biicher, die je geschrieben wurden, vom

diltesten bis zum jiingsten, stehen in einem
geheimnisvollen Zusammenhang. Denn keiner,
der ein Buch geschrieben, ist durch sich selbst
o'eworden, was er uns ist, jeder steht auf den
Schultern seiner Vorginger, Alles, was vor ihm
geschaffen wurde, hat irgendwie dazu geholfen,
ihm Geist und Seele zu bilden. Und wieder,
was er geschaffen, hat irgendwie andre Menschen
gebildet, und aus seinem Geist ist in spiitere
ibergegangen. So bildet der Inhalt aller Biicher
ein groszes Geisterreich auf Erden, von den
vergangenen Seelen leben und nihren sich alle,
welche jetzt schaffen. In diesem Sinne ist der
Geist des Menschengeschlechts eine unermesz-
liche Einheit, der jeder Einzelne angehért, der
einst lebte und schuf, der jetzt atmet und Neues.
wirkt. Der Geist, den die vergangenen
Menschen als ihren eigenen emptanden, er ging
und geht jeden Tag in Andre tiber. Was heut
geschrieben ist, wird morgen vielleicht die Habe
von tausend Fremden, wer langst seinen Leib
der Natur zuriickgegeben hat, lebt unauf-
hérlich in neuem irdischem Dasein fort, und
wird tiiglich in Tausenden auf’s Neue lebendig.

Das Geschlecht, das Venedig gegriindet, bat
sich nicht zum Spasz auf diese Inseln gefliichtet ;
es war keine Willkiir, welche die Folgenden

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 73:

trieb, sich mit ihnen zu vereinigen: die Not
lehrte sie, ihre Sicherheit in der unvorteil-
haftesten Lage suchen, die ihnen nachher so
vorteilhaft ward und sie klug machte. Nun
dringten sich die Wohnungen empor; Sand und
Sumpf wurden durch Felsen ersetzt; die Hiuser
suchten die Luft, wie Baume, die geschlossen
stehen: sie muszten an Héhe zu gewinnen
suchen was ihnen an Breite abging. Auf jede
Spanne des Bodens geizig, und gleich anfangs
in enge Riume gedriingt, lieszen sie zu Gassen
nicht mehr Platz, als nétig war, eine Hausreihe
von der gegeniiberstehenden zu trennen und
dem Biirger notdiirftige Durchgiinge zu erhalten.
Im iibrigen war ihnen das Wasser statt Strasze,
Platz und Spaziergang. Der Venezianer muszte-
eine neue Art von Geschépf werden, wie man
denn auch Venedig nur mit sich selbst verglei-.
chen kann.

—(GoETHE, “ ITALIENISCHE REISE.” ).

Der in der Stille der landlichen Flur,

Fern von des Lebens verworrenen Kreisen,

Kindlich liegt an der Brust der Natur !

Denn das Herz wird mir schwer in der Fiirsten
Palisten,

Wenn ich herab vom Gipfel des Gliicks

Stiirzen sehe die Hiéchsten, die Besten

In der Schnelle des Augenblicks.

Und auch der hat sich wohl gebettet,
Der aus der stiirmischen Lebenswelle,
Zeitig gewarnt, sich herausgerettet
In des Klosters friedliche Zelle ;

Der die stachelnde Sucht der Ehren

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

- Von sich warf und die eitle Lust,

Und die Wiinsche, die ewig begehren,
Kingeschlafert in ruhiger Brust.

Ihn ergreift in dem Lebensgewiihle
Nicht fher Leidenschaft wilde Gewalt ;
Nimmer in seinem stilien Asyle

Sieht er der Menschheit traur’ge Gestalt.

Auf den Bergen ist Freiheit! Der Hauch
der Griifte
Steigt nicht hinauf in die reinen Liifte ;
Die Welt ist vollkommen iiberall,
Wo der Mensch. nicht hinkommt mit seiner

Qual.

—(ScHILLeER, “ Diz Braut von Messina.” )

GERMAN.—Parr II.
SEconD Paper.

The Board of Examiners

1. Translate, with brief marginal notes where

necessary :

(a) Der Kaufmann bei uns erlebt ebenso viel
Groszes, Empfindungen und Taten, als irgend ein
Reiter unter den Arabern oder Indern. Je
ausgebreiteter sein Geschiift ist, desto mehr
Menschen hat er, deren Gliick oder Ungliick er
mit fiihlen musz, und desto 6fter ist er selbst in
der Lage, sich zu freuen oder Schmerzen zu
empfinden. Neulich hat hier ein groszes Haus
Bankerott gemacht. Wenn Sie die Gewit-
terschwiile empfunden hitten, welche auf dem

————aEeeee ll FE eee ee

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 76

Geschift lag, bevor es fiel, die furchtbure Ver-
zweiflung des Mannes, den Schmerz der Familie,
die Hochherzigkeit seiner Frau, welche ihr
eigenes Vermégen bis zum letzten Taler in die
Masse warf, um die Ehre ihres Mannes zu retten,

. Sie wiirden. nicht sagen, dasz unser Geschiift arm

an Leidenschuften und groszen Gefiihlen ist.
Triibe Erfahrungen hat der Kaufmann freilich in
Menge zu machen. Der kleine Arger fehlit ihm
nicht, und vieles Schlechte musz er erleben, aber
der ganze Handel ist doch so sehr auf die Red-
lichkeit Anderer und auf die Giite der mensch-
lichen Natur berechnet, dasz ich bei meinem
Eintritt in diese Titigkeit erstaunt war. Wer
ein ehrliches Geschift hat, kann von unserm
Leben nicht schlecht denken, er wird immer
Gelegenheit haben, Schénes und Groszartiges
darin zu finden.

{b) ‘ Wer hat die grosze Landschaft erobert, in der

ich geboren bin ? ”
‘*iner, der ein Mann war.”

“Kin trotziger Landwirt war's,” rief Anton,

‘er und andere seines Hauses. Mit dem
Schwert oder durch List, durch Vertrag oder mit
Uberfall, auf jede Weise haben sie den Boden an
sich gezogen, in einer Zeit, wo im ibrigen
Deutschland fast alles tot und erbarmlich war.
Als kiihne Manner und gute Wirtschafter, die
sie waren, haben sie ihren Boden verwaltet. Sie
haben Graben gezogen durch das Moor, haben
Menschen hingepflanzt in leeres Gebiet und
haben sich ein Geschlecht gezogen, hart,
arbeitsam, begehrlich, wie sie sellst waren.
Sie haben einen Staat gebildet aus verkommenen
oder zertriimmerten Stimmen, sie haben mit

(c)

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

groszem Sinn ihr Haus als Mittelpunkt fiir viele
Millionen gesetzt und haben aus dem Bret
unzéhliger nichtiger Souveriinititen eine leben-
dige Macht geschaffen.”

Write a short appreciation of Freytag’s ‘ Soll

und Haben.”

2. Translate, locate, and comment upon the following

(@)

(4)

passages :—

Ich freue mich, wenn kluge Miénner sprechen,
Dass ich verstehen kann, wie sie es meinen.

Es sei ein Urteil iiber einen Mann

Der alten Zeit und seiner Taten Wert;

Ks sei von einer Wissenschaft die Rede,

Die, durch Erfahrung weiter ausgebreitet,
Dem Menschen nutzt, indem sie ihn erhebt ;
Wohin sich das Gespriich der Edlen lenkt,

Ich folge gern, denn mir wird leicht zu folgen.
Ich hére gern dem Streit der Klugen zu,

Wenn um die Krifte, die des Menschen Brust
So freundlich und so fiirchterlich bewegen,

Mit Grazie die Rednerlippe spielt ;

Gern, wenn die firstliche Begier des Ruhms,
Des ausgebreiteten Besitzes Stoff

Dem Denker wird, und wenn die feine Klugheit,.
Von einem klugen Manne zart entwickelt,
Statt uns zu hintergehen, uns belehrt.

O glaube mir, ein selbstisches Gemiit

Kann nicht der Qual des engen Neids entfliehen.

Kin solcher Mann verzeiht dem andern wohl

Vermégen, Stand und Ehre; denn er denkt,

Das hast du selbst, das hast du, wenn du willst,.

Wenn du beharrst, wenn dich das Gltick
begiinstigt.

Doch das, was die Natur allein verleiht,

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. v7

Was jeglicher Bemiihung, jedem Streben

Stets unerreichbar bleibt, was weder Gold,

Noch Schwert, noch Klugheit, noch Beharr-
lichkeit

Erzwingen kann, das wird er nie verzeihn.

{c) Die wahre Freundschaft zeigt sich in Vereagen
Zur rechten Zeit, und es gewahrt die Liebe
Gar oft ein schidlich Gut, wenn sie den Willen
Des Fordernden mehr als sein Gliick bedenkt.
Du scheinest mir in diesem Augenblick
Fir gut zu halten, was du eifrig wiinschest,
Und willst im Augenblick, was du begebrst.
Durch Heftigkeit ersetat der Irrende.
Was ihm an Wahrheit und an Kriften fehlt.
(d) Zeigen Sie, auf Deutsch, in wie weit die
Verhiltnisse, Personen und das Problem von
Goethe’s “‘ Tasso” denen entsprechen, die Goethe
am Hofe zu Weimar fand.

3. Give a survey of Lessing’s work as the greatest
German representative of the ‘ Aufklirung,”
witha more detailed reference to his ‘‘ Laokoon’
and the ‘‘ Hamburgische Dramaturcie.”

rc ee ee

GERMAN.—Parr II.
THIRD PAPER.
The Board of Examiners.

1, Geben Sie eine kurze Uebersicht iiber die “‘ Roman-
tischen Schulen”’ in Deutschland, mit den Namen
und Daten ihrer Hauptvertreter, und zeigen Sie

die Bedeutung der romantischen Bewegung.

78 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
2. Was wissen Sie von Walther von der Vogelweide ?

3. Die sechs grossen Dichter der klassischen Zeit des
18ten Jahrhunderts sind Klopstock, Lessing,
Wieland, Herder, Goethe, und Schiller. Geben
Sie ganz kurz, in einem oder zwei Sitzen fir
jeden, die Bedeutung der vier ersten von diesen
an.

4, Wann und mit wem beginnt die Bildung der
neuhochdeutschen Schriftsprache, und welche
Manner haben sich besonders um ihre Entwick-
lung verdient gemacht ?

5. Geben Sie die Namen der Verfasser (wenn bekannt),
die Zeit der Entstehung, und die Gattune
(Drama, Roman u.s.w.) der folgenden Werke :—
(a) ‘Die Leute von Seldwyla”; (6) “ Das
Waltharilied”; (c) ‘‘ Agathon ”; (d) “‘ Aus dem
Leben eines Taugenichts ”; (e) ‘‘ Maler Nolten”;
(f) ‘ Gudrun.”

II.
Schreiben Sie einen deutschen Aufsatz iiber eines
der folgenden Themas—

‘Des Lebens Miihe lehrt uns allein des Lebens.
Giiter schdtzen.”

‘“‘ Es bildet ein Talent sich in der Stille,
Sich ein Charakter in dem Strom der Welt.’’

‘“¢ Willst du genau erfahren, was sich ziemt,
So frage nur bei edlen Frauen an.”

-—_—_—-

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 79

ANCIENT HISTORY.
Professor Elkington.

PASS AND FIRST HONOUR PAPER.

Answer fully and clearly TEN, and only Ten, of the
following questions.

1. Describe the geographicat position of the follow-
ing places, and mention any important historical
events connected with them :—Alesia, Corfinium,,.
Delos, Dyrrhachium, Ilerda, Mylae, Praeneste,
Tanagra.

2. Write notes on diminutio capitis, jus Latinum,
Lar familiaris municipium, plebiscitum, provo-
catio, proximus agnatus, senatus auctoritas.

3. What influences, social, religious, and literary,
throughout Grecian history tended to counteract
political disunion ?

4. Discuss the origin and the effects of despotic
government in Greece.

5. What was the Theoric Fund, and how did it affect
public policy ?

6. Explain the origin and development of the Roman
Tribunate.

?. Sketch the history of the Roman Senate.

8. What were the grievances which Tiberius Gracchus.
proposed to alleviate, and how far was he suc-
cessful ?

80 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

9. Enumerate the extra-Italian possessions of Rome
in the times of the Gracchi, and point out
shortly the circumstances leading to the acquisi-
tion of each.

10. What were the causes of the Social War, and by
what concessions was it terminated ?

11. Write a short account of either Gaius Marius or
Lucius Cornelius Sulla.

12. What was the nature and what the object of the
First Triumvirate ?

13. Explain the principle on which Provinces were
divided between the Senate and the Emperor.

HISTORY OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE.—Parr I.

PASS AND FIRST HONOUR PAPER.
Professor Elkington.

Answer fully ‘and clearly TEN, and only Ten, of the
following questions.

1. How far, if at all, did the Roman occupation of
Britain affect the country permanently ?

‘2. How did Canute acquire his power in England ?
How did he confirm it ?

.3. Explain the meaning and the importance of the
Assembly at Salisbury in 1086.

13.

14.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 81

. Give a short account of the state of literature in

England during the reign of Henry the Second.

. Write notes on :—The Barons’ War; Benevolences;

The Cabal; Impeachment; The Pilgrimage of
Grace ; Tonnage and Poundage.

. Trace briefly the origin of the House of Commons

. Write an account of the reign of Richard the

Second.

. Give some account of the history of the conti-

nental possessions of England to the middle of
the fifteenth century.

. Give some account (a) of the foreign, and (b) of

the domestic, policy of Henry the Seventh.

. Estimate briefly Cardinal Wolsey’s place in the

history of England.

. Give a summary of the results of the Renaissance

in England.

. Give a short account of the part played in Irish

history by (a) the O’Neills, (6) Wentworth, (ec)
Chichester.

Trace the causes which led to the Parliamentary
opposition to Charles the First. ‘

Trace briefly the history of the means by which
the Restoration was accomplished.

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

HISTORY OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE.—Pazr IT.

Professor Elkington.

Answer fully and clearly TEN, and only Ten, of the

10.

following questions.

. Why was James the Second a failure ?
. To what events did the Revolution of 1688-9 give

rise in Scotland ?

. Write notes on :—The Non-Jurors; Wood’s half-

pence; the lines of Torres Vedras.

. Write notes on :—The Peerage Bill ; Occasional

Conformity ; the Six Acts.

. Describe the efforts of George the Third to increase

his power. Was he successful ?

. Give an account of the struggle between Parlia-

ment and John Wilkes.

. What is meant by the “Industrial Revolution ?”

Describe its chief results, social and political.

. Indicate the merits of the government of William

Pitt as a peace minister.

. How’ do you account for the opposition to the

French Revolution in Great Britain ?

What was the “Old Colonial System,” and to
what results did it lead?

——————— See OE re “rere

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 83

11. With what powers did England successively come
into contact in North America? State briefly
the results.

12. Discuss the chief problems of domestic polic
which were dealt with by the governments o
George the Fourth.

13. Trace the history of the growth of the freedom of
the press in England.

14. What does India owe to (a) Warren Hastings,
(6) Lord Dalhousie ?

POLITICAL ECONOMY.
Professor Elkington.

Answer fully and clearly TEN, and only Ten, of the
following questions.

le “The Laws of Economics are statements in the
indicative mood of relations between causes and
effects, and not precepts in the imperative mood.”
Comment upon this statement.

2. Indicate the more important conditions on which

the efficiency of labour depends.
3. Define Capital, and justify your definition.
4. Define Exchange, and justify your definition.

84 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

5. Distinguish bhetween—(a) Goods and Wealth,
(6) Profit and Interest, (c) Total Utility and
Marginal Utility.

6. Enumerate some of the chief causes of difference
between Real Wages and Nominal Wages.

7. (a) In what circumstances are joint stock com-
panies likely to succeed ?

(bd) Compare the advantages of joint stock com-
ag with those of private firms in various
inds of industrial undertakings.

8. What is meant by the Law of Diminishing Re-
turns.? Is there a Law of Increasing Returns?
If so, state it.

9. Write explanatory notes on—(a) Market, (0d)
Natural price, (ce) Seigniorage, (2) Unproduc-
tive Labour.

10. Show the importance of Statistics as an auxiliary
to economic inquiry.

11. What are the chief characteristics of a good system
of Taxation.

12. Elucidate Walker’s remark that “the value of
money is determined by demand and supply.”

13. (a) Why does Great Britain import more than
she exports ? .
(b) Why do the prices of foreign bills fluctuate ?
(c) What is meant by the Foreign Exchanges ?

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 85

PURE MATHEMATICS.—Paazr I.
The Board of Examiners.

Candidates must answer satisfactorily in each of
the Three Divisions of this Paper.

1. Find the centre of a given circle.
If two circles intersect, shew that the line
joining their centres cuts their common chord
at right angles.

2. If two chords of a circle cut another, the rectangle
contained by the segments of one shall be equal
to the rectangle contained by the segments of
the other. ;

Describe a circle to pass through two given
points and touch a given straight line.

3. Find a mean proportional between two given
straight lines.

If two circles touch, a common tangegt is
a mean proportional between their diameters.

II.

1. Shew how to solve two simultaneous quadratics in
which all the terms which involve the two
unknowns are of the second degree.

Solve
uw any yy? bry _ a? ib

—_— —

a b? — b

ab" «4

86 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

2. If the three fractions x/a, y/b, z/c are equal, shew
that each is equal to

(lx + my + nz) | (la + mb + ne).
Prove also that
(a? -+ 5? + c) (2? + y? + 22) = (ax + by + ez).

3. Define a geometrical progression and prove for-
mul for the n term and the sum of x terms.

Shew that the product of terms equidistant
from the first and last is the same whatever
terms are taken.

4. Prove that
n+l C= nCy +,C —1
and shew how to form a table of the values
of ,.C,.

Express ,43C, in terms of ,C,, C1) nC,—¢.

ITT.

1, State and prove formule for the sine and cosine of
the sum of two angles in terms of the sines and
cosines of the angles themselves.

If sin A, sin B are given, how many
values are there for sin (A + B&B) and for
cos (A + B)?

2. Find a formula for all the angles which have a
given cosine.

Find the general solution of
sin 3x sin 56 = sin 7z sin 9x.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 87

3. Find a formula for the area of a triangle ia terms
of the sides.

Shew that the area is
3 (6 sin 26 + c* sin 2B).

4, Shew how to solve a triangle having given two
sides and the angle opposite one of the sides.
If a= 273, 6 = 892, A= 387° 14’, find C
to the nearest second having given
log 3°92 = -5932861
log 2°73 = °4861626
LE, sin 87° 14’ = 9-7818002
LI, sin 60° 19’ = 9-9389076
difference for 1’ = 720

PURE MATHEMATICS.—Parr II.
The Board of Examiners.
1. Find the equation of the straight line joining two
points whose co-ordinates are given.

Shew that the three straight lines bisecting at
right angles the three sides of a triangle meet
at a point.

2. Shew that the line
25; a
y—mert+
touches the parabola
y? = 4ax.
Find the locus of the intersection of any

tangent with the perpendicular drawa to it from
the vertex. |

88 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
é

3. Find the locus of the middle points of a system of
parallel chords of an ellipse.

A chord of an ellipse passes through a fixed
point. Find the locus of its middle point.

4. Find the limit when

x= 0
of
a® — 1
os
Hence, find the differential co-efficients of a*,
02", X.

Shew how to find the maximum and minimum
values of a function of one independent variable.

Find the maximum and minimum values of
2 2
Oe a
a-x2 «-—b
6. Define the curvature at any point of a curve, and
prove the formula
p—?r d r/dp.
Find the curvature at any point of a parabola.
7. State and prove the rule for integration by sub-
stitution.
Integrate sec x, cosec x, sech x, cosech x.

8. Investigate formule of reduction for

fi sin x cos 2a dx.
o

Shew how to find the value of the integrak
when the upper limit is replaced by x or by 2z.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 89:

9. Prove the formula
a r*sin@d 0

for the volume generated by the revolution of a
sectorial area about the initial line.

Find the volume generated by the revolution
of the curve

r=a/(l + cos @)

about the initial line.

MIXED MATHEMATICS.—Parr I.
The Board of Examiners.

PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.

1. Shew that the acceleration a of a body due to a°
force F is g F/W where W is the weight of the
body expressed in the same unit as J. Discuss
the introduction of the mass of the body into
this expression for a, describing carefully the
dynamical and gravitational systems of units.

A man descends from a balloon by means of a
parachute. The resistance to the parachute is
2v? lbs. wt. at velocity v ft./sec., and the man
and parachute weigh 400 lbs. Find the velocity
at which he descends, and obtain an approxima-
tion to the area of a horizontal plane surface
which would offer the resistance here supposed.

80 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

2. Explain the principle of the conservation of
momentum, shewing its connection with
Newton’s Third Law of Motion.

A ball of mass m lbs. is fired horizontally
from a gun of mass M l|bs., the kinetic energy
of the two, produced by the explosion, being
# ft. lbs. Find the velocity in ft./sec. of the
ball and gun, the latter being supposed to recoil
freely.

-3. Explain the construction of a velocity-position
graph from a given force-position graph. How
would you proceed to obtain a position-time
graph ?

A mass of M lbs. is suspended from a point
O by a helical spring which is of natural length
1 .{t. and has a tension 7’ lbs. wt. at length
4+aft. The mass is released from a point
distant / below O, and hits a fixed inelastic
horizontal plate 6 ft. lower down. Find the
velocity of the mass when it reaches the plate,
aud the time elapsed. Find also the time when
the mass reaches the plate a,rain.

4. Explain the meaning of the acceleration of a point
when the magnitude and the direction of the
velocity are both changing, and find an expres-
sion for the component acceleration due to each
cause.

A tube inclined at an angle @ to the vertical
rotates with uniform angular velocity w radians
8 sec. about a vertical axis intersecting it.

ind in feet the distance from the vertical axis
of the position in the tube at which a small
smooth body can remain in relative equilibrium.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 91

5. Prove the addition theorem for moments, and deduce
the condition of equilibrium of a body on a fixed
smooth axis.

A gasalier with two straight arms each of
length a in a line at right angles to the descend-
ing tube of length 7 is hanging out of plumb
from the ball-joint at top. A horizontal force
P applied at the lower end of the descending
tube, brings the gasalier plumb. Find the weight
at the end of an arm which will do so.

6. Shew that it is necessary and sufficient for the
equilibrium of forces in one plane on a rigid
body that the sums of the resolved parts of the
forces in two directions and the sum of their
moments about one point should separately
vanish.

A plane plate can turn in its own plane about
a centre O fixed in a frame. A cord passes
around two smooth pegs A, B in the plate in line
with O, and its ends are fastened to a point C of
the frame in the plane of the plate. A couple
of moment Z is applied to the plate in its plane
se as to strain the cord. Assuming the dimen-
sions given and neglecting gravity, find the
tension of the cord and the reaction at O.

7. Shew that the mechanical efficiency of a rough
square-threaded screw driven in a fixed nut
against an axial force by a couple around the
axis is tana/tan (a + A), and that this has a
maximum value (1—sin \)/(1 + sin A) when
a == 7/4 — A/2, where a is the angular pitch
and A is the angle of friction.

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

Tf. the screw is a hollow tube of mean radius
ry which is driven against the pressure of a
rough plate bearing against the square-cut end
of the screw and not rotating with it, shew that
the mechanical efficiency is tan a/(tan (a + A)
+ p’'rja) where a is the radius of the screw-
thread and p’ is the co-efficient of friction with
the plate.

8. Prove the theorem z = Xmz/Xm for the c.m.,

explaining the rule of signs for the distance Z.

A plane polygon is defined by the distances
1, 2,3, 4, 5 of its angles A, B, C, D, # from a
point O, and the magnitudes 60°, 60°, 75°, 75°, 90°
of the angles AOBS...... EOA. -Find the distance
OG of the c.m. of the area of the polygon from
O and the angle GOA. :

9. Define the stress across a surface in a body, and

shew that if the stress is always normal its
intensity is the same in all directions at the same
point.

A surface Sis coterminous with a plane area
A of given cm. G. Find the magnitude and
the line of action of the resultant of a uniform
fluid pressure over S of intensity p.

A right circular cylinder of radius r and
length 7 is immersed in heavy liquid, with its
axis horizontal and at a depth h( >7) below the
surface. Find the magnitude and line of action
of the resultant pressure on the part of the
curved surface on one side of the vertical plane

rirough the axis
of thr
smooth

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 98

MIXED MATHEMATICS.—Pagrr IT.
ENGINEERING CouRSE.

The Board of Examiners.

{Hlectrical Eagineering Students omit the first Two
questions. ]

1. State and prove the six fundamental relations
between the parts of a right-angled spherical
triangle.

AOB, BOC, COD are three right angles at
O. Given the inclinations of the plane BOC to
the other two, find the inclination of these to
each other, and find also the angle DOA.

9. Shew how to solve a spherical triangle of which
the three sides are given.

The latitudes and longitudes of three places
on the earth’s surface are given. Find the
shortest distance of one from the great circle
through the other two.

3. OA, OB, OC are mutually at right angles. From
a point P perpendiculars PL, PM, PWN are
drawn to these axes, and PR is perpendicular to
the plane AOB. If PL, PM, PR, LR, MR,
NA are bars of a frame connecting P with the
fixed points L, M,N, find the stresses in the
frame due to a force F on P at inclinations
a, B, y with the axes OA, OB, OC.

94 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

4, State and explain the principle of virtual work.

Sliding pieces A, B, C on three fixed bars
OA, OB, OC mutually at right angles are
connected by two bars BC, CA smoothly jointed
to them. Forces P, Q, & are applied to A, B,C
in the directions 0A, OB, OC. Shew that for
equilibrium

PIOA + Q/IOB = ROC.

5. Shew how the motion ofa particle along a straight
line is determined when the force is given (a) as
a function of the time, (6) as a function of the
position of the particle.

If in the first case the force is A sin 2xrt/7;,
where A, 7’ are constants, complete the solu-
tion, and discuss the result.

6. Define the principal axes of inertia at a point, and
obtain a formula for the directions of these axes
at a point of a plane area, the moments and —
product of inertia for one set of axes at the
point being given.

Find the directions of the principal axes at
the angles of a uniform triangular lamina, using
the equimomental particles at the middle points
of the sides.

7. Find the pressures on the bearings due to a concen- |
trated load fixed to a rotating shaft at a given
distance from it and from the bearings.

Find the pressures on the bearings due to a
uniform distribution of mass along a given
straight line parallel to the shaft and in a given
position relative to the shaft and the bearings.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 95.

8. Shew how to determine the small oscillations of a
frictionless mechanism with one degree of
freedom by the use of the equation of energy.

A smoothly-jointed frame ABCD of equal
uniform bars hangs in a vertical plane with AB
fixed in a horizontal position. Find the time of
a small oscillation under yravity.

9. State D’Alembert’s principle, and determine the.
inertia-forces in the case of a plane amina
moving in its plane.

In the case mentioned, suppose the force on the -
lamina is constant in magnitude and direction
and applied at a point other than the c.m.
Determine the motion.

MIXED MATHEMATICS.—Parrt II.
ARTS.

First Paper.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Prove that the area of a spherical triangle is the-
product of the spherical excess-and the square
of the radius of the sphere.

Find formule to determine the area common
to two small circles on a sphere, their angular
radii being a, 6, and the distance between their
poles c.

2. Prove the fundamental sine-formula for a spherical
triangle. 2 2 marae
The mutual inclinations of the lines 0A, OB,
OC are given. Find the cosine of the inclination.
to OC of a perpendicular to the plane AOD.

96 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

3. Shew how to solve a spherical triangle having
given two sides and the included angle.

A point P on the moon’s limb is defined
either by the angle between the great circles
from the moon’s centre to the point P and to
the point Q of the limb nearest the zenith
or by the angle between the great circles to P
and the point & of the limb nearest the pole.
Given the declination and hour-angle of the
moon and the latitude, Gnd a formula for the
difference of the two angles. |

‘4. Describe the adjustments of a transit circle.

The east end of the axis of rotation of a
transit instrument in S. lat. \ has an elevation a
and an azimuth 6 north of east. The line of
collimation is at an inclination 7/2 — y to the
axis of rotation. Find the hour-angles of transit
of a star whose S., declination is 6.

‘5. Shew how the longitude is determined at sea by
the observation of an altitude and the chrono-
meter, the latitude being supposed known.
Give the necessary formule, and state the
corrections to be made to the observation.

Shew that the rate of change of altitude of a
star is greatest when the inclination of the circles
from the star through the zenith and pole is
greatest, and that this occurs when the star is in
the prime vertical.

©. Define the equation of time and explain the state-
ment that the right ascension of the mean Sun
is equal to the mean longitude of the true Sun.

Shew that, neglecting disturbances, the Sun
has the mean angular motion in its orbit when

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 97

its distance is a geometric mean between the
semiaxes, and that this occurs at about 90° from
the line of apses. Find the difference of the
mean and true longitudes of the Sun at this
time, and hence shew that at an equinox the
equation of time is about 7 minutes. [Take the
excentricity of the orbit as 1/60 and cos 23° 30’
= 11/12.]

7. Explain the sources of the reductions for the
apparent position of a star at a given time.

Let S be a star, V the point to which the
earth’s centre is moving, P a given pole. Shew
that if & is the constant of aberration, the
aberrations of S along and perpendicular to the
great circle SP are

k (cos 6 sin c — sin b cos c cos A),
and k sia 6 sin A,

where PV = 6, PS=c, SPV=A.

MIXED MATHEMATICS.—Part IL.

ARTS.
Sz0onp Paper.

The Board of Examwners.

1. Two equal uprights ABC, DHF are jointed to
fixed points A, D on the same level, and are
braced by equal light bars BF, CE jointed at
their ends to the uprights. A force X in the
direction Cf’ is applied at C. Find the stresses
in BF, CE, and the maximum bending moments
in the uprights.

98 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

2. Investigate conditions of equilibrium for a rigid
body, acted on by any system of forces.

A gasalier has three straight branches, each
of length a, equally spaced around the descend-
ing tube, which is of length 2. To make this
tube hang: vertically from the ball-joint at the
top a horizontal force P, applied at the bottom
of the tube and making an angle @ with one of
the branches, is required. Find the weights
which, applied at the ends of two of the branches,
will effect the same object.

8. State and demonstrate the principle of virtual
work.

Four uniform bars, each .of weight and
length a@ form a frame ABCD. AB is fixed
horizontally. Find the tension of a cord of
length a joining A and C,so as to hold the
frame in an oblique position.

4. A particle describes an orbit about a fixed centre
of force. If v is the resultant velocity, u its
component perpendicular to the radius vector,
k the curvature, shew that w varies inversely
as 7, and that the force per unit mass is kv®/u.

5. Demonstrate the theorem of parallel axes for
moments of inertia.

Shew from considerations of dimensions that
the M.I. of a uniform rod of length a and mass m
about its centre is equal to that of a rod ot
length 2a and mass m/4. Hence, by equating
the M.I. of such a rod to the sum of the M.I’s.
of its two halves, shew, without integration,
that the M.I. about its centre is one-twelfth of
the mass into the square of its length.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 99

6. Shew that the rate of increase of angular momen-
tum of a system about a fixed axis is equal to
the moment of the external forces about the
axis.

A turbine wheel with vertical axis is driven
by a jet of water which before entering the
wheel has a horizontal velocity v ft./sec. at an
angle @ with the perpendicular, of length r ft.,
to the axis, and after leaving the wheel has u
negligible velocity. Shew that the driving
couple is mur sin 6/g ft. lbs. where m lbs. is the
mass of water per sec. entering the wheel.

7. Aroller of radius r and M.I. M# about its axis
rolls down an inclined plane of elevation 7. The
handle of the roller trails on the plane behind,
its length being /, its mass m, and its c.m. dis-
tant 2//3 from the end. Find the acceleration
of the roller (a) when all frictions are neglected;
(6) when a co-efficient of friction » is assumed
between the plane and the handle.

DEDUCTIVE LOGIC.

Professor Laurie.
To be used as Pass Paper, and also as Honour Paper No. 1.

1, What are the three parts of logical doctrine? How
would you deal with the statement that one of
these parts “is the strictly proper subject” cf
Formal Logic?

2. How do you define a Concept? Show the import-
ance of distinguishing between the collective
and the distributive use of names.

H 2

*” Ces! “hep, y
CP wee 55

100 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

3. What distinction should be drawn between con-
trary and contradictory opposition? Give,
where possible, the contrary, the obverted
converse, and the contrapositive, of each of the
following propositions :—

The insane ought not to be punished.
Few men pursue their ambitions wisely.
: If achild is spoilt, he is likely to be trouble-

some.

4. What reasons have been given for and against
the addition of the forms “ All S is all P,” and
“Some 8 is all P,” to the four traditional forms
of proposition ?

- 6. Prove, from the rules of the syl'ogism, that a
valid syllogism in the second figure must have a
negative conclusion and that the conclusion of a
valid syllogism in the third figure must be
particular.

6. What are the characteristics of an Inductive
Syllogism ? Give an example. Comment on
the distinction between Perfect and Imperfect
Induction. -

7. What are the different kinds of fallacy of accident ?
Give an example of eaeh.

8. State the following in syllogistie form, and point
out fallacies, if any :—

(2) An agreement is adhered to if it be advan-
tageous to the parties concerned ; but since tie
agreement between A and JB has not been to
their mutual advantage, we may therefore infer
that it has not been adhered to.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 101

(6) Since the business of an Arbitration Court
should be to regulate industries generally, it is
not enough to empower it to settle disputes
between individual employers and those whom
they employ.

{c) There must be some connection between
Parliaments and undue loquacity; for it is
admitted that in all the Parliaments of Australia .
there is too much speaking.

(d) You are either fated to recover from your
illness or not; in either case, therefore, it is
useless to call in a doctor.

9. In a given examination, every candidate who takes
either Classics or English takes Mathematics ;
no one who takes Music takes Classics; but
every one who does not take Music takes
English, What can be inferred from these
premisses (a) of those candidates who do not
take English,(5) of those who take Mathematics ?
Work this question by the method of Indirect
Tnference.

INDUCTIVE LOGIC.
Professor Laurie.
To be used as Pass Paper, and also as Honour Paper No. 1.
1. Is Resemblance implied in all propositions of which
the predicate is.a general name? Consider this

uestion in connexion with Mill’s treatment of
the Import of Propositions.

102 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

Is it possible to deduce from definitions, as such,
any real scientific knowledge? Discuss the
statement that the science of Geometry is derived
from definitions.

. How would you express the principle of the Uni-

tormity of Nature? On what grounds has this
principle been held to be an induction from facts
of observation? Add any comments.

. Is the Method of Agreement applicable to cases

where an observed conjunction of phenomena,
though frequent, has not been unvarying? Give
reasons for your answer, and an illustration.

. Mention any difficulties which may occur in the

extension, beyond the limits of actual experience,
of a quantitative law which has been ascertained
by the Method of Concomitant Variations.

. Show that induction and deduction go together in

the actual processes of the discovery and proof
of uniformities.

. Mention different kinds of law to which the term

‘empirical law” has been applied, with the
method or methods appropriate to each.

. Show the relation between analogy and hypothesis.

Discuss the statement that the aiken from
analogy may in some cases approach in strength
very near to a valid induction.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 103

MENTAL PHILOSOPHY.

Professor Laurie.

To be used ag Pass Paper and Honour Paper No. 1 for Second
Year Students, and as Pass Paper No. 1 for Third Year
Students.

1. Mention difficulties which are encountered in tracin
the correlation between nervous and psychica
processes. Give any instances in which these
difficulties have been overcome.

2. On what grounds has it been held that Knowing,
Feeling, and Willing, are mutually implicated ?
Must the primacy in the development of the
mental life be given to Conation? Refer, on
this question, to any recent discussion which is
known to you.

3. What do you understand by the extensity of
sensations ? May this be distinguished from
(a) the intensity, and (4) the quality, of sensa-
tions ?

4. In what i does Perception, as a psychical
fact, pass beyond our experience of sensations ?

5. To what extent may repetition be relied upon (a)-
as an aid to the memory of particular facts; (5)
as a means of strengthening the memory gene-
rally ?

6. What reasons have been given for holding the

ema to be the starting-point in thought?

race the process by which the notions-of in-
dividual and class have been differentiated.

104 EXAMINATION PAPERS,

7. Is the Subjective Idealist entitled, on his premisses,
to infer the existence of minds other than his
own? Discuss this question.

8. Examine Spencer’s statements that all efforts to
understand the essential nature of Matter or of
Motion bring us to alternative impossibilities
of thought.

9. Compare the ideals of Science and Religion as set
forth by Spencer in his chapter on “The Re-

conciliation.”

MENTAL PHILOSOPHY. —
Professor Laurie.

To be used as Honour Paper No. 2 for Second Year Students,
and as Pass Paper No. 2 for Third Year Students.

1. What, on Spencer’s view, are the parts played by
the environment and the bodily organism in the
development of ee Add any comments.

2. Is it possible to explain}our knowledge of Space
by reference to facts of sentience, either with or
without the aid of a theory of evolution ?

- 3. What is the intention, and what the value, of
Spencer’s Universal Postulate ?

4. Can the origin of all necessities of knowledge, as
assigned by Spencer, be reconciled with his
statement that no one can “ever take a step
towards justifying his scepticism respecting the
Universal Postulate without, in the very act,
confessing his acceptance of it” ?

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 106

5. State, and examine, the doctrine of Inseparable
Association.

6. Consider Spencer’s step to his Transfigured Realism
from his distinction between two aggregates of
states of consciousness.

7. It has been said that Spencer’s Transfigured
Realism is a representative theory of perception.
Examine this statement, referring to his diagram
of the cylinder and the cube.

MORAL PHILOSOPHY.

Professor Laurie.

1. What value do you attach to the Socratic tenet
that virtue is knowledge ? How was this modi-
fied by Plato and Aristotle ?

2. How does Aristotle define virtue? Write a note
on his distinction between the moral and the
intellectual virtues.

3. What were the leading features of the Stoic moral
philosophy ?

4. State, and consider, Butler’s vindication of Bene-
volence as distinct from Self-love.

5. Moral philosophers, it has been said, are generally
agreed as to the duties incumbent on man, while
they differ as to the criteria and basis of morality.
How may this be accounted for? Refer, in
your answer, to Mill’s treatment of this question.

106 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

6. Estimate the value of Spencer’s Absolute Ethics
as a means of ascertaining the duties which
should be fulfilled by actual men under existing
conditions.

7. State, with any comments, Green’s doctrine that
the gradual development of our knowledge
depends on the reproduction, in us, of an
eternally complete consciousness.

8. How, according to Green, does the true good differ
from the merely apparent good? And what is
‘‘the formal character of the Moral Ideal” ?
Add any comments.

NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.—Panzr I.

Arts AND EDUCATION.
The Board of Exanwumers.
TEN questions only to be attempted.
1, Explain what is involved in the measurement of a
physical quantity, and illustrate your answer

by giving a full explanation as to how force is
measured.

2. Explain how velocities are compounded and resolved
graphically, and why the method is a legitimate
one. |

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 107

A ship steaming N.E. through a current
running 4 knots an hour is found after an hour
to have made 4 knots due N. Determine the
direction of the current and the speed of the
ship.

3. Define acceleration, and determine the acceleration
of a body that moves with uniform speed ina
circle.

Prove the formula for the period of a conical
pendulum.

4. Describe the construction of an aneroid barometer,
and explain with full detail how to calibrate it.

5. Describe and give the theory of one method for
determining the co-efficient of real expansion of
mercury.

Why is an accurate knowledge of this co-
eficient specially important ?

6. State the laws of evaporation, and show how they
can be explained on the basis of the molecular
theory.

Describe how to determine the maximum
pressure of aqueous vapour for temperatures he-

tween 50° C. and 100° C.

7. Describe with full detail how to verify the inverse
square law for magnetism by the method of
oscillations. _

8. ere the Replenisher, and explain its action
ully.

‘108 " EXAMINATION PAPERS.

‘9. Define unit current: Describe how to use a tangent
galvanometer, and, in case its number of turns
is not known, show how to determine its reducing
factor by means of a copper voltameter.

10. Describe some simple form of direct current
dynamo, and explain its action fully.

11. A person looks at an object through a concave
lens of 6 inches focal length, the object being
4 inches beyond the lens. Draw a figure,
approximately to scale, showing the paths of
the rays by which he sees the image formed,
and determine its position.

12. Describe, in detail, the different parts of a modern
astronomical telescope, their arrangement, and
the mode of using the instrument.

NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.—Parr II.

ARTS AND SCIENCE.
| The Board of Examiners.
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
WINE questions only to be attempted.
1, Obtain from first principles the expression for

the kinetic energy of a body rotating round a
fixed axis with constant angular velocity.

Give the theory of the compound pendulum
making small swings.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 109:

2. A thin wire is stretched horizontally and loaded
by weights applied at its middle point. Show
fully how to use this apparatus to determine
_Young’s modulus for the material of the wire,
and give the complete theory of the method.

3. State Ramsay and Young’s general relation be-

. tween the pressure and temperature of fluids
kept at constant volume, and deduce the corre-
sponding form of the characteristic equation.

What inference can you draw from this form
of the equation respecting the relation between.
the molecular pressure of a fluid and its volume
and temperature ?

4. State the assumptions on which the kinetic theory
of gases is based, and deduce an expression for
the energy of translation of the molecules per
unit mass in terms of quantities accessible to
experiment.

5. Discuss the phenomenon of beats between vibra-
tors of slightly different pitch, and deduce from
the theory of vibration the relation between the.
frequency of the beat and those of the vibrators.

Explain why beats are not always heard, even.
though theory shows that they are produced.

6. If a lens whose focal length is f produces a mag-
nification m, when the image is at a distance
d from the lens, and a magnification m, when a
becomes d + x prove that—

faz

mm — My

110 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

7. Establish from first principles—(a) the expression
for the electric intensity just outside a charged
conductor; (5) the relation between the electric
intensities at the two ends of a tube of force.

Describe the guard-ring condenser, and obtain
the expression for its capacity.

8. Describe and ave the complete theory of the
laboratory method of investigating the magnetic
properties of an iron rod.

9. Determine in terms of the different quantities
involved the magnetic force at any point in the
axis of a coil carrying a current.

Describe the Helmholtz galvanometer, deter-
mine its constant, and point out its advantages.

10. Describe fully and give the theory of some
accurate method of comparing two small resist-
ances,

NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.—Panur II.
ENGINEERING COURSE.

The Board of Examiners.

PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.

i. What do you understand by (2) Harmonic Func-
tion, (6) Harmonic Series? State the general
relation between such periodic functions as occur
in physical problems and Harmonic Functions.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 111

The rectilinear displacement of a particle is a
harmonic function of the time; at what point in
its path is its velocity half its greatest velocity ?

2. Obtain an expression for the shearing stress at any
point of a cylinder under torsion.
The rigidity of steel is 3°8 x 10! and its
ultimate resistance to shearing stress 9°68 x
108 dynes per sq. cm.; find, correct to the
nearest degree, the greatest twist which can be
sustained by a steel shaft 800 cm. long and 15
cm. in diameter.

3, State Mendeleef’s Law of Expansion for perfect
liquids, and show how it differs from the general
law for solids.

Gutkowska obtained the following values for
the density of kerosene :—
at 0°, 8056; at 32°, 7824;
at 16°, °7940; at 48°, -7708.
Show that kerosene obeys Mendeleef’s Law,
and calculate any constants involved.

4. Explain the terms Indicator Diagram, Isometric,
sothermal.

Determine the form of the isothermals of a
perfect gas, and show how to draw them for
consecutive degrees of temperature.

3. State the yeneral rule for the transformation of
other kinds of energy into work, and discuss the
problem fully for the special case of utilisation

. of the potential energy of a high-level water
supply.
In what respects does this case (a) resemble,
(5) differ from that of a perfect heat engine ?

112 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

6. A battery of constant e.m.f. and negligible internal
resistance is joined by leads of resistance r to a
variable resistance 2. Find the value of F for
which the rate of generation of heat in it is a
maximum and the corresponding value of the
ratio of the power dissipated in & to the total
power developed by the battery.

7. State fully what you know of the mutual action
of two coils carrying constant currents in terms
of the different variables involved.

Describe two practical forms of electrical
measuring instruments depending on these
principles.

¢ 8. Describe some good form of alternate current trans-
former. What is magnetic leakage, and how
does it affect the performance of a transformer ?
Specity the different losses, and describe how
they may be estimated.

Express the primary and secondary e.m.f.’s in
terms of the magnetic flux, period, and numbers
of turns.

NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.—Parr III.
ENGINEERING COURSE.
The Board of Examiners. |
1 Give a full description of the construction and

mode of use, and discuss the theory, of the
platinum resistance pyrometer.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906, 118

2. What is a “¢, ¢” diagram ?

Determine the forms of the isometrics and

isopiestics of a gas on such a diagram when

| drawn in the usual way, and describe the artifice

by means of which all ideal ¢, ¢ diagrams of

| internal combustion engines may be constructed
of straight lines.

3. State and prove Clausius’ Theorem, and deduce
from it (a) a mathematical statement of the
Second Law of Thermo-dynamics; (3) a defini-
tion of entropy.

and obtain an approximate expression for the
efficiency of this engine in terms of the tem-
perature limits and the corresponding values of
the latent heat of steam.

Assuming that the latent heat of steam is
given by
L= 697—°6 ¢.

evaluate this efficiency for an engine for which
the boiler and condenser temperatures are 187°
and 49° C., having given that log, 7 = 2-046,
loge, 10 = 2°803.

4. Describe Rankine’s ‘‘ standard” steam-engine cycle
5. Describe with full detail and give the theory of

the ballistic method of investigating the mag-

netic properties of a specimen of iron.
| State Steinmetz’s law.

6. Describe how to measure a co-efficient of mutual
induction, and give the theory of the method.
I

114 ; EXAMINATION PAPERS.

7. Discuss fully the armature reactions of a continuous
current dynamo, and point out the mechanical
and electrical arrangements by which the effects
of these reactions can be eliminated.

Prove the formula that gives the e.m.f. gene-

rated in such an armature in terms of the dif-
ferent quantities involved.

8. Describe with full detail the different instruments
required, and how you would use them to deter-
mine the efficiency and the various losses of a
transformer under different conditions of loads.

GEOLOGY.—Parr II.
Minina Honours; Science Pass.

The Board of Examiners.
For all Candidates.

1. Draw sketch sections illustrating the following :—
(a) A laccolite.
(6) Unconformable overlap.
(c) Overfold passing into a thrust fault.

2. At a point A a bed of coal outcrops at the
7 surface (height 300’ above sea level). The bed
dips due W. at 30°. Bis a point 500’ above
sea level, distant 1,000 feet (measured hori-
zontally) in a N.W. direction from A. A shaft
is sunk at B to reach the coal. At what depth

. Should it he met with ?

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 116

8. Describe the chief characters, megascopic and
microscopic, of the following rocks :—Propylite,
Granophyre, Monchiquite, Hornfels.

For Mining Honours Candidates.

. Discuss the work of Sandberger bearing on ore
genesis, and state how far his views are re-
concilable with recent hypotheses in this subject.

. Give an account of the Jurassic coal-bearing
deposits of Victaria; the structure, origin, and
economic importance of the coals; and ‘the
nature and influence of subsequent earth move-
ments on the coal deposits.

6. Describe briefly the salient points in the geological
structure of Broken Hill. State the nature of
the mineral contents of the lodes from the
surface downwards, discriminating between
differences due to secondary changes and those
which are original. How far do the original
ditferences in the mineral composition of the
lode bear upon theories as to its origin? Point
out any resemblances and differences that exist
between the structural characters of Broken
Hill and Bendigo respectively.

7. Give an account of the geology and ore genesis of
the Mt. Bischoff field.

For Science Pass Candidates.

8. Discuss, from a chemical, petrological, and struc-
tural point of view, the relations of the Dacites
and Granodiorites of the Dandenong and
Macedon areas. : |

116 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

9, State the horizons of Ordovician rocks in Victoria,
with the prominent Graptolites of each horizon.
Describe three typical Ordovician Graptolites,
and mention any peculiarities in the Graptolite
succession of Victoria as compared with other
areas.

10. Briefly compare the Jura-Trias series of Victoria
with deposits of similar age in the Alps and in
Britain, particularly from the point of view of
the conditions under which the deposits were
formed.

11. Give a description of the Glacial deposits of
Bacchus Marsh, with their probable mode of
origin, and state where rocks of similar origin
and age are to be found.

BIOLOGY.—Part I.
Borany. _
The Board of Examiners.
* PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
For all Candidates.
1.. Cut, stain, and mount a transverse section of the
stem provided.

Make a diagram of the section, marking the
position of (a) protoxylem, (d) cambium, (ce)
pericycle, (d) phloem, (e) cork, (7) cork cam-
bium. Give the age of the stem.

2. Construct the floral diagram of the flower pro-

vided, and lay out tbe parts of the flower
according to this plan on a sheet of paper.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 117

For Pass Candidates.

3. What are stomata? Where do they occur, and
what is their structure and function? Why
should they open in light, and close in darkness ?

4. Describe experiments to shew that green plants
take in carbon dioxide and give out oxygen
when exposed to light, and also to shew the
influence of light on transpiration.

For Honours Candidates.
5. Identify the preparations (A), (B), (C) and (D),
and the specimens (E), (F) and (G), making and
labelling a rough sketch of each.

| 6. Compare the structure of the one-year-old Dicoty-
ledonous stem and root, by the aid of diagrams
of transverse sections, and trace the growth of
the root up to the end of the second year.

NATURAL SCIENCE.
PuysicaL GroGRAPHY.
The Board of Examiners.

l. Define the following terms :—Anticyclone, caldera,
atoll, fiord, geoisotherm, nimbus.

Y. Classify the different types of plains. State their
modes of origin, and, as far as possible, illustrate
your answer by Victorian examples.

118 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

3. In what parts of a river’s course may lakes occur ?
Describe how they are formed, and by what
agencies they eventually disappear.

4. Contrast the climates of the districts of Victoria
lying to the north and to the south of the
Divide, and explain the physiographic causes for
this difference.

5. State what becomes of the rain which falls in areas
like the Mallee. What are the methods by which
the amount of raimr which does not flow into
streams is determined ?

6. What are the causes of “river capture”? Illus-—
trate your answer by means of diagrams.

NATURAL SCIENCE.
CHEMISTRY.
Lhe Bourd of Examiners.

1. State and explain Boyle’s law.

2. How does temperature usually affect the solubility
ofa salt in water? Explain, with the aid of a
diagram.

3.- Explain, as fully as you can, the explosive effects
which follow the application of a flame to a
mixture of hydrogen and air.

nS a sr — nese

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 119

4, What is meant by the molecular weight of a
substance ? Explain, and give instances.

5. How is chlorine made? Describe its chief pro-
perties and reactions.

6. Explain the nature of those actions which fre-
quently occur when two saline solutions are
mixed, resulting in the production of solid
precipitates. | Give instances, and write the
equations for them.

NATURAL SCIENCE.
ZOOLoey.
_ Professor Spencer.

All answers must be illustrated by rough sketches. Wot
more than FOUR questions must be attempted.

1. Identify specimen A, and write a short account of
its life history.

2. Identity specimens B,C, D, E, F. Where does each
of them live and how does each of them breathe ?
Write a general account of the different forms
of shells among the mollusca, illustrating your
answer by reference to those of the mussel,
limpet, chiton, snail, sepia, and nautilus.

8. How would you distinguish a snake from a lizard,
and @ non-venomous from a venomous snake ?
What animals defend themselves or obtain their
prey by means of a poison apparatus? Indicate,
in each case, briefly the structure and manner of
use of the poison apparatus.

120 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

4. Write an account of the liver fluke, and the various
stages through which it passes in its life history.
Indicate where each is to be found.

5. Why is it advisable to keep dogs away from the
supply of drinking water? Indicate briefly the
importance of an inspection of the meat supply
of the community.

6. Write a general account of the structure and
habits of earthworms, indicating their economic
importance.

NATURAL SCIENCE.
ZOOLoay.

Professor Spencer.
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
All answers must be illustrated byirough sketches. Wot
more than FOUS questions must be attempted.
1. Identify specimen A, and write a short account of
its life history.

2. Describe the structures by means of which the
following animals defend themselves against
enemies, (a) land planarians, (6) centipedes,
(c) millipedes, (d@) scorpions, (e) spiders, (7)

squids.

3. Identify deeper B ; where does it live ? Describe
briefly by means of rough sketches its external
anatomy. How does it differ from a cockroach ?

4, What is meant by the term differentiation, illus-
trating your answer by reference to the structure
of an amoba, 8 vorticella, a hydra, and an earth-
worm ?

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 121

5. Write an account of the leading features in regard.
to the life-history and organisation of bees and.
ants.

6. What are the chief groups amongst the reptiles 2
Indicate very briefly their characteristic features,
illustrating your answer by reference to one
member of each group that you have seen.

7. Write an account of the more important features.
in the circulatory systems. of sharks, lung fishes,.
and frogs.

Honour candidates must answer questions 3,
4, 5, and 6 or 7.

ASTRONOMY.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Describe how to determine the uncorrected deviation.
error of a transit instrument, and show how te
correct the observed time of transit of a star for
this error.

2. Show that the lengths of the four seasons are given.
by the four values

Sif + 4/2 ¢ cos (; + x)}
4 = 4
where e is the eccentricity of the earth’s orbit

and 5 + x the longitude of aphelion.

122 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

3. Explain fully how you would transform mean time
for the 10 hour zone to the corresponding
apparent solar time at Melbourne.

‘4, State the different methods by which the figure of
the earth has been determined.

Assuming that the gravitational potential V
of the earth at any point on its surface is given

by
= v=aui- +# (1 —86sin ap)
? r

where ¢ is the latitude, prove Clairaut’s theorem,
viz.,

Jo = 9. {1 + ($9 — £) sin 79}.

-§. Describe and give the theory of the magnetometer
method (azimuth) of determining the meridian
from observations of the sun.

‘6. Give a short account of the different ways in
which the scale of the solar system has been
determiued.

7. What data are necessary to enable us to determine
the mass of a double star ?

Explain fully how to deduce the mass from
these data.

What are spectroscopic binaries, and how
much can we learn about them ?

[o)

—

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, Nov., 1906. 128

CHEMISTRY.—Parr III.

The Board of Examiners,

. Explain all that is represented by the constitutional
formula usually assigned to acetic acid, and
point out the principles underlying the deter-
mination of such a formula.

. Give an account of the malonic ether synthesis,
and show how, by its means, you could
synthesise (a) isosuccinnic acid, (d) propionic
acid.

. Explain the theory of space isomerism. Show how
‘this conception may be used to explain the
peculiar isomerism of fumaric and maleic
acids. ;

- To what classes of organic bodies do the sugars
belong ? Write a very brief account of the
main points in the chemistry of the hexoses.

- Compare the actions of nitrous acid on amines
belonging to different classes, and explain why
the product of its reaction with primary aromatic
amines is of such great importance.

. How can phthalic acid and its anhydride be pre-
pared? Discuss the characteristic condensations
of the latter with phenols.

124 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

INORGANIC CHEMISTRY.

THrtrp YEAR SCIENCE.
The Board of Examiners,

Write papers on not more than six of the following
subjects :—

1. The determination of silica in rocks
(methods and precautions).

2. Peroxides and persulphates as reagents.

3. The cyanogen compounds of iron, cobalt,
and nickel.

4. Soluble compounds of gold (formation,
properties, and applications).

5. The isomorphism of salts.
6. Water of crystallization.
?. The theory ot electrolytic solution tension

in its bearing on reactions in which metals play
@ part.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 126

PHYSIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY AND
HISTOLOGY.

The Board of Examiners.

Not more than Five questions are to be attempted.

1, By what means can blood be laked? In what
respects does the serum of laked blood differ
from normal serum ?

2. Classify according to their chemical characters the
carbohydrates taken in food.

3. If in the air of a disused mine a candle burns, an
insect lives but a mouse dies, what poisonous gas
would you suspect, and how would you test for
its presence ?

4, Show, by means of drawings and descriptive notes,
the structure of a nerve-fibre and a striated
muscle-fibre, and the structural relationship of
the former to the latter.

What methods would you employ in the
laboratory for elucidating the minute structure
of nerve and muscle ?

5. Describe, by means of carefully-lettered diagrams,
the minute structure of the sub-mazillary gland,
the pancreas, and a cardiac gland of the stomach.

6. Describe, with drawings, the different kinds of
cartilage, and the positions in which they occur
in @ grown-up body.

Trace carefully the stages in the history of
cartilage from its first occurrence in the femur
of a mammal.

126 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

TECHNICAL CHEMISTRY.

Tuirp YEAR SCIENCE.
The Board of Examiners.

Answers should he given to not more than six of the
following :—

1. Describe briefly the most reliable dry
methods for the assay of tin concentrates. Explain
fully the chemistry of the processes.

2. Compare and contrast the methods of
scorification and cupellation as applied to the
assay of silver ores.

3. Write a short paper on the chemistry of the
processes of calcining, roasting, and retorting
zinc ores.

4. Explain the reactions on which the efficacy
of the “roast and reaction” process depends.
For what class of lead ore is the process most
suitable ?

5. Describe a process for the recovery ot
sulphur from alkali waste.

6. Write a paper on commercial applications
of the electric furnace.

7. Give a brief account of the manufacture of
soap, and explain the theory of the chemical
changes involved. )

8. Write a paper on cellulose, its solutions,
and their technical applications.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 127

ELEMENTARY PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY.

VETERINARY COURSE.

oma

Time allowed: Two hours.

The Board of Examiners,
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.

1. State and explain Boyle’s law.

2. How does temperature usually affect the solubility:
| of a salt in water? . Explain, with the aid of o
diagram.

| 3. Explain, as fully as you can, the explosive effects
: which follow the application of a flame to a
mixture of hydrogen and air.

4. What is meant by the molecular weight of a
substance? Explain, and give instances.

5. How is chlorine made? Describe its chief pro-
perties and reactions.

6. Explain the nature of those actions which fre-
quently occur when two saline solutions are
mixed, resulting in the production of solid
precipitates. Give instances, and write the
equations for them.

128

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

-JURISPRUDENCE (INCLUDING ROMAN LAW).

The Board of Examiners.

Candidates should answer SEVEN questions only.

1. Write a short history of the verbal contract in

the Roman Law. What is cautio ?

. Explain and comment on the following :—

Furtum est contrectatio rei fraudulosa vel
ipsius rei vel etiam usus ejus possessionisve.

(J. 4. i. i.)

-8. Classify the heads of quasi-contractual obligation

in Roman Law. Compare them with sources of
obligation in English Law.

. What is Novation? , What are the Saat

forms of novation, and how was it effected in

Roman Law ?

. Distinguish between correal and solidary obligu-

tion.

. Consider the propriety of the application of the

term Status to the following cases:—A British
subject; an alien; a married woman; a son;
a soldier; a bankrupt ; a member of Parliament ;
a minister of religion; a solicitor.

-@. “A party bas a right when another or others are

bound or obliged by law to do or forbear
towards or in regard of him.” Consider this
definition in the light of the following cases :—
(a) The duty of a gaoler to keep his prisoner
‘safe; (6) the duty of an employer under the
Factory Acts not to work his employés more than
a certain number of hours per day; (c) the
capacity to make a will.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOY., 1906. 129

8. What do you mean by a juristic person, and what
is the doctrine of English Law concerning their
creation ? Is the State a juristic person ?

9. Write a note on the importance of the family in
the history of law.

10. Consider the relevancy of Motive in the following
cases :—

(a) Ais the owner of land and intercepts water
collecting on his land whereby the X corporation
are deprived of water which would otherwise be
available for the supply of their borough.

{b) The X Miners’ Federation order their members
to cease working for the Y company on two days
a week; the order is obeyed and thereby the
company suffer loss. The company bring an
action against the Federation.

CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY AND LAW
(Part I.) AND PUBLIC INTERNATIONAL
LAW.

The Board of Examiners.

Candidates should answer SEVEN questions only, of
which FOUR should be from Part A, and THREE
should be from Part B.

1. What is meant by personal and territorial
sovereignty? How is each evinced in the
British Constitution ?

130 _ EXAMINATION PAPERS.

2. What are the historical associations and political
significance of the terms State, Nation, Com-
monnmealth? Explain the term National-State.

3. Whatarethe principal classifications of Constitutions?
Apply any one of them to the Constitution of
the United States, the United Kingdom, the
French Republic, the Commonwealth of Aus-
tralia.

4, Describe the functions of a. modern Ministry
collectively and individually, in and out of
Parliament. What is the constitutional position
of the Opposition ?

5. (a) Compare the Continental group system with
the party system as it existsin England. What
are ‘‘open questions,” and what has been the
modern tendency in regard to them?

Or,

(5) Compare the committee system as it is used in
the Congress of the United States and in the
Imperial Parliament. Are there any, and what,
constitutional difficulties in the way of an
extensive devolution of the business of the House
of Commons in committees ?

6. What are the “estates of the realm” at the
present day? What do you consider to be
estates of the realm in the fourteenth century ?

1, International Law has been described as the rules
which determine the conduct of the general body
of States towards each other. How far do
you consider that the limitation is true ?

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 13}

2. Distinguish mediation from intervention. To
which head would you attribute the action of
President Cleveland in 1895 in respect to the
British Guiana-Venezuela boundary dispate, and
the action of President Roosevelt in relation to

the termination of the recent Russo-Japanese
war?

3. What reservations are commonly made in general
agreements to refer disputes to arbitration? Give
illustrations of cases deemed to fall within the
classes of matters reservéd.

4. ‘There are neutralized states and neutralized
individuals, and the process of neutralization
may be made to apply equally well to seas
and waterways, and even to such things as
buildings, ambulances, and ships” (Lawrence,
485-6). Consider this passage and compare
neutralization with neutrality.

5. What has been the influence of feudalism in the
growth of International Law ?

CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY AND LAW.—
Parr IY.

The Board oO] Krcminers,

Candidates should answer SIX questions only.

1. What is the writ of prohibition, and what has been

its importance in the history of the relations of
Courts ? 7

K 2

132 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

‘2. Consider the following cases in the light of the
Judicature Act 1873 s. 25 (Supreme Court
Act 1890 s. 63) as to conflicts of law and
equity :—

(a) A, by bill of sale, assigned the stock in trade
then or afterwards on his premises to B by way
of security. A pledged with C stock in trade
brought on the premises after the date of the
bill, and C' received the property without notice
of B’s claim. ZB brings an action for detinue or
conversion against C’.

(t) X sues Y upon acontract of service not to be
performed within a year. The contract is not
in writing as required by the Statute of Frauds.

‘8. What do you understand by a Digest and a Con-
solidation of Statutes? What views are held as
* to the propriety of reference in the case of a
Consolidation Act. to the several Acts of which

it is composed and to cases decided thereon ?

4, What do you understand by ratio decidendi, and
oliter dictum, and state their relation to ‘the
doctrine of the case.” Consider their applica-
tion to the following cases:—(a) The Court
bases its conclusion on two independent grounds ;
(6) the several members of the Court concur in
the decision and in the reasons therefor, but one
member of the Court rests also upon an addi-
tional and independent ground from which the
other Judges hold aloof ; (c) the Court rests its
decision upon one ground, but expresses the
opinion that the case might be determined upon
another and broader ground.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 133

What were the principal steps taken during the
19th Century for the improvement of the form
and increasing the accessibility of Statute Law.

6. ‘Custom is one of the main triangles of the law
of England.”—(Coke). To what extent do you
consider this statement true ?

7. Consider the principal differences in the functions
of a Judge in a trial with a jury at Common
Law, and the functions of a Judge in Equity.

8. Write a note on the Vice-Admiralty jurisdiction.
in Victoria.

9. What were the principal grievances of the
Australian colonists under the Constitutions of
1842 and 1850, and how were they removed ¢

CONSTITUTIIJNAL HISTORY AND LAW.—
Part ITI.

The Board of Examiners.

Candidates should answer FOUR questions only.

1. What importance has been attributed by the Privy
Council in the construction of the Constitution
of Canada to the power of the Dominion Govern-
ment to veto Acts of the provincial Legislatures ?

134 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

2. “This Act, and all laws made by the Parliement
of the Commonwealth under the Constitution,
shall be binding on the Courts, Judges, and
people of every State. and of every part of the
Commonwealth, notwithstanding anything in
the laws of any State; and the laws of the
Commonwealth shall be in force on all British
ships, the Queen’s ships of war excepted, whose
first port of clearance, and whose port of destina-
tion are in the Commonwealth.” (Common-
wealth of Australia Constitution Act 1900,
sec. v.)

Consider the authority and meaning of this
section.

3. What are the provisions of the Constitution of the
Commonwealth in relation to trade and com-
merce ?

4, What is meant by contemporanea expositio in the
construction of a Constitution ? For what pur-
pose, if at all, may recourse be had to the
following matters in the construction of the
Commonwealth Constitution? The Draft Bill
of 1891; the Draft Bill of 1897 submitted to
the States Parliaments; the Debates in the
Federal Convention, and the speeches of
Members; the fact that certain matters were
within the knowledge ot the Convention ;
decisions on the United States and Canadian
Constitutions.

5. What provisions are contained in the Judiciary Act
as to the law to be applied in the federal
jurisdiction.

Or,

6. In what sense is it true that the common law is
part of the law of the Commonwealth ?

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 135

PRIVATE INTERNATIONAL LAW,

The Board of Examiners.
Candidates should answer FIVE questions only.

1. 4 is made bankrupt in England. He is known to
have certain property in Victoria, and it is
suspected that he has other property here. What
steps can be taken by the trustee in respect of
either ? A is at present in Victoria.

2. The Russian agent of an English merchant ships
goods at a Russian port for carriage to an
English port by a German vessel. The master
as agent for the charterer gives ordinary bills of
lading, which are remitted in due course to the
consignee on whose behalf the goods were
shipped. The vessel is wrecked on the coast of
Norway, but the goods are saved. Instead of
re-shipping them to England, the master orders
them to be sold, and by Norwegian law the
purchaser gets a good title. The purchaser
sends the goods to England. The original con-
signee, holder of the bills of lading, now desires
your advice as to whether he can maintain an
action for the recovery of the goods and whether
he has any, and what, remedy against the
charterer of the vessel. You ascertain that by
German law, which in this respect is the same
as English law, a purchaser in the circumstances
would not get a good title.

3. H proposes to marry his deceased wife’s sister who
is domiciled in Victoria. He is advised that his
marriage will not be good unless he too is domi-
ciled here, and he thereupon declares his

136

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

intention to remain permanently resident in
Victoria. He marries, and subsequently family
and business reasons require him to leave
Victoria and make his permanent home in
England. On his death intestate, with moveable
property in England and moveable and immove-
able property in Victoria, a question arises as to
the right of the children to succeed to the
property in question. Consider the case.

4. What do you mean by an intention to change the

domicil? A, domiciled in England, leaves that
country in circumstances which indicate an
intention not to return there. He acquires land
in Victoria and New South Wales, dividing his
time equally between the two States. Upon
what other matters would you in such a case
desire information if itcould he obtained? In
the absence of other information where would
you say 4 was domiciled ?

Do you consider that the expression ‘“ Aus-
tralian domicil” has any meaning ?

5. In the administration of the estate of a deceased

person, for what purposes do you regard the
lex fort and for what the lex domicilt?

A dies intestate domiciled in England, leaving:
real property in Victoria and no cther property
here. He has a widow, a son, and two
daughters. Consider their rights in the estate.

6. What is the basis of the jurisdiction of the

Victorian Courts in (a) an action for breach of
contract, (6) an equity suit for the administration
cf a deceased person’s estate, (c) probate of a
will, (d) petition for a divorce ?

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 137

7. In a proceeding in Victoria to enforce a New South
Wales judgment, how far do you consider the -
following facts material :—That the New South
Wales Court was not a Court of competent
jurisdiction, that the judgment was based on a
cause of action not recognized by Victorian
law ; that the judgment was not for a definite
sum of money ?

ADMINISTRATIVE LAW.

The Board of Exanvwners.
Candidates should answer FOUR questions only.

1. What do you consider to be the essential principles
of difference between the European Administra- -
tive Law and the treatment of the same matters
in Enelish Law ?

2. What is the practical importance of the doctrine
that the King is not bound by Statute unless
named ?

A, a servant of the Post-office, is charged with
driving a mail cart in the borough at a speed
exceeding that fixed by municipal by-laws. He
is also charged with running down and killing
X by his furious and negligent driving. It is
shown that A was engaged in the business of ©
the Department, and that by no fault of his own
he was delayed so that he could not have caught

‘ a train by which the mails were to be consigned
except by driving at such a rate as to be-

| dangerous to users of the streets. Consider the -
cases.

1388 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

.3. Can we extradite to a foreign country—(a) A
British subject, (6) where the act in respect of
which the extradition is demanded is also an
offence against English Law, of which English
courts have jurisdiction; (c) where the facts
alleged to constitute the extradition crime do
‘not disclose any offence under our law supposing
that they had occurred here ?

4, What were the defects in the English Statute of
1819 in connection with the fitting out of
expeditions, and how were they dealt with by
the Foreign Enlistment Act 1870 ?

5. (a) The Government of New South Wales with-
out statutory authority establishes a lock-up and
police station in a crowded part of Sydney,
which amounts to such a serious disturbance of
the occupiers of surrounding property as would
constitute a nuisance at common law if caused
by private persons. In an action against the
‘Government (which is by Statute made liable
for tort) there is evidence that by better con-
struction of the premises the nuisance might
have been considerably abated if not entirely
removed.

(6) The’ Commonwealth of ‘Australia
-establishes rifle ranges for the practice of its
-detence torces. The occupier of property in the
neighbourhood brings an action against the
‘Commonwealth in respect of—(1) noise caused
by the discharge of rifles, amounting to a
nuisance ; (2) bullets escaping from the range
into his grounds to the danger of himself and
-his household; and elaims an injunction and
‘damages. Consider these cases.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 189

6. (2) The Government of Q. is the owner of public
docks and harbours, for the use of which it
levies charges upon shipping. A vessel is sunk
in the harbour, and the Government takes no
measures either to remove the wreck or to mark
its position by lights or other means. A vessel
of the A Company strikes upon the obstruction
and suffers damage y and her owners now claim
compensation from the Government which is
suable in tort.

(b) A borough corporation charged with the
duty of lighting and repairing the streets fails
to light them, and A, walking along a street on
a dark night, trips over a fire-plug around which
the road has worn away, and his leg is broken.
A desires to know whether he has any remedy
against the corporation.

7. Write a short note on “ Act of State” in English
Law.

eee eC

LAW OF PROPERTY IN LAND AND
CONVEYANCING.

Mr. Guest.

1. What is meant by sub-infeudation? By what
Statute was it abolished? What was the effect
of that Statute ?

2, How is it ascertained whether en estate in re-
mainder is vested or contingent ? Illustrate by
examples ?

140 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

3. What is the effect of

(a) a conveyance of land to A and his heirs to
the use of B and his heirs to the use of C and
his heirs.

(5) a demise of land to A for 25 years to the use:
of B.

Give reasons.

4, A, who died in 1892, by his will, devised land
“to such of the children of his daughter B as
should attain 25 years of age and their respective
heirs in equal shares.” ‘The daughter & was.
living at the date of the will but predeceased A,
and left her surviving two children only, of the
ages of three and two respectively. What
estates, if any, do such children take? Give
reasons.

5. To what extent is the creation of chattel interests
in land still governed by the Common Law?

6. How is trust property usually vested in trustees ?
What was the objection to vesting trust property
in a Trustee Company and an individual? How
was it remedied ? Give reasons.

7. If a lessee commits a breach of the covenant to
repair in his lease, how is it to be ascertained
whether the lessor can determine the lease, and
what steps must be taken before the lease can
be determined? Give reasons.

8. State the effect of the proviso for redemption in
a mortgage’? How is the agreement between
the parties as so expressed affected by any and.
what doctrine of Equity ?

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 141

9. What is the effect of an order of sequestration
made against a judgment debtor—

(a) before seizure under a writ of fiert facias.
(6) after seizure and before sale.
(c) within four days after sale.

10. A after entering into a contract to sell land to

B and before the completion of the contract
conveyed the land to C, in consideration of
natural love and affection. C Had no notice
of the contract, and the conveyance to him was
duly registered under Part XVII. of the Real
Property Act 1890. Upon the completion of the
contract A executed a conveyance of the land to
B, and this conveyance was also duly registered.
What are the rights of B and C respectively to
the land? Give reasons.

11. The registered proprietor of land under the

Transfer of Land Act 1890 signed a lease of
the land to B. The. lease was not registered,
but the lessee went into possession. The pro-
prietor, during the currency of the lease, sold
and transferred the land to C, who had no know-
ledge of a lease having been granted. C brought
an action to recover possession of the land. Is
he entitled to succeed. Give reasons.

12, What is the effect of the registration of instru-

ments under the Transfer of Land Act 1890?
Has an instrument of transfer on a sale of land
under the Act any and what effect prior to
registration ? Give reasons.

142 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

LAW OF CONTRACT AND PERSONAL
PROPERTY. |

Mr. Duffy.

1. Explain the following terms :—
(a) Contract of record.
(6) Quasi contract.
(ce) Escrow.

2. In what circumstances, if any, is a past considera-
tion sufficient in a simple contract ?

3. State shortly the law as to the rights and obliga-
tions arising from contracts by lunatics.

4. A wishes B to make a contract with him which
he thinks will be to B’s advantage. In the
negotiations A makes a false statement to &
without knowing whether it is false or not.
Such statement is intended to induce, and does
induce, B to enter into the contract. The
contract turns out to be disadvantageous to B.
What remedy, if any, has he against 4? Give
reasons for your answer.

5. Sir William Anson says : “ Legal impossibility
arising from a change in the law of our own

country exonerates the promisor.” Explain and
illustrate this statement.

6. Explain the following terms used in the Sale of
Goods Act 1896—
(a) Future goods.

(5) Specific goods.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 143:

?. When will a condition in a contract of sale of
goods be treated as a warranty ?

8. State shortly the law relating to the sale of goods
in 1narket overt.

9. State shortly the nature of the following Common.
Law actions—
(a) Trespass. ,
(b) Trover.
(c) Replevin.

10. What is necessary to constitute a gift of personal.
chattels at Common Law ?

11. State the method of registering each of the
following instruments under the provisions of
the Instruments Act 1890 :—

(a) An absolute bill of sale.

(4) A contract of sale of personal chattels with a
contract for the letting of the same back to the-
vendor.

12. In what cases may the Court decree a dissolution.
of partnership on the application of a partner ?

‘144

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

THE LAW OF WRONGS, CIVIL AND
CRIMINAL.

Mr. C. J. Z. Woinarshi.

1. (a) Give illustrations (i) of acts done maliciously

and causing damage to another, but which do
not involve legal liability; (ii) of acts causing
damage which involve legal liability only if
malice is proved. |

(b) What do you understand by the expression

reasonable and probable cause in an action tor
malicious prosecution ?

2. Explain the extent of their civil liability, if any,

to each of the following persons respectively in
the events named—(a) to a person who ratifies a
tortious act done by another ; (d) to a person of
unsound mind for a tortious act done by him;
(ce) to the proprietor of a public bath in respect
to an injury to a customer caused by—a defective
board in the flooring of the premises; (d@) to the
proprietor of a private hospital, in respect to the
death of a typhoid fever patient, caused by a
nurse of the hospital negligently administering
an overdose of opium; (¢) to the Commonwealth
of: Australia in respect to an injury caused by
the negligence of one of its officers in the execu-
tion of public works.

- 3. (a) On the 1st October, 1906, A, in Gippsland,

sent a piano and five horses to B, an auctioneer,
with instructions to sell them by auction on
his behalf. B sold the piano and horses as
directed, and delivered them over to their respec-
‘tive purchasers, and handed the proceeds, less

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 145

his own commission, to A. ‘The piano and the
horses belonged to C, and A had no title to
them. C sues B for conversion. Will he succeed ?
Give the reasons for your answer.

{b) Fouldes v. Willoughby, 8 M. and W. 540.
Extract from the judgment of Alderson, B.:—
“But the question here is, where a man does an
act, the effect of which is not for a moment to
interfere with my dominion over the chattel, but,
on the contrary, recognising throughout my title
to it, can such an act as that be said to amount
to a conversion?” How was this question
disposed of in the judgment?

4. Distinguish the actions of deceit, slander of title,
and passing off, and consider the liability to an
action of deceit of a person—

(a) Who misleads to his prejudice another person
by an erroneous statement of the law ;

(6) Whoinnocently misrepresents a fact to another
as an inducement to enter into » contract with
himself, and who subsequently discovers the
statement to be fulse, but suffers such other to
act upon it.

45. (a) St. Helen’s Smelting Company v. Tipping,
1] H.L.C. 642. Extract from the judgement of
the Lord Chancellor :—“ It appears to me that
it is a very desirable thing to mark the difference
between an action brought for a nuisance upon
the ground that the alleged nuisance produces
material injury to the property, and an action
brought for a nuisance on the ground that the
thing alleged to be a nuisance is productive of
sensible discomfort.” What is the difference
indicated, and how does it affect the right of a
plaintiff ?

146 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

' (6) What extent of obstruction to ancient lights
will constitute a legal nuisance ? Can an increase
of noise in an already noisy neighbourhood con '
stitute a legal nuisance ?

6. (a) Scott v. Stansfield, L.R. 2 Exch. 221. Plea,
to a declaration of slander, that the defendant
was a County Court Judge, and the words com-
plained of were spoken by him in his capacity as
such Judge, whilst sitting in Court and trying
an action in which the present plaintiff was
defendant. Replication, that the said words were
spoken falsely and maliciously, and without any
reasonable, probable, or justifiable cause, and
without any foundation whatever, and not don@
Jide in the discharge of the defendant’s duty as
Judge, and were wholly irrelevant to the matter
before him. To this replication the defendant
demurred. For whom was judgment given, and
upon what grounds ?

(5) Are there any, and what, restrictions upon the
right to publish reports of judicial proceedings ?
Is there any, and what, liability upon a person
who innocently disseminates a libel? What is
the position of a defendant in a libel action who
pleads justification, and succeeds in proving the
truth of part of the words complained of ?

7. The offence of conspiracy may be said to consist
in the agreement of two or more persons to effeet
any unlawful purpose, whether as their ultimate
aim or only as a means to it. Write a note upon
the words italicized in this definition.

8. Write a note upon the offence of Unlawful
Assembly at common law. Is the offence con-
stituted if a group of persons—

(a) Assemble to see a prize fight ?

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV. 1906. 147

(2) Assemble to support a Parliamentary measure
by strictly constitutional means, but with know-
ledge that their assembly will be opposed, and
that a breach of the peace may very likely be
committed ?

9. (a) State the crimes which are punishable with
death (i) in England and (ii) in Victoria.
(6) State in effect the provisions of the Larceny
Act 1901 (1 Edw. 7, ch. 10).

10. What crime, if any, is committed in each of the
following cases ?—

(2) A writes and sends to B a letter inciting B
to commit a felony. B does not read the letter,

(b) A enters a dwelling house at night through an
open window, with intent to commit a felony.

(c) A is-absolutely entitled to Blackacre, the dry
legal estate in which is in B, and A signs B's
name to a transfer to himself of the legal estate,
and takes the transfer to C' to obtain a loan on
mortgage of the land. C declines to make the
advance, and returns the transfer to A, who
makes no further use of it.

(d) A is allowed to take goods, which he has
bought, away from the shop on his promising to
call in the evening and pay for them. A does
not call and pay fie the goods.

(e) A finds a sovereign in the road, and picks it
up, intending to keep it, whoever the owner may
be, but not knowing who he is, and having no
reason to believe he could be found.

148 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

THE LAW OF PROCEDURE.
Mr. C.J. Z. Woinarshi.
A.—Civi_ Procepure.

1. When, if ever, is it necessary—
(2) to obtain leave to appear and defend an action?
(6) for the Attorney-General to be a party to an
action?
(c) to obtain an order fon a person to defend an
action on behalf of himself and others ?

(d) to obtain an order for an infant defendant to —
appear by a guardian ?

2. (a) A and B, joint owners of a house, sue C, their
tenant, for damages for breach of covenant, and
(i) A dies, (ii) ( dies. What is the effect in
each case upon the action ?

(b) If C died after judgment was got against him
by A and B, couid execution be got upon the
judgment, and, if so, how ?

(e) IfC had not died, and A and B got judgment
against him for £100, and if X owed C £150,
which C, after the judgment, assigned over for
value to Y, who gave notice thereof to X, and
A and & thereafter obtained a garnishee order
nist and served it on .X, what is the legal
position ?

3. Outline the provisions of the Rules of the Supreme
Court as to—

(a) Proceedings on an Interpleader Summons by
the Sheriff ;

(b) Certificates of the Chief Clerk.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 149

4.(@) When may an arbitrator state a special case for
the opinion of the Supreme Court ?

(b) What, in effect, are the provisions of the
Supreme Court Act 1890 as to referring an
action to arbitration ?

(c) What procedure may a defendant adopt, and
in what circumstances, if an action is commenced
against him in the Supreme Court as to a matter
which the plaintiff had previously agreed with
him should be referred to arbitration ?

. Sketch the procedure by a person aggrieved by a
final judgment of the Supreme Court who
desires to appeal to the Privy Council under the
Order in Council.

| B.—CriminaL Procepure.
1. (a) What power, if any, has a justice of the peace

to receive and act on information in respect to

| an offence committed outside of his local juris-

: diction ¢

| (6) What power, if any, has a justice of the peace,
out of sessions, to cammit a person for trial for an
indictable offence ?

2. (2) Ais cbarged with an offence summarily punish-
able, and convicted by a Court of Petty Sessions,
and fined £3. The Court ordered the fine to be
levied by distress, and that in default of sufficient
distress A be imprisoned for seven days. Will
an appeal lie to General Sessions? Will pro-
ceedings by certiorari lie in any, and what,

circumstances ?

150 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

(4) A is charged with manslaughter. ‘The
preliminary investigation is made by a Court of
Petty Sessions, and—

(i) a witness refuses to answer certain
relevant questions. What course should the
Court pursue ?

(ii) If the evidence given for the prosecution
raises a strong or probable presumption of A’s
guilt, what course should the Court pursue ?

(iii) If A be committed for trial and feels
agerieved, can he obtain an order to review the
order for commitment ?

(iv) Can A be committed for trial to General
Sessions ?

3. Write a note upon the restitution of stolen
property.

C.— EVIDENCE.

1. Questions put to a witness by the counsel who
produces him (whether in examination in chief
or re-examination) must not be leading ones.
Why? Give an illustration of each of the
exceptions to this rule.

There are some questions which it is quite legal
to ask, but which a witness may, if he think fit,
equally legaliy refuse to answer. In what cases
does such a privilege arise ?

2. Explain shortly the distinction between Fact in
Issue and Fact Relevant to the Issue.
Is the evidence tendered admissible or not,
and why, in each of the following cases ?—
(a) On an issue whether B assaulted A, his wife,
A stated that after she was struck on the head

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 151

by B, she locked herself in a room for two or
three hours, and then, having bathed her head,
and recovered herself, went to a neighbour X,
and made a statement to XY. A tenders evidence
of what she told X.

(6) A sues B for breach of warranty of the quality
of certain goods which B has sold and delivered
to him. The bargain was made between A and
an agent of B, who had authority to sell the
goods on his behalf. -A tenders in evidence, to
prove the warranty, a statement made by B’s
agent at the interview when the yoods were
bought. B objects, as the bargain had already
been struck at the time when the statement was
made.

{c) A witness, being asked the date of his parents’
marrfage, replied that he had heard his father
say that it was on the lst May, 1886.

(d) In an action for negligence under the Em-
ployers Liability Act 1890, the plaintiff alleged
that the scatfolding was made of defective
material, and that square hardwood joists were
used for a ledger pole instead of a proper round
scaffold pole. The plaintiff tenders evidence of
the fact that after the accident the defendant
replaced the broken pole by a round pole of
different material.

152 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

EQUITY.
Mr. J. E. Mackey.
Not more than E1cuHt questions are to be attempted.

1. Explain and illustrate what is meant by the
equitable jurisdiction of the Supreme Court.

2. A, in consideration of natural love and affection,
assigned to her husband B a leasehold belonging
to her. B subsequently mortgaged the lease-
hold. Upon the death of B, A claimed to be
entitled to the leasehold subject to the mortgage.
She contended that she had assigned the lease-
hold to B solely to enable him to mortgage it
in his own name, and that it was part of an
arrangement between them that he should
re-assign to her. C, the executor of 3B, relied
as a defence upon the Statute of Frauds (In-
struments Act 1890, section 208).

Is verbal evidence admissible to show wha
the arrangement was between A and B? On
proot of the facts stated, what would be the
rights of A ?

3. A, B, C are trustees, and had at a bank a trust
account in their joint names. A being about to
visit Europe authorizes B and C' to draw cheques.
on the account, and authorizes the bank to pay
cheques so drawn.

While A is absent in Europe B and C' draw
cheques and misappropriate the proceeds. What
are the rights of the beneficiaries ¢

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 153:

4. Testator gave the residue of his personal estate to.

trustees, directing them to immediately convert
it into money and invest the proceeds in 3 per-
cent. consols, which they were to hold upon-
trust for A for life, and after her death for B.

The trustees allowed a part of the residuary
alee estate, which the testator had in an
ndian loan, bearing interest at 10 per cent., to-
remain for several years in that security, during
which they paid to A the interest at 10 per cent...
which it yielded annually. On the loan being paid —
off, the trustees invested the money in the 3 per:
cent. consols at a time when consols were so low
that the amount of stock purchased was con-
siderably greater than if the conversion had:
taken place during the year following testator’s
death.

On accounts being taken B claimed that the-
trustees ought to be allowed as payments to A,
not the sums which they had in fact paid her,.
but only a sum equal to what she would have-
received from devant if the money had been.
transferred from the Indian loan and invested
in the 3 per cents. during the year following
testator's death. ‘lhe trustees claimed that since
no loss had resulted from the breach of trust:
they were not liable, and that if they were held
liable they should be allowed to set off the gain.
to the estate by the increased amount of 3 per
cent. consols purchased.

What are the rights, inter se, of B and the-
trustees ?

5. In what cases do the rules of equity protect:

trustees from the consequences of breaches of:
trust ?

154 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

Explain any statutory provisions that have
become law during the last twelve years for the
protection of trustees.

‘6. What is at Common Law the order in which debts
are payable out of legal assets? ‘lo what extent
has this order been altered by rules of Equity
and by Statute law ?

7. (a) A being the owner in fee of Blackacre declares
himself trustee of it for B, C, and D upon trust
to sell at his discretion and divide the proceeds
in equal shares among them. Before sale B dies,
leaving his realty to X, and his personalty to Y.

Who is entitled to B’s interest in Blackacre,
and why ?

(6) A contracts to sell Blackacre to B. A dies
before conveyance and payment of the purchase
money, leaving his realty to X, and his person-
‘alty to Y.

Who ix entitled to the purchase money, and
why?

(c) In the latter case (b) if B dies before convey-
ance and payment of the purchase money, leaving
his realty to C, and his personalty to D, who is
entitled to Blackacre, and who is liable, and to
what extent, for the payment of the purchase
money, and why ?

-8. (a) A on his marriage covenants to purchase and
settle lands to the value of £10,000 on his wite
B. He purchases lands to the value of £5,000
and settles them upon B. On the death of A,
intestate, shortly after, what are the rights of
B under the covenant ?

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 155

(6) A on the marriage of his son X covenants
to settle upon him £10,000. By his will made
subsequently A leaves to X one-third part of
the residue of his personal estate and dies with-
out having performed the covenant. What are
the rights of XY ?

(¢) A by his will leaves his daughter Y one-
third of his residuary estate. Subsequently, on
Y’s marriage, A settles £10,000 on her. A dies
without having altered or revoked his will.
What are the rights of Y?

9. In what classes of cases does Equity grant relief
on the ground of accident? Give illustrations.

10. Plaintiff brought an action for specific perform-
ance of a written agreement for a lease witha
parol variation. Defendant relied on the Statute
of Frauds (Instruments Act 1890, section 208),
and counter-claimed for specific performance of
the written agreement without the variation.

Discuss the rights of the parties.

—_--

EDUCATION.
- Section A.
The Bourd of Examiners.

PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.

1, “ The development of the child in school can pro-
ceed naturally only when the school is rightly
related to all the educational agencies of Society.”
What theory of education is here set forth?
How does Parker enable you to establish this
relation ?

156 EXAMINATION PAPERS. !

2. What do you consider is the value to a teacher
of any grade of school understanding the views
of Froebel ?

3. What are some of Thring’s views on teaching
language ?

4. Take a first lesson in Latin, French, Algebra,
or Theoretical Geometry, and set it out accord-
ing to the Herbartian Steps.

5. Apply the Doctrine of Apperception to the course
of teaching in—

English and Latin,
or in ial
Arithmetic and Algebra.

6. What standards for criticising the work of a school
are furnished by Froebel’s Law of Unity and
Herbart’s Doctrine of Apperception ?

7. Contrast the views of Baldwin with those of Dr.
Harris, on the ‘‘ Necessary Groups of Studies.”
What principles of education underlie this dis-
cussion ?

8. Why does the acceptance of the Doctrine of Apper-
ception lead to Child Study? Contrast the
findings of Lange with those of Parker on the
content of the children’s minds on entering
school, and reconcile the two views.

9. Why is Parker’s work styled the Theory of Con-
centration ? What great tendency of modern
education does he here set forth ? In how far
is he successful in solving the problem pro-
posed ?

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 157

if. Which of the books studied has been most help-
ful to you? In giving your reasons, show that
you have been enabled to understand some-
thing of the aims, tendencies, relationships, and
methods of modern education.

N.B.—Only Nine questions to be attempted.

EDUCATION.
Section B,

The Board of Examiners.

PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
I.

1. “The school is an integral part of Society, and
must sooner or later come into agreement with
changed views as to the ends of Society.”
Establish this from the history of Athemian
education.

2. “The history of Education since the end of the
Sixteenth Century has been but a series of
attempts to remove the shackles imposed by
the Renascence and Reformation.”

(a) How far is this statement true ?
(6) In what respect is it not true ?
_ (ce) Summarise the “ series of attempts.”

3. Give the relation of Pestalozzi to his predecessors
and to his successors.

158 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

4, Name an English and a Continental educator of
the Seventeenth Century, contrast them, and
indicate in how far either of them anticipated
modern reforms.

IJ.

1. Give and criticise Herbart’s division of Interests,
and show how, by means of it, we can commend
or condemn any programme of instruction.

2. What is the relation of Herbart’s five fundamental.
ideas to his whole system of education ?

3. What is the relation of Interest to Self-Activity ?

4. What Saar a underlies the scheme of work set
out in “Organic Education”? What are your
views on the experiment here set forth ?

III.

1. What features in the German educational system:
du you consider should we endeavour to follow ?
In particular, discuss the question of examina-
tion.

2. In a school course extending from the age of six.
to sixteen or eighteen, give an account of the
language training the pupil should go through.

3. ‘The classics have only themselves to blame for
the lessened regard in which they are held.”
Discuss this statement, and contrast the two
methods of teaching which are here implied.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 159°

4. Give an outline of a course of Mathematics extend-
ing from the Kindergarten into the Secondary
School. In particular, show how and when

Algebra and Theoretical Geometry should be-

begun.

N.B.—Only Three questions from each of I.,.

II., and III. to be attempted.

MACHINE DESIGNING.
Professor Kernot.

Make a complete set of working drawings for a

bearing on a shaft, 3 inches diameter, showing
all lubricating arrangements. The shaft may be
assumed to make 200 revolutions a minute, and
to carry a weight of 1,000 lbs. in the immediate

vicinity of the bearing. Specify material and:

workmanship throughout.

HARMONY.
FIRST YEAR (DIPLOMA).

The Board of Examiners.

1. In a succession of Sixths (four-part writing), what

claims the attention of the student ? Illustrate:

your answer by a‘succession of chords of the
sixth upon the degrees of the C Major Scale—
ascending or descending.

2. Give rules for approaching and quitting the chord

of the Six-four in the Dominant. Illustrate:

your answer by examples.

160 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

-38. Under what conditions may Consecutive Fifths be
allowed? Give illustrations.

4. Resolve the following chord in several different

ways ——
(a) (b)
ee

-5. Harmonize the Figured Bass :— ‘

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 161

€. Harmonize the Unfigured Bass :—

EPG ee
2 | a 2 © Para
EE ee se © ee ee ee Ee 2

Pt eee) aS
VLE 9 Pe >a mo
i SE A OP a Oe =A
a aie I

Se 2

7. Harmonize one of the Melodies—

A.
Moderato.

162 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

8. Shew in Four-part Chords the harmonic framework
of Cramer’s Study in E Minor, No.

Or,

Write 2 few bars of original harmony in G Minor,
introducing the Dominant Ninth, Added Sixth,
and Neapolitan Sixth (pathetic cadence.)

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 163.

HARMONY.

First Year Mos. Bac.—Seconp YEAR DipLoma.

The Board of Examiners.
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.

1, Set the Melody for three female voices unaccom-

panied :—
Andantino.

2. Add Soprano, Alto and Tenor parts to the Figured
Bass :—

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

164

ie)
A)
© |
a
©

3. Add Alto, Tenor, and Bass parts to the Melody: —

Andante.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 165

4. Add simple Instrumental Accompaniment to the
Melody :—

5. Make a harmonic analysis of the following Beet-
hoven movements :—

(a) The Funeral March in Op. 26, beginning after
the Trio.

(6) The Adagio in Op. 27, No. 2.

166 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
HARMONY.
Srconp YEAR Mus. Bac —Tuirp YEAR DIPLOMA.

The Board of Examiners.

PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.

1. Harmonize the following Figured Bass in Four
Parts :—

2. Harmonize the following Ground Bass for four
voices (adding three upper parts). Repeat three
times, and add a Short Coda :—

Bass :—

167

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906.

parts below the following

4. Add three flowing

Melody :—

gured Bass add four upper

m8
ig §
om #
so &
eles
2335
ue
m
Dee
a 6B
2 3
Ak
er
rd

a nee EC SI pn, TE «eee |

168 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

2. To the following Tenor part add Treble, Alto, and
Bass parts :-—

3. Set either of the following verses for four voices :—
(a) Ring out the old, ring in the new,
Ring happy bells across the snow,
The year is going, let him go ;
Ring out the false, ring in the true.

(5) The spacious firmament on high,
With all the blue ethereal sky
And spangled heavens, a shining frame,
Their great Original proclaim.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 169:

COUNTERPOINT.
FIRST YEAR (DIPLOMA).

Board of Examiners.

PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.

Honours Candidates should omit Question 1. Pass Candi-
ee should answer EITHER (a) or (5) in Questions
and 4.

1. Write a C.P. of the Second Species below the C.F.

2. Write a C.P. of the Third Species (2) above, and
(5) below, the C.F.

3. Write a C.P. of the Fourth Species above the C.F
See

4, Write a C.P. of the Fifth Species (a) above, and
(b) below, the same C.F.

5. Transpose the C.F. in Question 1 a major ninth
lower, and add two parts above it in First.
Species.

170 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

COUNTERPOINT.
First Year Mus. Bac.—SEconp YEAR DIPLOMA.

The Board of Examiners,
PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
Honours Candidates should omit Questions 1 and 2.

1. Add below the C.F. two parts of which the Alto
shall be in Third Species, the Bass in First
Species :—

(eS

2. Place the same C.F. in the Tenor, and add an
upper part in First, and a Bass in Second
Species.

3. Add to the C.F. a Soprano part in the Fourth
Species, and an Alto or Tenor in the First
Species :—

: eas Fal

4, Add to the C.F. (which may be placed in any part
in any key), two parts, one of which shall be in
Fifth, the other in First Species :—

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 171

Honours only.

5. To the C.F. add Treble, Tenor and Bass parts in
First Species :—

6. To the C F. add a Treble in First Species, and a
Bass in Fourth Species. Do not break the
Syncopation :—

COUNTERPOINT.
Sreconp YEAR Mops. Bac.—Tu1irp YEAR DIPLOMA.

The Board of Examiners.

PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.
1. To the C.F. add a Treble in Third Species, and a

Bass in Fourth Species. Do not break the
Syncopation :—

9. To the C.F. add a Treble and an Alto both in
Fifth Species :—

—eees

172 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

3. To the C.F. add a Treble in Third and a Bass im
Second Species :—

——

4. To the C.F. add a Tenor in Fifth and an Alto and
a Bass in First Species :-—

—————SS et

COUNTERPOINT.

THIRD YEAR, Mus. Bac.

The Board of Examiners.

1. To the C.F. add a Base in unbroken syncopation,
and Treble and Alto of First Species -—

2. To the C.F. add a Treble of Second and a Bass of
Third Species :-—

——

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 173

3. To the C.F. add Treble, Alto, and Tenor parts, all
of Fifth Species :—

4. Add to the C.F., Second Treble, Alto, Tenor, and
Bass parts, all of First Species :—

DOUBLE COUNTERPOINT, CANON, AND
FUGUE.—Parr I.

Tuoirp YEAR DipLtoma.—Tuirp YEAR Mos. Bac.
The Board of Examiners.

PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.

Honours and Mus. Bac. Candidates should answer
| EITHER 2 OR 3.

‘1. Write Double Counterpoint at the octave to the
following Canto Fermo. From this point %* the
candidate may if he chooses proceed indepen-
dently of the given canto, writing both canto
and counterpoint :—

— ee aed
Seca eet ras
i a A i

SORE He es RL et

“;
at

174 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

2. Continue the following Canon 2 in 1 for about
16 bars, adding a short Coda :—

Ete.
_————— 2 arate

———
———_—
INT_2 en Ge Y —
Nt io ee ee
ri a te
at a ees
ha
——__}-e—
Oo
——— as

(i>? df T_o— _ < oma

oS ——
a, | Uaioe Po |
aan ea eee Sy

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 175.

4. Give Tonal answers to the following subjects :—

Honours and Mus. Bac. Candidates only.

5. Continue the following Canon and added free part
for about 12 bars—add a free Coda :—

=
wf, ian St 4 oS
rt et 1 ioe Si RE

Ete.
7 P= Wy
: © Sn een at a o
ae Sn 7 2a ia oe
rie: Pc eo

176 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

HISTORY, LITERATURE, AND ASTHETICS
OF MUSIC.

THIRD YEAR.

Mus. Bac. AND Diptoma In Music.

The Board of Examuners.

PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.

‘(Pass Candidates may answer EITHER Question 4 or 5—in all,
only Four questions. Honoursand Mus. Bac. Candidates
none devote as much time as they can to Questions

, 4, and 5.)

1. Identify the following themes :—

Molto lento.

Presto.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 177

2. Describe what is understood by the Romantic
element in music. Shew how at. various times
this element has exercised strong influence on
the formal development of the art especially in
the time of (a) Bach, (0) Schubert, (c) Wagner.
Make special reference also to the art period (in
Literature and Painting as well as in Music),
about the end of the 20th Century; also to (a)
the personal equation introduced into Music,
sacred and secular, (0) the connection which it
was sought to establish between Music and set
programme, and (c) the influence of national
elements—Folklore, Volkslied, Volksweisen.

3. In what respect must Bach be regarded as a
Romantic writer? Refer to as many compo-
sitions as you can in support of your argument.

178 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

4. Write a note upon the use which Wagner as a
music dramatist made of the material to his
hand. Shew what were his aims and ideals, and
what modifications these led him to make on
legend (‘Stoff’), the conventional choice of sub-
ject for dramatic treatment, and the forms of
operatic music; also on the interpretative means
—singers, chorus, ensemble vocal work, and the
orchestra. In the course of your answer shew
the limitations of Wagner’s genius, which, in
spite of all the greatness of his work, prevents
him from being regarded as the equal of Bach or
Beethoven—if such is your opinion. .

5. Write an essay on Schubert, his works, and his
place among composers. Do not devote much
time to unimportant biographical details, but
refer to Ballade, Art Song, Sonata, Symphony,
and to Schubert’s Marches, Dances, and Piano-
forte Duets.

HISTORY, LITERATURE, AND ASTHETICS.
First YEAR, Mus. Bac.—Seconp YRAR, DiPLoma.
The Board of Exanuners.

PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.

1. Write a short historical note on each of the follow-
ing works :—
Salomon Set of Symphonies, Magic Flute,
Italian Concerto, Eroica Symphony, English
Suites, Creation, Fidelio, Matthew Passion.

And on each of the following Composers :—
Haydn, Emanuel Bach, Beethoven.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 179

2. Enumerate as many as you can of Beethoven’s
compositions up to Op. 31.

3. Give a general description from memory of any six
of Beethoven’s sonatas up to No. 17 (including
Nos. 5, 8, 10, 14), and of as many as you can
of the first six symphonies. Add quotations.

4. Write an essay on (a) Beethoven’s heritage from
Haydn and Mozart, and how he enriched it;
or (6) the evolution of Beethoven’s Second
Period. In either essay devote some attention
to the Pianoforte, the Orchestra, and the Sonata
with other forms of Composition—orchestral and
choral as well as pianoforte.

FORM AND ANALYSIS.

First YEAR, Mus. Bac.—Sreconp YeEar,,
Diploma.

The Board of Examiners.

PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.

Honours Candidates should omit Questions 2, 3, and 5.

1. Shew the essential points of difference between
Binary and Ternary Form, referring to examples
which stand on the boundary line between the

two.
N2

180 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

2, What are the characteristic features of the Gavotte
(distinguish from Bourrée), Courante, Gigue
(two different kinds), Chaconne ?

3. Enumerate some characteristics of Bach’s com-
positions in Suite form.

4. In what sense is the Suite the forerunner of the
Sonata? In what particulars is it incorrect to
say that the Sonata is a development of the
Suite ?

5. Write a note on Mozart’s use of Double Counter-
point.

6. Describe Beethoven’s Septett in detail. Write a
note on the form of composition of which it is
the culmination.

7. Make a careful harmonic analysis of the Scherzo

(not Trio) from Op. 2, No 8. Mention the keys

in bars 9, 18, 17, 19, 21, 28, 25, 39, 40, 50, 51.

Explain the chords in 5, 30, 46, 61, and in Coda
bars 6, 8, 14.

8. What peculiarities of form are to be found in the
following (a) Compositions, and (b) Single
_ Movements :—
(a) Beethoven’s Op. 13; Op. 27, Nos. 1 and 2;
Op. 31, Nos. 2 and 3.

Give a reason or precedent for each departure
from conventional form.

(6) Mozart’s Sonatasin C Minor and F Major; and
Beethoven’s Op. 7, Op. 10, No. 1, Op. 28 (first

movement of exch).

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOY., 1906. 181

9. Some authorities regard the Andante in Op. 13 as
a Rondo, with three presentments of the theme
and two episodes ; others as an Episodic move-
ment, with one episode. Without committing
yourself to either, advance arguments in support
of both views, using the Largo in Op. 2, No. 2,
and the Rondo in Op. 13 as illustrations.

10. Give a careful Analysis of the form of the First
and Last movements of Sonata No. 5 (Op. 10,
No. 1).

FORM AND ANALYSIS.
THoirRp YEAR D1pitoma.—SEconp YEAR Mus. Bac.

The Board of Examiners.

PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.

(N.B.—Honours and Mus. Bac. Candidates should omit
Questions 1, 2, and 3.)

1, Distinguish between the Italian (Scarlatti) and
French (Lulli) forms of the Overture. Why
is Bach’s Partita in B Minor called ‘‘ Die fran-
zésische Ouverture” ?

2. In what respect is the overture of the time of (a)
Scarlatti, (5) Gluck, (c) Mozart, (d) Beethoven,
and (¢) Mendelssohn, a form of peculiar interest
and importance ?

182 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

3. What novelties in form are to be observed in the
overtures to Seraglio, Magic Flute, Egmont ?

4, Write a short note on the Overture with Introduc-
tion, shewing the origin of the form, and
referring to examples—

(a) Which use the Introduction to establish a
close connection with the dramatic subject, and

(6) Which shew “ transformation of theme.”

5. Describe as minutely as your memory will allow
any two of the following Overtures :—Don
Giovanni, Semiramide, Leonora No. 3, Tann-
héuser.

. Write a careful analysis of Beethoven’s Sonata
Op. 90 and of Bach’s Fugue in C Minor
(Book IT.)

Honours and Mus. Bac. Candidates only.

ae |

. Shew how the Overture form is founded upon
Sonata form. Describe Mozart’s treatment of
the form and the modifications of Sonate form
in the hands of Beethoven and Mendelssohn
(Corvolan, Egmont, Fingal’s Cave).

. Write a short essay on Programme Music and the
part played in its development by the Overture.

9. Shew how the composer of the Freischiitz Overture
has kept at once to his programme and to the
rules of Sonata form.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 183

INSTRUMENTATION.

-THirp Year Diptoma.—Pass anp Honours.
Tuirp YEAR Mus. Bac.—Pass.

The Board of Examimers.

PASS AND HONOUR PAPER.

N.B.—Pass candidates (Diploma) should answer questions
1 to 7 only; Honours candidates, 3 to 9; Mus. Bac.
candidates, 6 to 10.

1. In what early overtures are trombones employed,
and in whose overtures do we first find those
instruments used as an essential part of the
orchestra ?

2. What is the literal meaning and also the derivation
of Piccolo, Bratsche, Violoncello, Trombone,
Violin, Pranoforte ?

3. Explain the terms “‘ Natural Horn,” “ Horn in F,
G, &c.” (with crook), “Valve” or “ Ventil
Horn.”

4. Enumerate the transposing instruments in a
modern orchestra, and explain how their parts
must be read.

5. Give a reason for the (usually) fuller scoring of a
classical overture compared with that of a
symphony (Mozart, Beethoven, &c.).

6. Explain the scoring of the passages under A on the
accompanying sheet. ,

184 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

7. Name notable orchestral effects in the following :—
Seraglio, Egmont, Leonora Overtures ; Pastoral —
Symphony (‘Scene on the Brook”).

8. What, in addition to the usual strings, is the
orchestra employed in the following :—(a)
Seraglio, (6) Figaro, (c) Egmont, (d) Freischiitz,
(e) Fingal’s Cave Overtures and Haydn’s
‘< Military,” and ( f) Beethoven’s Fifth Symphony
(Finale).

9. Score for Wind Instruments the sections of pas-
sages shewn under B on the accompanying
sheet. Name the compositions.

10. Score for small orchestra the first twenty bars of
Beethoven’s Sonata op. 26; also the first four
bars of Variation 1 and the first eight bars of
Variation 4.

| Or
as much as you can of the Funeral March in the
same Sonata for full orchestra.

MUSICAL TERMINOLOGY.
FIRST YEAR DIPLOMA.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Give the meaning of each of the following terms:—
Symphony, Coda, Movement (applied to a
section of a Sonata, &c.), Concerto, Toccata,
Mordent.
_ Equal Temperament, ‘“ Wohltemperirtes Kla-
vier.”

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 185

2. Give the derivation or origin, also the modern
meaning’, of each of the following :—

Minuet, Sonata, Andante, Mass, Counterpoint,
Tenor, Solfeggio, Oratorio, Treble, Arpeggio,
Discant, Conservatorium, Philharmonic, Lieder-

tafel, Chorus, © b.

3. Give the meaning of the following directions :—

Soave, pesante, come sopra, pizzicato, semplice,
Vestesso tempo.

4. What is a Metronome? Explain how it is used,
and what the meaning is of |_ jo
Oo 120.

5. Name several “keyed” instruments. How did the
notes on the keyboards come to be called ‘‘keys”?
What was the original name, and what wards
are derived therefrom ?

186 EXAMINATION PAPERS,

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOVEMBER, 1906.

GREEK.—Panr I. (TRANSLATION OF
PREPARED BOOKS.)

The Board of Examiners.

1. Translate, with brief notes in the margin where
you think them called for—

(@) GAN’ ei per dwaover yépac peyabupor ’Ayxanol,
dpoavreg kara Oupudy, Srwe avratioy Eorat *
ei dé ke ph Cwwory, éyw O€ Kev abroc EXwpat
n \ on ” ‘ 4 na 9 =
i} reov i) Atavrog lay yépac i) "Odvoijoc
d&w Edkwv’ 6 O€ Kev KexoAwserat, Sv Kev ikwpar
(b) éi 6€ pur aixpnriy Eeoay Deol ality édvrec,
rouvexd of mpoOéovory dveidea pvOjoacbat ;
{c) datuovin, aiet per dicat, obdé oe AHOw"
oe 2 0 bu 4 > >» A ~
apitac Oo Eumne ov re duvqoeat, GAN’ aro Oupov
paddoy éuol Eceac’® ro O€ rot Kal piytoy Eorat.
ei 0 obrw Tour’ éariv, Euot pedAEt pidroy Elva.
> x > 2 > ~ 9 » ’ UG
GX’ axéovea KaOnoo, Eup O° Ewiweifeo pvOg,
ph vv rot ov xpaiopwoty Gant Geoi cia’ Ev "OAV TY
dooov idv@’, dre Kev ror danrove KXEtpac Epfw.
{d) Hn yap Kai dedpd ror’ HAVO Siog ’Odvaceve
ev Even’ ayyeding ovy apnipiiy Mevedag °
rouc 0 éyw ékeiviooa Kai év peyaporge pidnoa,
’ , \ D7 t :
auporépwy O€ guy édany kal pydea ruKva.
GAN’ dre Of Tpwecorv ev Gypopévotory Epcy er,
oravrwy pev Mevédaog vreipeyev etpéac Gpore,
dugw 0’ ELopévw yepapwrepoc ev ’Odvoceic.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 187

(ce) php epeBe, oyerAln, ph ywoapérvn oe peOhw,
Two O€ & arEXUi/pw we vey Excrayda Pidnoa,
pécoy & apydorépwr pyricopac x Gea Avypd,

Tpwwy cat Aavady, ov dé kev caxody olroy dAnat.

2. Explain—rpnrotoe (Stywrotae) A€yerorv — powwny-
evec—el 6é mor Ec ye piay Povdevooper—rijec
&ugpeeAtcoar—oerac apdpexvred\ov—eri pa pépecv
—obd\oxtrac xpoBadovro—sby Bprdpewy Kadéovor
Oeoi, avdpec O€ re warreg Aiyaiwva—bépmorec—
ZpivBev.

3. Give a very succinct account of —

(a) the probable dialect of the original Achilles-
poem ;

(6) indications in Homer of the physique and
armour of the Achaeans as distinguished
from the Aegean peoples.

4. Write down the Attic equivalents of—iyepOev,
xEpnt, POcrbOecxe, elaro, émererpadarat, Gye on
Tpareiopev piAornre.

4. Translate (as above)—

(a) Kparoc Bia re, obey pev évroni) Atdc
Eyer TEAOS ON, kovder épodwy ere.

(2) enol dé pyrnp ovx Gras pévov Oem,
kat Tata, TOAAGY dvoparwy popd) pla,
TO pehdov # kpalvotro mpovrebearixet,
we ov Kar’ ioxyy ove mpog TO haprepov
xpein, SdAw dé rove UrEpoxorvrac Kparety.

{c) tne a, OOovvex Exroc airiac Kupeic,
TAYTWY pETATXwY Kal TETOALHKOC Epoi.

188 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

(d) déxdcar Exowov dyvaic Aciac Edoc vépovraty
peyadoordvotet coic rhpact cvyxapvovet Ovarol
Kodyidoc re yae Evorxor
mapGe vot, paxac arpecrot,
kal LKvOne Spcdoc, of yas
éoxaroy rérov dppe Mauwriy éxover Aipvay*
’ApaPiag 7’ Gpewov dvOoc,
dwixpnuvoy ot moAcopa
Kavkdoov wédac vépovrat,
daiocg orparoc, dbumpypotot Bpéuwy év aiypaic.
(e) IQ. pirot pe cpolnc rovd’ rep pédAdw rabeiv.
TIP. adn’ ob peyaipw roveé coe Ewphparoc.
TQ. ri dijra pédXEce py) ob yeywrioxery TO Tay 5
TIP. ¢0dvoc prev obdeic, cag 3’ dxvae Opaka ppévac.
IQ. ph pov rpoxndou pacoor we époi yAv«d.

6. Explain tersely—

(a) The grammar of —j kape yap re Evpdopatc
éraureg s—we rolvuy bvrwyv TwYOE gor pabety
wapa—vijv apo vic éXavvopar—éledvodpnu
Bporove 76 ji) cig “Atdov poreiv—oix Eorey
Sry peilova poipay veipau’ i aol.

(b) The meaning of —xuparwy avijpbpor yédaopa
*Epubec—enpdasro¢ eéval—ai mpoonyopoe
dpvec—Znvoc axpayeiy xuvec.

7. (@) What rational account can be given of the
Prometheus-myth ? °

(6) Explain—oraotpov, éxecoddiov, wepiaxror.

8. Translate, with notes, as above—

(a) ‘Qe dé é é¢ THY Zadapiva ovviOov ot orparnyot
aro Tay elpnpevwy ToNliwy, éBovdevorro apobévroc

EtpuBiddew yrwpny axopatvecBat rov BovdAdpevor,

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906, 189

Sxou Soxéot émerniedraroy civac vaupaxinv roéecBat
TOY avToi Xwpewy éyxparéec Eiai® i) yap "ATriKh
agetro hen, ray de howréwy wépe mpoerifee’ at yvapa
dé rev NEydrvrwy ai nrElorat ovvekémetrov mpc
Tov "loOudy wAwoavracg vavpayéev mpd rij¢ Tedo-
wOvvigOV émchéyovres rov dyor roves, ae, Ww
venJéwor TH vaupaxiy éy Ladapive pey EOvrec,
mohopxhoovrat éy vagy, iva oe reppin obdepia
éxipavnocrac’ mpoc d€ re 'labug, é¢ roug ewuTwy
eLoicovrat.

(6) Odrog dé ado Aeyerau Aoyoc wept rou Eeptew
vdaTou, ovdapac Epouye maroc, ovre GAdwe
ovre TO Ilepoéwy rovro waBoc’ ei yap ci) Taira
ovrw eipéOn éx row KuBepyirew TpOS Béptea, éy
pupines yvwpyot piay ob« Exo avrilooy, pip ox ay
worijoae Baciiéa rodvie’ Tove pley éK TOU KaTa-
otpwparog KxaraBiBaoa éc KoiAny vija, édvrac
{lépcac xai [lepotéwy rove mpwrove, ray 5 éperéwy,
éovrwy Dorvicwy, Skwe oc ay tcov wAOog rotce
Tléponot éféBade é¢ ryv Oadaccay.

9. Comment on the grammar of—ézoréero wav Skwe
ay éLcawOein—ovo orirag pélovac ij Kara avOpwTwv
gua Exovrag ExeaBai opt.

10. Give the Herodotean words for #rrdw, Braxrw,
avaXicxw; and the Attic for dvayvioa, mpoxare,
éluviw, éxéaro ddéec. Parse mpoeaacarro. Com-
ment on the Ionic use of zpdGura, éxiorapat,
KaTappovety.

11. Where were Scione, Ellopia, Hollows of Euboea,
Aphetae, Amphissa, Hermione ?

12. Contrast Socrates’ theory of sin with the notions
prevalent at the time.

190 ° EXAMINATION PAPERS.

13, Translate, with notes, as above—

(a) dpa Kal éy airy Th TEXYN Eve Tee wovnpia, kai dct
del ExdaTn TréeXYN adAne TEXYNG, firec air TO
Cuppépor oxéperat, Kat TH okoroupery érépac av

ro.aurnc, Kal rovr EoTty awéparroy; i) a’rh abry
ro Evpdépoy oxéerac; i} ovre avrijc ovre GAANC
mpoacetrar ext riyv abrij¢c movnplay ro ~uppépov
exoweiv’ obre yap Tornpia obreE dpapria ove pica
obdemeg réxvn Tapear er, ovde mpoaijKet rEXID ddAw
TO Evppépoy onrety i) éxeivp ov rEXY gory, aury
oe aPraBic kal dxépacdc éorty dpth) ovoa, Eworep
ay 4 Exdorn axpiBijc bAn ijrep Eri;

(6) of &€ ritg rév Oedy bn” AvOpwrwy napaywyiic
rov “Opnpoy papripovrat, Ore Kat éxeivog elev

Acorot Ce [orperroi] re cal Oeoi avroi,
Kai rove pev Ovoiacoe kat evxwAaic ayavaiouw
doy Te Kvioy TE raparpuniso’ avOpwroe
Acosperor ére Kev Is brepBnn kal dpdpry.
BiBrwy b&€ dpador maptxovrat Movoaiov Kai ’Op-
géwe, LeAjvne re wat Movowy eyydvwy, we paar,
xa’ ac Ounrodovey, reiforrec ob povov idiwrac
GAAa Kai wodetc, wo fipa Avoete re Kai KaBappot
acicknuatwy dia Ovowy kai waded Hooriy eiot per
Ere Cwour, eiot cé kat reXeuTioacw, ac Oo TeAETaC
KaAdovowy, al THY Exel KaKwY arOAVOVOLY UGC, pp
Ouoavrac O€ Oeva repmpever.
14. Discuss briefly—
oleic Gy yévotro, we Oder, obrwe ddaparvrivoc,
dc Gy petvecev év rh Ccxaroouvy’
15. Explain—cipwrebeoBat, tdeot Adyot, dnpovpydcy
avAf, karurelvac, dora, Schema Pindaricum.
16. Translate and discuss from the point of view of
textual criticism—
*Ap’ ovv kat vdaor Soric Cecvoc gudrakacOa cad
Aabeiv, ovroc detvdratog Euxotijoar;

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 191

LATIN.—Parr I. (TRANSLATION OF
PREPARED BOOKS.)

The Board of Examiners.

1. Translate, with terse notes where you think them
called for—

(2) Tactus enim leti satis esset causa profecto,
quippe ubi nulla forent aeterno corpore quorum
contextum uis deberet dissoluere quaeque.

(6) praeterea per se quodcumque erit, aut faciet
quid .
aut aliis fungi debebit agentibus ipsum
aut erit ut possint in eo res esse gerique.

(d) insula quem triquetris terrarum gessit in oris,
que fluitans circum magnis anfractibus aequor
onium glaucis adspargit uirus ab undis.

(e) Heraclitus init quorum dux proelia primus,
clarus ob obscuram linguam magis inter inanis.
quamde grauis inter Graios qui uera requirunt.

(f}) perspicere ut possis res gestas funditus omnis
non ita uti corpus per se constare neque esse,
nec ratione cluere eadem qua constet inane,
sed magis ut merito possis euenta uocare
corporis atque loci, res in quo quaeque gerantur.

_ 2. State briefly the Epicurean physical theory, with

| the proper Latin terms. Enumerate the words

| used by Lucretius for “atoms” and “to be.”
Explain homoeomeria.

192

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

3. Comment on the forms—indugredi, consumpse,

redducit, escit, queatur.

4. Translate (as above)—

(7)

(b)

{d)

Ipsi per medias acies insignibus alis

Ingentes animos angusto in pectore versant,

Usque adeo obnixi non cedere, dum gravis
aut hos

Aut hos versa fuga victor dare terga subegit.

Namque sub Oebaliae memini me _ turribus
arcis,

Qua niger umectat flaventia culta Galaesus,

Corycium vidisse senem, cui pauca relicti

Iugera ruris erant, nec fertilis illa iuvencis,

Nec pecori epportuna seges nec commoda
Baccho.

Est etiam flos in pratis, cui nomen amello

Fecere agricolae, facilis quaerentibus herba ;

Namque uno ingentem tollit de caespitesilvam,

Aureus ipse, sed in foliis, quae plurima
circum

Funduntur, violae sublucet purpura nigrae.

Non te nullius exercent numinis irae.

Magna luis commissa: tibi has miserabilis
Orpheus

Haudquaquam ob meritum poenas, ni fata
resistant,

Suscitat, et rapta praviter pro coniuge saevit.

Illa quidem, dum te fugeret per flumina
praeceps,

Immanem ante pedes hydrum moritura puella

Servantem ripas alta non vidit in herba.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 193

5, (a) Discuss briefly the object of Vergil in writing

| the Georgics. Comment on any means
which he adopts of making a didactic work
“poetical.”

| (6) What are the chief errors which he

commits concerning bees ?

6. Explain succinctly the meaning or grammar (as
the case may be) of—Ixionii vento rota constitit
orbis—seras in versum distulit ulmos — vesti-
bulum—imbrex—si quem numina laeva sinunt
auditque vocatus Apollo—carmina qui lusi
pastorum—Pellaei Canopi—esse apibus partem
divinae mentis et haustus aetherios—viva volare
sideris in numerum—trunca pedum.

’. Translate (as above) —

milesne Crassi coniuge barbara
turpis maritus vixit et hostium
(pro curia inversique mores !)
consenuit socerorum in armis

| (a)

| sub rege Medo Marsus et Apulus,
anciliorum et nominis et togae

| oblitus aeternaeque Vestae

(0)

incolumi Iove et urbe Roma ?

unico gaudens mulier marito

prodeat iustis operata divis,

et soror clari ducis et decorae
supplice vitta

Virginum matres iuvenumque nuper

sospitum. vos, 0 pueri et puellae

lam virum expertae, male ominatis
parcite aerbis

394 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

(e) campestres melius Scythae,

quorum plaustra vagas rite trahunt domos,
vivunt et rigidi Getaa,

inmetata quibus iugera liberas
fruges et Cererem ferunt,

nec cultura placet longior annua,
defunctumque laboribus

aequali recreat sorte vicarius.

(2) dicar, qua violens obstrepit Aufidus
et qua pauper aquae Daunus agrestium
regnavit populorum, ex humil: potens
princeps Aeolium carmen ad Italos
deduxisse modos.

8. Explain the epithets in—

Vester, Camenae, vester in arduos
tollor Sabinos, seu mihi frigidum
Praeneste seu Tibur supinum
seu lequidae placuere Baiae.

9. Explain the meaning or grammar (as the case may
be) of—destituit deos mercede pacta Laomedon
—eradenda cupidinis pravi sunt elementa—
concidit auguris Argivi domus ob lucrum—nec
Laestrygonia Bacchus in amphora—uxor invicti
Tovis esse nescis—virtus repulsae nescia sordidae |
—donec non alia magis arsisti — abstineto
irarum.

10. Translate with notes— |

(a) quamquam, etsi priore foedere staretur, satis
cautum erat Saguntinis, sociis utrorumque
exceptis ; nam neque additum erat “iis, qui tunc
essent” nec ‘‘ ne qui postea adsumerentur” ; et
cum adsumere novos liceret soeios, quis aeoum

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 195

censeret aut ob nulla quemquam merita in ami-
citiam recipi, aut receptos ia fidem non defendi,
tantum ne Carthaginiensium socii aut sollicita-
rentur ad defectionem aut sua sponte descis-
centes reciperentur ?

| (5) is etipse Aipinus amnis longe omnium Galliae -

| fluminum difficillimus transitu est; nam, cum
aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium

patiens est, quia nullis coercitus ripis, pluribus
simul neque iisdem alveis fluens nova semper
vada novosque gurgites—et ob eadem pediti
quoque incerta via est—, ad hoc saxa glareosa
volvens nihil stabile nec tutum ingredienti
praebet.

(c) extemplo et circa a praetore ad civitates missi
legati tribunique suos ad curam custodiae inten-
dere, et ante omnia Lilybaeum teneri apparatu
belli, edicto proposito, ut socii navales decem
dieram cocta cibaria ad naves deferrent, ut, ubi
signum datum esset, ne quid moram conscen-
dendi faceret, perque omnem oram, qui ex
speculis prospicerent adventantem hostium
classem, dimitti.

11. Comment on—
(a) Adversum femur tragula graviter ictus.

(6) Ne cuius suorum popularium mutatam secum
fortunam esse vellent.
(c) Victores ad centum sexaginta nec omnes
| Romani, sed pars Gallorum, victi amplius
ducenti ceciderunt.

(d) Nox una Hannibali sine equitibus acta est.

12. Describe a consul’s proceedings on his first day of
office, giving the Latin technical terms.
02

196 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

13. Translate (as above)—

(a) Agitatum secreto, num et Piso proficisceretur,
maiore praetexto, illi auctoritatem senatus, hic
dignationem Caesaris laturus.

(6) Ignarus interim Galba et sacris intentus
fatigabat alieni iam imperii deos, cum adfertur
rumor rapi in castia incertum quem senatorem,
mox Othonem esse qui raperetur; simul ex tota
urbe, ut auedne obvius fuerat, alii formidine
augentes, quidam minora vero, ne tum quidem
obliti adulationis.

(c) nec principes modo coloniarum aut castrorum,
quibus praesentia ex affluenti et parta victoria
magnae spes, sed manipuli quoque et gregarius
miles viatica sua et balteos phalerasque, insignia
armorum argento decora, loco pecuniae tradebant
instinctu et impetu et avaritia.

(da) Celsus constanter servatae erga Galbam fidei
| crimen confessus exemplum ultro imputavit. nec
Otho quasi ignosceret, sed, ne hostem metueret,
consiliatorem adhibens statim inter intimos
amicos habuit et mox bello inter duces delegit.

What is the MSS. reading for consiliatorem ?
Can it be defended ?

(e) Precibus et igne puro altaria adolentur.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 197

GREEK.—ParrII.(TRANSLATION OF PREPARED

BOOKS.)
The Board of Examiners.

], Translate, with brief notes in the margin where

(a)

(6)

(c)

(2)

(¢)

you think them called for—

XN 9

adr’ ei per dwoovar yépac peyaOupor 'Ayacol,
dpoarrec kara Oupor, drwe avrakior Eorat'

9 4 4 9 a id > N ow
ei dé xe pr) Swworr, éyw O€ Kev abrog EXwpat

* 4 " of oN c a9 Py ~
y redv i) Atayrog lay yépac i} Odvoijoc

wr Cyr, a od , a o
Giw edwy’ 0 d€ Kev Kexodwoerat, by Kev ixwpat

9 , 9 ‘ ba ‘ 9\ La
ei b€ ply aiypnriy EOecav Beot ailey édrrec,
id 4 e c 9 ,
rouvexa of xpoéovery oreldea pvOpoacdae 5

Sarpovin, alet per dieac, obd€ ce AH Ow"

~ nd # , , > 9 N ~
apiiae & eumne ov re dvrqoeat, GAN’ aro Oupov
paddov épol Eveac’ ro 6€ roe kai plywv Eorat.
ei & obrw rovr’ éorly, éuot pédrAEe pidrov el vat.
GAN’ axéovoa Kabnoo, Eup O° éxcreieo pvby,
ph vv roe ov xpaicpworr doo Deol cia’ ev ’OipTp
docor idv@’, dre xév rot danrove xEipac Eph.

H15n yap cat devpd wor’ AvOe Siocg ’Odveceve
oev Evex’ ayyeding our dpnpiig Meredag *
rouc 0 éyw ébeiricoa kai ev peyaporot didnoa,
Gugorepwr de puly édany kai pydea wuxva.
GAN’ Gre 6 Tpweootv Ev aypopévorocy EpcyOer,
oravrwy pevy Mevédaoc brelpeyev ebpéag Gpove,
dppw 8 ELopérw yepapwrepoc Hey "Odvoceic.

ph p’ epeBe, oyerAin, ph xwoapévy ce pedjw,
tic O€ a Arey Oiipw we viv ExrayAa giAnoa,
péecow 3 apgorépwr pyticopat ExGea Avypa,
Tpowy cal Aovady, av b€ kev xaxdv olrov Anat.

198 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

2. Explain—rpnroto: (étywrotec) \éxecorv—poipnyevic—
ei O€ wor eg ye piay Bovevoopeyv—vijec aygreAiooae
—dérac apgexurehAov—eEni ipa pépeey—obA0yX Tac

ld a a c , w n>
mpoBadrorvro—syv Bptapewy xadéovor Geol, avdpec ce
re wavrec Aiyatwva—Bémorec—ZuvOev.

3. Give a very succinct accouat of—
(a) The probable dialect of the original Achilles-

poem.

(5) Indications in Homer of the physique and
armour of the Achaeans as distinguished
from the Aegean peoples.

4. Write down the Attic equivalents of —iyep0er,
xeon, POcvvOeoxe, claro, émtrerpagarat, aye ¢)
Tpawreioney, orrOrnre.

5. Translate, with notes as above—

(a) xatpor ei pbéytato, ro\AGY mEipata suyTavioaic
éy Bpaxei, petwy Exerac papoc aybparwy. azo
yap xépec apPrdvee
aiavic rayelac éArigac -
a@orav 3 axoa kpigiov Bupov Bapurec padcor’
éadototv em adXorpioce.
GAN’ Guwe, kptoowy yap olxrippod POdyoc,
py wapie Kaha. vwpa dtxaiy rndadiy erparor’
dwevdet 0€ Tpoc Expove yadxeve yAGooar.
et Te Kai GAavpor rapaWvocel, pEya Tor Héperat
map céGer.
(b) yévov otec éxct pabwry’ Kaddg¢ rot 7iOwy Tapa
waoiv, aiet
Kaddc. 6 6€ ‘PadaparvOuc ev rézpayer, Ore dperav
éAaye Kkapwev apepyroy, obd axaraie Oupoy
répverac Evouber,
ota Yupwr xaapate exer’ aici Bporay.

HONOUR BXAMINATION, NOY., 1906. 199

(c) «al pOcvdxaprog éoica Sid0t Wadow wep’ abrdc,
et wore yeEtpeptov wip ELixnrat Noiahhor,
i} ovy dpOaic xubvecoty deorocvvaey Epeccopéva
péyBov Errore adéry duaravoy éy reixeoty.

dv Epnpwoaica ywpov.

6. Name any striking features of (a) the grammar
and dialect, (6) the constructive method, of
Pindar.

7. Write & note on Aevcaie xiOhoavra ppaciv—
tbpevéovrec aveyrdv—ev [vba récoars— Apyxé-
Aoxov EX Oeaw mearvdpevov— Atog ainrev mdpedpog
—Zepupla Aoxplo—dxovra aydvoc Badeiv sk.

8. Translate, as above—
(a) TOAAG yap, Evre wrddEC dapacby
én, dvorvy i} TE rodocet.
G\Xoc 3 GAXdov Gye,
govevet, ra O€ wuppoper’
Karvy d& ypalverat to\tap’ aray*
pacvopevog O éexirvet
Aaodapac paivwy
evotBecay ” Apne.
kopxopuyal 0 ay’ doru, mpore 8 épxava
wopyaric, mpoc avdpoc 8 avip Sopt criverat.
(5) = réraprog GAXog, yeirovac rvdag Exwy
"Ovy«ac ’A@avac, Evy Boy raplorarat,
‘Inwopédovrog oxjpa Kat péyac rimoc.
Gdw d€ rodAnyv, aowidoc kuKdNov héyw,
Egpi=a Oevnoavroc’ ovKx ddAwe épa.
6 onparoupyoc 8 ov Ti ebredic Gp’ Hr,
Sorte rd0 Epyor Gracey mpoc aonidr,
Tupev’ iévra ruprvdov da ordpa
Avyvuy péXacvay, alcAny wupdc Kaow’’
Gpéwy O& trAEKTAVAaLEL TEpidpopoy KUTOg
Tpoonoagrarat Kokoydaropoc KiKXov.

200

(¢)

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

‘ 9 T
dAda your, @ gidar, Kar’ ovpov
épéooer’ api kpart OPM HOY KEpoty
wirvdor, oc aiéy Ce ’Axéporr’ apeiGerat
ray Aarohoy peddyxpoxoy Gewpida
8 ? ~ > 2 . > 7
ray aori3i roAAwyt, ray avad.yr,
xavookoy cig apari re xépooy.

9. Comment briefly on the story of Cadmus, and on

that of the Sphinx. How do you explain
émraretxetc Etodoe 7

10. Give instances of metaphorical condensation with

word-play in Aeschylus. In what ways is the
metaphor qualified or defined ?

i. Explain tersely the meaning or grammur (as the

case may be) of é6péWar’ oixtariipac, Srwe¢ yévorbe
mpoc xpéog rdde—nrétrwy Kal oredéwy mér’, Ek per
viv, audi uray’ ELoper ;—éxmépoeevy mdrLv Hnoiy,
9 SN 8 w 9 Q ~ ‘ ‘
ovce rv Atoc Epev éurodwy oxeBeivp—guysol dé
oupiZovar Bapapoy rpdror.

12. Translate, with notes as above—
(a) ‘Qe d€ é¢ rnvy Sarapiva cuvA#AOov oi crparnyot

Go T@Y Eeipnuéevwy TOAwY, EBovrEvovTO TpoUEvTOC
EipuBiadew yropny aropaivesBar rov PovAdpevoy,
Skov Soxéoe émernoewraroyv elvat vavpayxinv rokegBae
tay abrol ywpéwy Eyxparéec cio’ f yap “Arrex))
agetro ion, trav b€ Nouréwy wEpe TpveriMee’ ai yy@pae
6€ r@v AEeyéryrwy ai wrElorar ovvebémixrov mpdc
rov IoOudv mrAwaavrac vaupayéety mpo ri¢ HeXo-
wovrhoou EmtAEyovres Tov dyor rove, we, iv
vexnbéwor TH vaupaxin év ZDadrapive pey E0vTeEc,
rodwopkhoovrar év yhoy, iva ope Tipwpin obdepia
émigavioerar’ poe d€ rp "lobpg, é¢ toug EwuTey
éLoiaorrat.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 201

(b) Odrog S€ BAXoc Aéyerae Adyoe wept row Héplew
voorov, ovdaudc Euorye maroc, ovre G&AXNwe
ovre TO Tlepcéwy rovro wdbog’ ei yap 3) ravra
ourw eipéOn ék Tov kuBepvijrew mpoc Méptea, év
pupinor yvwpnor play obk exw avr igor, pa ovK ay
worjjoae Baoréa rowvde’ Tove wey ex Tov Kara-
-oTpwparog KarafsiBdoae é¢ KolAnvy vija, édvrac
Hépcac xai Mepoéwy rove apwrove, rev & éperéwy,
édvrwyv Dovikwy, dxwo ove &yv ioov wAHOo¢ roiee
Iléponor é£éGade éc rv Oddaccay.

13. Comment on the grammar of—ézotéero ray ékwe
ay eLcowBein—dv0 ondirag péCovac ij kara dvOpwxwy
puocy Exovrac Exrea0al ode.

14. Give the Herodotean words for #rrdw, Brarre,
avahioxw ; and the Attic for avayvacat, rpoxare,
éXivow, éxéaro ddéec. Parse xpoecatarvro. Com-
ment on the Ionic use of apéBara, éxlorapat,
Kkaragppovety.

15. Where were Scione, Ellopia, Hollows of Euboea,
Aphetae, Amphissa, Hermione ?

16. Translate, with brief notes as above—

(a) ei pév ro capa emerpérev ce Eder ry Stakerdv-
vevorra 7} xpnarov abro yevéoBat ] rovnpor, To\Na
ay TEpLEgKEWur, gir’ emerpemréoy eire ov, Kal ele oup-
Povdiy rouc TE plrouc ay mapexithetc Kat rove
oixeiovc, oxomovpevog tpépac avxvdc’ 6 de rept
welovoc Tov owparoc yet, THY Yuyny, Kai Ev w
wavr éori Ta o& 7} ev i} KaKwC TpaTTELY, YpNOTOH 7
xovnpov avrov yevopévov, repli d€ TovTov ovre TH
warpl ovre TH GdEAgD ExEKOLYWoW OUTE TOY TOY
éraipwy obdevi, eir’ eémirpemréov etre cal ob TO

apuopévy rovty Lévy riv anv Puyhy.

202 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

(6) ig Ey yap raic GAdaic dperaicg, GowEp ov éyEtc,
bd Cod ~
édy rie pi) ayaboe abdAnric elvac 7) GAAnY Hyrevovy
réxyny iy ph Eorcy, i KarayeAwouy 7} yadexaivovet,
Kai ot OiKetor Tpootdvreg vouBETovOLY we parydpevor’
> ‘ g , 38 ~ wf ~ 9 ~ 7,7
év 6€ dtxacooivy cai év rH GAAN woderecy apery, Eav
tiva Kal eld@oty, Ore Gdecxdc EoTev, éay ovTOg abroc

9 @ = > ~ LA > , ~— a 3 ~
xa avrov radnOy Aéyn Evavriov woddGY, O Exel

, @ ~ T > a , > ~

owdpoourny iyourro elvar, TradyOH NEyerv, EevravOa
paviay, cai dao wavrac Seiy gavac elvar Scxaious,
Edy Te How Eay Te ph, i} paiverOat TOY p17) Tpoerotor-
pevov Ouatoovyny, we dvayKaioy obdéva Syriv’ ody:
dpwoyérwc peréxery adrijc, i} py elvac év avOpwrace.

17. Explain the grammar of—ée ye mpdc o€ sipjoba
TahnOij—ravr ovv ién ov axdwet, worEepov mepi
avroy povog ote dety dtaréyeoOa mpdc pdrovc—
ddéav iptv ravra éropevopeBa; and the meaning
of—xdppw rév vuxrav—Irmoxparn rov Kgov, rov
tov *AokAnmiadav—év Te TpooTYy—Ewo GY oI
rolbrat abrov ageAkvoworv—ovc répvoty Depexparne
édidatey éxt Anvaiy.

18. Explain the attitude of Socrates towards the
sophistic teaching.

STR | Ow re re re eee

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 203

LATIN.—Part II. (TRANSLATION OF
PREPARED BOOKS.)

The Board of Examiners.

1. Translate, with brief notes in the margin where
you think them desirable—

(a) Taetus enim leti satis esset causa profecto,
quippe ubi nulla forent aeterno corpore quorum
contextum uis deberet dissoluere quaeque.

(5) praeterea per se quodcumque erit, aut faciet
quid
aut aliis fungi debebit agentibus ipsum
aut erit ut possint in eo res esse gerique.

(d) insula quem triquetris terrarum gessit in oris,
eae fluitans circum magnis anfractibus aequor
onium glaucis adspargit uirus ab undis.

(¢) Heraclitus init quorum dux proelia primus,
clarus ob obscuram linguam magis inter inanis
quamde grauis inter Graios qui uera requirunt.

(f) perspicere ut possis res gestas funditus omnis
non ita uti corpus per se constare neque esse,
nec ratione cluere eacdem qua constet inane,
sed magis ut merito possis euenta uocare
corporis atque loci, res in quo quaeque gerantur.

2. State briefly the Epicurean physical theory, with
the proper Latin terms. Enumerate the words
used by Lueretims for “atoms” and “to be.”
Explain homocomeria.

204 ‘EXAMINATION PAPERS.

3. Comment on the forms—indugredi, consumpse
redducit, escit, queatur.

4. Translate (as above)—

(a) Si forte necesse est
Indiciis monstrare recentibus abdita rerum,
Fingere cinctutis non exaudita Cethegis
Continget.

(6) Publica materies privati iuris erit, si
Non circa vilem patulumque moraberis orbem.

(c) Sic priscae motumque et luxuriem addidit arti
Tibicen traxitque vagus per pulpita vestem ;
Sic etiam fidibus voces crevere severis
Et tulit eloquium insolitum facundia praeceps,
Utiliumque sagax rerum et divina futuri
Sortilegis non discrepuit sententia Delphis.

(d) Carmine qui tragico vilem certavit ob hircum
Mox etiam agrestes Satyros nudavit.

(e) Ignotum tragicae genus invenisse Camenae
Dicitur et plaustris vexisse poemata Thespis,
Quae canerent agerentque peruncti faecibus ora.

5. How does Horace translate the following Greek
terms :—
KaQdArov, srpoyytvAwe, Kipta, TO dppdrrov, mpakr-
kov, Aexrexdy 2
Explain the terms—actus, voti sententia
compos, ampullae, bidental.

6. Translate (as above)—

(a) At hoc frementes verterunt bis mille equos
Galli canentes Caesarem,
Hostiliumque navium portu latent
Puppes sinistrorsum citae.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 205

Io Triumphe, tu moraris aureos
Currus et intactas boves ?
Io Triumphe, nec Iugurthino parem
| Bello reportasti ducem,
ee Africanum, cui super Carthaginem
irtus sepulchrum condidit.

(6) Infamis Helenae Castor offensus vicem,
Fraterque magni Castoris, victi prece
Adempta vati reddidere lumina.

Et tu, potes nam, solve me dementia,

O nec paternis obsoleta sordibus,

Neque in sepulchris pauperum prudens anus
Novendiales dissipare pulveres.

7. Explain the term ‘“Epodes.” What were they
called by Horace?

8. Explain—Phocaeorum velut profugit exsecrata
civitas — sectus flagellis hic triumviralibus
praeconis ad fastidium—Appiam mannis terit—
ibis Liburnis inter alta navium, amice, pro-
pugnacula.

9. Translate, as above—

(a) De familia liberata nihil est quod te moveat
primum tuis ita promissum est, te facturam esse
ut quisque esset meritus; est autem in officio
adhuc Orpheus, praeterea magno opere nemo;
ceterorum servorum ea causa est, ut, si res a
nobis abisset, liberti nostri essent, si obtinere
potuissent; sin ad nos pertinerent, servirent,
praeterquam oppido pauci.

(6) Consulares duce Favonio fremunt; nos
tacemus, et eo magis, quod de domo nostra nihil
adhuc pontifices responderunt : qui si sustulerint

206 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
e®
religionem, aream praeclaram habebimus;
superficiem consules ex senatus consulto
aestimabunt: sin aliter, demolientur, suo nomine
locabunt, rem totam aestimabunt.

(c) Reliquum iam est: Zwdpray éAayec, ravray
xdopec. Non mehercule possum, et Philoxeno
ignoseo, qui reduci in carcerem maluit; veram
tamen id ipsum mecum in his locis commentor,
ut istam probem, idque tu, cum una erimus,
confirmabis.

What is the MSS. reading for istam probem ?
Can it be defended?

(dq) Hoc tibi tam ignoscemus nos amici, quam

ignoverunt Medeae. . . . . .
quae Corinthum arcem altam habebant
matronae opulentae, optimates. . . . . .

quibus illa manibus gypsatissimis persnasit, ne
sibi vitio illae verterent, quod abesset a patria.

10. Translate, briefly discussing the text—

(a) Hac quidem cura certe iam vacuus sum ; iacet
enim ille sic, ut Phocis Curiana stare videatur.

(6) Sed idem Nerius index edidit ad adligatos Cn.
Lentulum Vatiam et C. Cornelium: + ista ei.

11. Translate and explain—

(a) Is, quem putabant magistrum fore, si bona
venirent.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 207

(6) Videsne consulatam illum nestrum, quem Curio

antea aro@twerw vocabat, si hic factus erit, fabam
mimum futurum ?

causa; forum attingere; familiam ducere;
rationem ducere; vadimonium concipere ; nos
vero ferrei.

12. Translate, as above—
(a) Agitatum secreto, num et Piso proficisceretur,

maiore praetexto, illi auctoritatem senatus, hic
dignationem Caesaris laturus.

(6) Ignaros interim Galba et sacris intentu,

fatigabat alieni iam imperii deos, cum adfertur
rumor rapi m castra incertam quem senatorem,
mox Othonem esse qui raperetur ; simul ex tota
urbe, ut quisque obvius fuerat, alii formidine
augentes, quidam minora vero, ne tum quidem
obliti adulationis.

quibus praesentia ex affluenti et parta victoria
magnae spes, sed manipuli quoque et gregarius
miles viatica sua et balteos phalerasque, insignia
armorum argento decora, loco pecuniae tradebant
instinctu et impetu et avaritia.

(d) Celsus constanter servatae erga Galbain fidei

crimen confessus exemplum ultro imputavit. nec
Otho quasi ignosceret, sed, ne hostem metueret,
consiliatorem adhibens statim inter intimos
amicos habuit et mox bello inter duces delegit.

What is the MSS. reading for consiliatorem ?
Can it be defended ?

(¢) Precibus et igne puro altaria adolentur.

208 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

13. The characteristics of the style of Tacitus have
been said to be brevitas, varietas, and poeticus
color.

Illustrate any one of these characteristics from
the chapters prescribed.

14. Translate, with notes—

Vibius Crispus, pecunia potentia ingenio inter
claros mag's quam inter bonos, Annium Faustum
equestris ordinis, qui temporibus Neronis dela-
tiones factitaverat, ad cognitionem senatus
vocabat. nam recens Galbae principatu cen-
suerant patres, ut accusatorum causae nosceren-
tur. id senatus consultum varie iactatum et,
prout potens vel inops reus inciderat, infirmum
aut validum retinebat adhuc terrores.

15. Remark on anything unusual or non-Ciceronian
in Tacitus’ use of—expedio, natales, impono,
potissimus, the ablative absolute, partes, olim,
inter.

16. Explain — provinciam domi retinere, ala, una
cohors togata, septuma decuma cohors, praefectus
legionis, vacationes, sectiones.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 209

GREEK.—Part I. (UNPREPARED
TRANSLATION.)

The Board of Examiners. :

Translate, with brief notes in the margin where you

think them desirable—

Kpté wérrov, ri por OCe dia oréog Ecovo pho
Yeraroc 3; our wapoc ye Neder pevoc Epxeat oiwr,
GANG wOAV ap@roc véwent Téper’ Gvbea xoinc
paxpa BiBdc, xpwrog b€ foac xorapey adixarecc,
mparoc oe orabpdvee Araleat drovéeaBat
toréptoc’ vuv aure mavvoTaros. } avy’ dvaxroc

op0adpor wobec, Tov arijp kaxog éLadaweer

ouy Auypoic érdpowat, Capaccapevoc ope: vac O1Vvg,
Oirc, 6 bv ovxw oni wepuypHévov elvar odeOpor.
ei dy Opodpovénc roripwrijetc TE yévowo

eiwety xan Ketvoc € ov pévoc HracxaZec’

TP Ké of Eyxégadde ve dca oréoc GdAvdeg G\Ay
Oevopévov palotro mpoc ovdet, Kad O&K éuov Kijp
AwHioELE KAKwY, TA poe OUTWavoc wopey Ovric.

Maxaptéy éoruv 7 Tpayydia
Tolnpa Kara wavr’, Et ve mpwrov ot Aoyor
urd rov Oearay cia eyvwptopevor,
mpiy kai tiv’ eiveiv’ dad? Uroprijoa povoy
det roy rowntny’ Oidirovy yap ay povoy
$0, TaAXNa warT ioactv’ 6 xarijp Adios,
pirnp "loxdorn, Ovyarépec, maidec rivec,
ri xeice@ ovroc, ri weroinkey. ay wade
cimy ree ’Adepéwva, kal ra wadia
avr eb0u¢ eipny’ , re paveic awéxrovey
Thy pynrép’, &yavaxray 8” Adpactoc edPEwe
fice wadey 7’ Grevot. 2 2 we

‘

210

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

ExeO’ Gray pndey dvvwrr’ eimeiv Ere,
Kopudy, 0 cexrepgxwoty Ev Toic Opapaccy, |
aipovoty Saowep Odcrydov rey pnyarny,
kat roig Gewpévoroty aroxpwrTwe exe.
piv o€ ravr’ obk Ear, GAG Tara Cet
Evpely, Ovopara Katvd, Ta OipKnpeva
MpOTEpOV, TA VOY raperra, THY Karaorpogny,
THY etoffodny. ay €y re rourwy waparixy
Xpépne rec 3} Pcidwy rec, exovpirrerac’

IIndet de ravr’ tXeore vai Teoxpy woretv.

3, TapadkaBevrec dé atrove of Kepxepato: é¢ otxnpa

peya careipay, cai vorepov eka yorrec KaTa EiKOOLY
divopac Ot yor Osa Owotw crotyoiw GrAerev ExurepwOer
wapareTaypivwy, decepéveve TE pec GA\ARAOWS Kai
Tasopévouc Kai KEvToupevouc UXO THY waparerayye-
VOY, EL TOU rig Teva wot exOpor & EavTov' peaoTiyowdpot
Te mapedrrec émeraxuroy Tig odo ToOUC mxohatr spoy
mpoidyrac. Kai é és pevdvdpac éignorra éhabow rouc év
T? oixhpare roeny mp Tory elayaydvrec «ai deagdei-
pavrec (goero yep avrevc peruarheovrac woe dAdoge
ayew)’ we o£ yo0ovra Kai ric avroic €0hAwoe, TOUC
TE AGqwaiovc ‘émecadoiwro Kai éxt\evoy onde, Ei
Bovrovrat, avrove ctagbeipery, Ex TE Tov oiKHparoc
ovxére HOedov ebvernr, ob0’ éocévar E~acay Kara
Ovvapty mepifes@ar vicéva. oi dé Kepxvpaio: xa ‘a
prev rac Oupac 080 avrol dueroovrro pralecOat,
ivaBarsrec O& Eri TO réyoo Tov oixnparoc «ai
dtedovrec Ty dpodqy efadov re Kepapy Kai
érosevoy xarw. of St SpwAdooDYTS TE we €OUVaYTO
kal da of moAAol sac abrowr cueqMetpor, oiarovc
TE, OVC Obizony EKEtv, EC Tac Opayac KaBérTEC Kai
[éx] kAevOr revwy, at Ervyov avroic Evovoat, roic
om apron wai €K Ter tpariwy wapacpaypara macovyrec
amayyopevor, wavri tre] Tpowy 76 WOAY Tic vUKTOC
(éxeyévero yap vue re waOnyare) avadovrrec

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 21}

epac abrouc cat Baddéuevoe tro Trév Avw cuEg-
Bapnoay. kal avrove ot Kepxupator, érecdy typépa
Fyévero, poppnooy ext dnalac émeBaddvrec arhyayov
téw rijc TWOAEWC.

4. ’Apédce f Secordacpovla ddbaev Gy elvac deedia

mpoc TO Sarudvior" 6 dé decodainwy rovaur¢ TlC,
otoc emt Kpnvn drovepapevoc rac Xeipac Kal i
pardpevoc aro iepov, Capyny eic TO oropa Aa
oUrw THY jpépay mepimarety. Kai riv édov éay
Tapadpapy ‘yan, pn mpdrepov mropevOyjvat, ewe
deZEXOn tic, AiBouc rpEic bmép Tij¢ G60u brafady.
Kal rav Nurapoy Nibwy roy Ev raic rpeddarc maptwy
éx rac AnKbBov EXaLoy Karayety, Kai éxl ydvara
TEOWY KAL Tpookvynoac dmahdarrecBat. Kai éav
puc OvdNaxoy aXpirwy Sagayn, mpoc Tov ebnynriyy
EOwv, Epwrav, ri xp Twoety’ kal éay aroxpivyrat
aire, éxdovvat Tw axuroceby émppaat, py mpoaexery
rovrotc, GAN’ arorpametc ExOdoacPa. Kal rucva
dé rhy otxiay xabdpac davdc, ‘Exaryc pdoxwy
imaywyny yeyovévac Kav yavd BadiZovroc abrov
raparrnrat, etmac, "AOnva xpetrrwy! mapedOeiv
ouTrw' Kat oure pyfpar émtBijvar, ovre éxi vexpor
EXOety, GAAG TG pen pualveBat oupedépoy airy dijon
elvat. Kai dray évirviov ten, mopeverdac ™poc Touc
Gvecpoxpirac, mpoc TOU parretc, mpoc rouc dpy-
Gooxdrove, tpwrncwy rive Deg ij Oeg edye0Bar Sei.

212 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

LATIN.—Parr I. (UNPREPARED
TRANSLATION.)

The Board of Examiners.

1. Translate, with concise notes in the margin where
you think them desirable—

(a) Ba. Forum coquinum qui uocant, stulte
uocant :
Nam non coquinum, uerum furinumst forum.
Nam ego si iuratus hominem nequam
quaererem,
Peiorem hau potui quam hunc quem duco
_ ducere,
Multilocum gloriosum insulsum inutilem.
Quin ob eam rem Orcus recipere ad se hunc
noluit,
Vt esset hic qui mortuis cenam coquat :
Nam hic solus illis coquere quod placeat potest.
Co. Si me arbitrabare istoc pacto ut praedicas,
Quor conducebas? Ba. Inopia: alius non
erat.
Set quor sedebas in foro, si eras coquos,
Tu solus praeter alios? Co. Ego dian tibi :
Hominum ego auaritia factus sum improbior
coquos,
Non meopte ingenio. Ba. Qua istuc ratione?
Co. Eloquar.
Quia enim, quom extemplo ueniunt conduc-
tum coquom, |
Nemo illum quaerit qui optumus, carissumust :
Tllum conducunt potius qui uilissumust.
Hoc ego fui hodie solus opsessor fori.
Tlli sunt drachumis miseri : me nemo potest
Minoris quisquam nummo ut surgam subigere.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 213

(5) Ite, leves elegi, doctas ad consulis aures,

verbaque honorato ferte legenda viro.

luce minus decima dominam venietis in urbem,
ut festinatum non faciatis iter.

si quis, ut in populo, qui sitis et unde requiret,
nomina decepta quaelibet aure ferat.

ut sit enim tutum, sicut reor esse, fateri,
verba minus certe ficta timoris habent.

copia nec vobis ullo prohibente videndi
consulis, ut limen contigeritis, erit.

aut reget ille suos, dicendo iura, Quirites,
conspicuum signis quom premet altus ebur ;

aut populi reditus positam componet ad

hastam,

et minui magnae non sinet urbis opes;

aut feret Augusto solitam natoque salutem,
deque parum noto consulet officio.

(c) Dionysius, de quo ante dixi, cum fanum
Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syra-
cusas: isque cum secundissimo vento cursum
teneret ridens: Videtisne, inquit, amici, quam
bona a dis immortulibus navigatio sacrilegis
detur? Idque homo acutus cum bene planeque
percepisset, in eadem sententia perseverabat : qui
cum ad Peloponnesum classem appulisset et in
fanum venisset Iovis Olympii, aureum ei de-
traxit amiculum grandi pondere, quo Iovem
ornarat e manubiis Karthaginiensium tyrannus
Gelo, atque in eo etiam cavillatus est aestate
grave esse aureum amiculum, hieme frigidum,
eique laneum pallium iniecit, cum id _ esse
[aptum ] ad omne anni tempus diceret. Idemque
Aesculapii Epidauri barbam aureum demi
jussit: neque enim convenire barbatum esse
filium, cum in omnibus fanis pater imberbis

214

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

esset. Idem mensas argenteas de omnibus
delubris iussit auferri, in quibus quod more
veteris Graeciae inscriptum esset BONORUM
DEORUM, uti se eorum bonitate velle dicebat.
Idem Victoriolas aureas et pateras et coronas,
quae simulacrorum porrectis manibus sustine-
bantur, sine dubitatione tallebat eaque se acci-
pere, non auferre dicebat : esse enim stultitiam,
a quibus bona precaremur, ab iis porrigentibus
et dantibus nolle sumere.

(4) Servus ei dicitur comes unus fuisse nutritus

una, eoque haud ignarus linguae eiusdem; nec
quicquam aliud proficiscentes quam summatim
regionis, quae intranda erat, naturam ac nomina
principum in populis aecepere, ne gua inter
colloquia insigni nota heesitantes deprehendi
possent. Tere pastorali habitu, agrestibus telis,
faleibus gaesisque binis armati. Sed neque com-
mercium linguae, nec vestia armorumve habitus
sic eos texit, quam quod abhorrebat a fide,
quemquam externum Ciminios saltus intra-
turum. Usque ad Camertes Umbros pene-
trasse dicuntur: ibi, qui essent, fateri Romanum
ausum : introductumque in senatum, consulis
verbis egisse de societate amicitiaque: atque
inde comi hospitio acceptum, nuntiare Romanis
iussum, commeatum exercitui dierum triginta
praesto fore, si ea loca intrasset, iuventutemque
Camertium Umbrorum in armis paratam im-
perio futuram.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOYV., 1906. 215

GREEK.—Parr II. (UNPREPARED
TRANSLATION).

The Board of Examiners.

Translate, with brief notes in the margin where you
think them desirable—

ve Eipopay’ , i yap vay Epec Epyoro ‘yevotro
Gun év clap, Gre r para paxpa wéhovrac,
éy woin, dpéravoy pev eye ebua prec exorme,
kal dé wb Teter Exerc, iva mepmoaipeba é Epyou
mote dype para xvég~aoc, woin O& Tapein.
ei 3’ av ai Bocc cley EXauUvEpEY, OixEp Aporot,
atOwvec, peyado, Gugw Kexopnore notHe,
HAaxee, leopépor, raw rE ebévoc ovk ddaradvér,
rerpayvoy é ein, eixot 0 urd Badoc aporpy’
re Ké ye tore, ei OAKa Senvexéa mporapodgny.
ei 8 av cai wédepdy ober 6 dpphoece Kpoviwy
rhMepoY, atrap épet odncor €in wai dvo0 Sotpe
Kat Kuven waYXaANKoC, emi Kpor doce apapvsa,
T@ Ké pt’ Wotc mpurouaty évt TpOLax oro peyévra,
oe) dy prot Ty yacrep’ Svedécur cryopevorc®
GAAG par’ HBpiZerc, xai roe wooc éoTiv arHrne’
wal rev rec SoKéste péyac Eppevat Hoe Kparatdc,
otvexa Tap Taiporec cai OdrvdavotoLY OmAEic.

2. 3a. a&AAo re Or’ ob vomseic Hdn Geov oder xANY rE
mpetc, -
TO xiloc Tovri Kai rac vepchac cal ry yNerray,
; Tpia taurl ;
ZT. ov0’ Gy SeadeyOetny y’ arexviic roic &AXowe, ob0"
ay 4a aravroy’
00d dv Oueap’, oe oreigay’, obd inBeinv
A:iBarwror.

216 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

XO. deve vu tpiv 6 re co paper Oappoy, we od«
arux hoe,
hyde reyuoyr cal Bavpadwy Kat onréy deicoc elvat.
ST. 5 d€ororvar, Séopac roivyy ipey rovri wavy
pucxpoy,
rav ‘EAAnvey elvai pe Aéyery Exardy cradiotocy
Gpcaroy.
xO. GX éorat aot rovro wap iw’ Sore ro Aourdy
y a0 rovdl
év To nue yvepas ovdeic vikhoet wrElovag 7} ov.
2=T. ph poi ye Aéyery yvwpac peyadac’ ob yap
rourwy éxcOupe,
GN’ bo’ épaur@ orpeotixijoat cai rouvg ypyorac
dtodcaBeiv.
XO. reviec rolvuy dy ipeipec’ ob yap peyddor
éwiOupeic.
GNAa ceavroy rupasoc Bappwv roic fperépocc
mpoTodoaty.
ZT. dpdow raid’ piv morevoac’ yap avayKn pe
weecet
dea rove iwxouc rove xomrariac Kal rov yapov Gc
pe érérpuber.

8. rovro péy 31) otrw élevpéOn, rac dé xpooPorac amex-
povovro oi Bapxato. yporoy d€ 6) woAdOy
rpBopevwy Kai mexrdvrwy apdhorépwy TOANWY, Kai
ov évoor rey Iepogwy, “Apaace 0 arparnyog Tov
welou pnxavara roade’ palsy rove Bapxalouc,
we Kara pév TO loxupdy ovc aiperot elev, ddAy Oe
aiperoi, moéer ToLade’ vuKToc ragpoy dpvsac ebpéar
éxérecve EvXa aobevéa brép atric, karumepOe oe
émemohijc Tay LuAwy xour yijc Emepopnae, TOewy TF)
adn yn iodredoy. Gua Apepy de &¢ Adyouc Tpoe-
kadéero rou Bupxaiove. ot 6€ d dowaoréic uxhxovoay,
és 6 ape Eade Opodoyin xphoacBac. rny oe Spodroyliny
érowvrvro ronvde tivd, emi rife Kpunriji¢ rappow

| HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 217

rapvovrer Gpxia, tor ay ” vii atrn otrw éxn, pévery
| TO Gpxioy cara ywpny, kai Bapxaiove re Smorehéery
gavar abiny Basie Kal Tléprac pender &idXo veox-
poy Kara Bapxalove. pera 0€ TO GpKeor Bapxatoc
pey morevaayres Tourotot avrot re eShioay & éx TOU
doreoc kal ray wohepiwy & Ewy maptévac é¢ ro Tetxo¢
tov BovdAdpevoy, rag rbAac waoac dvoikavrec. 08
oe Hépoae karapphicarrec THY KpuTTHY yépupay eGov
tow é¢ TO TEtXoc. karéppniay o€ rovde eivexey Thy
éxoinoay yépupay, iva épmecopkéoter, Tapdvrec Totci
Bapxaiovee xpévoy péverv aiel ro Gpxiov, door ay
vii pevy Kara Tore lye karapphiace dé ovxeérc
Emeve TO Spxtov Kara ywpny.

4, Kat doa wey Aoyy elrov Exagrot i} pédovrec
wTodepnoey i} év aire on Svrec, yaderov ry
dxpiBevay abriy Tay Nex Bevrwv Stapynpovevioat 7} hy
poi re Oy avrocg ijxovoa Kal roic GANOGEy woOev & époi
amayyéovawy" we © Gy éddxouy é épol Exaorot wept
Tov alei mapdytwy ra déovra parcor’ ciety, Eyopery
Ort éyytrara rig Lupwaonc yropne trav adic
AexXDévrwy, otrwe eipnrat. rad étpya rev mpayBér-
Twy év TQ wodtup ovK EK TOU mapaTuXdrToOC
muvOavopevocg jeiwoa ypagev od we épot éddxet,

: GAN’ ol¢ re abro¢g mapijy Kai rapa rév &\\wy dao

duvaroy dapiBecg wept Exdorou émebehOwy. éximdvwe

d€ nupioxero, duore of mapdvTec Toc Epyotc ExaorotG
ov rabra wepi rev abriy EXeyor, AN’ we Exarépwy

Tic evvolag 7} prnpne Exot. Kal é¢ pey axpdaccy

tows TO ph prOddec abrov drepréarEpoyv paveirac’

doo 6€ BovAnoorvrar ray TE yeEvouérwy TO cagec
okoweiy Kat TwY peddNOvTwy more avOtc Kara ro
| avOpwreov rowirwy Kal rapatAnciwy eEceoOa,
| whedia Kpivery abvra apxourtwe Ele. Kripa re é¢

aigt paddov 7} dywuiopa éc TO Tapayphpua axovery
| Evyxetrat.

218 . EXAMINATION PAPERS.

LATIN.—Parr IT. (UNPREPARED
TRANSLATION.)

The Board of Bxanuwners.

‘Translate, with concise notes in the margin where
you think them desirable—

(a) Principio caelum ac terram camposque liquentes
Lucentemque globum lunae Titaniaque astra
Spiritus intus alit, totamque infusa per artus
Mens agitat molem et magno se corpore miscet.
Inde hominum pecudumque genus vitaeque
volantum

Et quae marmoreo fert monstra sub aequore
pontus.

Igneus est ollis vigor et caelestis origo

Seminibus, quantum non corpora noxia tardant

Terrenique hebetant artus moribundaque
membra.

Hinc metuunt cupiuntque, dolent gaudentque,
neque auras

Dispiciunt clausae tenebris et carcere caeco.

Quin et supremo cum Inmine vita reliquit,

Non tamen omne malum miseris nec funditus
omnes

Corporeae excedunt pestes, penitusque necesse
est

Multa diu concreta modis inolescere miris.

(5) Quandocumgue igitur nostroe mors claudet
ocellos,
Accipe quae serves funeris acta mei.
Nec mea tunc longa spatietur imagine pompa,
Nec tuba sit fati vana querella mei,
Nee mihi tunc fulcro sternatur lectus eburno,
Nec sit in Attalico mors mea nixa tora.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 219

Desit odoriferis ordo mihi lancibus, adsint
Plebei parvae funeris exequiae.
Sat mea sat magnast, si tres sint pompa libelli,
Quos ego Persephonae maxima dona feram.
Ta vero nudum pectas lacerata sequeris,
Nec fueris nomen lassa vocare meum,
Osculaque in gelidis pones suprema labellis,
Cum dabitur Syrio munere plenus onyx.
Deinde, ubi suppositus cinerem me fecerit
ardor,
Accipiat Manes parvula testa meos,
Et sit in exiguo laurus super addita busto,
Quae tegat extincti funeris umbra locum,
Et duo sint versus, ‘qui nunc iacet horrida
pulvis,
Vnius hic quondam servus amoris erat.’

(c) Illa vero deridenda arrogantia est, in minoribus
navigiis rudem esse se confiteri, quinqueremes,
aut etiam maiores, gubernare didicisse. Tu mihi,
cum in circulo decipiare adversarii stipulatiun-
cula, et cum obsignes tabellas clientis tui, quibus
in tabellis id sit scriptum quo ille capiatur, ego
tibi ullam cansam maiorem committendam
putem ? Citius hercule is qui duorum scalmorum
naviculam in portu everterit in Euxino ponto
Argonautarum navem gubernarit. Quid? si ne
parvae quidem causae sunt, sed saepe maximae,
in quibus certatur de iure civili, quod tandem os
est illius patroni qui ad’ eas causas sine ulla
scientia iuris audet accedere? Quae potuit igitur
esse causa maior quam illius militis, de cuius
morte cum domum falsus ab exercitu nuntius
venisset, et pater eius, re credita, testamentum
mutasset, et quem ei visum esset fecisset heredem,
essetque ipse mortuus? Jes delata est ad

220

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

centumviros, cum miles domum revenisset, egis-
setque lege in hereditatem paternam. Nempe in
ea causa quaesitum est de iure civili, possetne
paternorum bonorum exheres esse filius, quem
pater testamento neque heredem neque exhere-
dem scripsisset nominatim. 3

(d) Nox per diversa inquies, cum barbari festis

epulis, laeto cantu aut truci sonore subiecta val-
lium ac resultantis saltus complerent, apud
Romanos invalidi ignes, interruptae voces, atque
ipsi passim adiacerent vallo, oberrarent tentoriis,
insomnes magis quam pervigiles. ducemque
terruit dira quies: nam Quintilium Varum san-
guine oblitum et paludibus emersum cernere et
audire visus est velut vocantem, non tamen
obsecutus et manum intendentis reppulisse.
coepta luce missae in latera legiones, metu an
contumacia, locum deseruere, capto propere
campo umentia ultra. neque tamen Arminius
quamquam libero incursu statim prorupit: sed
ut haesere caeno fossisque impedimenta, turbati
circum milites, incertus signorum ordo, utque
tali in tempore sibi quisque properus et lentae
adversum imperia aures, inrumpere Germanos
iubet, clamitans ‘en Varus eodemque iterum
fato vinctae legiones!’ simul haec et cum
delectis scindit agmen equisque maxime vulnera
ingerit. illi sanguine suo et lubrico paludum
lapsantes excussis rectoribus disicere obvios, pro-
terere iacentes. plurimus circa aquilas labor,
hie neque ferri adversum ingruentia tela neque
gi limosa humo poterant.

HONOUR LXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 221

GREEK.—Parrt I. (COMPOSITION.)
The Board of Examiners.

1. Translate into Greek Iambics—

A league from Epidamnoum had we sail’d,

Before the always wind-obeying deep

Gave any tragic instance of our harm:

But longer did we not retain much hope ;

For what obscured light the heavens did grant

Did but convey unto our fearful minds

A doubtful warrant of immediate death ;

Which though myself would gladly have embraced,
Yet the incessant weepings of my wife,

Weeping before for ohat she saw must come,

And piteous plainings of the pretty babes—

That mourned for fashion, ignorant what to fear—
Forced me to seek delays for them and me.

2, Translate into Greek Prose—

The king assembled both a great fleet and a
great army ; and, entering the frontiers of Scot-
land, appeared with a force which the enemy
could not think of resisting in the open field.
The English navy, which sailed along the coast,
secured the army from any danger of famine ;
Edward’s vigilance preserved it from surprises ;
and by this prudent disposition they marched
from one end of the kingdom to the other,
ravaging the open country, reducing all the
castles, and receiving the submissions of all the
nobility, even those of the regent. Wallace,
though he hung upon the English army in their
march, found but few opportunities of signalizing

222

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

that valour which had formerly made him so
terrible to his enemies. At iast that hardy
warrior, who was determined, amidst the universal
slavery of his countrymen, still to maintain his
independence, was betrayed into Edward’s
hands by Sir John Monteith, his friend, whom
he had acquainted with the place of his conceal-
ment.

LATIN.—Parrt I. (COMPOSITION.)
The Board of Exaainers.

1. Translate into Latin Elepiacs—

She was a lady great and splendid,
I was a minstrel in her halls.

A warrior like a prince attended
Stayed his steed by the castle walls.

Far had he fared to gaze upon her.
“‘O rest thee now, Sir Knight,” she said.
The warrior wooed, the warrior won her,
In time of snowdrops they were wed.
I made sweet music in his honour,
And longed to strike him dead.

2, Translate into Latin Prose—

Young Edward received the captive king with
all the marks of regard and sympathy; adminis-
tered comfort to him amidst his misfortunes ;
paid him the tribute of praise due to his valour ;
and ascribed his own victory merely to the

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 223

blind chance of war, or to a superior providence
which controls all the efferts of human force
and prudence. The behaviour of John showed
him not unworthy of this courteous treatment ;
his present abject fortune never made him forget
a moment that he wasaking. More touched
by Edward’s generosity than by his own
calamities, he confessed that, notwithstanding
his defeat and captivity, his honour was still
unimpaired ; and that, if he yielded the victory,
it was at least gained by a prince of consum-
mate valour and humamty. Edward ordered
a repast to be prepared in his tent for the
prisoner, and he himself served at the royal
captive’s table, as if he had been one of his
retinue. He stood at the king’s back during
the meal, constantly retused to take a place at
table, and declared that, being a subject, he was
too well acquainted with the distance between
his own rank and that of his majesty to assume
such a freedom.

224

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

GREEK.—Parr IT. (COMPOSITION.)

The Board of Examiners.

1. Translate into Greek Iambics— -

A league from Epidamnum had we sail’d

Before the always wind-obeying deep

Gave any tragic instance of our harm:

But longer did we not retain much hope ;

For what obscured light the heavens did grant
Did but convey unto our fearful minds

A doubtful warrant of immediate death ;

Which though myself would gladly have embraced,
Yet the incessant weepings of my wife,

Weeping before for what she saw must come,
And piteous plainings of the pretty habes—

That mourned for fashion, ignorant what to fear—
Forced me to seek delays for them and me.

2. Translate into Greek prose— _

The Lacedemonians, we hear, have occupied
not only all Attica, but are about to enter, if
they have not entered already, the territory of
their confederates the Thebans, and to join their
forces. Whither will you go, my Aspasia ?
Thessaly is almost as perilous as Bosotia. It is
worse than criminal to be so nearly allied to
the greatest man on earth, who must always
have the greatest enemies. There are more who
will forgive injury than there are who will
forgive station: and those who assail in vain the
power of Pericles, will exert their abilities in
diminishing his equanimity and happiness. I
fear your fondness will have induced you again
to enter the city, that you may assuage and

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 225

divide those cares which must weigh heavily on
his wisdom and patriotism; and the more,
since his health has been undermined by the
pestilence. I dare not advise you to forego a
duty: but remember he has communded you to
remain away. Your return would afflict him.
I am quite incapable of judging for you. Were
I with you, then perhaps I might know many
' things which should influence your decision.

LATIN.—Parr II. (COMPOSITION.)
The Board of Examiners.

1. Translate into Latin Elegiacs—

She was a lady great and splendid,
I was a minstrel in her halls.

A warrior like a prince attended
Stayed his steed by the castle walls.

Far had he fared to gaze upon her.
‘‘O rest thee now, Sir Knight” she said.
The warrior wooed, the warrior won her,
In time of snowdrops they were wed.
I made sweet music in his honour,
Aud longed to strike him dead.

2. Translate into Latin Prose—

Pericles, I was much edified by your letter 3
but, pardon me, when I came to the close of it
I thought you rather mad.

“What!” said I, “ beard this panther ! ”

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

However, when I had considered a little more
and a little better on it, I went to him and
delivered your love. He stared at me, and then
desired to see the direction. “Ay,” said he,
““T remember the handwriting. He oftener
writes to me than I to him. I suppose he has
less to do and less to think of.”

The few other words he added are hardly
worth the trouble of repetition: in fact, they
were not very filial. Dear Pericles! I would
love him, were it only out of perversity. But,
beside all other rights over me, you have made
me more disposed than ever to obey you, in
making me more contented with myself, as you
have by this commission. I may do something
yet, if we can but fumigate or pray away the
plague. Of two thousand four hundred soldiers,
who landed but forty days before me from the
Bosphorus, under the command of Agnon, son
of Nikias, one thousand and fifty are already dead.
I shall have nobody to persuade or manage, or
even to fight with, if we go on so.

HONOUR EXAMINATION NOV., 1906. 227

GERMAN.—Parrt I.
Seconp Paper.
The Board of Examiners

1. Translate, with brief marginal notes where neces-

sary—

(a) Gleich einer schwarzen Mauer ragte der Wald

vor ihm empor, und der Mondenglanz ruhte
darauf wie frisch gefallener Schnee. Er fand
den Platz, an dem vor Jahren die Hingematte
gehangen,in gespenstigem Daimmerschein schim-
merte die Lichtung durch das schwarze Gezweig.
Weiter und weiter zog’s ihn. Wie ein Palast
aus flimmerndem Marmor stieg das ‘‘ weisze
Haus” mit seinem Erker und seinen Giebeln vor
seinem Blicke empor. Tiefes Schweigen lag auf
dem Gutshof, nur hin und wieder schlug ein
Hund an, um sofort zu verstummen.

Er stand vor dem Gittertor, ohne zu wissen,
wie er hingekommen. Er faszte die Stabe mit
beiden Hianden und guckte ins Innere. In
Mondenglanz gebadet lag der weite Hofplatz vor
ihm da; in schwarzen Konturen hoben sich die
Wirtschaftswagen ab, die in Reih und Glied vor
den Stillen standen; eine weisze Katze schlich
am Guartenzaun vorbei ; sonst lag alles im Schilaf.

Lings dem Zaune ging er weiter. In dem
Aschenhaufen hinter der Schmiede lag ein
Hauflein glimmender Kohlen, die wie brennende
Augen aus dem Dunkel guckten. Jetzt begann
der Garten. Hochstémmige Linden neigten
ihre Zweige iber ihn, und ein Duft von Gold-
regen und friihen Rosen wogte durch die Gitter-
stiibe betiubend iiber ihn her. Durch das

228

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

Gezweig hindurch erglinzten wie silberne Bander
die kiesbestreuten Pfade, und die Sonnenubr,
welche der Traum seiner Kindheit gewesen,
ragte diister dahinter empor.

(6) Mit unheimlicher Klarheit stand die wilde Brand-

nacht vor seinen Augen, und inmitten der Angst,
vor fremden Menschen zu stehn und zu sprechen,
tiberkam es ihn wie ein Gefiihl des Glicks, wenn
er dessen gedachte, wie er in Qualm und
Flammen boch auf dem steilen Dache gestandem,
handelnd und herrschend als der einzige, dem
alle gehorchten, der einzige, der inmitten der
Wirrnis bei klarem Kopf geblieben. ‘ Viel-
leicht kann ich doch meinen Mann stehn, wenn’s
darauf ankommt!” sagte er sich tréstend, aber
um so tiefer versank er darauf im Anschaun
seiner triibseligen, gedriickten, kraft und saft-
losen Existenz. ‘‘ Es wird nie anders, es kann
nur schlimmer werden von Jahr zu Jahr” sagte
er, da hérte er hinter sich die Mutter seufzen,
und was er soeben gedacht, erschien ihm als
schnéde, herzlose, Selbstsucht.

Im niéchsten Augenblicke stand er in dem
hohen, menschengefiillten Roume vor einem
erhéhten Tische, an welchem etliche Manner mit
strengen ernsten (sesichtern saszen; pur einer,
der ein wenig abseits Platz genommen hatte,
lichelte immer. Das war der Staatsanwalt, vor
dem alle Welt sich fiirchtete. Auf der rechten
Seite des Saales sasz gleichfalls auf erhdhten
Pliitzen ein Hiéuflein wirdiger Birger, die
sehr gelangweilt dreinschauten und sich mit
Federmessern, Papierschnitzeln u.s.w. die Zeit
zu -vertreiben suchten. Das waren die
Geschworenen. Auf der linken Seite sasz in
einer verschlossenen Bank der Angeklagte.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 229

2, Translate, locate, and comment upon the following

passages :—

(a) Ich freue mich, wenn kluge Miéinner sprechen,

(3)

Dass ich verstehen kann, wie sie es meinen.
Es sei ein Urteil iiber einen Mann

Der alten Zeit und seiner Taten Wert ;

Ks sei von einer Wissenschaft die Rede,

Die, durch Erfahrung weiter ausgebreitet,
Dem Menschen nutzt, indem sie ihn erhebt ;
Wohin sich das Gespriich der Edlen lenkt,
Ich folge gern, denn mir wird leicht zu folgen.
Ich hére gern dem Streit der Klugen zu,
Wenn um die Krifte, die dea Menschen Brust
So freundlich und so firchterlich bewegen,
Mit Grazie die Rednerlippe spielt ;

Gern, wenn die firstliche Beier des Ruhms,
Des ausgebreiteten Besitzes Stoff

Dem Denker wird, und wenn die feine Klugheit,
Von einem klugen Manne zart entwickelt,
Statt uns zu hintergehen, uns belehrt.

O glaube mir, ein selbstisches Gemiit

Kann nicht der Qual des engen Neids entfliehen.

Ein solcher Mann verzeiht dem andern wohl

Vermoégen, Stand und Ehre; denn er denkt,

Das hast du selbst, das hast du, wenn du willst,

Wenn du beharrst, wenn dich das Glick
begiinstigt.

Doch das, was die Natur allein verleiht,

Was jeglicher Bemiihung, jedem Streben

Stets unerreichbar bleibt, was weder Gold,

Noch Schwert, noch Klugheit, noch Beharr-
lichkeit

Erzwingen kann, das wird er nie verzeihn.

Zur rechten Zeit, und es gewahrt die Liebe

230 EXAMINATION PAPERS,

Gar oft ein schiidlich Gut, wenn sie den Willen

Des Fordernden mehr als sein Gliick bedenkt.

Du scheinest mir in diesem Augenblick

Fiir gut zu halten, was du eifrig wiinschest,

Und willst im Augenblick, was du begehrst.

Durch Heftigkeit ersetzt der Irrende.

Was ihm an Wabrheit und an Kriften fehlt.

(d) Zeigen Sie, aut Deutsch, in wie weit die

Verhiltnisse, Personen und das Problem von
Goethe’s ‘‘ Tasso” denen entsprechen, die Goethe
am Hofe zu Weimar fand.

3. Give a survey of Lessing’s work as the greatest
German representative of the “ Aufklirung,”
with a more detailed reference to his ‘“‘ Laokoon’
and the ‘“ Hamburgische Dramaturgie.”

GERMAN.—Part I.
TH1RD PAPER.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Translate, locate, and annotate—

(a) Breiter wallet nun der Strom
Mit vermehrten Wellen.
Leben jetzt im hohen Ton
Redliche Gesellen,
Die sich mit gedriingter Kraft
Brav zusammenstellen
In des Glickes Sonnenschein
Und in schlimmen Fallen.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 231

Wie wir nun zusammen sind,
Sind zusammen Viele.

Wohl gelingen denn, wie uns,
Andern ihre Spiele !

Von der Quelle bis an’s Meer
Mahlet manche Miihle,

Und das Wohl der ganzen Welt
Ist’s, worauf ich ziele.

(6) Jeder Jiingling sehnt sich so zu lieben,
Jedes Méadchen so geliebt zu sein ;
Ach, der heiligste von unsern Trieben,
Warum quillt aus ihm die grimme Pein?
Du beweinst, du liebst ihn, liebe Seele,
Rettest sein Gedichtnis von der Schmach ;
Sieh, dir winkt sein Geist aus seiner Héhle:
Sei ein Mann und folge mir nicht nach.

(c) Geschieht wohl, dasz man einen Tag
Weder sich noch Andre leiden mag,
Will Nichts dir nach dem Herzen ein ;
Sollt’s in der Kunst wohl anders sein
Drum hetze dich nicht zur schlimmen Zeit,
Denn Fill’ und Kraft sind nimmer weit :
Hast in der bésen Stund’ geruht,,
Ist dir die gute doppelt gut.

2. Translate and explain the biographical allusions in
the following lines :—
Klein ist unter den Fiirsten Germaniens freilich
der meine ;
Kurz und schmal ist sein Land ; maszig nur,
was er vermag.
Aber so wende nach innen, so wende nach
auszen die Kriifte
Jeder; da war's ein Fest, Deutscher mit
Deutschen zu sein.

232 EXAMINATION PAPERS,

Doch was priesest du ihn, den Taten und
Werke verkiinden ?
Und bestochen erschien deine Verehrung
vielleicht ;
Denn mir hat er gegeben, was Grosze selten
gewahren,
Neigung, Musze, Vertraun, Felder und
Garten und Haus.
Niemals frug ein Kaiser nach mir, es hat sich
kein K6ni
Um mich bekiimmert, und Er war mir
August und Micen.

3. Tanslate and explain—

‘‘Tch kenne dich, ich kenne deine Schwichen,
Ich weisz, was Gutes in dir lebt und glimmt!”
So sagte sie, ich hér’ sie ewig sprechen,

‘“‘ Empfange hier, was ich dir lang bestimmt!
Dem Gliicklichen kann es an nichts gebrechen,
Der dies Geschenk mit stiller Seele nimmt ;
Aus Morgenduft gewebt und Sonnenklarheit,
Der Dichtung Schleier aus der Hand der

W abrheit.”

4. Give a concise account of the friendship between
Goethe and Schiller, showing its importance for
their personal development and their literary
activity.

IT.

1. Translate and locate, with short notes in explana-
tion where necessary —

(a) Sind wir denn wehrlos? Wocu lernten wir
_ Die Armbrust spannen und die schwere :Wucht
Der Streitaxt schwingen ? Jedem Wesen ward
Ein Notgewehr in der Verzweiflungsangst.

| HONOUR EXAMINATION, NoV., 1906. 233

Es stellt sich der erschépfte Hirsch und zeigt

Der Meute sein gefiirchtetes Geweih ;

Die Gemse reiszt den Jiiger in den Abgrund;

Der Pflugstier selbst, der sanfte Hausyenosz

Des Menschen, der die ungeheure Kraft

Des Halses duldsam unters Joch gebogen,

Springt auf, gereizt, wetzt sein gewaltig Horn,

Und schleudert seinen Feind den Wolken zu.

(6) Wir wollen nicht frohlocken seines Falls,

Nicht des empfangnen Bésen jetzt gedenken,

Fern sei’s von uns! Doch dasz wir richen
sollten

Des Kénigs Tod, der uns nie Gutes tat,

Und die verfolgen, die uns nie betriibten,

Das ziemt uns nicht und will uns nicht
gebiihren.

Die Liebe will sin freies Opfer sein ;

Der Tod entbindet von erzwungnen Pflichten,

Ihm haben wir nichts weiter zu entrichten.

2. Schreiben Sie eine kurze Kritik von “ Wilhelm
Tell,” seinen Vorziige und Schwiichen, besonders
insofern diese fiir Schillers Tétigkeit als drama-
tischer Dichter allgemein charakteristisch sind.

IIT.

l. What is the difference between a “ voiced con-
sonant” and a vowel articulated in the same
place, ¢.g., the first two sounds in E. “ wonnd,”
and “‘ year” respectively ?

2. Show the difference in the pronunciation of—E.
“tail,” G. “fehl”; E. “so,” G. “so”; E.
“many,” G. ‘‘Mihne”; E. “room,” G. ‘Rubm.”

234 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

3. Give the rules on the pronunciation of the letters
“ch” in ordinary German spelling, as exem-
plified by the words—Rauch, doch, Dichter,
solch, welch, méchte, Sachsen, Chor, China,
Champagner.

4. Transcribe the lines given above in Question No. I.
(3) in phonetic characters.

ANCIENT HISTORY.
Seconp Paper.

Professor Elkington.

. Discuss the original powers of the Consulate, their
limitations, and their gradual devolution upon
other magistrates. When was the Consulate
abolished ?

2. Mommsen says that the whole legislation of Gaius
Gracchus was pervaded by conflicting aims.
Discuss this statement.

. Discuss the question of the participation of Ceesar
and Crassus in the affair of Catiline.

4. By what arguments could Cesar defend his action
in the Civil War?

5. Give the history of the reign of Septimius
Severus.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 235

6. Trace briefly the history of the Carolingians to the
coronation of Charlemagne.

?. Consider briefly Solon as a legislator.

. Write an account of the Sophists.

. Comment upon the following citations from Pro-
fessor Dill’s ‘‘ Roman Society ” :—
(a) ‘‘ There were many causes which rendered
the tragedy of the Early Empire inevitable.”—
p. 41. .
(6) “Juvenal and Tacitus ... . . have
much in common.”—p. 58.
(c) “The Circle of the younger Pliny.”—
p. 142. :
(d) ‘‘These colleges became homes for the
homeless, a little fatherland, or patria, for those
without a country.”—p. 271.

236 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

HISTORY OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE.—
Part I.

SEconpD PAPER.

Professor Elkington.
Write a short ESSAY on each of the following subjects.

1. The double character of the English Constitution.

2. The specially constitutional work of Henry the
Eighth.

. The entry of Scotland into the history of Europe.

4, The dissolution of the first Parliament of James
the First.

5. When and why the Court of Star Chamber became
unpopular.

6. The character and political opinions of Lord Bacon.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 237

PURE MATHEMATICS.—Part I.
Finst Paper.

The Board of Examiners.

1. Enunciate and prove Sturm’s theorem.
If any one of the auxiliary functions has im-
aginary roots, show that the original equation
has at least an equal number of imaginary roots.

. Prove that any rational fraction can; be expressed
as a sum of partial fractions.

partial fractions.

iwi)

. State and prove the exponential theorem.
Sum to infinity the series whose general term
1S
(m + 1)°

[= x,

. State and prove the rule for forming convergents
to a continued fraction. -
Find the value of
1 2 8

ee!
————— a — ———— soe

1+24+383+4

pfs

Express (24 —a)* (2 — 6)-* as a sum of

. If x,y are positive, show that (2? — y”) |(at — y*)
lies between? .x?-? and ? yP-2,
q

238 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

If a,, a, .. a, are positive quantities in arith-
metical progressjon with common difference d,
shew that

a + a,’ + .... +4,”
lies between

7) te se —a,"t! arti—ajt}

eel ee aye

G. State and prove the rule for the multiplication of
determinants.

Shew that

(xbe) (ybe) (zbe)
(axc) (ayc) (azc)
(abz) (aby) (abz)

= (abc)? (xyz).

7. Shew that the general rational integral equation
of the n” order with complex co-efficients has 7

roots.

Give a geometrical. representation of the 2 '”
roots of a given complex quantity.

8, Expand sin 76 cosec 0, and cos 24, ia descending
powers of cos 0, » being a positive integer.

Shew that the sum of n terms of the series
whose r“ term is

m 9)
; rT
sin (« + =)
n

does not depend on a if m is a positive integer
less than x.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 239
9. Define cos z, sin x when x is complex, and prove
the addition formula for these fanctions.
If sin (2+ ty) = tan—'(u + ir), express
zw? + v? in terms of z, y. |
10. Resolve cos @ into factors.
Slew how to sum
Oe
iG + 38 + 5s + eee

when n is even.

PURE MATHEMATICS.—Parr I.

SECOND PAPER.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Prove that the joins of any point with the tliree
pairs of opposite vertices of a quadrilateral are

In involution.
Hence find a condition for the collinearity

of three points, one on each side of a given
triangle, and deduce the theorem of Menelav-

240 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

2. Ifa=0, 8 = 0, a'= 0, B’ = 0 are the equations
of four straight lines in the standard form, show
that the equation of the circle which has af, a3’
as the extremities of a diameter is

COS aa’ cos af’ a
cos Ba’ _— cos G3’ Bp (=-0.
a’ ex :

Hence shew that the circles described on the
diagonals of'a complete quadrilateral as diameters
have a common radical axis.

3. Shew that four normals can be drawn from an
arbitrary point to an ellipse.

If the normals at three points P, QY, & of an
ellipse meet on the curve, shew that the centre of
the circle PQA lies on a coaxal ellipse.

4. Find the equation of a hyperbola referred to
its asymptotes as axes.

Prove that the chords joining a variable point
on the curve to two fixed points on the curve
intercept a fixed length on each asymptote.

5. If fix), f(x), f’(2) are continuous, and 2 lies
between o and h, prove that

flat #) — f(a) = 5 (f(a +h) — f(a},
+ $a(e—h) fa + Oh),
where 6 is a positive proper fraction.
Discuss the principle of proportional parts in
the case of the logarithmic tangent.
6. Shew how to find the turning values of a function

of one variable.

Find those of
a” +1 b* +1

(2 —«a)* = (2 — 6)"

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 24)

7. State and prove the rule for finding the Jacobian
of functions of functions.
If the roots of
B— pz? + qx—7' =),
are the squares of the roots of
ie ll ela Be
shew that the Jacobian of p’, 9’, r’, with respect
to p,q, r is 8r (pq — fr).
8. Shew how, by an algebraic eres to ration-

alize
f F(x, y) dx

where 7? = ax? + 2hx + 6, and F denotes a
rational algebraic function of 2, y.
Prove that

[a= we" (S89)

where 2’, y' are - ani simultaneous values
of x, ¥.

9. Shew how from a known indefinite integral to
deduce others by differentiation.

If ,, tg, o2 0 Uy, v are m + 1 quadratic func-
tions of z, shew that the value of

u U eae?
fe ae
ort

is algebraic provided v is harmonically related to
one of the w’s.

19. Define a definite integral as the limit of a sum,
and shew how to find the limit.

Find f° a" dx from the definition for all

values of n.
R

242 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

PURE MATHEMATICS.—Parr II.
First Paper.

The Board of Examiners.

1. Find the equation of the polar line of a given
point with respect to a conic whose polar equation
referred to the focus as pole is given.

Three conics U, V, W have a common focus
aod touch in pairs at the points P, Q, 2. Shew
that the tangents at P, Y, & meet the corre-
sponding directrices of U, V, W in collinear
points.

2. Find the angle between the tangents drawn from
an arbitrary point to the general conic referred
to any rectangular axes.

Hence obtain the equation of the director
circle.

3. Find the general equation of @ conic having
double contact with two given conics.

If two tangents to an ellipse cut the auxiliary
circle in Y, Y’; Z, Z'; then YZ', Y'Z intersect
on the major axis.

4, Shew how to find the foci of the conic represented
by the general equation.

Find the locus of the focus of a parabola
which has a given triangle ABC for a self
conjugate triangle.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOYV., 1906. 213

5. Find the envelop of a line cut harmonically by
two given conics.

Shew that the tangents to two conics at their —
four points of intersection touch a third conic.

6. Find the magnitude and direction of the shortest
distance between two straight lines.

A straight line moves so as to be at piven
distances from the rectangular axes. Find the
equation of the surface traced out by it.

~“}

. Prove that six normals can be drawn from a given
point to a central conicoid, and that they lie on
a cone of the second order.

If the given point is on the conicoid, every
generator of the cone cuts the conicoid again in
a point the normal at which intersects the normal
at the given point.

fo 2)

. Find the principal planes of a given central
conicoid.

Shew that the common conjugate diametral
planes of two concentric conicoids are given by
the Jacobian of the two conicoids and the recip-
rocal of either with respect to the other.

Shew that the hyperboloid of one sheet has on it
two systems of generating lines, and that the
generating lines do or do not mtersect as they
do not or do belong to the same system.

Two generators of the same system passing
through the ends of any diameter of the principal
elliptic section cut a third generator in P, 2.
Shew that the product of the distances of P, P’
from the plane of the principal elliptic section is
constant.

K 2

244 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

10. Find the conditions that a conicoid may be a
surface of revolution.

If such a surface pass through two given non-
intersecting straight lines, shew that its centre
lies on one of two straight lines intersecting at
right angles, and that referred to these lines as
axes of x, y and their common perpendicular as
axis of z, the equation of the locus of the axis of
revolution is xy sin a = dz, where a is the
inclination and d the distance between the two
given lines.

PURE MATHEMATICS.—Parr II.

SEconD PAPER. |
The Board of Examiners.

1. Investigate formule for the change of two
‘independent variables.
If uw, v are functions of x, y, and
U V 1

. ed
m n

uu+ buv+e ~ aut ote autbot+e

prove that—
Ua V a GeV. 6 (U, V) =

Ung Ug, ~—— Uz VUrx ~ ") (4, v)

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 245

2. Shew how to eliminate m arbitrary functions of
a given function of the variables from an
equation in three variables.

Eliminate the n functions » from
z = Ye""'o,(ax + dy).

3. Shew how to find the maximum and minimum
values of a function of » variables which are
connected by m equations.

Find the minimum value of
v2 + a7 + .... + 2,?
where 2, 2, .. 2, are connected by m equa-
tions of the form

Any ©, + Any Ly t -. + Ay 2, = b,.

4. Shew that a curve of order » cannot have more
than 4 (n — 1) (n — 2) double points and that
the homogeneous co-ordinates of any point on
acurve with this maximum number of double
points are pone to rational integral func-
tions of order n of a parameter.

5. Expand the co-ordinates of a point on a curve in
powers of the arc of the curve.

If the tangents at the ends of a small are PQ

meet in 7’, compare the excess of 7P and TQ

over the arc PQ with their excess over the chord

PQ.

6. Show how to find the envelop of a curve whose
equation contains two parameters connected by a
given equation.

Show how to détermine the envelop of a
line drawn through any point of a given curve
so as to make a given angle with the tangent
thereat.

246 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

7. Trace the curves

a+ y = atyty
r+0.
r—d

tan 9 =

8. Show how to change the variables in a double
integral.

Effect the change when the relations between
the variables are

asin@cos¢@_ Obsin@sing _ ccos dé

—_——————————— ee ee

sin 2 cos ¥ sin w sin ¥ cos x”

and hence find the volume of an ellipsoid.

9. If x is a positive constant, shew that

@ : ‘e
J =e do — 5

Trace the surface

= f[ © sin 26 cos y0
z f sin a y dd.

10. Define the Beta and Gamma functions and prove
the formula connecting them.

Find the value of

ff ay la") 6... dudydz.....

where the limits are such that 2, y, z, .... have
all positive values for which x+y +2z+....
does not exceed unity.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 247

MIXED MATHEMATICS.—Parrt I.

Sgeconp Paper.
The Board of Examuners.

1. A circular cylinder of radius @ turns in V-shaped
bearings of angle 2a, the angle of friction being
\. The cylinder carries two concentric drums of
radii r, # (> 7), and a weight carried by a rope
coiling on the smaller drum is raised by pulling
a vertical rope uncoiling from the larger. Shew
that the mechanical efficiency is

1 — asin 2A/2 Rsina
1 + asin 2A/2r sin a :

2. State and prove the principle of virtual work in
as general a form as possible.

A, B, C, in a vertical plane, are three moving
points of a frictionless mechanism (a form of
tongs) and AB, AC are always equal. When
the distance between A and BC increases by
a2 BC decreases by 2/k. A heavy block is
seized between B and C, which bear on two
vertical surfaces on it, the co-efficient of friction
heing ». Shew that if the tongs are raised by a
vertical pull on A, the block will not slip pro-
vided p> 1/22.

3. Investigate the curvature of the path of a point
| of a moving’ lamina, the centrodes of the motion
being given. When the centrodes are not given,
give a geometrical construction for the centre of
curvature of the path of a point when those of

wo points are given.

248 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

Three light bars 4B, BC, CD are smoothly
jointed together at B. C, and AB, CD are
jointed to fixed points at A, D, the whole being
in a vertical plane, and A vertically over D.
The bar BC is prolonged downwards beyond C
to #, and the frame is in equilibrium with a
weight W carried at #. Find the position of
& tor a given position of the frame, determine
the stresses in AB, CD, and examine the
stability.

4. Investigate necessary and sufficient conditions of
equilibrium of a three-dimensional system of
forces on a rigid body.

A uniform triangular plate of sides a, }, ¢ is
at rest in a smooth spherical bow] of radius r
with its angles on the bowl. Shew that the in-

aaa 6 of the plate to the horizontal is given
7
cos 0 = ad

EC ae ae a

where JV is the volume of the tetrahedron whose
corners are the centre of the bowl and the angles
of the plate, and A is the area of the plate.

5. A rough circular cylinder of radius a fits easily in
two fixed horizontal rings whose centres are in
the same vertical and at a distance 2 apart. A
horizontal arm at the top of the cylinder is
loaded so that the whole weight W acts at
distance 5 from the axis. Find the least
value » of the co-efficient of friction for equili-
brium.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1996. 249

A couple P is applied around the axis so as
to move the cylinder slowly. Shew that it
descends with a screw motion of angular pitch

h ; = 1 +1/p? |
a where sina = I + 46 2/h?

6. Prove Maxwell’s theorem for the relation between
the quantities of material in tension and com-
pression in a frame uniformly stressed and carry-
ing given loads at given points.

A light semicircular frame, carrying a given
load at a point O, bisecting the horizontal line
of supports AB, consists of a large number of
equal radial struts OA, OA, . . . . OA,,
OB, equally spaced in a vertical plane and con-
nected by ties AA, A, A, . . . A, B.
The frame hangs suspended from A, B. Find
the stresses in the frame.

The members being stressed to the working
limit, shew that the quantity of material in ten-
sion between two close radii through O is as
small as possible for any frame lying entirely
below AB and carrying the same load. Hence
shew that the frame is one of minimum material
subject to the condition mentioned.

7. Shew that the centre of mass of a homogeneous
solid formed of two pyramids on opposite sides of
a plane quadrilateral base is that of eight equal
particles, six of positive mass at the corners of
the solid, one of negative mass at the intersec-
section of the diagonals of the base, and a similar
one at the intersection of the join of the vertices
of the pyramids with the base.

250 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

8. A horizontal plate makes rectilinear simple
harmonic oscillations of period 7’ and amplitude
a in its own plane. A mass m rests on the plate,
the co-efficient of friction being ». The initial
velocity of mass and plate being given, shew how
to construct the velocity-time graph of the mass.
Investigate the possible types of periodic motion
of the mass, and find the values of » separating
them.

9. Two masses m, © slide on a smooth horizontal
bar. A massless helical spring, which gives a
thrust 7 at unit compression, is interposed
between the masses. The masses have velocities
v, V towards one another before the spring comes
into action. Find their velocities after that
action ceases, and the time it lasts.

If there are three masses each equal to m on
the bar, with two springs of equal stiffness inter-
posed between them, and if one of the outer
masses moves with velocity v towards the two
others, which are initially at rest, and at the

length of the interposed spring apart, find which
spring first recovers its natural length, and the
velocities of the masses at the time.

10. Demonstrate the energy condition of stability, and
shew how to assign limits to the range of motion
of a stable system when the energy of the initial
disturbance is given.

A rectangular vessel is free to turn on a
horizontal axis which is normal to two sides, at
equal distances a from the two others, and at
distance h from the base. The c.m. of the
vessel is at distance c below the axis. Shew

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 25]

that the greatest depth of liquid which can be
poured into the vessel without rendering the
upright position unstable is

h+ Sh? + 2el — 2a?/8,

where / is the depth of liquid whose weight is
that of the vessel.

MIXED MATHEMATICS.—Parr II.
(ARTS AND ENGINEERING.)

The Board of Examuers.

1, Investigate the vector equations of equilibrium of a
rigid body under any forces, and deduce the
Cartesian equations.

A body is maintained in equilibrium under a
given system of forces, such as Fat p, by three
reactions, #,, R,, R;, at A (p,), B (ps), C (ps).
Each reaction is resolved into three components,
one normal to the plane ABC, the others along
the sides of ABC which pass through the
point of application. Find expressions for the
normal components and for the differences of
the pairs of components along the sides of
ABC.

2. Investigate general equations of equilibrium for
a perfectly flexible string.

A rope is suspended from two points at the

same level, and the cross-section is the same at

the same distance from the two ends. Shew

252 EXAMINATION PAPERS.
that any reduction of section (subject to this
condition) decreases the tension at every point
of the rope. Hence or otherwise, shew that the
maximum span for a given length of rope and
a given strength of material is that of the
catenary of equal strength.

3. A frictionless statical system consists of a linear
series of pieces, the position of the mth piece
being determined by the points (2, Yn), (Vas
Yn4i), and its potential energy being 7, (.r,, Ya,
Lai Yast), With the relation w, (Xa, Yar Lari
Yn+1) = 9. Shew that in a position of equili-
brium

6(%,—1 + n,, )

ox me ae An-1 Btn + An On = 0

ox, of,
where y, may be substituted for 2, and the 2’s
are undetermined multipliers.

Hence, or otherwise, shew that if the potential
energy of a continuous linear system is

23
| m (x,y, x, y') dz,
“2,
where
wv =dxidz y’=dy|/dz,
with the relation u (a, y, 2’, y') = 0, the dif-
ferential equations of equilibrium are

bw ad &w bu dy ou

Sx dzéx' bn) dz a"
with the corresponding equation in y.
Apply this to a heavy elastic cord.

= (0

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 253

4. Prove the differential equation—

Pony 27

eae

for the deflection of a naturally straight beam
under transverse load.

Shew that for a uniform beam, if 1, 4, ©,
are the moments, ¥,, ¥, ys; the deflections at
three points 2, Z,, x; of a span

x{ HU, — M(x,)} (x2 = Is) — O
2{ Ky, — m.(2,)} (2 — 2)
= — i I(a, — x3) {AL — w,(x,)}
where

ro,() =f m,1(2)dr, 0,(2) = (2).

Deduce the equations of three moments by
taking 7,, X,, 23 a8 points of support, and treating
the supporting pressure at 2, as a concentrated
load

5. Shew that the displacement Ap of the point p of a
body due to a rotation » around an axis OA
through the origin is given by

— [alr + $lap])]
Ap = ae ar
where a is in the direction OA and of magnitude
2 tan g/2.

Shew that two rotations a, 3 in succession are
equivalent to a rotation y given by

9 0/2 + B/2 — Ta BI
m T—(a Ay

254 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

6. A body moving in a straight line is acted on by a
force F, which is a function of position and by
a force F, which is the product of the square of
the velocity and a function of position. If w is
the initial velocity, v the velocity in a subsequent
position, v, v, the values » would have if F,, F,
respectively acted alone, shew that

7. Investigate equations for the motion of a heavy
particle in a rough rotating groove, and discuss
methods of solution.

A particle slides on a fixed rough plane curve
under no external forces. Shew that if the cv-
efficient of friction is 1/6, the velocity is reduced
41 % while the direction of motion turns through
two right angles.

8. A cam turning uniformly in its plane about a fixed
centre O drives a straight-line sliding piece by
contact with a plane surface on it normal to its
direction of motion. Shew that if the slidine
piece moves with uniform acceleration, the (p, r)
equation of the profile of the cam is r* = p? +
2ap + b, where a, 6 are constants and Q is the
origin.

9. Investigate general equations for the path of a
resisted projectile, and examine the general
character of the path. _

If the resistance is very small, shew that the
decrease of horizontal range ts approximately

C7? ro
2 a A Oteny Xa

HONOUE EXAMINATION, NOV., 1996. 255

where U is the initial horizontal velocity, X is
the horizontal component of the resistance per
unit weight, A = tan W, A, = tan y, where y, is
the elevation of projection, and X is to be calcu-
lated from the unresisted trajectory.

Complete the integration when the resistance
varies as the square of the velocity.

MIXED MATHEMATICS.—Parr ITI.
(ARTS AND ENGINEERING.)

SECOND PaPER.

The Board of Examiners.

1, Investigate the relations between the true, mean,
and eccentric anomalies in a planetary orbit.

Find the form of these relations for an eccen-
tricity near unity, and hence obtain the time of
falling a given distance towards the centre from
rest at a given distance.

~. Summarize the methods of solution for the dynami-
cal equation 2 = f (a, a, t).
Shew that
4Ay= { f@,y) + 3f(@ +2 Ax/3,y + A’y)}Az,
where 8 A’y = 2f (x + Azv/8, y +f Av/8) Az,

is a third-order quadrature-formula for the differ-
ential equation dy/dx = f (a, y). :

256

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

8. The dynamical equation of a certain system is

z+ ax + be + cx =0,

where a, 6, ¢ are functions of z, z, 2. Shew
that there is an equation of the form

(x, x, 2)? + f (Ax? + Bo? + Cx*) dt = K,

where the co-efficients of the two quadrics are
linear functions of a, b, ¢ and their differential —
co-efhicients with respect to the time, X is_
a constant, and A, B, C may be made to.
have the same constant sign for a sufficiently |

‘small range, on both sides of zero, of 2,

a, x, provided 5(000), c(000) are not zero.

4. Shew that a homogeneous octahedron formed by

two opposed pyramids on any plane quadrilateral
base, is equimomental with m/20 at each corner,
— m/20 at the intersection of the diagonals of the
base, — m/20 at the intersection with the base of
the join of the vertices of the pyramids, and
4m/5 at the c.m. of the octahedron.

5. A uniform bar 4B of mass 4%, and length 2a, is

smoothly jointed to two massless sleeves on the
fixed smooth rods OA, OB, which are at right
angles. Beyond dA on QA is a second sleeve
C of mass m, and between the two is a very
stiff massless helical spring in contact with both
of them. C being at rest, the bar is started
with angular velocity 6 so that A moves up to
C. Shew that the period of compression of the
spring is
4m Ma?
T (4Ma? + 8mb?)’

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 257

where OB = 5, and 7'is the thrust of the spring
per unit compression.

Find the motion of AB and C at the end of
the compression.

6. State and demonstrate the general integrals of a
two-dimensional system under no external forces.

Two laminas moving in the same plane are
smoothly connected in such a way that a fixed
line in one can slide freely along a fixed line in
the other. The system being projected in any
given manner and left to itself, reduce the deter-
mination of the subsequent motion to quadra-
tures.

?. Demonstrate Lagrange’s general equations of
motion.

A cord of length 7 fits smoothly in a uni-
form tube whose axis is a plane curve. ‘The tube
rotates in its plane about a fixed centre C with
uniform angular velocity &, and the cord lies at
relative rest with its middle point on an axis of
symmetry of the tube through C. Find the
condition of stability of the cord, and if it is
satisfied, shew that the time of a small oscillation
is 27 ./1/26*p where p is the projection of the
radius to one end of the cord on the direction
of the tube at that point.

8. Find the acceleration of a point whose position is
defined relative to a rotating space.

If there are x + 1 rotating spaces with a com-
mon fixed point, and the angular velocity of the
r'* relative to the r+ 1” is Q,, shew that the

aya
Or
QO

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

acceleration relative to the » + 1” space of a
point p whose velocity and acceleration relative
to the first space are v, a, is

a + 2 ST[Qv] + {=70}3.5 — p(S7Q)?
dQ,
ar} -,
where {0}? is to be algebraically expanded, and
one factor of each term, of not lower index than
the other factor, associated with p as a scalar
product ; dQ,,/dt is calculated as if the space with
respect to which ©, is defined were fixed.

9. State and prove the general equation for the rate
of increase of angular momentum of a body about
a fixed point, and obtain the equations of motion
when the angular momentum is defined by com-
ponents along axes fixed in the body.

Tt is observed that if the axis of a top with
fixed c.m. is prolonged as a spindle, this spindle
will move along a fixed wire of any form with
which it is placed in contact. Explain this,
assuming that the spindle rolls on the wire, and
obtain an expression for the pressure of the
spindle against the wire.

DEDUCTIVE LOGIC.
SEcoND PaPpEr.
Professor Laurie.

1. It has been said that Plato was the founder of
logical science. Consider this statement.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOY., 1906. 259

. May the question of the validity of the logical laws
be disentangled from the question of their
origin? Give reasons for your answer.

3. Mention different meanings in which the Law of
Sufficient Reason has been affirmed. Is this law
necessary for Formal Logic ?

. What problems does thought present to Psychology
and to Logic respectively ?

In what ways does language minister to the pro-
gress of thought? Is thought possible without
language ?

fo)

. Give, in its simplest form, the contradictory of the
following proposition :—‘ Nothing that is either
PQ or PR is Pgr or pQs or prs or gre or pq or
ps or gR.” May a contrary be also obtained ?

7. What meaning is attached by Keynes to the pro-
cess of contraposition in dealing with complex
propositions? Find the full contrapositive of
each of the following :— Whatever is A or BD
or BE is C; some AC is not either BD or 6DE

or de.

8, Eliminating X and Y, what may be inferred by
a combination of the following premisses :—
‘*(1) Either some A that is X is not Y, or all
D is both X and Y; (2) Either some Y is both
B and X, or all X is either not Y or C and
not B”?

260 EXAMINATION PAPERS,

INDUCTIVE LOGIC.
Seconp Paper.
Professor Laurie.

1. What assurance, if any, may be given of the
validity of the Law of Universal Causation ?
Is it possible to disentangle the question of the
ensue from the question of the origin of this

aw ?

2. Consider Venn’s statement that the third stage in
the expression of the causal relation renders it
useless for any purpose of inference.

3. Analyse the process involved in the discovery and
proof of an Original Induction. -

4. What conditions are to be aimed at in the
employment of the Method of Difference ?

5. Show the value of the Darwinian theory, as
providing a basis of classification in the
Natural Sciences.

6. What is the value of Illustrative as compared with
Constructive Hypotheses? Refer to Venn’s
treatment of this subject.

?. Is it necessary that the man of science, in
investigating social phenomena, should leave
them undisturbed if his observations are to be
theoretically valid? Is this ideal position
secured even in physics ?

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906, 261

BIOLOGY.—Parr I.
MepicaL Course.
The Board of Examiners.
WRITTEN.

e
All answers must be illustrated by rough sketches,

1. Write an account of the glands and gland products
of a rabbit.

2, Describe the development of the mesoblastic
somites in the bird, frog, and amphioxus.

3. Describe the development of the Wolffian tubes in
a frog and in a bird.

4. Describe the eye and method of vision of an
| arthropod and a sheep. How is the movement
| of the eyeball provided for ?

3. Give an account of the structure, life history, and
nutrition of the Hay Bacillus, and discuss the
question of spontaneous generation.

262 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

BIOLOGY.—Parr I.
The Board of Examiners.

PRACTICAL EXAMINATION.

All answers must be illustrated by rough sketches.

. Dissect the frog provided so as to show the

circulatory system.

. Describe specimen A by sketches.

. Describe the skull provided. Draw three transverse

sections in order to show the structure and
relative positions of the parts in the region of
the cranium.

. Describe specimen -B by sketches.

. Describe specimen C by sketches. Where does it

live ?

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 263

BIOLOGY.—Parrt I.

ZOOLOGY.—ScIENCE COURSE.
The Board of Examimers.
WRITTEN.
All answers must be illustrated by rough sketches.

1. Write an account of the glands and gland products
of a rabbit.

2. Describe the development of the mesoblastic
somites in the bird, frog, and amphioxus.

3. Describe the development of the Wolffian tubes in
a frog and in a bird.

4. Describe the eye and method of vision of an
arthropod and a sheep. How is the movement
of the eyeball provided for ?

5. Write an account of the structure of the skeleton
in the dog-fish.

264

bod

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.—Parr I.

The Board of Examiners.

. A steamer A is travelling due E. at 12 knots an

hour, and another B is travelling NE. at
9 knots an hour. At a certain instant A is
N.W. of B at adistance of 18 knots. Show
how to determine, by graphic construction, the
shortest distance the steamers get from each
other, supposing they keep on their original
courses.

. With a certain balance, when the weights are put

into the left hand pan the apparent weight of a
body is 51°474 grams, and when the weights
are put into the right hand pan its apparent
weight is 51°5/7 grams. Find the true weight
of the body, and the ratio of the arms of the
balance.

3. Describe fully Regnault’s method of determining

the coefficient uf expansion of a gas at constant
pressure.

Show how to deduce the coefficient from the
observations, making all corrections.

4, Describe fully how to determine the pressure of

aqueous vapour present in the atmosphere at any
time.

Explain why it is that for the same barometric
pressure moist air is lighter than dry air.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 265

). What is supposed to be the electrical condition of
a solution of sulphuric acid in water ?

If two metal plates maintained at a fixed
potential difference are immersed in the solution,
how is this condition affected ?

Discuss the theory of the simple galvanic cell.

6. State what you know of the mutual action of coils
carrying currents; and describe some accurate
form of current meter based on this action.

?. A reflecting galvanometer, whose resistance is
450 ohms, is shunted by a 50-ohm coil, and a
resistance of 99,255 ohms is placed in series
with the combination. A cell of e.m.f. 1°433
volts and internal resistance 700 ohms is coupled
up to this system, and adeflection of 4°3 scale
divisions is produced.

Find the deflection of the galvanometer when
unshunted (@) per micro-ampere (amp. x 10~*);
(bd) per micro-volt.

8. Two thin concave lenses 1 and 2, of focal lengths
J, and f,, have a common axis, and are a distance
aapart. A ray of light parallel to the axis and
distant y from it is refracted by 1 and then
by 2; show that the total deviation it suffers is
equal to

teal)
ae Pau Pe?
and find the focal length of the single lens

which when coaxal with the pair would produce
the same deviation on this ray.

266 . EXAMINATION PAPERS.

NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.—Pasr II.
(ARTS AND SCIENCE.)
SEconD PaPEr.
The Board of Examiners.

1. The true mass of a body is required to be determined
correct to one part in a million. Supposing a
suitable balance and correct weights are available,
describe the necessary experiments, and deduce
the complete formula expressing the result.

2. Prove that the bending moment required to pro-
duce a given curvature in a uniform elastic rod,
initially straight, is equal to

YI
ae |

p
where Y = Young’s modulus,
J = moment of inertia of section of rod,
p = radius of curvature produced.

Two equal metal bars are joined by a straight
wire forming the letter H, the wire being
rigidly attached to the bars, perpendicular to
their axes, and in the line joining their centres
of gravity. The bars are hung from the ceiling
by two thin threads without rigidity so that the
H lies in a horizontal plane and the wire is
straight. ‘Two adjacent ends of the H are now
slightly approximated and then released pro-
ducing vibrations in the horizontal plane. Prove
that

__ 4x? Kl
aie ite?) a

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 267

where VY = Young’s modulus for the wire,
T = period of the vibration,

K = momentof inertia of either bar about
a vertical axis through its centre
of gravity,

? = length of wire,

I = moment of inertia of section of wire.

3. A perfect gas describes a Carnot cycle. Deter-
mine the work done, the efficiency, and the
quantities of heat taken in and rejected.

4. Obtain the dimensional equation connecting the
frequency of a vibrating string and the quanti-
ties on which it depends, and deduce the mathe-
matical expression of Mersenne’s laws.

5. Design an achromatic cemented convex lens of
20 cm. focal length whose external surfaces have
the same curvature, the optical properties of the
glasses to be used being—

mean refractive indices, «4, = 1°93, uw, = 1°6;
dispersive powers, d, = °016, gd. = ° 025.

6. Describe, and give the complete theory of, the
laboratory method of determining H.

7. Describe with full detail how to calibrate a volt-
meter by using a copper voltameter as the basis
of the calibration.

8. Define “ co-efficient of self-induction” and “co-
efficient of mutual induction,” and describe fully
how to measure a co-efficient of self-induction.

268

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.—Parrt II.
(ENGINEERING COURSE.)

SECOND PAPER.

The Board of Examuners.

1, A fly-wheel, mounted so that friction may be

neglected, is set in motion by a mass m, which
is hung at the end ofa light string wound round
the axle and which describes a measured space
from rest in time 2,; when a mass m, is a
tuted for m, the same space is described in
time ¢,. Express the moment of inertia of the
fly-wheel in terms of these masses and times and
the radius of the axle.

If friction is not neglected determine the
acceleration of the falling mass m,.

2. Draw an accurate diagram of the apparatus

employed by Berthelot for the determination of
the latent heat of steam ; explain fully the use
of each part and the reasons for the various
precautions to be taken when employing the
apparatus.

3. Describe the construction and mode of use, and

give the theory of Féry’s radiation pyrometer.

State what you know regarding the industrial
applications of this instrument.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 269

4. The cycle of the Banké engine differs from ‘the
Beau de Rochas cycle in that the com-
pression of the gaseous mixture is isothermal;
in other respects the cycles are identical. Express
the maximum efficiency of the Banké cycle in
terms of the lowest and highest values of the
pressures and volumes concerned.

5. Describe the construction and mode of use, and
give the theory of Kelvin’s absolute electro-
meter.

6. Define “co-efficient of self-induction” and
“ co-efficient of mutual induction.”

Describe fully how to measure a co-efficient of
mutual induction. :

?. Discuss fully the armature reactions of a continu-
ous current dynamo, and point out the mechanical
and electrical arrangements by which the effects.
of these reactions cans be approximately
eliminated.

Prove the formula that gives the e.m.f.
lanes in such an armature in terms of the
ifferent quantities involved.

270 EXAMINATION PAPERS,

“Ni
e

CHEMISTRY.—Panrr I.
The Board of Examwers.

. Explain and exemplify the behaviour of different

solid phosphates when heated.

. Give a short account of the chief non-metallic

hydrides—their composition, properties, reactions,
and modes of formation.

. Explain and exemplify the terms “double oxides”,

“double chlorides”, ‘double sulphates”,
“ double sulphides ”.

. Give instances of metals which readily vary their

valence when in aqueous solution as the positive
radicles of salts, and explain some of the re-
actions which bring out this tendency.

. Give practical instances of normal salts that are

not neutral to litmus, and explain the theorv of
such cases.

. Explain fully, from a practical point of view, why

calcium, strontium, and barium are regarded as
forming a group of allied elements. Point out
also their more striking differences.

Discuss the actions of dilute sulphuric acid on the
following :—Nitrites, hypochlorites, thiosul-
phates, sulphides.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 271

CHEMISTRY.—Panrr II.
(SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING.)

The Board of Examiners.

1. What is meant by “The ratio of the specific heats
ofa gas”? How can the limiting value of this
ratio be calculated ? Discuss the bearing of the
magnitude of the ratio for a given gas on the
question of its molecular complexity.

Y. A certain reaction is either uni- or bi-molecular. In
order to deeide which, experiments were carried
out, with the following results :—

Experiment. 1. 2. 3. 4.
A=0°5 0:4 0:2 0:1 g. mols. per litre.
= 20 25 50 = 100 minutes.

Find the number of reacting molecules, and
also the value of the velocity co-efficient.
(A represents the initial concentration of the
reacting substance, ¢ the time when the reaction
was half completed.

1 a
For a unimolecular reaction k = = log.
t l—2,
1 a

. ; 1
For a bimolecular reaction k = —- — ;
taa—-2z

3. Discuss the Vapour Pressure (or Boiling Point)
curves of pairs of completely miscible liquids.
Illustrate by reference to the following, or
similar, cases :—
(a) Methyl Alcohol and Water.
(6) Ethyl Alcohol and Water.
(ce) Nitric Acid und Water.

972 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

4. Discuss the influence of change of Pressure and
of ‘Temperature on chemical equilibrium. How
is the change of equilibrium with temperature
related to the heat of reaction ?

5 and 6. Write papers discussing the relation between
the chemical properties of the element and its
position in the Periodic classification in the case
of the following :—

(5) Beryllium.
(6) Thallium.

JURISPRUDENCE (INCLUDING ROMAN LAW).

The Board of Examiners.
Candidates should answer SEVEN questions only.

1. Explain the operation of the exceptio non
numeratie pecuniae.

2. What do you consider to be the fundamental dis-
tinctions between moveable and immovable
property, and how have the two classes of
property been differently treated in ‘law ?

3. In what connections, and with what significance
was the term guast used in Roman Law ?

4. In what different modes may several persons be
liable in respect to a single sum of money?
What was the nature of the liability of
co-heredes to creditors, and what was the
position of heres and fidei-commissartus respec-
tively in universal fidei-commissum ?

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 273

. Write a brief note on personal and territorial law.

6. In what senses does Hearn use the terms power
and liberty? Criticise their use.

7. Connect law as used in the social sciences with
law as used in physical science.

8. On what grounds, and with what reason, has the
definition of law as a command of the State
been attacked ?

9. Write a note on self-redress in Roman Law.

10. Criticise Austin’s rejection of Public Law as a
fundamental decision, and his inclusion of the
matter of it in the Law of Persons.

CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY AND LAW.—
Part IT.

The Board of Examiners.
Candidates should answer SIX questions only.

1. What courts and jurisdictions in the English
system have been of an “international”
character, and what has heen their fate ?

2. Write a note on the principal objects of the Judica-
ture Acts 1873 and 1875.

74 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

Write a note on the following dictum :—

‘A case is only authority for what it actually
decides. I entirely deny that it can be quoted
for a proposition that may seem to tollow
logically from it. Such a mode of reasoning
assumes that the law is necessarily a logical
code, whereas every lawyer must acknowledge
that the law is not always logical at all.’ (Per
Lord Halsbury, L.C., in Quinn v. Leathem,
1901, A.C. 495.)

. “In adopting a construction (2.e. of a Statute) not

in strict conformity with the language, there
is more danger than there once was of going
beyond or falling short of its real intention.”
(Stephen, Com. 1-77.) Explain and comment.

. What sources of information outside a Statute may

be looked at as aids to its interpretation ?

. What is the power of the Crown (a) to legislate,

(6) to establish Legislatures for colonies ?

. What are the most important differences in

pleadings at common law and pleadings in
equity ? What conclusions do you draw from
these differences as to the purpose of pleadings
in the two jurisdictions ?

. State briefly the principal features of New South

Wales government from 1828 until the intro-
duction of responsible government.

. Write a note on public policy as a source of

judiciary law.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 275

LAW OF PROPERTY IN LAND AND

CONVEYANCING.
Mr. Guest.

. How is the operation of a conveyance in fee simple

of land in this country affected by the Statute
Quia Emptores.

. How, if at all, are common law conditions annexed

to estates in fee simple affected by the Rule
against Perpetuities ? Cite authority.

. What are the exceptions to the Rule that the

Statute of Uses operates only where there is a
transmutation of possession ?

. B, who died in 1905, by his will devised land to

his daughter A for her life, and after her death
to such of her children as should attain the age
of 21 years and their respective heirs. A died
in 1906, leaving her surviving two children only
of the ages of 15 and 12 years respectively.
What effect, if any, should be given to the gift
in remainder ? Give reasons.

. A, the assignee of a certain lease, contracted in

writing to sell the leasehold to B. The
purchase money was paid, but the lease
was never formally assigned. 2B entered into
possession, and paid rent for a time, but ulti-
mately got into arrears, and the lessee brought
an action for the rent against A. Can he
succeed ? Give reasons.

276 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

6. If the person conveying is expressed to convey as
beneficial owner, what is the effect in the case
of--

(a) A conveyance on sale of freehold land,

(6) A conveyance of leasehold property,
(c) A conveyance by way of mortgage
respectively ? Give reasons.

7. On a partition between joint tenants in fee simple,
how is the land to be taken by each conveyed to
him in severalty ? How would you arrange the
parties to the conveyance, and what operative
words would you use ? How would the convey-
ance be affected by the omission of any words of
limitation? Give reasons.

8. What are the rules as to covenants running with
the land where the relation of landlord and
tenant does not exist? ‘To what extent is any
such rule affected by any and what doctrine of
Equity ? Cite authority.

9. What is the effect of the provisions of the Insol-
vency Act 1897 as to the effect of insolvency in
post-nuptial settlements ?

10. A testator signed his will at the foot thereof when
no other person was present. On being told
that two witnesses were neceseary he sent for A
and B, who arrived together. The testator pro-
duced his will in their presence, and said to them—
‘“<T want you to sign as witnesses. I have already
signed,” and pointed to his signature. .A and B
thereupon signed their names as witnesses. Is
the will validly executed ? Give reasons.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 277

1]. Discuss shortly the effect of the provisions in the
Transfer of Land Act 1890 as to the applica-
tion of other laws and Statutes to land under
the Act.

12. If land subject to a mortgage in fee is brought
under the Transfer of Land Act 1890, how, if
at all, are the rights end remedies of the mort-
gagee affected? What provision is made by the
Act for the cases of foreclosures and sales by .
mortgagees ?

LAW OF CONTRACTS AND PERSONAL
PROPERTY.

Mr, Duffy.

Write a short paper on each of the six following
topics :—

1, Guarantees within the meaning of Section 208
of the Instruments Act 1890.

Par delictum in cases of illegal contract.

3. An infant’s contract for necessaries.
4. The Common Law action of deceit.
5. Champerty.

6. Assignment of choses in action.

273 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

7. What were the evils intended to be remedied by
the first legislation in Victoria with respect to
Bills of Sale, and what were the main provisions
of such legislation { ?

8. What is essential to the validity of a “lien on
crops” under the provisions of the Instruments
Act 1890 ?

9. Explain the nature of a partner’s share in the
partnership property.

10. Explain and illustrate the different methods of
delivering’ possession of personal chattels.

li. Under what circumstances, if any, can a person
give to another a better title to personal pro-
perty than he himself has ?

12. What are the rights of an unpaid seller of goods
against such goods ?

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 279

PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY.
The Board of Examiners.

1, Discuss the strong and weak points of Lowthian
Green’s “‘ Tetrahedral ” theory of Geomorphology.

2. Illustrate the park and alpine types of mountain
structures. Show how more intense folding of
the alpine type passes into thrust faulting.
Where are such features met with ?

Sad

Diseuss the influence of the Southern Ocean and
of the Indian Ocean respectively on Australian
climate.

. Define the following terms :—Anticyclone, caldera,
atoll, fiord, zeoisotherm, nimbus.

. Classify the different types of plains State their
modes of origin, and, as far as possible, illustrate
your answer by Victorian examples.

. Illustrate by diagrams the ways in which a river
may change—
(a) Its length.
(5) Its velocity.
(ec) The width of its valley.

280 RXAMINATION PAPERS.

PHYSIOLOGY AND HISTOLOGY.
SeconpD YEAR Science.
The Board of Examiners.
What is meant by the phrase “dissociation curve

of oxyhemoglobin” ? Whatis the physiological
significance of this curve ?

. Write a short account of the duodenum from a
histological as well as a physiological stand-
point.

. Describe any form of apparatus which will stimu-
late a nerve trunk (say, the sciatic of the frog)
without producing injury.

Define the terms enzyme, hormone, blaze current,
receptive substance, axon reflex.

5. How may a fatty acid be distinguished chemically
from a fat?

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 281

EDUCATION.
SECOND PAPER.
The Board of Examiners.

. Contrast the influence of the Sophists with that of

Socrates in the history of Greek education.

. What problem in education propounded by Socrates

did Plato and Aristotle seek to solve ?
Contrast their solutions.

. Give the substance of the first chapter of Spencer’s

work, adding any opinions of your own.

. Discuss the following statement of Spencer’s :—The

subject which involves all other subjects, and
therefore the subject in which education should
culminate, is the Theory and Practice of
Education.”

. State and discuss the views advanced by Spencer in

his chapter on “ Intellectual Education.”

. Give the place that manual training possessed in

the thought of Froebel, and suggest means of
realizing his ideas in all grades of our schools.

. “To make the internal external, and the external

internal, to find the unity for both, thisis the
general external form in which man’s destiny is
expressed.”

Show that here Froebel furnishes a complete
scheme of education, and in particular show how
it fits into the successive stages of development.

‘ What are some of the views expressed by Freebel

in dealing with the School and the Family ?

Og EXAMINATION PAPERS.

METALLURGY.—Parr I.
First Paper.

The Board of Examiners.

Candidates shoulganswer SIX of the following questions.
Chemical equations must be given wherever possible.

1. Describe, with the aid of sketches, a good type of
assay muffle furnace designed for the consump-
tion of long-flaming coal, and a second, similar,
furnace designed for the consumption of coke,
give reasons for any variations in design.

2. Outline the ao dry methods used for the
assay of silver ores, and explain the principles
upon which they are based.

3. Explain the action of potassium cyanide, and
potassium carbonate—both separately and con-
jointly—in crucible assays for—(a) tin, and
(5) lead. What effect would metallic iron have
if present in similar ‘assays? Give chemical
equations deseriptive of the reactions concerned.

4. Define the terms — “parting,” “ ee
“annealing,” “surcharge” (plus and minus),
“ volatilisation loss,” “‘cupel absorption loss,”
and ‘slag loss ”—as applied to gold and silver
assays.

5. Outline a rapid method for the partial analysis of
slag produced in smelting silver-lead ores in
blast-furnaces, and explain, with the aid of
chemical equations, the principal reactions
concerned.

| HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 283

6. Outline a reliable method for estimating copper by
means of a standard solution of potassium
cyanide, including the preliminary separation
of the copper from any ore impurities that would
otherwise injuriously affect the titration.

What effect would salts of iron, lead, zine,
manganese, and aluminium have if present
during the titration ?

7. Describe a rapid method which is sometimes used
(for furnace control purposes) for estimating—
very approximately—the amount of sulphur
present in roasted ore or matte.

METALLURGY.—Parr I.

SECOND PAPER.
Lhe Bourd of Hxamaners.

FP ga should answer SIX of the following ques-
ns.
Chemical Equations must be given wherever possible.

1. What are “ refractory materials” ? How are they
classified, and for what metallurgical purposes
are they used ?

2. Explain the terms “intermittent” and “con-
tinuous” as applied to (a2) hand-worked rever-
beratory furnaces ; and (6) mechanieally-worked
reverberatory furnaces.

Give an example of each type, and compare
their relative merits and demerits.

284 . EXAMINATION PAPERS.

3. Write a short paper upon modern developments in
copper smelting in reverberatory furnaces.

4. What are the reactions mainly concerned in the
‘‘ Roast and Reaction” method tor treating lead
ores, and for what class or classes of ore is the
method most suitable ?

5. Define the terms “slag” and “matte.” How are
slags classified ?

6. Outline a method suitable for the extraction of
zinc from its sulphide ore on: a large scale.
Explain the principal reactions concerned, and
point out in what particulars (if at all) the
method you give differs from one suitable for
the treatment of zinc carbonate ores.

?. Explain, very briefly, the reactions upon which the
various ‘“‘ hyposulphite” methods, for treating
silver ores on @ large scale, are dependent. For
what class or classes of ore are such methods
most suitable ?

GEOLOGY.—Parrt I.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Give a short account of the nature, organic and
mineralogical composition of coral atolls, and an
outline of the important theories as to their
mode of origin.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 285

2. Define the following crystallographic terms :—
Form, truncation, law of rational indices,
hemihedral, hemimorphic, and state the crystal
forms (giving Miller’s symbols) present in
crystals of garnet, albite, beryl, rutile.

3. Give the chief subdivisions of Dana’s classification
of the silicates, and quote examples of minerals
belonging to each of the subdivisions.

4. Give an account of the geology of the Dandenong
area, and especially of the relations of the dacites
to the plutonic rocks to the south.

5. Discuss the relative value of different fossil groups
to the stratigraphical geologist. What do you
understand by ‘‘zones,” and give examples
among Palaeozoic and Mesozoic rocks ?

fo)

. Discuss the chemical and mineralogical peculiarities
of the intrusive rocks rich in alkalies.

?. Draw sections illustrating the following :-—Crust
block, trough fault, thrust fault, recumbent
anticline, and state the effects produced on the
outcrops of beds by dip, strike and reversed
faults, respectively.

8. Compare the Permo-carboniferous formations of
Victoria and New South Wales. Give a concise
account of the lithological character of the
Glacial deposits of Victoria and their probable
mode of origin.

286 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

APPLIED MECHANICS.
First Paper.
Professor Kernot.

1. Prove that any tangential stress in ordinary
materials is accompanied by an equal stress in a
plane at right angles to the first. What bearing
has this on the arrangement of rivets in plate

girders ?

2. Describe, fully, the process of testing a specimen

of structural steel, ziving the results you would

-_ expect including the autographic diagram. How

do you account for the oblique or cup-shaped
fracture so often seen ?

3. Assuming the specimen tested to be 8 inches long
| between gauge-points, and 1 square inch sectional
area, compute the probable resilience and the
average work done per cubic inch of specimen,
before fracture, in foot pounds.

4, A circular obelisk of concrete is 50 feet high, 5 feet

diameter at the base, and 3 feet at the top.

It is composed of concrete, weighing 150 lbs.

per cubic foot. What is its greatest sate

resistance to wind-pressure, and what will be

. the safe resistance of a similar obelisk of double

the linear dimensions, but supported on 38
foundation only 5 feet diameter.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOY., 1906. 287

APPLIED MECHANICS.
SECOND PAPER.
Professor Kernot.

1. A beam is 30 feet long, and is supported at points
6 and 25 feet from one end. Fr the first 6 feet
it is loaded with a uniform load of 1 ton per foot.
In the next 6 feet the load gradually increases
from 1 ton per foot to 2 tons per foot, and then
ceases. At 18 feet a concentrated load of 10
tons is imposed, while at the far end there is an
upward force of 1 ton. Draw to scale moment
and shear diagrams, and state what size beam
you would use, the material being good ironbark.

2. Investigate the modulus of section as a beam of a
circular tube 20 inches internal diameter 4 inch
thick for a quadrant at each side, and 1 inch
thick for a quadrant top and bottom.

3. A suspension bridge consists of a parabolic cable,
numerous vertical suspenders, and a stiffening
girder hinged at ends and centre. Investigate
the moments and shears on the girder while a
concentrated load traverses the whole span of
the bridge.

4. Discuss the behaviour of an unhinged circular arch
as at Prince’s Bridge under varying temperatures,
partial loading, and slight yielding of abutments.

988 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.—Parr I.
First Paper.

Professor Kernot.

1. Make a longitudinal and cross section of Seimens’
Regenerative Furnace, and describe how it is
used for producing open hearth steel. How, in
your opinion, does such steel compare with that
made by the Bessemer process ?

2. Make a neat drawing of an engineer’s shaping
machine, with a quick return motion, and show
the action of the quick return appliance by a
diagram in which the abscissa represents time
and the ordinate distance of the tool from the
starting point of its stroke.

3. It is required to drive an air compressor at the rate
of 100 double strokes per minute and the horse
power required is 200. There is a stream falling
1,400 feet in half a mile in the vicinity, the
supply of water being abundant. Design in out-
line the machinery you would employ, giving
all principal dimensions and computing the
quantity of water used.

4. Design a water engine to work a capstan in a dock-
ard. The water being supplied at a pressure
of 700 lbs. per square inch, and the capstan to
exert an effort of 2 tons at 100 feet per minute.
State what are the principal difficulties to be
met with in such an engine, and how they are

to be dealt with.

N.B.—Nothing but the capstan itself may
project above the level of the ground.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 289

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.—Parr 1.
Sreconp PapgEr.
Professor Kernot.

1. Discuss fully the improvements made by James
Watt in the steam-engine, and state what effect
they had on its efficiency. Make a neat sketch,
with enames of all important parts of Watt’s
most improved engine.

2. Describe a temperature-entropy diagram, and illus-
trate its use and its relations to the pressure
volume diagram.

3. Make a diagram on the lines of that of Weighton
and Leavenworth, showing all losses of energy
between the fuel and the useful work done in a
winding-engine at a mine.

4. Describe and sketch any appliances you may be
acquainted with for intercepting and utilizing of
heat that would otherwise have gone up the
chimney or exhaust pipe of a non-condensing
steam plant. What, in your opinion, is the
probable numerical value of the gain in each
case ?

5. A non-condensing steam-engine, 20 inches
diameter and 40 inches stroke, makes 100 re-
volutions a minute. It is supplied with dry
saturated steam at 100 lbs. per square inch
above the atmosphere, cat off at 4-stroke

290 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

Draw the indicator diagram to scale. Compute
the power and consumption of steam, with and
without steam jacketing. State whether an
earlier cut off would improve the economy; and, if
so, how much earlier and by what amount—what
is the effect of too early a cut off and also of too
late ?

SURVEYING.—Parr I. °
First Paperr.
The Board of Eavanwners.

1. From the following observations made with an
aneroid barometer at the three places named,
deduce the most probable height of the place
“LJ.” above sea-level.

Rarograph at Height

ed. ss | 28°77 | 68° 29-98 ?

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 291

Give all calculations. State what rules or
tables you employ. Explain what assumptions
are involved in deducing the required height of
L.J., and discuss their reasonableness.

2. Describe the kind of telescope which is used in an
engineer's level and theodolite.

Explain the defects that may exist in it, and
how these defects may be detected.

3. Prove the principle involved in the test and
adjustment which has for its object the placing
of the line of collimation in the telescope of a
transit theodolite at right angles to the hori-
zontal axis.

4, Explain clearly the effect preduced by various
errors of adjustment on the work done with a
transit theodolite, and explain how these effects
may be eliminated by employing certain methods
of observation.

SURVEYING.—Parrt I.
SEeconp Paper.
The Board of Bxaminers.
1, Fill in the missing figures, and complete the
following page of a level-book. Explain the

operations to which the figures refer.
T2

£99 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

Describe the process of testing and adjusting
a dumpy level to prepare it for work of the kind
referred to.

Remarks,

B.M. No. 1.

Shoulder of
pile on Pier
No. 1 of
Viaduct.

—_—_—_——e | ae |e | eee | ee | eee eee ———eee ee

2°76 1496 Change.

Shoulder _ of
pile on Pier
No. 16 of

Viaduct.

10°80 B.M. No. 2.

2. Show what lines you would measure when making
a chain survey of the eng meeting workshops
on opposite page.

The walls may all be taken as 14 inches thick

Assume no obstacles in the way, other than
the walls shown.

3. The sketches, given on pages 294 and 295, represent
cross-sections, 1 chain apart, on a straight portion
of a railway cutting. The reduced levels at
various points are given.

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

295

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906.

296

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

If HH, DH, CH, CG, BG, BF, and AF
be joined, the triangles into which the surface is
so divided may be treated as planes.

Compute, accurately, the volume of earth con-
tained between the sections.

SURVEYING.—Paarrt II.
First Paper.

The Board of Examiners.
\

1. Divide the area, which is shown surrounded by

roads on the attached topographic map, into
blocks of between 20 and 30 acres each. Give
the reasons which influence you in choosing the
particular scheme of subdivision which you
propose.

2. Explain the principle of the anallatic lens used in

certain tacheometers.

3. What curve would you adopt to connect the two

proposed straight portions of the railway line
marked in red on the accompanying topographic
map? Perform the calculations necessary for
setting out.

Note.—A full answer to Question No. 1 will
be considered as possessing half the whole value
of the paper; Question No. 2, 20 per cent.; and
Question No. 3, 80 per cent. .

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 297

SURVEYING.—Pazr II.

SECOND Pape_ER.
|

The Board of Exaumuners.

]. Find the loss of head, through friction, in a
length Z ft. of wrought-iron riveted pipe, which
tapers uniformly from a diameter D ft. to a
diameter d ft., the discharge being @Q cub. ft. a
second.

Apply this to ascertain the error in calculating

the loss of head as though it were equal to that

| in a pipe of uniform diameter = 4 (D + d), and

| of same length J, using for illustration the values
| D=i13 ft,d= x, ft, 2 = 6 ft.

What is the error, in the same case, in
assuming the head lost in friction to be equal to
that in a pipe 4/ ft. long and of uniform diameter
d ft. ?

State what formule or tables you make use
of.

2. A pipe is to be designed to discharge a minimum
| quantity of 12°6 cub. ft. of water per second
| from a certain reservoir. Its axis is vertical at

the inlet, and the lip, where the water enters, is
in a horizontal plane. . The water surface in the
reservoir may fall to within 2 feet of the said
horizontal plane. What is the least diameter

298

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

that the inlet orifice must have in order
that the said discharge may be maintained?
Give full reasons for your answer.

Notre.—aA full answer to Question No. 1 will
be considered to possess twice the value of a full
answer to Question No. ©.

SURVEYING.—Parr ITI.
First Paper.

The Board of Examiners.

1. Find the time of elongation of some of the follow-

ing stars on the night of November the 19th,
this year; the place of observation being the
observatory at the Engineering School. Assume
the latitude of the said observatory to be 37° 48’
S. and the longitude 9h. 39m. 50s. E.

Find the altitude of each star at the time of
elongation, also its magnetic. bearing, the
declination of the compass being’ 8° 21’ E.

Explain, fully, how vou would test and adjust
the theodolite before using it to find the direction
of the meridian by observations of the said
stars. The theodolite has no bubble-tube on
the telescope; there is one on the vernier arm
for the vertical circle, and another, at right
angles to the first, on the upper horizontal
plate. :

The Nautical Almanac shows that the sidereal
time at mean noon at Greenwich, on the day of
the proposed observations, is 15h. 50m. 25s.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 299

Say which stars you would preter to observe,

(Achernar)

and why.
For 19th Nov., 1906.
Magni. | —- ———__———— —
Star, tude. Right Declination
Ascension, Ss,
hm. s.{ ° ‘ %
@ Eridani ...| 8:0 2 54 45 | 40 40 47
y Hydri 3-1 3 48 45 | 74 31 35
a Horologii... | 3°8 4 10 66 | 42 31 29
a Reticuli ...| 8°4 413 16 | 62 42 28
a Doradtis ...| 3-5 4 32 1 56 14 17
B Doradts ...| 3:7 5 32 51 | 62 38 0
a Argus —1:0 6 21 54 | 52 38 33
(Canopus)
v Argus 3°2 6 34 56 | 48 6 48
a Pictoris ...{ 3°3 6 47 16 | 61 50 18
B Arae 2°7 | 17 17 80 | 55 26 29
6 Scorpii 2 17 30 36 | 42 56 17
3 Pavonis ...| 3°5 | 17 36 31 | 64 40 48
a Telescopii...| 38°7 | 18 20 1/46 1 18
a Coronae 4-2 719 8 6/88 3 2
Australis
« Saggitarii...| 4°1 | 19 48 48 | 42 6 54
a Pavonis .. 2 20 18 14 | 57 2 14
a Indi 8°2 | 20 30 59 | 47 37 10
a Gruis .| 9 | 22 2 Ql | 47 24 59
a Toucani ...| 2°9 | 2212 61 60 43 44
B Gruis 2-1 | 22 387 6 | 47 22 33
B Hydri 2°9 0 20 54 | 77 47 4
a Pheenicis... | 2°4 0 21 41 | 42 48 56
B Pheenicis...| 3°4 1 1 56 | 47 18 17
y Pheenicis...| 3°3 1 24 20 | 48 47 56
a Eridani 0°5 1 34 16 | 57 42 50

300 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

SURVEYING.—Parr III.
Szconp Pargr.
The Board of Examiners.

1. How would you test and adjust the trigonometrical
survey shown in sketch on opposite page ?

2. Lay out a town site, of about three-quarters of a
square mile in area, at or near the point marked
A on the accompanying topographic map of a
mining district. Formation may be assumed to
be Lower Silurian.

Give full reasons for your choice of plan.

Existing roads are shown in black ink. A
railway line is shown in red pencil. Creeks in
blue pencil.

What water-way would you provide at the
town bridges over the main creek, assuming the
catchment area above the town site to be 20:
square miles? Moderate rainfall, as in Victoria.

The catchment area in the case of the branch,
which joins the main creek to the S.E, of A, is
about 7 square miles.

302 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

CIVIL ENGINEERING.—Parr I.
First PAPER.
The Board of Examiners.

It is required to bridge, temporarily, an opening
of 60 feet by means of a trussed oregon beam. Beams,
of any transverse dimensions up to 24” x 22”, are
readily obtainable in lengths of over 60 feet. Head-
room being iimited, it is decided to keep the centre of
the steel tension-rod at mid-span, 5 feet from centre
of beam. Intermediate struts are to be used, midway
between centre and ends, the bottoms of all three
struts being on an aro of a circle passing through the
ends of the beam. See outline sketch B on pages
305-6. 4

The moving load on the beam is 10 tons, and it
may be regarded as applied at, a point.

Compute the necessary dimensions of the beam and
tension rods, giving all calculations, and explain the
reasoning upon which your calculations are based.

Give all details, such as you would put into the
hands of the carpenters and blacksmiths who will con-
struct the structure.

Outline sketch of trussed oregon beam, 60 feet
span. Full lines show centre lines of beam, struts,
and tension rods. Dotted lines indicate approximate
positions of beams and struts.

HONOUR EXAMINATION, NOV., 1906. 303

CIVIL ENGINEERING.—Part I.

Seconp Paper.
The Bourd of Examiners.

1. Design a re-inforced conerete floor to carry 5 cwt.
per square foot, distributed over any part, or the
whole, of it. Two-wheeled carts, weighing 2
tons gross, may travel over any part of the floor
which is not otherwise loaded at the time.

Wheel-gauge of cart = 5' 3".
Area of floor = 100 feet x 70 feet.

The pillars, which support the floor, are to be
spaced not less than 12 feet apart, centre to
centre. Design these pillars, assuming them to
be 14 feet high from their bases to the bottoms of
the floor beams.

Compare round with square pillars.

State fully the reasoning on which your design
is based.

2. The sketch A, appearing on pages 305-6, shows a
cross-section of a river valley on the centre line
of a proposed railway. The ordinary water-
channel and part of the adjoining flat are to be
bridved over.

* It has been decided that the total width of
water-way shall be 200 feet.

804

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

Suggest a type of bridge suitable |
pee the bridge being designed for a
ine of railway, 4’ 84" gauge.

The navigation of the river is unimpo
that there is no restriction as to the plg
piers.

The mean velocity of the stream, when
lowest, is about 2 feet a second. Th
velocity in the channel, during floods, is
5 feet asecond. .

Describe the process of placing th
tions of the abutments and piers whi
propose for the case.

Show how you would provide for expt
and contraction in the event of your reco
ing iron or steel girders.

Give, fully, the reasons which influence
choice of type.

Sketch A.

Sketch B.
' 15 feet ——>

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 307

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DECEMBER, 1906.

GREEK.—Part I. (TRANSLATION OF
PREPARED BOOKS.)

The Board of Examiners.

1. Translate, with brief notes (in the margin) where

you think them desirable—

a) H®. dpav rair’ avaykn, pnoev éyxédev’ ayay.
pay Yen Y Y

(0)

KP. 4 py xeXevow, karOwvtw ye rpc.
Xwpe Karw, oxédn O€ xipxwoor Big.
H®. cai 61) rémpaxrac roupyov ob paxpy Tévy.
KP. éppwpévwc viv Oeive dcardpoue rédac,
we oumirtunrie ye Tov Epywy Bapic.
H®. épora poppy yAGooa cov ynpuerat.
KP. ov padOaxilou, rijv 0 éujy addadiay
Opyiic Te rpayuryra pr) 'wirAnoveE por.
H®. oreixwpev, we kwdorory apgiBAnorp’ Exec.
KP. évravOa vuv bBpice, cai Oewy yépa
ovo épnpéporot mpooTiPer. ri cor
olol re Ovnroi rwve’ aravrAjoa Tévwy 5
Pevowvips oe daipovec Ipounbéa
Kadovory’ abrov yap oe det Tpopnéwe,
bry rpdtw rijod exxvroOhoee réxvne.
GAN abra orye xal yap eldviaioy av
dpiv réyouut. ray Bporoic dé rhpara
axovoad’, we opac vymiovg Ovrag To mplv
Evvouc EOnxa kal gpevav érnBddoue.
x

308 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

, aN , of 9 9 , wv
Actw 6€, péufey odrev’ avOpwrore Exwv,
> r’ i 4 060 9 ud 14 , ;
GAN wy O€OWK EVYOLaY ESN YOUpEVoS

“ ~ \ , of ,
ot mpwra pev BAr€rovrec EBAETOY parny,
khuovrec oUK i}Kovoy’ aXA’ Gvetparwr
adtyxtot poppaict rov paxpoy xpdvov
Epupoy EixHh Wayra, KourEe TALVOUdETC

’ 3
ddpovc mpooeihoug yHoav, ob EvNoupyiar’
s ry
karwpvyec 0 Evatov, dar’ anovpor
Pupunxec, avrpwy Ev pvyotc aynrior.
b ~ ’
Hv C) ovder abroic ovrEe yelparog Téxpap,
b ’
ovr’ avOeuwoouc por, ovre Kapmipov
9 =

Gépove BéBacor, add’ Grep yrwpnc ro war
7 wv ty
Empacooy, EC TE Cf opty avro\ag éyw
dorpwy tdecka rac re dvaxpirouc dvaecc.

(c) pycap’ 6 wavra vépwy
Geir’ ug yvoug xparoc avrimador Zeve,
pnd EXevvoate Beove diate Boivare ToTevcaoopéeva
Bovddrvog wap’ ‘Qkeavod rarpdc doecror ropor,
pnd adéroupe Adyouc’
pada pot rovr’ éupévor
Kat pywor éxraxein.
adv re Bapoadéatc
TOY paKkpoy retvey ior EAmiot, havuic
Oupor addaivovoay év evopocrvucc’ dpiaow bé cE Cép-
KOMEVa
pupioee pdxBore Scaxvardpevor
Zijva yap ov rpopewv
‘ idia yrwpa céec
Ovarove &yar, Hpopnbed.

% % *

2. Comment on—piyy pov 7 poKHOov peaoooy we Epot
yAuKiu—Povxodog dé ynyevijg &kparog dpyiy” Apyos
—yijy po yiic ékavvopat—Morooea Saneda—
IleAacyia—ot mpooxuvovyrec rhv *Adpacreay

copol.

| ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DKC., 1906. 304)

3. (a) Discuss the geography of AEschylus as re-
vealed in the Prometheus.

(6) Write a brief essay on the story of Prometheus
and its probable development.

4. Give a short sketch of the characters of, and part
played in the Proem by, Cephalus, Thrasymachus,
Glaucon.

| 9d. Translate, with notes a~ above—

| (a) avy pev ody, Fv S éyw. GdAG poe Ere roadvde
| eimé’ rh péycorov ote ayabov aroXehavxé vat rou
\ 9 ¢ naG aa” } ef ” . #8
woAXnv ovoiay KexrRoOae3 “QO, 4) 8 We, towe ovK ay
N , , FT ‘ ov a 7
moAAouc weioayse AEywy. ev yap tot, Edn, w&
, N ~ .
Lwxparec, Gre émecday ric éEyyve n Tov ovecBae
reAeurHoey, eiatpyerat avT@ d€oc Kal gpovric epi
@ , ‘ im
ov EuxpooOer odx eioner. oi re yap Aeyomervoe pvOor
~ e i] ~
wept trav év”Acoov, we roy évOace aduxioavra Cet
éxel Owddvae Oixny, xarayedwpevoe Téwe, Tore 6}
, - A) ~ s
oTpégovory avrov thy Wuyxiy py adnBeic dour, cal
abrog roe bo rij¢g Tov yhpwe aobeveiac i Kai dorep
<ei> Hon eyyurépw oy roy exet paddov re xabopg
, v ’
avra, troiac 6 ovy Kai deiarog peoroc yiyrerat
Kal dvadoyilerac Hon Kal oxorel, et reve Te HOiKNKEY.

(6) BaBai, jv 3 éyw, & pire TAatKwr, we Eppwpevwc
éxarepoy Gowep avoptavra eic rv Kpioty éxxaDaipecc
roty dvdpoiy. ‘Qo parsor’, Egy, duvapat. ovroey
6€ ToLOUTOLY, OEY ETL, WE EYppat, xaXEToY Ercced-
Oeiy rq Adyy, olocg ExarEpoy Biocg Emipéver. eKTEov
obv* Kat on Kay dypotkorépwo EyNTat, pf EME Olov
éyerv, & LwKparec, GAAa Tove Eravovrrac mpd
dtxatoovrne Gdikiav. epovor oe race, Gre obrw
Geaxeiuevoc 6 dixatog paortywcerat, orpefsAWoETaL,
dednoerac, Exxavdyoerat rHpOaApw, TeXEUTOY TayTa

X 2

310 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

Kaka aber dvacyirdurevOnoerat Kai yrwoerat, ore
ovx elvac dixacov adda Ooxeiy Set EOEXELY* TO SE TOU
AisyvAov modu iv dpa opOdrepow A€éyery Kara Toi
aotKov.

(ce) of 8€ abroi otvrot éyovory, we eloiy olae Buaiasc
Te kal ebywraic ayavgow cai avalhpacty wapa-
yeoOar avameOopuevoc oic i} apporepa 3 obdérepa
mevoreoy" el 0 ovY weEOTEOY, dduxnréoy Kat Ovréov
ano Tay adunparwr. Cikatoe pev yap ovrec alnpiot
pev bro Dewy eodpeba, ra do éf adcxiac Képdn are-
copeBa’ adcxor Oe kepbavovper Te Kal Aroodpevo
vrepBaivorres Kai Guapravovrec welBovrec abrove
aC hpcor dmadhagoper. GANG yap év"Atdov dixny
dwoopev oy ay évOade Adexnowper, H avrot iH matdec
waiowy.

6. Translate, with notes on grammatical peculiarities—
(@) édsetoBae oby iydic wodv padAoy eixde éoriv Tov

id bor rey dever xadexaiverOat.

(b) viv, hy o éyw, Euaboy 6 Aéyerc.

(d) rovrwy d& wavrwy of wept Oewy re Adyor Kai
apEerijc avpactwrarot A€yovrat, we dpa kat Beot
mohXoig pev ayaboic dvoruxias Te kal Bior Kako
Evesay, Toig 0 évavrioe évavrlay poipayv.

(€) Ovxoty, fy & éyw, ro AEyopevov, adedgog avdpi
TapEein.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. all

LATIN.—Part I. (TRANSLATION OF

PREPARED BOOKS.)
The Board of Examiners.

1. Translate, with brief notes (in the margin) where

(a)

(4)

(c)

you think them called for—

Quod superest, ubi pulsam hiemem Sol
aureus egit
Sub terras caelumque aestiva luce reclusit,
Tilae continuo saltus silvasque peragrant
Purpureosque metunt flores et lumina libant
Summa leves. Hinc nescio qua dulcedine
laetae
Progeniem nidosque fovent, hinc arte recentis
Excudunt ceras et mella tenacia fingunt.
Hinc ubi iam emissum caveis ad sidera caeli
Nare per aestatem liquidam suspexeris agmen
Obscuramque trahi vento mirabere nubem,
Contemplator.

Saepe etiam duris errando in cotibus alas
Attrivere, ultroque animam sub fasce dedere :
Tantus amor florum et generandi gloria mellis.
Ergo ipsas quamvis angusti terminus aevi
Excipiat (neque enim plus septuma ducitur

aestas),

At genus immortale manet multosque per
annos :
Stat Fortuna domus et avi numerantur avorum.

Exiguus primum atque ipsos contractus ad

usus
Eligitur locus; hunc angustique imbrice tecti
Parietibusque premunt artis et quattuor
addunt
Quattuor a ventis obliqua luce fenestras.

312

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

Tum vitulus bima curvans iam cornua fronte

Quaeritur; huic geminae nares et spiritus oris
Multa reluctanti obstruitur, plagisque perempto
Tunsa per integram solvuntur viscera pellem. '

2. Explain — aerii mellis—numina laeva — Phrygiae

Idae—mella durum Bacchi domitura saporem—
biferi rosaria Paesti—siletur in noctem—Medus
Hydaspes—esse apibus partem divinae mentis et
hanstus aetherios dixere—animas in volnere
ponunt —defruta — Cecropium thymum—leves
Parthi — manibus Procne pectus signata
cruentis.

3. State the exact meaning of the words italicised in

liguidi fontes—graviter spirantis thymbrae—
raras superinice frondes—/fructos sonitus imitata
tubarum—hAorridus desidia—ntger Galaesus—
eduram pirum—fessos sopor suus occupat artus.

4, Translate, with notes as above—
(a) contracta pisces aequora sentinnt

iactis in altum molibus; huc frequens
caementa demittit redemptor
cum famulis dominusque terrae
fastidiosus. sed Timor et Minae
scandunt eodem, quo dominus, neque
decedit aerata triremi et
post equitem sedet atra Cura.
quod si dolentetn nec Phrygius lapis
nec purpurarum sidere clarior
delenit usus nec Falerna
vitis Achaemeniumque costam,
cur invidendis postibus et novo
sublime ritu moliar atrium ?
cur valle permutem Sabina
divitias operosiores ?

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., i9U0b. 313

(6) Quantum distet ab Inacho

Codrus pro patria non timidus mori
narras et genus Aeaci

et pugnata sacro bella sub Ilio:
quo Chium pretio cadum

mercemur, quis aquam temperet ignibus,
quo praebente domum et quota

Paelignis caream frigoribus, taces.

pravi sunt elementa et tenerae nimis
mentes asperioribus

formandae studiis. nescit equo rudis
haerere ingenuus puer

venarique timet, ludere doctior,
seu Graeco iubeas trocho

seu malis vetita levibus alea.

§. Explain—cenae sine aulaeis et ostro — si ture
placaris et horna fruge Lares—Socraticis madet
sermonibus — Maecenas, equitumn decus—capitis
minor — pharetratos Gelonos— Philippis versa
acies retro—descendat in Campum petitor.

6. Give the exact sense (or senses) of—pius—arbusta
—rudis— purpureus — ferox— lyra — cyathus—
pauperies—regum apices.

?. Discuss briefly the merits and the originality of
Horace as a writer of lyrics.

8. Translate, with notes as above—

(a) Simul crescit inopia omniam longa obsidione
et minuitur expectatio externae opis, cum tam
procul Romani, unica spes, circa omnia hostium
essent. paulisper tamen adfectos animos recreavit

314

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

repentina profectio Hannibalis in Oretanos Car-
petanosque, qui duo populi dilectus acerbitate
consternati, retentis conquisitoribus metum de-
fectionis cum praebuissent, oppressi celeritate
Hannibalis omiserunt mota arma. nec Sagunti
oppugnatio segnior erat, Maharbale Himilconis
filio—eum praefecerat Hannibal—ita inpigre
rem agente, ut ducem abesse nec cives nec
hostes sentirent.

(b) Taetra ibi luctatio erat via lubrica glacie non

recipiente vestigium et in prono citius pedes .
fallente, ut, seu manibus in adsurgendo seu genu
se adiuvissent, ipsis adminiculis prolapsis iterum
corruerent ; nec stirpes circa radicesve, ad quas
pede aut manu quisquam eniti posset, erant;
ita in levi tantum glacie tabidaque nive voluta-
bantur. iumenta secabant interdum etiam in-
fimam ingredientia nivem, et prolapsa iactandis
pre in conitendo ungulis penitus perfringe-

ant, ut pleraque velut pedica capta haererent
in dura et alte concreta glacie.

(ce) Erat: forte brumae tempus et nivalis dies in locis

Alpibus Appenninoque interiectis, propinquitate
etiam fluminum ac paludium praegelidis. ad
hoc raptim eductis hominibus atque equis non
capto ante cibo, non ope ulla ad arcendum
frigus adhibita, nihil caloris inerat, et quidquid
aurae fluminis adpropinquabant, adflabat acrior
frigoris vis. ut vero refugientes Numidas in-
sequentes uquam ingress! sunt—et erat pec-
toribus tenus aucta nocturno imbri,—tum utique
egressis rigere omnibus corpora, ut vix armorum

‘tenendorum potentia essent, et simul lassitudine

et procedente iam die fame etiam deficere.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 315

9. Translate with notes on grammatical difficulties—
(a) Circumscribit includitque nos terminis mon-
tium fluminumque quos non excedamus.
(6) Locum insidiis circumspectare.
(c) Vestitus nihil inter aequales excellens.
(zd) Munimento ad tempus.

(e) Exercitum in reficiendo maxime sentientem
contracta ante mala.

Haud dubia res visa, quin per invia circa nec
trita antea quamvis longo ambitu circumduceret
agmen.

10. Explain—

(a) Sardos Corsosque et Histros atque IIlyrios
lacessisse magis quam exercuisse Romana
arma.

(6) Lectisternium Caere, ubi sortes attenuatae.

11. Explain —sublatis armamentis; occidente iam
sidere Vergiliarum; lIuppiter Latiaris ; bello
integro; nomen Latinum ; stipendium; subinde.

12. Indicate on a rough map the positions of thie
rivers Padus, Ticinus, Trebia, see Victumulae,
Augusta Taurinorum, Placentia, Mutina, the
Boii and Insubres.

316

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

LATIN.—Parr !I. (TRANSLATION OF

PREPARED BOOKS.)
The Board of Examiners.

1. Translate, with notes in the margin where you think

them needed—

(a) Corpora sunt porro partim primordia rerum,

(4)

partim concilio quae constant priocipiorum.

sed quae sunt rerum primordia, nulla potest vis

stinguere; nam solido vincunt ea corpore
demum.

etsi difficile esse videtur credere quicquam

in rebus solido reperiri corpore posse. :

transit enim fulmen caeli per saepta domorum,

clamor ut ac voces; ferrum candescit in igni

dissiliuntque fero ferventia saxa vapore ;

tum labefactatus rigor auri solvitur aestu ;

tum glacies aeris flamma devicta liquescit ;

permanat calor argentum penetraleque frigus,

quando utrumque manu retinentes pocula rite

sensimus infuso lympharum rore superne.

usque adeo in rebus solidi nil esse videtur.

“At saepe in magnis ft montibus” inquis
“ut altis
arboribus vicina cacumina summa terantur
inter se, validis facere id cogentibus austris,
donec flammai fulserunt flore coorto.”
scilicet et non est lignis tamen insitus ignis,
verum semina sunt ardoris multa, terendo
quae cum confluxere, creant incendia silvis.
quod si facta foret silvis abscondita flamma,
non possent ullum tempus celarier ignes,
conficerent volgo silvas, arbusta cremarent.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906.

2. Translate (as above) —

(2) Mollis inertia cur tantam diffuderit imis

Oblivionem sensibus,

Pocula Lethaeos ut si ducentia somnos
Arente fauce traxerim,

Candide Maecenas, occidis saepe rogando :
Deus, Deus nam me vetat

Inceptos, olim promissum carmen, iambos
Ad umbilicum adducere.

Non aliter Samio dicunt arsisse Bathyllo
Anacreonta Teium,

Qui persaepe cava testudine flevit amorem
Non elaboratum ad pedem.

(6) Interdum speciosa locis morataque recte

317

Fabula nullius Veneris, sine pondere et arte,
Valdius oblectat populum meliusque moratur
Quam versus inopes rerum nugaeque canorae.

Graiis ingenium, Graiis dedit ore rotundo

Musa loqui, praeter laudem nullius avaris.

Romani pueri longis rationibus assem

Discunt in partes centum diducere. Dicat
Filius Albini, ‘‘ Si de quincunce remota est

Uncia, quid superat?” Poteras dixisse,

“Triens.” *‘ Ku!

Rem poteris servare tuam. Redit uncia, quid

fit?”
‘¢ Semis.”

Proicit ampullas et sesquipedalia verba,
Si curat cor spectantis tetigisse querella.

3. Translate (as above )—

(a) Noster autem status est hic: apud bonos 1idem
sumus, quos reliquisti, apud sordem urbis et

318 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

faecem multo melius nunc, quam cum reliquisti :
nam et illud nobis non obest, videri nostrum
testimonium non valuisse: missus est sanguis
invidiae sine dolore, atque etiam hoc magis,
quod omnes illi fautores illius flagitii rem mani-
festam illam redemptam esse a_ iudicibus
confitentur ; accedit illud, quod illa contionalis
hirudo aerarii, misera ac ieiuna plebecula, me
ab hoc Magno unice diligi putat, et hercule
multa et iucunda consuetudine coniuncti inter
nos sumus, usque eo, ut nostri isti comissatores
coniurationis, barbatuli iuvenes, illum in
sermonibus Cn. Ciceronem appellent.

(6) In tribunis pl. designatis reliqua spes est ;
quam si exspectaro, non erit, quod putes me
causae meae, voluntati meorum defuisse. Quod
me saepe accusas, cur hunc meum casum tam
graviter feram, debes ignoscere, cum ita me
adflictum videas, ut neminem umquam nec
videris nec audieris. Nam quod scribis te audire
me etiam mentis errore ex dolore adfici, mihi
vero mens integra est. Atque utinam tam in
periculo fuisset! cum ego iis, quibus meam
salutem carissimam esse arbitrabar, inimicissimis
crudelissimisque usus sum, qui, ut me paulum
inclinari timore viderunt, sic impulerunt, ut
omni suo scelere et perfidia abuterentur ad

" exitilum meum.

4. Translate, with explanatory notes—

(a) Tribuni non tam aerati quam, ut apellantur,
aeraril.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 319

(6) Quaeres scilicet cara rd Knoepovxdy et ad me
ab eo quasi bzoOjxac adferes, quem ad modum
me geram ; aliquid ex eius sermone poterimus
wept Tay OAwy suspicari.

(2) Nam et stipendium Caesari decretum est et
decem legati, et ne lege Sempronia succederetur,
facile perfectum est.

5. Write short grammatical notes on—

(2) Dum veritus est. (0) Viximus, floruimus.
(c) Quod si conficitur negotium, omnia
consequemur. (d) Nam si spes_ inveterarit,
actum est. (¢) Id ei perpetua oratione contigit.
(f ) Neque ullius beneficii certum nomen peto.
(g) Qui istinc veniunt, superbiam tuam accusant,
quod negent te percontantibus respondere.

6. Indicate in a rough map the positions of—Upper
and Lower Germany—Colonia Agrippina—the
Lingones—the Cottian and Pennine Alps—
Forum Julii — Albintimilium — Rhaetia —
Noricum.

7. Explain fully—cohortes alaeqne—septuma decuma
cohors—cohors togata—legatus—procurator —
praefectus legionis — speculator — Tiberinus
amnis—optio—vacationes.

8. Comment on—vir facundus et pacis artibus—
linguae feroces—exsoluturum promisit, rem
hand dubie utilem—non tamen quies urbi
redierat—locum castris capere—saepe honestas
rerum causas, ni iudicium adhibeas, perniciosi
exitus consequuntur.

320 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

9. Translate, with notes, and pointing out non-
Ciceronian words or constructions—

(a) Quarta pars manipuli sparsa per commeatus
aut in ipsis castris vaga,dum mercedem centurioni
exsolveret, neque modum oneris quisquam neque
genus quaestus pensi habebat: per latrocinia
et raptus aut servilibus ministeriis militare otium
redimebant. tum locupletissimus quisque miles
labore ac saevitia fatigari donec vacationem
emeret. ubi sumptibusexhaustus socordia insuper
elanguerat, inops pro locuplete et iners pro
strenuo in manipulum redibat ; ac rursus alius
#tque alius eadem egestate ac licentia corrupti
ad seditiones et discordias et ad extremum bella
civilia ruebant.

(6) Non fallebat duces impetus militum, sed
bellantibus aliis placuit expectari. bellum ruere
in victores victosque, numquam solida fide
coalescere ; nec referre, Vitellium an Othonem
superstitem fortuna faceret. rebus secundis etiam
epregios duces insolescere: discordiam his,
ignaviam, luxuriem; et suismet vitiis alterum
bello, alterum victoria periturum. iyitur arma
in occasionem distulere, Vespasianus Mucianus-
que nuper, ceteri olim mixtis consiliis; optimus
quisque amore rei publicae, multos dulcedo prae-
darum stimulabat, alios ambiguae domi res.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 321

GREEK.—Partr I. (COMPOSITION AND
UNSEEN TRANSLATION.)

The Board of Examiners.

1. Translate into Greek Prose—

When the Greeks lost heart at the sight of the
multitude of their enemies, a brave Phokean
(Pwxacevc), named Dionysius, promised them
victory if they would obey his commands. The
Tonians obeyed, and during seven days Dionysius
made them practise (jeAerdw) for the battle all
the day till night. But on the eighth day,
such was their indolence (fg6upia) and love
of pleasure that they left the ships, and lay
down under the trees in the island. In the
meantime, ir accordance with the commands of
the Persian generals, the tyrants were trying to
persuade the leaders of the Ionians to desert,
when the battle should be fought, promising them
that the king of Persia would pardon them ; and
the Persians, thinking that the tyrants had
succeeded, ordered the Phoenicians to attack at
once. The Greeks, were, however, again on
board their ships ; but when they were about to
make a last struggle for freedom, a shameful
thing befel. Before a blow was struck, forty-
nine out of the sixty ships of the Samians sailed
away.

2. Translate accurately into good English—
ézetra O€ Kareotparoredeicaro Ty per wel@ emt
AOgy awéxovre TIjg WOAEWS WE TEVTE BTALA, TPO Tic
Xwpac Ovrt, Grwe arorépvotro évTevOer, Et Tig Eri
7hY xwpay rev Kopxvpaiwy éiow 14 6€ vaurikoy tic «

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

9 . ? ~ ’ , i
rant Oarepa rijc woAEwWS KaTEaTparomédEevoEY, EvOEY
ow 9 Y ¢
ger’ Gy ra mpoordéoyta xai zpoaccBavecBat Kai
dtaxwrvEv. mpoc O€ rovrore Kaiémi Tp Ayuéere, OTOTE

XN ‘N a rb > a > la ck \ On @
pn XEuwY KwWAVOL, EPwppeEL. ETOALOPKEL pEV ON OVTW

+] ~ = a
Thy wOdty. Emel 6 of Kopxupaioe ex pev Tije vic
A ry ~ N ~~ a
ovdev éXapBavoy dua To KparetoOat Kara yi, Kara
OdAarray © ovdey eianyero avrotc cia TO vav-
kpareioOat, év woKAQ aropig Hoayv. Kat wépwovrec
N “ Q ~ 9 2QNer A 2) P)
wpoc touc ABnvalouc Boner r €0EOVTO Kal EOtCOaCKOY
e , \ > LY 9 c ra 9 s
we peya pev ayaboy amoadoerv ay, ei Kopxupac
arepnOeter, roic H€ roNEuiors peyaAnv av loxuy mpo0-
Barouv* & obdemtac yap wodews TARY y’ "AOnvov
OUTE vavc OUTE xenpara wrelova av yevéoOar.

LATIN.—Part I. (COMPOSITION AND

UNSEEN TRANSLATION.)
The Board of Examiners.

1. Translate into Latin—

Greece was saved, but the general who had
saved it perished miserably. Miltiades had been
twenty years a tyrant, and he now wished to
employ the forces of Athens like a tyrant instead
of a citizen. He persuaded the people to give
him command of a fleet, without telling them for
what purpose; and out of private enmity he
attacked the island of Paros. But as the Parians
made a desperate defence, Miltiades found that
he could do nothing. At last a priestess, wishing
to betray the city, sent word to Miltiades to
come secretly to her temple. Miltiades tried
to climb into the temple by night, but fell and
wounded his leg. And now, after twenty-six

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 323

days’ command, he returned to Athens with no-
thing done. He was accused of deceiving the
people, and was sentenced to pay a heavy fine.
His property being in the hands of the Persians,
he could pay nothing, and, his wound mortifying,
he died in dishonour.

2. Transiate accurately into good English—

Dum baec Veiis agebantur, interim arx Romae
Capitoliumque in ingenti periculo fuit. Namque
Galli, seu vestigio notato humano, qua nuntius a
Veiis pervenerat, seu sua sponte animadverso
saxorum ascensu aequo, nocte sublustri, cum
primo inermem, qui temptaret viam, praemisissent,
sublevantes in vicem et trahentes alii alios, prout
postularet locus, tanto silentio in summum
evasere ut non custodes solum fallerent sed ne
canes quidem—sollicitum animal ad nocturnos
strepitus—excitarent. Anseres non fefellere,
quibus sacris [unonis in summa inopia cibi
tamen abstinebatur: quae res saluti fuit:
namque clangore eorum alarumque crepitu
excitus M. Manlius, qui triennio ante consul
fuerat, vir bello egregius, armis arreptis vadit
et, dum ceteri trepidant, Gallum, qui iam in
summo constiterat, umbone ictum deturbat.
Culus casus cum proximos sterneret, trepi-
dantes alios armisque omissis saxa, quibus
adhaerebant, manibus amplexos _ trucidant.
Iamque et alii congregati telis missilibusque
saxis proturbare hostes, ruinaque tota prolapsa
acies in praeceps deferri. Sedato deinde tumultu
reliquum noctis—quantum in turbatis mentibus
poterat, cum praeteritum quoque periculum
sollicitaret—quieti datum est.

304 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

COMPARATIVE PHILOLOGY.
Seconp YEAR.
Professor Tucker.

1. Describe and illustrate the morphological methods
of Mexican, Magyar, Malay, Zulu, Chinese.
Point out any resemblance of principle under-
lying the dissimilarity.

2. Take an area including Asia Minor, Persia, Arabia,
and the northern half of Africa, and state what
languages are or have been spoken within it. If
possible place them on an outline map. Name
the families to which they respectively belong,
and state their morphological classification.

3. (a) Describe the production of each of the sounds
actually heard in the words king, porridge,
heard, table. Give diagrams for each of those
in kong.

(6) Write phonetically the words which form the
headings to this paper.

4. Write a full and clear account of the development
of Italian from Latin and of Danish from
Ur-Teutonic.

5. (a) Write a concise essay on phonetic change and
its causes. :

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 325

(6) What causes have prevented the English
language (for example) from showing entire
regularity of “ phonetic laws ” ?

6. Discuss fully the expression ‘“ Latin Race” us
applied to speakers of Romance tongues.

7. Write an essay on the application of scientific
principles to the etymology of words.

FRENCH.—Parrt I.
First Paper.

The Board of Examiners.
I. Version.

1. Traduisez (nz trop littéralement ni trop librement) :

(a) Jean-Irénée, our gardener at the lodge, does
little work for us save plant and tend the kitchen-
garden, whose produce he shares, and mow the
lawns and orchard—when he deems the grass
long enough to feed his cows. He labours for
us until noon; after midday he is on his own
account, a busy man, and a small farmer in his
way, with four cows, a cart, and four tiny fields
of his own well chosen, scattered in different
enclosures and hollows of the mountain. We
give him his house, an ucre of grass or two, his
garden, and stabling for his cows and pigs ; in
addition, he has some £20 of wages and ¢trennes,

326

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

so that he is well off, for Olmet, where even a
bouvier-grand, that important person and main-
stay of a farm, the head cowboy, earns barely
£17 a year.

(6) Too passionate to be impartial, his Memotrs

nevertheless present a living picture of his time
as a whole. They abound in portraits which
were then coming into fashion, and in political
considerations.

IT. TrapuctTIon.

1. Traduisez :
(a) Voltaire, qui aimait la vie et qui savait la remplir,

5. (a)

marque un profond mépris pour le suicide. Il
comprend, sans les excuser tout & fait, les sui-
cides des anciens “qui préférent une mort
volontaire & la vie;” mais il ajoute tout de
suite: ‘‘ Nous nous tuons aussi nous autres ;
mais c’est quand nous avons perdu notre argent
ou dans l’excés trés rare d’une folle passion pour
un objet qui n’en vaut pas la peine. J’ai connu
des femmes qui se sont tuées pour les plus sots
hommes du monde.” Remarquez-vous ce mot
presque prodigieux. C’est le suicide envisagé
par quelqu’un qui n’a pas, un seul jour de sa vie,
compris la mélancolie, ni méme la passion.
Comme si sottise ou esprit, et d’une facon
générale le mérite personnel, avaient quoi que
ce soit & voir aux choses d’amour. Les causes de
amour sont ailleurs: ‘“ La cause en est un je ne
sais quoi,” disait Pascal, plus psychologue que
Voltaire. Le mérite de l’étre aimé n’est pour
rien dans l’affection de l’étre aimant, voila
.1xiome dont il faut toujours partir quand on
168 onne sur les passions.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 327

(5) Sa politique
Est d’étre toujours grave envers un domestique.
Sil lui disait un mot, il croirait s’abaisser ;
Et qu'un valet lui parle, il le fera chasser.
Enfin, pour ébaucher en deux mots sa peinture,
C’est l’homme le plus vain qu’ait produit la nature.
Pour ses inférieurs plein d’un mépris choquant,
Avec ses égaux méme il prend l’air important.
Si fier de ses aieux, si fier de sa noblesse,
Qu’il croit &tre ici bas le seul de son espéce ;
Persuadé d’ailleurs de son habileté,
Et décidant sur tout avec antorité ;
Se croyant en tout genre un mérite supréme,
Dédaignant tout le monde, et s’admirant lui

méme. .

En un mot, des mortels le plus impérieux,
Et le plus suffisant et le plus glorieux.

III. Synraxr ComPARg&eE.
Répondez en anglars aux questions suivantes ;

(a) Qu’entend-on par Syntaxe formelle et Syntaxe
logique. Leur relation est-elle la méme dans les
langues modernes que dans les langues anciennes?

(6). Comment doit-on traduire en frangais les
verbes anglais, qui sont étroitement liés &
Yadverbe suivant ; Par exemple:

to go out,
to come away,
to take off,
to take down, ete.
Donnez d’autres exemples que vous pourriez
savoir ! ,
(c) Montrez, au moyen d’exemples, pourquoi les
mots abstraits sont plus rares en francais qu’en
anglais.

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

FRENCH.—Parrt I.

SECOND PAPER.
The Board of Examiners.

PRESCRIBED AUTHORS.

1. Traduisez (en soignant le style et la précision des

expressions) ;

(a) Leurs banquets ne se terminaient guére sans

bataille. La cuisse de la béte appartenait au
plus brave, et chacun voulait étre le plus brave.
Leur grand plaisir, aprés celui de se battre, c’était
d’entourer l’étranger, de le faire asseoir, bon gré
mal gré, avec eux, de lui faire dire des histoires
de terres lointaines. Ces barbares étaient insati-
ablement avides et curieux; ils fuisaient la
presse des étrangers, les enlevaient des marchés
et des routes, et les forgaient de parler. Eux-
mémes parleurs terribles, infatizables, abondants
en figures, solennels et burlesquement graves
dans leur prononciation gutturale, c’était une
affaire dans leurs assemblées que de maintenir
la parole & l’orateur au milieu des interruptions.

(6) A la maniére dont les joues rentraient en

continuant la bouche, on devinait que le vierllard
édenté s’adressait pius souvent au tonneau qu’d
la huche. Sa barbe blanche, clairsemée, donnait
quelque chose de menagant a son profil par la
raideur des poils coupés court. Ses yeux, trop
petits pour son énorme visage, inclinés comme
ceux du cochon, exprimaient & la fois la ruse et
la paresse; mais en ce moment ils jetaient
comme une lueur, tant le regard jaillissait droit
sur la riviére. Pour tout vétement ce pauvre

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 329

homme portait une vieille blouse, autrefois bleue,
et un pantalon de cette toile grossiére qui sert
& Paris 4 faire des emballages. Tout citadin
aurait frémi de lui voir aux pieds des sabots cassés,
sans méme un peu de paille pour en adoucir les
crevasses. Assurément, la blouse et le pantalon
n’avaient de valeur que pour la cuve d’une
papeterie.

Pension bourgeoise des deux sexes et autres.

LT’ étude était une grande piéce ornée du poéle
classique qui garnit tous les antres de la chicane.

Quelques habitués se coulérent familiérement
dans l’assemblée, ainsi que deux ou trois fils de
famille, parés comme des chAsses, heureux d’avoir
été conviés.

(c) Pour étre complet, 2/ efit di étre ignare,
gourmand et lAche. Mais loin de 1a, il était fort
savant, trés sobre et follement courageux. II
avait toutes les grandes qualités de |’Ame, jointes
& un caractére insupportable et & un contente-
ment de lui méme qui allait jusqu’au délire. [1
avait les idées les plus absolues, les maniéres les
plus rudes, le langage le plus outrecuidant.

. Mais quel dévouement, quel zéle, quelle Ame
généreuse et sensible! Baek grand homme !
Comme je t’ai pardonné tes persécutions !

(d) Nous arrivimes & «ne contrée ov le soleil ne
se couchait plus. Pale et élargi, cet astre
tournait tristement autour d’un ciel glacé; de
rares animaux erraient sur des montagnes

330

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

inconnues. D’un cdté s’étendaient des champs
de glace, contre lesquels se brisait une mer
décolorée; de l’autre, s’élevait une terre have et
nue, qui n’offrait qu’une morne succession de
baies solitaires et de caps décharnés. Nous
cherchions quelquefois un asile dans des trous de
rochers, d’ow les aigles marins s’envolaient avec
de grands cris. J’écoutais alors le bruit des
vents répétés par les échos de la caverne, et le
émissement des glaces qui se fendaient sur
a rive.

e e ’ e e e

Si tu n’es pas un dieu caché sous la forme
d’un mortel, tu es sans donte un étranger que
les Satyres ont égaré comme moi dans les bois.
Dans quel port est entré ton vaisseau? Viens-
tu de Tyr, si célébre par la richesse ‘de ses
marchands ? Viens-tu de la charmante Corinthe,
ov tes hétes t’auraient fait de. riches présents ?

Les questions suivantes peuvent se traiter en anglais.

2. Commentez les 4 morceaux précédents (a), (0), (e),

(d), en ce qui concerne Jes ouvrages auxquels
ils appartiennent, ainsi que leurs auteurs.
Indiquez les personnages ou les événements dont
ils font mention, et commentez dans la marge
les mots en italique.

3. Expliquez pourquoi G. Sand est plutét idéaliste

que romantique. Indiquez ceux de ses ouvrages
qui appartiennent & lune ou & |’autre de ces
écoles, Quelles qualités vous ont frappé dans
son style?

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 331

4. En quoi Chateaubriand compleéte-t-il l’cauvre de
Mme. de Staél? Montrez les différentes ten-
dances littéraires que vous avez pu remarquer
dans les Natchez, le Génie du Christianisme et
les Martyrs.

0. Décrivez bridvement les défauts et qualités de
Michelet comme historien—Montrez le réle que
cet écrivain, Balzac et Daudet ont joué et
Pinfluence qu’il ont exercée dans leurs différentes
sphéres littéraires.

FRENCH.—Parr I.
Turrp Paper.

HISTORY OF THE LITERATURE AND
LANGUAGE.

The Board of Examiners.

Les réponses peuvent se faire en anglats.

Traitez seulement cing des questions suivantes; mais
he soin de comprendre toujours dans votre
choix les questions (a), (c) (/).

I. Histoire DE LA LITTERATURE.

(2) Qu’entendez-vous par Roman pastoral et
Roman réaliste ? Comparez ces deux genres et
donnez les noms des auteurs et’ les titres des
ouvrages qui en sont les meilleurs exempleg.
Traitez & fond cette question.

332 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

(>) Quel est le rdle de Voltaire dans |’histoire du
Roman? En quoi différe-t-il de J. J. Rousseau
et de Lesage dans cette branche de la littérature ?

(c) Quelles sont les qualités spéciales qui consti-
tuent la supériorité littéraire de Osinmings:
de Voltaire et de Michelet sur les autres
historiens francais ? Donnez une idée du style
de chacun de ces écrivains; énumérez leurs
ouvrages et indiquez Pinfluence qu’ils ont pu
exercer sur leurs contemporains and leurs
successeurs.

(d) Décrivez briévement |’ Encyclopédie et indiquez,
avec quelques détails précis, les principaux
écrivains qui y ont contribué.

(ec) En quoi les écrivains anglais Richardson,
Walter Scott, and G. Elliot sont-ils importants en
ce qui concerne I’étude du Roman en France ?

(f) Montrez longuement l’importance des Mémoires
de Brantéme, de Montluc, de St. Simon and de de
Retz.

(g) Ecrivez une note détaillée sur chacun des
écrivains suivants: Froissart, G. Sand, Mme de
la Fayette, De Tocqueville, Montesquieu—
Mettez ces écrivains dans l’ordre voulu.

IT. Histoire pE La LAanaueE.

(a) Montrez que le celtique a laissé bien des
traces dans le francais moderne, contrairement
& ce que prétendent certains écrivains.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 383

ENGLISH.—Paart I.
First Paper.
Mr. Murdech.

1. Summarise the differences between Early and
Modern English, with respect to inflexion of
Noun, Adjective, and Verb.

2. Account for the great influx of French words into
the English Language towards the close of the
Thirteenth Century.

3. Explain tersely—
(a) My foot my tutor.

(b) . « + No hope that way is |
Another way so high a hope that even
Ambition cannot pierce a wink beyond,
But doubt discovery there.

bring a corullary
Rather than want a spirit.

| (e) - + . Iwill pay thy graces
| Home both in word and deed.

(f) This is the tune of our catch, played by the
picture of Nobody.

4, Explain the phrases,—By’r lakin—forthrights
and meanders—one dowle that’s in mv plume—
Mars’s hot minion—an excellent pass of pate—
this wooden slavery. ;

3834 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

5. Write concise notes on—
(a) Must I go show them my unbarb’d sconce ?

(6) The thing I have forsworn to grant may never
Be held by you denials.

(e) A pair of tribunes that have rack’d for Rome,
To make coals cheap.

(d) Take to you, as your predecessors have,
Your honour with your form.
(¢)

; If he have power
Then vail your ignorance ; if none, awake
Your dangerous lenity. If you are learn’d
Be not as common fools ; if you are not,
Let them have cushions by you.

6. Explain the following words as used in Coriolanus :
—tetter, kam, cog, absolute, factionary, lurch,
cautelous, practice, atone.

7. Explain the following phrases, with reference to
their context :—Warping on the eastern wind—
Amram’s son—that approbrious hill—gay
relizions—Thammuz yearly wounded—Javan’s
issue—sons of Belial—bands of pioners—sub-
limed with mineral fury.

8. Comment upon—
(a) Came ye on none but phantoms in your quest,
No man, no woman?
(6) I saw the spiritual city, and all her spires
And gateways in a glory like one pearl.

ANNUAL BXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 335

(2) Knights that in twelve great battles splash’d
and dyed

‘The strong White Horse in his own heathen
blood.

(e) ‘Behold, the enchanted towers of Carbonek.

9. Quote examples of —
(a) Plays on words, from Milton.
(6) Latintsms of vocabulary, from Milton.
(ec) Allteration, from Tennyson.

10. Give a very short account of each of the following

persons mentioned by Johnson :—Dennis, Curll,
Theobald, Cibber, Tickell, Atterbury, Arbuthnot.

ENGLISH.—Parrt I.
Srconp PAPER. .
Mr. Murdoch.

1. Give the substance of Johnson’s criticism of the
Essay on Man.

2. What does Johnson. mean by the term “ repre-
sentative metre” ? What is his opinion in the
matter ?

3. What opinion of Richard I., as a king, would you
form from Lvanhoe ?

4. Are we justified in drawing any conclusion from
Coriolanus as to Shakespeare’s political opinions ?

336 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

What is meant by “internal evidence ” with regard
to the chronology of Shakespeare’s plays ?
Illustrate by The Tempest, or Coriolanus.

. Discuss the originality of Tennyson’s treatment of

the Grail legend.

. Divide Milton’s life into three periods, aud describe

one characteristic work of each period.

. Write a short essay on the character of Miranda.

ENGLISH.—Parrt II.
First PaPEr.

Mr. Murdoch.

. Explain the following phrases:—Now is he total

gules—the triumph of his pledge—the first row
of the pious chanson—I eat the air, promise-
crammed—as flush as May—goes it against the
main of Poland ?—on mount of all the age—
the dram of eale.

. Discuss Geoethe’s account of Hamlet’s character,

and compare it with Coleridge’s account.

Comment on—

(a) I will from henceforth rather be myself,

Mighty and to be fear’d, than my condition.

(6) Shall we buy treason? and indent with fears,

When they have lost and forfeited themselves ?

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 337

(d) Burgomasters and great oneyers, such as can
hold in.

(e) Happy man be his dole, say I.
(f) He of Wales, that gave Amamon the.
bastinado.

4. What is meant by the term dramatic irony ?
Illustrate from King Henry IV., Part I.

5. Give the substance of Dryden’s comparison of

English with French drama.

6. Give the substance of Dryden’s account of
Shakespeare.

7. Quote from Gray examples of (a) periphrasis, (5)
Latinism of diction, (c) obscurity due to inver-
sion.

8. What, according to Macaulay, were Addison’s
most striking qualities as an essayist? Discuss
Macaulay’s estimate of Addison.

In what respects did Burke, in his Heflections,
prove himself a true prophet ?

338 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

ENGLISH.—Parrt II.
Seconp Papsrr.
Mr. Murdoch.
A.

1. Give a concise account of the work of Geoffrey of
Monmouth, Layamon, Orm, Wace, and Occleve.

9, Write a short account of the Elizabethan novel.

3. Who were the principal English dramatists before
Shakespeare? Name one work by each.

4. Write a note on—
(a) Dryden’s work in prose.
(6) Johnson’s work in verse.

. Give a short description of one work by each of the
following: — Hooker, Walton, Sir Thomas
Browne, Hume, Goldsmith, Cowper, Campbell.

B.
Write an essay on one of the following subjects :—
(a) Tragedy.
(b) The meaning of “ Romance.”
(e) Didactic Poetry.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 389

EDUCATION.—Secrion A.
SUPPLEMENTARY Paper.

The Board of Examiners.

. What advantages are to be gained from a study of
Parker’s work ?

.In what respects is Froebel the greatest of
educators ?

. Why does Modern Education lay such stress on
school conditions ?
Give those which a teacher should consider as
perfect.

. What is Thring’s Theory of Education ?

. Why does De Garmo in his treatment of Apper-
ception find it necessary to discuss the nature of
the syllogism ? Can you indicate his views on
this point ?

- Why does the acceptance of the Doctrine of
Apperception lead to Child Study? Contrast
the findings of Lange with those of Parker on
the content of children’s minds on entering
school, and reconcile the two views.

. What is the value of Oral Composition to all school
work ?

Indicate how you would treat it as a branch
of Language to pupils between the ages of ten
and fourteen.

340 ‘ EXAMINATION PAPERS.

8. Outline a lesson according to the Hebartian
Steps :—
(a) In Latin—Indirect Statement, or
(6) In Mathematics—The Recurring Decimal as
an example of Geometrical Progression, or
(c) In History—Any historical character.

9. Discuss Parker’s views on “ Modes of Attention.”

EDUCATION.—Skcrion B.
SUPPLEMENTARY PAPER.
The Board of Examiners.

1. What is the value of Oral Composition to all school
work? Indicate how you would treat it as a
branch of Language to pupils between the ages of
ten and fourteen. .

2. Outline a lesson according to the Herbartian
Steps :—
(a) In Latin—Indirect Statement, or
(6) In Mathematics—the Recurring Decimal as an
example of Geometrical Progression, or
(c) In History—any historical character.

3. Why does Interest occupy such an important place
in Herbart’s treatment of Instruction ?

4. From what points of view must “The Material of
Instruction,” be considered? Compare the
findings of any two educators on the best
programme.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 3d41

5. Give the Herbartian account of —
(a) Subjective side of Character.
(b) Memory of the Will.

(ce) Morality. |
Or give the ‘‘General Method of Training”
according to Herbart.

6. Outline a programme of instruction for a Secondary
School; indicate the time per week to be given
to each subject; and defend your whole
position.

’. Taking the great aims of education, discuss the
programmes of the present schools for girls
between the ages of twelve and eighteen.

8. Give some of the great lessons to be learned from
the History of Education.

9, What discussion has taken place over History as a

Secondary School subject ? Outline a course in
History.

ANCIENT HISTORY.
Professor Elkington.
1. Write a note on Ancestor Worship.
~. Give some account of the legislation which gradu-
ally secured to the Plebs the full rights of

citizenship.
Y2

342

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

3. Show the effects of the Punic Wars in beginning

“J

10.

and extending the provincial governments of
Rome.

Explain the circumstances in which the office of
Praetor was evolved trom the Consulate.

Mommsen describes Gaius Gracchus as_ the
‘‘ereatest of political transgressors”; also as
“the regenerator of his country.” Show the
applicability of both epithets.

Describe the geographical position of the following
places, and mention any important historical
events connected with them :—Carrhae, Delphi,
Megara, Messana, Pharsalia, Sena, Tigranocerta,
Vercellae.

Trace the steps by which the Emperor gradually
acquired control over the Senate.

. Write a note on the more important sources of |

Roman revenue.

. Sketch the history of the Confederacy of Delos,

its origin and purpose, and the causes of its
ultimate dissolution. |

Give some account of the various reforms which
gradually brought the constitution of Athens to
its fullest democratic form.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 343

HISTORY OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE.

Pant I.

Professor Elkington.

. Trace the gradual decay of the Roman power in

}3ritain.

. Trace briefly the history of the early Overlordships

of one State over another in England. -

. Give some account of the great Earldoms

established in England by Canute.

. Show that the Norman Conquest was important

for add Britain.

. Give the date of the Provisions of Oxford, and

explain their constitutional significance.

. Give a brief but clear summary of the legislation

of Edward the First.

. Trace the causes of the Peasants’ Revolt of 1881.

. Write a note on the characteristics of the Wars

of the Roses.

. Give some account of the Holy League, 1511.

. Give some account of Edward the Sixth’s

‘Device for the Succession.”

. Give some account of ‘The Humble Petition

and Advice,” 1657.

. Summarise the results of the Cabal Administra-

tion.

344 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

HISTORY OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE.—
Part II.

Professor Elkington.

1. Discuss the circumstances which led to the
formation of the Jacobite party in England.

2. To what events did the Revolution of 1688-9
give rise in Ireland ?

3. What do you know of the Grenville Act; the
Schism Act; the Triennial Act ?

4. Write an account of the circumstances in which
the Talents Ministry (a) entered upon office,
(6) continued in office, (c) quitted office.

5. What would you set down as the chief positive
results of the long administration of Walpole ?

6. Consider briefly the parliamentary career of
Edmund Burke.

7. Write a summary of the political and social
achievements of the reign of William the
Fourth.

8. Trace very briefly the growth of the cotton
manufacture in England.

9. What does India owe to (a) Lord Cornwallis,
(5) Lord George Bentinck ?

10. Explain the circumstances in which the first
European settlement of Australia was brought
about.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 345

POLITICAL ECONOMY.
Professor Elkington.

. Explain fully the exact meaning you apply to

each term in the equation: Produce = Rent +
Interest + Wages.

. Discuss the question whether Wages should be

considered as paid out of Capital.

. How does honesty tend to increase the productive-

ness of Labour ¢

. Account as well as you can for the rates of Interest

in Great Britain, Turkey, and Victoria respec-
tively.

. Explain the phrases “immobility of labour,” and

‘standard of comfort,” and show how the facts
they point to affect the wages question.

. What is meant by the Demand for Money ? What

are the qualities which should characterise the
commodity we adopt as Money ?

. What objections would there be to an Act of

Parliament ordering that shillings should hence-
forth rank as florins ?

. Discuss the question whether Trades Unions can

raise wages, indicating any of the difficulties in
their way.

. What can you say for and against a policy of

imposing duties to establish an industry which
is expected ultimately to flourish without Pro-
tection ?

. Distinguish between the necessary and the

optional functions of government.

346 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

PURE MATHEMATICS.—Parr I.
The Board of Hxammers.

Candidates must answer satisfactorily in each of the
three divisions of this Paper.

1. The opposite angles of any quadrilateral inscribed
in a circle are together equal to two right angles,

Two circles ABXY, CDXY intersect in X, Y.
If AYC, BXD are straight, then AB, CD are
parallel.

2. Inscribe a circle in a given triangle. !
Shew that the difference of two sides is equal to |
the difference of the segments into which the
third side is divided at the point of contact
with the inscribed circle.

3. A straight line drawn parallel to one side of a
triangle cuts the other sides proportionally
and conversely. .

If from one angle A of a parallelogram a
straight line is drawn cutting the diagonal in £
and the sides in P, Q, shew that A/F is a mean
proportional between P# and £Q.

IT.

1. Shew how to solve two simultaneous equations of
which one is of the first degree, and the other ot
the second degree.

Solve—
bc + ay = 2ab
z+ y2 = ar + dy.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 347

. Define an arithmetical progression and prove for-
mule for the n“ term and the sum of n terms.
If a, b,c are in arithmetical progression so are
a? — be, b? — ca, c*? — ab.

. State and prove the formula for the number of
permutations of » different things taken r at a
time.

Prove that—
Pan, £7
nr n=-1lr-1

4. State and prove the binomial theorem for a

positive integral exponent.

Find the middle term in the expansion of
(@ + y)”.

ITI.

. State and prove formule for expressing the sum
or the difference of two sines or two cosines as
a product.

If A + B+ C= 0, express
1 + cos A + cos B + cos C
as a product.

poumed

Find a formula for all the angles which have a
given sine.

Find the general solution of
cos 3x sin 5x = cos 7x sin 9x.

8. Prove that in any triangle
e¢=acos B + bcos A.
Shew that
acos A — bcos B = cos C(b cos A —acos B).

348 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

4. Shew how to solve a triangle, having given two
sides and the included angle.

Iti 6=8,c= 3, A = 62’, find B, C, having

given
log 2 = +3010800 ;
log 1°1 = °0413927 ;
EL cot 31° = 10°2219268 ;
_ I tan 37° 6’ = 9-8786907 ;s
Difference from 1” = 2626.

PURE MATHEMATICS.—Parrt IT.
The Board of Examiners.

. Find the equation of a frien line through a
given point, and perpendicular to a given straight
line.

Shew that the three perpendiculars of a
triangle meet in a point.

. Find the locus of the middle points of a system of
parallel chords of a parabola.

A chord of a parabola passes through a fixed
point. Find the locus of its middle point.

3. Find the locus of the intersection of perpendicular
tangents to an ellipse.

Shew that the chord of contact touches a
coaxal ellipse.

pp»

. Find the limit when 2 = 1 of (2* — 1)/(@ — 1),
and deduce the differential coefficient of 2”.

Differentiate (a" — 1)/(« — 1).

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 349

5. Shew how to find the maximum and minimum
values of a function of one variable.

Find the rectangle of maximum perimeter
described about a given rectangle.

6. Define the curvature at any point of a curve, and
prove the formula—

p =r ar[dp.
Find the curvature at any point of an ellipse.

7. State and prove the rule for integration by sub-
stitution.

Integrate—
Bess) pees
a+bcosx’ a+ ébcosha.
8. State and prove the formula for integration by
parts.
Integrate e* cos (br + c).
9. Investigate a formula for the volume of a solid of
revolution.

Find the volume generated by the revolution
of the curve

y? (2a — v7) = 2?
about its asymptote.

ee ee EE ee ee

390 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

MIXED MATHEMATICS.—Panrr I.
The Board of Examiners.

1. State and prove the polygon law of composition of
relative velocities and accelerations.

A plate rotates in its own plane with uniform
angular velocity & about a fixed.centre 0. A
circle of radius r and centre C, distant c from 0,
is drawn on the plate, and a point P describes
this circle with uniform speed v. Find the
velocity and acceleration of P relative to the

earth, when 3° OCP= 60.

2. The path of an unresisted projectile fired from a
point O with velocity v at elevation 2, intersects
a line inclined at an angle @ to the horizontal in
the points P, Y. Shew that the middle point
of PQ is at a horizontal distance

Saget:
oeos’ (tani — tan 6)

from O, and hence find the distance from OQ of
the parallel straight line which is grazed by the
projectile.

3. The resistance to a mass of /&% tons at any velocity
is given to differ from the resistance when it is
just moving by a quantity proportional to the
square of the velocity. The resistance at the
low velocity is 5 lbs. wt. per ton, and at
30 miles per hour it is double. Give an
alzebraic formula for the resistance in tons wt.
at a velocity of v ft. per sec.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 351

If the mass is 100 tons, and there is a con-
stant driving force on it of 2 tons wt., find what
speed the mass will attain and the H.P. expended
at that speed.

!. Find the time of a small oscillation of a simple
pendulum.

A small ball hangs suspended by a striny of
length 7 and is -in contact with a vertical wall.
The ball is pulled back so that the string makes
an angle 6 with the vertical in a plane normal
to the wall and is then let go. Given that the
coefficient of impact with the wall is e, shew
that the angular amplitude of the rebound after
n impacts with the wall is

2 sin~! (e* sin 6/2),

and find the time elapsed up to the n” impact,
assuming the amplitudes small.

». A given set of forces in one plane act on a particle.
Shew how to find graphically and algebraically
the two forces in given directions which will
balance the given set.

CA, CB are two equal light bars jointed to
fixed points at A, B, and to one another at C.
Find the stresses in the bars due to a force #’
acting on the joint at C in a given direction in
the plane ABC and shew that if the material is
equally strong in extension and compression,
the necessary material in the bars is greatest for
a given magnitude of #, when that force bisects ‘
the greater of the angles formed at C' by the
directions of the bars.

392 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

6. Shew that if three forces acting in one plane on a
rigid body balance, they either meet at a point
or are all parallel.

A heavy block standing on a rough horizontal
plane (coefficient of friction «) is pulled by a
force P in a vertical plane of symmetry of the
block and at a fixed angle 6 above the horizontal.
P being gradually increased, the block at length
begins to slide without overturning. Shew that
the line of action of P must intersect the base
within a length d/y tan @ where d is the dis-
tance between the extreme lines which intersect
the base and are perpendicular to the vertical
plane of P.

7. Find the mechanical advantage of a smooth light
lever with the applied force and resistance in
given directions. ,

Shew that if the fulcrum is formed of a pin
of radius r in the lever resting in a rough cir-
cular bearing, the greatest loss of mechanical
advantage is obtained by treating the fulcrum as
shifted from the centre of the pin a distance
r sin X towards the drivmg force, supposed in
the same direction as the resistance.

8. From the triangle CAB a triangular corner C‘A’B’
is cut off. Shew that the distance of the c.m.
of the remainder from AB is

yp (ala + yld)? — (A + v/a + yfd) aylad
zla+ yl/b - xylad
where « = BB’, y = AA’ and pis the distance
of C from AB.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 353

Shew that the distance from AB of the c.m.
of the trapezium obtained by increasing’ in-
definitely the height p of the triangle, keeping
AB, x, y constant, is

a + y* + xy
ety
where @ is the inclination of the parallel sides of
the trapezium to AB.

sin @

9. State and prove Archimedes’ theorem of buoyancy.

A solid of revolution with vertical axis plues
a circular aperture of radius r in the horizontal
base of a vessel containing a depth A of water.
If the weight of the solid-is W, and the volume
of water it displaces is V, find the vertical force
required to lift it off the aperture.

MIXED MATHEMATICS.—Parr IT.
The Board of Examiners.

Electrical Engineering Students omit the first question.

1. State and prove the fundamental cosine-formula
for a spherical triangle.

The latitudes and longitudes of two points B,
C on the earth aregiven. Find the latitude and
longitude of the pole of the great circle through
Band C.

2. Shew how to find the magnitudes of three forces in
given directions which balance a given system
of forces at a point. |

354

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

The lines OA, OB, OC, are mutually at
right angles. CA, CB, CO are light bars |
jointed to fixed points at A, B, O and jointed —
together at C. A force F is applied at C ina
direction making angles 6, ¢, Y, with OA, OB,
OC respectively. Find the stresses in the bars.

3. State and’prove the principle of virtual work. .

A frictionless mechanism is in equilibrium
under external forces P,, P, .. . npntied at the
points A, A, ..... The position of the
mechanism is determined by a variable x and the
corresponding arcual distances of the points
named along their paths are fi(v), f(a) . ...
If the forces are at inclinations 0,6, ... .
to the directions of motion of their points of
application, shew that for equilibrium
SPF’ (x) cos 6 = 0.

OA, OB, OC are three smooth fixed rods
mutually at right angles, OC being vertical.
A, B, C are three sliding pieces on the rods,
each of weight w. AC, BC are uniform bars ot
weights W,,W, respectively, jointed to the
sliding pieces. ‘'he system is in equilibrium
under forces P, @ applied at A, B in the
direction AB. Shew that

P— Q=(Qw + W, + W,) ABROC.

4. Shew that the tangential and normal components

of acceleration of a particle moving along a
curve are respectively

ds (“ey
at?’ dt} —

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 355

A rod AB of length? turns about a fixed
point A in a vertical plane. A cord attached to
the end B is carried over a small fixed pulley at
C, the distances of C from A, #B when AB is
vertical being h, & respectively.

The cord is pulled over the pulley at a con-
stant rate V. Find the acceleration of B when
the rod makes an angle 6 with the vertical.

5. Discuss the rectilinear motion of a particle under
an elastic force as the displacement, and a resis-
tance as the velocity.

If the resistance in the equilibrium position is
| % of the elastic force at the preceding extreme
position, shew that the ratio of the amplitudes of
two successive half swings is about 1°016: 1.

6. Investigate the period of a small oscillation under
gravity of a rigid body on a horizontal axis.

A uniform rod AB of length / and mass m

‘ can turn in a vertical plane about a fixed point |

A. One end of an elastic cord is attached to

the point B, and the other end to a fixed point

C, in the vertical plane, and distant ¢ from A.

In the equilibrium position, the rod makes an

angle 6 with the vertical, and an angle a — 0

with AC. If the cord gives a tension 7 per

unit extension, find the time of a small oscillation

of the rod.

?. Demonstrate the equations of impulsive motion ofa
rigid body.
A rectangular lamina lies onatable. A knock
is given at a point of one side of the rectangle in
a horizontal direction perpendicular to that side.
Find about what point the lamina begins to
turn.

356 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

DEDUCTIVE LOGIC

Professor Laurie.

. In connection with the rule that as denotation

increases connotation decreases and vice versa,
how would you deal with the difficulty that a
general name may acquire an added meaning
while its denotation is unchanged ?

. Point out any ambiguities which attach to the

signs “all,” “some,” “or.” Show the impor-
tance of fixing the exact significance of these
signs for purposes of Formal Logic.

. What distinction is drawn by Keynes between

conditional and hypothetical propositions ? Con-
sider different statements which have been made
as to the import of hypothetical propositions,
giving reasons for the interpretation which you
prefer.

. What is meant by (a) a subaltern mood, (0) a

strengthened syllogism ? In what moods is the
middle term distributed twice ?

. May the fourth figure of the Syllogism be treated

as “only the first with a converted conclusion ” ?
Give your reasons.

. What are the principal rules for definition? Are

any kinds of terms indefinable; and, if so, why?

. What do you understand by petttio principii ? Is

an argument necessarily fallacious when one of
the premisses is exactly equivalent in meaning
to the conclusion? Refer, in your answer, to
Whately’s treatment of petztio.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 357

8. Examine the following arguments, reducing them
where possible to syllogistic form, and pointing
out fallacies, if any.

(a) No law should be changed unless it has been
found to be unsuitable. The licensing law is
subject to this objection, and should therefore be
amended.

(+) Few persons have an intimate knowledge of ,
Greek literature, and, as those who possess this
are worthy of honour for their learning, we
may conclude that few persons are thus worthy

of honour.

Those who are deficient in generosity fail to
fulfil their duties to the community. An
avaricious man attaches undue importance to the
accumulation of wealth; and it frequently
happens that those who attach undue importance
to the accumulation of wealth are deficient in
generosity. May we conclude, then, that an
avaricious man fails to fulfil his duties to the
community?

9. In a given universe of discourse, everything is A or
D ; but the presence of A is marked by the
absence either of B or of C; and whenever B
is absent, Cis present. What can be inferred
(a) as to the presence of C' and D together, and
(b) as to the absence of D?

308 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

INDUCTIVE LOGIC.

Professor Laurve.

. Does Judgment, as expressed in propositions,

necessarily include a reference to reality? Dis-
tinguish, in your answer, between real and
verbal propositions.

. Discuss the question whether the so-called imme-

diate inferences (including conversion, &c.) are
entitled to that name. Show the bearing of
this question on the meaning attached by Mill
to Inference or Reasoning.

. Give a definition of Induction which appears to

you satisfactory. Distinguish ampliative Induc-
tion from any operations with which it is likely
to be confused.

. Are any inductions fitted to be tests of others ?

And, if so, on what principle may these testiny
inductions be selected ?

. What method, or methods, are most suitable for

ascertaining the conditions of compound effects ?
Show the difficulties to be encountered in such
investigations.

. In what respects does the Method of Concomitant

Variations supplement other methods? Give an
example of its use.

. In what sense, if any, may a plurality of causes be

affirmed? Explain the bearing of this alleged
plurality on any of Mill’s methods.

. Show the value of those hypotheses in which an

unknown cause *@ supposed for purposes of
explanation.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 359

MENTAL PHILOSOPHY.
SECOND AND THIRD YEARS.
Professor Laurte.

Second Year Candidates are requested to confine themselves
to Questions 1-8 inclusive.

1. What precisely is the psychological question as to
the relation between mind and the bodily
organism? Is it necessary, for purposes of
psychology, to decide such controversies as those
of materialism and idealism ?

2. On what grounds may sensations of temperature
be distinguished from sensations of touch proper ?

3. Sketch the development of visual perception.

4. In the consideration of Memory, what meanings
may be attached to (a) Retention, (6) Reproduc-
tion ? Does Retention furnish any evidence of
unconscious states of mind ?

5. Give an account of the various directions which
may be taken by the productive Imagination.

6. What is the character of the mental act of Concep-
tion? On what grounds has it been said that the
processes commonly marked off as Conception and
Judgment are not essentially different ?

7. Consider the account given by Subjective Idealism
of our knowledge of Space.

360 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

8. Examine Spencer’s argument, in ‘his First Prin-
ciples, from ‘‘an indefinite consciousness which
cannot be formulated” to an Unknowable

Reality.

9. Show the significance, in the historical develop-
ment of thought, of Spencer’s recognition of
necessities of Knowledge.

10. Compare Spencer’s doctrine of Transfigured
Realism either (a2) with Subjective Idealism or
(b) with Hypothetical Realism.

MORAL PHILOSOPHY.
Professor Laurie.
1. Mention any points (a) of similarity, (6) of opposi-

tion, between the teaching of Socrates and that
attributed by Plato to the Sophists.

. What were the distinguishing features of the
Cyrenaic ethics ?

3. Is it necessary for morality that there should be
choice between conflicting motives? Examine
the position of Aristotle on this question.

4. What difficulties stand in the way of an intuitional
theory of morals, such as that of Butler ?

5. How does Mill seek to vindicate the duty of Justice
' as a part of Utilitarian ethics ? Add any com-
ments.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 361

6. Does the moral life embrace the whole of human
conduct? Consider this question in connection
with Spencer’s statement that “conduct with
which Morality is not concerned, passes into con-
duct which is moral or immoral, by small degrees
and in countless ways.”

7. Examine Green’s statement of a timeless Self. Is
the solution of this question necessary to moral
philosophy ?

8. How may we explain (a) the increasing recognition
of universal human fellowship; and (6) the
retardation of this fellowship? Refer, in your
answer, to Green’s treatment of these questions.

GEOLOGY.—Parr I.

The Board of Examiners.

1. Describe the symmetry of the Calcite type of
crystals. Name the principal forms belonging
to this type, giving in each case the symbols of
Miller’s notation; and explain the relation of the
Calcite to the Beryl and Tourmaline types
respectively ¢

2. Give the general characters of the Amphibole and
Pyroxene groups of minerals, respectively.

State precisely by what optical or other
methods you would distinguish between Horn-
blende and Augite, Actinolite and Diopside, or
a Soda Augite.

362 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

3. From a molten magma of sub-basic composition
what different rocks may be formed? Explain
clearly the conditions which lead to the forma-
tion of the different types.

4. Give an account of the nature of an earthquake
shock, the different causes which may give rise
to it, and the nature of the record of the shock as
traced on a self-recording seismograph.

5. State what you know of the characters and strati-
graphical horizon of the following :—Favosites,
Cyprea, Ogygia, Lepidodendron, Tetragraptus,
Ichthyosaurus,

6. Give an account of the geology and physical
geography of the district near Ascotvale and the
Saltwater River.

BIOLOGY.—Parr I.

WRITTEN PaP_ER.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Identify specimen A, and write a short account of
its life-history,

2. Identify specimen B. Describe briefly its external
anatomy, and compare this with that of a typical
insect so far as locomotory and respiratory struc-
tures are concerned, indicating how each animal
is adapted to its environment.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEG., 1906. 363

8, Describe the shoulder girdle of a frog, and compare
it with that of a bird.

4. Write an account of the development of the foetal
membranes of a bird and a mammal.

. Write an account of the excretory structures of (1)
amoeba, (2) tape worm, (3) frog.

6. Describe the arterial system of a rabbit, and com-
pare it with that of a frog.

———w

BIOLOGY.—Parr I.
LasporaTory Work.
The Board of Examiners.

. Dissect the frog provided, so as to show the arterial
system.

femme’

. Make preparations to show the structure other than
microscopic of the eye provided.

NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.—Parr I.

The Board of Examiners.
TEN questions only to be attempted.

1. Explain fully the different arguments involved in
the proof of the formula.

sa ut + 3 al?

364 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

A point moving in a straight line with uniform
acceleration covers 12 feet in a certain second,
and 18 feet in the next second. What is its
acceleration, and what time has elapsed since it
was at rest ?

2. What force is required to stop a train of 100 tons
going 30 miles an hour (a) in half-a-minute; (6)
in half-a-mile ?

A ten-gramme bullet, in passing through a
plank 5 em. thick has its velocity reduced from
30,000 cm/sec to 20,000 cm/sec. Find the
average resistance offered by the plank to the
bullet; find also how thick the plank would
require to be to just stop the bullet.

3. Describe the principal kinds of strain and stress,
and explain how they are specified.

Describe also the principal kinds of elasticity,
and use them as the basis for a classification of
matter.

4. Describe the common hydrometer, and give its
complete theory.

The stem of onesuch instrument is cylindrical,
and the highest and lowest graduations on it
correspond to specific gravities of ] and 1°2;
find the specific gravity that corresponds to a
graduation equidistant from these two.

5. Describe fully, and give the theory of, one method
of determining the coefficient of linear expansion
of a metal.

(rma a s =

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 360

An iron telegraph wire is 100 miles long at
O° C.; determine correct to the nearest foot the
increase in its length produced when the tem-
perature rises to 20° C. (Coefficient of linear
expansion of iron = ‘000012.)

6. Describe fully how you would determine the
specific heat of a liquid by the method of mixtures, |
and give a complete proof of the formula, which
expresses the result.

Point out the defects in the method, and
explain fully how they may be corrected for or
eliminated.

7. Describe fully how a thermopile is constructed
and used to compare the diathermancies of
‘different media.

8. Describe fully how to project a pure spectrum on
to a screen.

What different kinds of spectra are there, and

how are their characteristic features accounted
for ?

9. Describe the Wimshurst machine, and explain its
action fully.

10. It was found that 58 c. cm. of hydrogen, at 17° C.
and 779 mm. pressure, were given off per hour
when a certain current passed through a volta-
meter; the density of hydrogen under standard
conditions is 8°7 times its electro-chemical equiva-
lent; find the strength of the current in
amperes.

366 - EXAMINATION PAPERS.

11. A copper ring is rotated in a uniform magnetic
field round a diameter which is perpendicular
to the lines of force of the field ; describe fully
what happens during a complete rotation.

A radial saw-cut is next made through the
ring; what difference will this make in the
results of the rotation und in the effort required
to produce rotation ?

12. Draw a careful diagram of the instruments, and the
way in which they are arranged to form a
sounder telegraphic system, provided with relays
and local circuits at its two ends.

NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.—Parrt II.

ARTS, SCIENCE, AND ENGINEERING.
The Board of Examiners.
BIGHT questions only to be attempted.

1. Prove the principle of the conservation of angular
momentum.

An iron fly-wheel consists of a disc of 20 cm.
radius and 2 cm. thick surrounded by a ring of
square section measuring 5} cm. in the edge;
the density of iron is 7°6; find the angular
momentum of the fly-wheel when it revolves
1,200 times per minute.

2. Give a full account of the corrections which must
be applied to the readings of a mercurial baro-
meter in order to deduce an accurate determina-
tion of the pressure of the atmosphere from its
readings.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 367

Find the percentage error involved in omitting
the corrections for a reading made in latitude
45° at a temperature of 26° C., and an elevation
of 2,000 metres above mean sea-level.

(Coeff. of expansion of mercury ‘00018, of
brass °00002.)

3..Give a full account, experimental and theoretical,
of the mode of determining the pressure
coefficient of a gas.

4, Explain carefully the difference between saturated
and superheated steam, and state what you
know respecting the employment of each in heat
engines.

How would you determine the specific gravity
of superheated steam ?

5. Describe, with full experimental and theoretical
detail, a method of determining the Thermal
Conductivity of a sample of boiler plate.

6. Give a full account of an accurate method of
measuring absolute pitch, and deduce a formula
expressing the result in terms of the quantities
measured.

7. Obtain an expression for the longitudinal chromatic
aberration of a thin lens in parallel light, and
deduce the condition that two thin lenses in
contact may form an achromatic doublet.

8. Describe, and give the theory of a method of
determining the mean intensity of magnetization
of a bar magnet 8 cm. long in terms of the
horizontal intensity of the earth’s field.

368 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

9, Give Ampere’s definition of unit current. Write
down the expression for the torque on a rectangle
of wire in which a current C flows, and which is
placed in a upiform magnetic field in such a
way that two of its opposite sides are parallel to
the lines of force of the field.

Hence establish the law for the force on an
element of a wire carrying a current in a
magnetic field.

10. Describe, with full detail, how to determine
accurately the watts absorbed per candle-power
by an incandescent direct-current lamp.

11. Describe fully the construction of a drum arma-
ture. Show how to wind one for a two-pole
dynamo, if it has 20 commutator segments, 40
slots, and 4 conductors in each slot.

a RS

CHEMISTRY.—Parr I.
The Board of Examiners.

1. How many volumes of air must be mixed with one
volume of carbonic oxide to give the best
explosive mixture? If the explosion be effected
in a closed vessel, originally filled at one atmos-
phere pressure, what will be the final pressure
after the original temperature has been restored?

2. What proofs have we that diamond and graphite
are allotropic forms of the same element? If
required to practically demonstrate the fact, how
would you proceed ?

Re)

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 369

. An alkali is required for a chemical process, and it

is found that the cost will be the same whether
potash or soda be used. Taking soda as costing
1s. per Ih, find the cost of potash.

‘‘The classification of metallic elements that is
commonly used in analytical work is often at
variance with the classification based upon the
Periodic Law.” Explain this statement, and
illustrate it by reference to magnesium, zinc, and
cadmium.

Describe the chief tests by which nitrates are
distinguished from other salts, and explain the
reactions on which they depend.

Give a short account of a process for the manu-
facture of sodium carbonate, and explain the
reactions that occur.

. Explain the term hydrolysis. Describe and

formulate a few instances of this kind of action.

CHEMISTRY.—Parr II.
The Board of Examiners.

. Describe the methods by which the atomic weight

of a newly-discovered element might be deter-
mined.

. Discuss the possible cases of equilibrium between

the different varieties of sulphur (solid, liquid,
and vapour).

370 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

3. Describe the changes that take place when a
solution of copper sulphate is electrolysed
between copper electrodes; and shew how
Hittorf was able, by the study of these changes,
to measure the relative velocities of the copper
and sulphate ions.

4. Describe, and discuss the completeness of, the
methods by which you would separate cobalt
and nickel from each other and from other
members of the iron, zinc group.

5. Write a brief account of the main facts in the
chemistry of the elements, magnesium, calcium,
strontium and barium.

6. Give a brief account of the element boron and its
compounds containing oxygen, and compare
the properties of the oxides of boron and
aluminium.

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY.
FIRST YEAR.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Explain fully what is meant by a homologous
series of carbon compounds. Illustrate by
reference to (a) the paraffins, (v) the alcohols, (c)
the fatty acids.

2. By what practical method would you find out
whether a given hydrocarbon is saturated or
unsaturated ? How would hydrocarbons of the
following formule behave when tested in this
way :—(@) C,H, 9, (6) C, Hg, (¢) ChH, ?

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 37 1

- What is a primary monamine? Name and formu-
late one or two examples. Explain the action of
nitrous acid on such substances.

phn

. Describe two methods for the preparation of ether.
Show that the accepted constitutional formula of
ether is in accord with these actions.

. What is an ester? Name and formulate one or two
examples of the class. How do esters react
with alkalis? Why is this action often called
saponification ?

6. How do primary, secondary, and tertiary alcohols
differ with respect to the action of oxidising
agents ? How does the theory of their constitu-
tion account for this difference of behaviour ?

7. The names ethyl cyanide and propionitrile belong
to the same substance, but indicate two different
modes of preparation. Explain this fully, and
illustrate by means of graphic formule.

NATURAL SCIENCE.
CHEMISTRY.
The Board of Examiners.

1 How may a Torricellian vacuum be produced ?
How may a partial vacuum be measured ?

2. A closed glass vessel containing air is heated from
10° C. to 85° C. What is the percentage increase
of pressure in the vessel ?

372 EXAMINATION PAPERb.

3. A mixture of equal volames of hydrogen and
oxygen is contained in a closed glass vessel at
at 15° C. It is exploded electrically without
opening the vessel, and the temperature is then
restored to 15°C. What gas will remain in the
vessel? And what percentage change will there
be in the inside pressure ?

4. State the law of multiple proportions, and give
instances.

0. Explain how the atomic theory accounts for the
fact of multiple proportions. Show that this
explanation finds expression in the chemical
formule, using the same instances as in your
answer to Question 4.

6. Describe instances of each of the following kinds of
chemical change, and write equations for them :—
(a) simple combination, (4) simple decomposi-
tion, (c) double decomposition, (d) substitution.

JURISPRU DENCE (INCLUDING ROMAN
LAW).
The Board of Examiners.
Canilidates should answer SEVEN questions only.

1. What are the essential features of the contracts
re? How was the standard of diligence of the
parties adjusted therein ?

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 373

2. What are the general characteristics of privata
delicta m Roman Law? Distinguish them
especially from obligattones ex contractu and
publica judicia.

3. Deseribe mandatum, and show its place in the
classification of contracts. For what purposes
was it used ?

4. Distinguish between adpromissio and expromissio.
How were they effected ?

5. In what several senses is the term status used ?

6. Ais the returning officer for the borough of X:
B, whose name is on the electoral roll, tenders a
vote, which A improperly refuses to receive.
B brings an action against A, claiming damager,
and the Court holds that he has a good cause of
action. Describe the legal relations disclosed in
terms of duty, power, and right.

7. Mention the principal classes of juristic persons
known to English Law.

8. (a) A secretly and wrongfully takes goods of X
out of the possession of X’s servant. Consider
the case under English and Roman Law respec-
tively, according as A takes the goods with the
intention of destroying them to spite X, or of
giving them to Y, or of keeping them for
himself.

(6) An English Statute avoids the alienation
of property by a debtor with the view of pre-
ferring a creditor or class of creditors. A, a
debtor, immediately before his bankruptcy,

37t EXAMINATION PAPERS.

conveys certain of his property to XY and Y for
the purpose of recouping an estate to which A
is indebted by i1eason of his having misappro-
priated funds of the estate. It is shown that
A was moved partly by compunction for the
wrong he had done to the beneficiaries, partly
by fear of a criminal prosecution. The trustee
in bankruptcy of A claims the property. Con-
sider the case.

9. Whatis the distinction between Public and Private
Law? Wow far is it received in English Law?

10. What are the different tests which have been
proposed for distinguishing ctvid tnjuries and
crimes ?

CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY AND LAW (Parr I.)
AND PUBLIC INTERNATIONAL LAW

The Board of Examiners.

Candidates should answer seven questions only, of which
three should be from B.,

1, What do you understand by the Constitution of a
State? What are the principal contents of
written Constitutions, and how may they be
accounted for.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 375
2. Write a historical note on the Third Estate.

3. What are the constitutional functions of the House
of Lords? What are its present claims as to its
powers in respect of Bills passed by the House
of Commons, and how are they limited ?

basen

Describe the principal alterations which have taken
place since 18382 in the relation of the Ministry
to the House of Commons and to the country.

(a) Write a note on each of the following :—The
Ballot Act 1872, the Corrupt Practices Act
1883, the trial of election petitions, the Sep-
tennial Act, or

(5) Write a note onthe Budget, the Appropriation
Act, the office uf Auditor-General.

6. What are the principal limitations on the ‘right
of public meeting”? Consider the effect of «
proclamation forbidding the holding of a public
meeting.

1. What criticisms have been made on the use of the
term “International Law”? Do vou consider
that ‘‘ International Morality” is an efficient
substitute ?

2. What do you consider to be the object of inter-
national arbitration? What subjects have been
deemed most appropriate for this mode of settling
disputes ?

376 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

3. What rights of States over water are required by
International Law, and how are they qualified
in the interests of other States? How far have
States rights over rivers been subjected to
regulation by treaty ?

4. What is the present international position in regard
to the use of privateers, and the levy en masse ?

5. How does the law of war distinguish between
combatants and non-combatants ?

CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY AND LAW.—
Part II.

The Board of Examiners.
Candidates should answer SIX questions only.

1. Compare the relative advantages and disadvantages
of the machinery of Equity and common law.

2. Distinguish between the Record and the Reports.
What is the object of a report, and how does
this determine (a) the class of case reported;
(b) the contents of the report.

3. What is meant by an ex post facto law? Consider
the use of the term in relation to (a) case law,
(6) statute law.

4. In what several senses is the term common law
used?

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 377

5. Describe the constitution and function of the
following bodies:—The Court of Exchequer
Chamber, the Judicial Committee of the Privy
Council, the Court of Appeal.

6. Write a note on the principal features in the
development of Equity, either (a) to the Restora-
tion, or (b) to the close of the Chancellorship of
Lord Elden.

‘. What was the criminal jurisdiction of the
Admiralty, and what became of it ?

8. Compare the government of New South Wales
prior to 1842 with the government of the
American colonies before the Revolution of
1776.

9. What do you understand by responsible govern-
ment? Describe the process by which it was
established in Victoria.

CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY AND LAW.—
Part III.

The Board of Examiners.
Candidates should answer FOUR questions only.

1. What are the principal differences in the position
of the Provinces in the Canadian Constitution
and the States in the Australian Constitution ?

378 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

. How do you account for the progressive develop-
ment of the Constitution of the United States, in
view of the doctrine that the Constitution must
receive an unvarying interpretation in accordance
with the intention of its framers ?

3. In case of any forcible attack upon the inter-State
railway trains, what steps could be taken by the
Federal Government for the protection of com-
merce and the mails? Do you consider that
the Commonwealth Parliament may prohibit
the carriage by the mails or as inter-State
commerce of correspondence or articles which
in its opinion are detrimental to public morals ?

4. In what cases does the Constitution (a) expressly
subject, (b) expressly exempt, the States from the
legislative or judicial power of the Common-
wealth ?

5. What is the doctrine of the exemption of instru-
mentalities laid down by the High Court in
I) Emden v. Pedder? Mention some cases in
which it has been applied.

§. What is the doctrine in the United States as to
the exclusiveness of the commerce power in
Congress ? Are there any provisions of the
Commonwealth Constitution bearing upon the
question of the application of that doctrine to
the commerce power of the Commonwealth
Parliament ?

—

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 379
|

ADMINISTRATIVE LAW.
The Board of Examiners.

Candidates should answer FOUR questions only.

1. Where proceedings are taken under the Fugitive
Offenders Act 1881, is it any objection that (a)
the matters in respect of which surrender was
demanded would be no offence if committed in
Victoria; (6) it is proposed to try the fugitive
after surrender for some offence other than that
in respect of which the surrender was granted ;
(c) the offence was committed out of the territory
of that British Possession which demands his
surrender?

2. What are the powers of the Crown at common law
in regard to the admission and expulsion of
aliens ? What are the principal provisions of
the Immigration Restriction Act 1901?

3. Discuss the legal status and liabilities of the
Railway Commissioners of Victoria.

4. The Marine Board has the duty of licensing pilots
for Port Phillip, and may by regulations
approved by the Governor in Council, fix the
rates to be charged for pilotage and generally
provide for the management and control of pilots
in all matters relative to the efficient discharge
of their duties. The X Shipping Company is
required to take the services of Y, a pilot
licensed by the Board and entitled under their
regulations determining the order of employ-
ment to be engaved on this occasion, and

380 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

(a) by reason of the negligence of Y, the com-
pany’s vessel collides with another ;

(b) by reason of the defective eyesight of Y the
vessel is run ashore. |

Is the Board liable in either case ?

5. In what circumstance can a person have a remedy
against the Government of Victoria (a) under
the Crown Remedies and Liabilities Act 1890;
(6) under the Judiciary Act 1903 ?

6. What proceedings, civil or criminal, may be taken
(and by whom) in the following cases, assuming
that some private damage may be shown in each
case :—A public body charged with the duty
of making and maintaining roads has (4)
neglected to make a road; (6) failed to repair
the road after notice that it requires repair, (c)
employed a contractor to repair the road, but he
has done the work so ill as to leave a place
apparently safe in such a state that A’s horse
coming thereon stumbles and suffers damage.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 381

PRIVATE INTERNATIONAL LAW.

The Board of Examiners.
Candidates should answer FIVE questions only.

1. An English company, carrying on business in
Queensland, issued preference stock carrying
interest at 6 per cent. ‘The Legislature of
Queensland passed an Act imposing an income
tax on all dividends earned in the colony, and
authorizing companies to deduct from the
dividend of each stockholder his proportion of
the tax. Of the stockholders affected, some
were resident in England, and had acquired
their stock from the company there; others were
resident in Queensland, and had acquired their
stock there. Advise the company as to their
liability to the stockholders.

2. (a) A, a person domiciled in England, comes on a
visit to Victoria, and there enters into contracts
with X, to be performed in Victoria. -A leaves
Victoria, and subsequently X brings an action
against him in the Supreme Court for breach of
the contracts. A appears, under protest, for the
a only of objecting to the jurisdiction.

s his objection good ?

If judgment is given against A, could the
judgment, in your opinion, be sued on in
England ?

Or,

(6) What is meant by the expressions “ proper
court,” und “court of competent jurisdiction ” as
applied to foreign judgments? Is the former
relevant ?

382 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

3. (a) A British vessel of war in the territorial waters
of aforeion State, with the consent of the ruler
of that State, seizes a British vessel and prevents
her from landing her cargo there. The British
owners of the ship and cargo bring an action for
damages in England against the commander of
the war vessel.

Or,

(6) A, an alien resident abroad publishes a libel in
a foreign country upon another alien. The
arties come to England, and the person defamed
hanes an action for libel. Under what circum-
stances will it succeed ?

4, Are there any limitations upon the right of a
foreign creditor to prove his debt against the
Victorian estate of an insolvent or a deceased
person in cases where there is a concurrent
administration proceeding in another country ?

5. In what cases do Victorian courts recognise the
jurisdiction of foreign courts (a) in the assign-
ment of a debtor’s property; (6) in a suit for
nullity of marriage ; (c) in a petition for divorce ;
(d) in an action in rem as to moveable property ;
(e) in the discharge of adebt? (NotE—Can-
didates need not answer more than Three of these
Jive cases.)

6. What tests have been applied to determine what is
a penal law ?

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 383

LAW OF CONTRACTS AND PERSONAL
PROPERTY.

Mr. Duffy.

Write a short paper on each of the following : —

(1) The history of local legislation with respect to
absolute bills of sale.

(2) Stoppage zn transitu.

(8) The maxim Jus accrescendt inter mercatores
locum non habet.

(4) The various forms of action available at Common
Law for the enforcement of possessory rights
to pure personalty.

(5) Bailment.

(6) Accord and satisfaction.

(7) The Book Debts Act 1896.

(8) Novation.

(9) Executed and executory consideration.

(10) Liquidated damages.

334 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

THE LAW OF PROCEDURE.
Mr. C. J. Z. Wornarshi.
A.—CIVIL ProceDURE.

1. (a) With what indorsements may a writ of
summons be indorsed, and what is the effect of
omitting any of the requisite indorsements ?

(6) How is service of a writ of summons effected
when the defendant is an infant ?

(¢2) How and when may a defendant enter his
appearance to a writ of summons ?

2. What provision is made by the Rules of the
Supreme Court— :
(«) As to the persons who may be joined in one

action as plaintiffs ?

(5) As to the procedure by a defendant who
claims to be entitled to relief over against a
person not a party to the action ?

(d) As to the cases in which particulars must be
stated in the pleading of a party?

(e) As to discontinuance of an action (1) by leave,
(2) without leave?

(f) <As to inspection of documents referred to in
the pleading or affidavit of an opposite party ?
(g) As to the consequences of failure to comply

with an order for discovery ?

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 385

3. How do you enforce a judgment—
(a) For the recovery of any property other than
land or money ?
(6) Requiring any person to do any act other than
the payment of money ?

4. Set forth the procedure to be followed in levying a
distress for rent.

d. Write a note upon the writ of Prohibition, and set
forth the procedure by which the same is
obtained.

B.—CRIMINAL PROCEDURE.

1, Write a note upon the disqualification of a magis-
trate to adjudicate by reason of interest.

2. What are the provisions of the Justices Act 1890
as to—

(a) The mode of service of a summons and
information ?

(6) The proof of service of a summons and informa-
tion ?

3. (a) In what respects may time and place affect the
jurisdiction of a Court of Petty Sessions to hear
an information ?

(6) At what stage of the hearing of an information

should an objection be taken to the jurisdiction
of the Court ?

386 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

(c) What course may a Court of Petty Sessions
take upon a variance appearing between the
evidence given and the information ?

4. Explain the terms—Recording sentence of death,
arraignment, presentment, Bill of indictment,
challenge to the array, special verdict, penal
servitude, contempt of court.

C.— EVIDENCE.
1. (a) In what cases is a declaration by a deceased
person as to the cause of his death admissible in
a criminal trial?

(b) In what cases is evidence given at a previous
trial admissible, and how is it proved ?

(d) In what cases can evidence be given to contra-
dict a witness who denies matters put to him in
cross-examination ?

2. State the exceptions to the rule that the testimony
of one witness is sufficient to establish any fact.

State the law as to right, and as to the
restrictions upon the right of a witness to refresh
his memory.

3. (a) A is presented with uttering, on the 7th July,
1906, a counterfeit half-crown, knowing it to be
counterfeit. The prosecution tenders evidence
that on the 6th and on the 9th of July, 1906,
respectively, A had bought a glass of ale and
tendered a bad half-crown in payment. Is the
evidence admissible or not, and why ?

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 387

(b) A, B,and Csue D as partners upon an alleged
contract respecting the shipment of bark. D
tenders evidence of an admission by A that the
bark was his exclusive property, and not the
property of the firm. Is the evidence admissible
or not, and why ?

(c) A is presented for larceny of a sheep, with a
second count’ for receiving. The prosecution
tenders evidence that five stolen lambs, and one
other stolen sheep were in A’s possession at the
same time, and were dealt with by him in the
same mapner as the sheep, the subject of the
prosecution. Is the evidence admissible or not,
and why ?

THE LAW OF WRONGS, CIVIL AND
CRIMINAL.

Mr. C. J. Z. Woinarshi.

1. (a) Why, in an action of malicious prosecution, is
it necessary for the plaintiff to allege and prove
the termination of the proceedings in his
favour ?

(6) Why is a master liable in law for the acts,
neglects, and defaults of his servants in the
course of the service ?

~. What is the law as to recaption of goods? Consider
the following case :—

A entrusted B, his servant, with jewellery for

sale on commission. Disputes arose between A

and B&B, and A determined J#’s service and

388 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

demanded back the jewellery in &’s possession,
which B refused to deliver up. .A thereupon,
in B’s absence from his bedroom in an hotel in
Melbourne, unlocked B’s bedroom door and.
repossessed himself of the jewellery, and B now
sues A for trespass.

3. Explain the extent of their civil liahility, if any, to
each of the following persons respectively, in the
events named :—

(a) To a partner for a violent assault committed
by his co-partner upon a customer of the firm.

(6) Toa host whose guest is injured by the care-
lessness of the host in opening a bottle of soda
water.

(d) Toa parent whose child has wilfully broken
the valuable plate-glass window of a shop-
keeper.

(e) To a baker whose servant is injured by the
breaking d own of a delivery cart he was driving
and which was not roadworthy.

4. (a) Brinsmead v. Harrison, L.R. 6 C.P. 584,
- Extract from the judgment of Blackburn, J.
“The question raised upon this record is
whether the claim of the plaintiff against two
joint wrongdoers is put an end to by a judgment
recovered in an action against one of them
without showing that that judgment has been
satisfied.”

How was this question disposed of in the
judgment?

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 389

(b) Watkin v. Hall, L.R. 8 Q.B. 396, Extract
from the judgment of Blackburn, J.

“The only questions are, whether or not an
action will lie for stating—upon an occasion
which does not show the communication to be
privileged—that there is a rumour upon the
Stock Exchange that the plaintiff, who is a
trader, was in insolvent circumstances, and had
failed; the defendant stating, not that the
plaintiff was insolvent, but that there was a
rumour to that effect; and whether it would be
a justification to show the rumour did exist, and

\ that the defendant had only repeated it, and
stated at the time openly that it was only a
rumour.”

How were these questions disposed of in the
judgment f

0. Tell the facts of any case which you would cite and
use if you were explaining each of the following
propositions :—

(a) It is not a wrong to offer advantages to
customers who will deal with oneself to the
exclusion of a rival.

(5) Where damage is the gist of an action, the
time for bringing the action runs only from the
actual happening of the damage.

6. Explain the necessary proofs in an action of
seduction, and consider the following case :—

A, a widow, sues £2, for seduction of her

| daughter, C. The seduction took place in

390

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

the lifetime of A’s husband, C’s father, and
while C' was living with her parents, who were
persons of humble rank. After the father’s
death C continued to reside with A, rendering her
the ordinary household services. Two months
after her father’s death C was delivered of a
child, the result of the seduction.

¢. A was tenant of a house let to him by B, and in

respect of which a quarter’s rent was in arrear
and owing by A, in October, 1906. In Novem-
ber, 1906, a distress for this rent was put in hy
B, and the bailiff who was employed to levy the
distress, entered the house by forcibly breaking
the chain of the front door and seized furni-
ture which belonged to C, a lodger. C made
the necessary declaration for the protection of
his goods, and the bailiff thereupon restored
them to C. Has A any, and what, right of
action against B? Give the reasons for your
answer ?

8. A was killed by the negligence of B, a fellow

servant, in the employ of C. Can A’s widow,
who was dependent on him, sue C’ under the
Wrongs Act 1890? Give the reasons for your
answer.

9. (a4) Is it lawful in any, and what, circumstances

to set a man-trap or spring-gnn or other instru-
ment calculated to destroy human life or to
inflict bodily harm ?

(b) Is a person who steals a dog, or one who is in

possession of a dog knowing it to be stolen,
liable to any, and what, penalty or punishment ?

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1996. 391

(d) Can a person commit forgery of a document,
no part of which is actually written by him ?

(e) Is it forgery for a lee who is the sole
payee of a bond to alter it by lessening its
amount ?

10. Define arson at common law. What buildings
might be the subject of arson at common law?
_ To what extent must there be actual burning to
constitute arson at common law, and would any
degree of negligence amount thereto? In what
respects is the statutory law of arson wider than

the common law doctrine?

11. Give examples of cases in which the carrying off
of some one else’s goods will be unpunishable
on account of their being appropriated under a
bona fide claim of right.

12. Give examples of cases of fatal negligence which
will constitute manslaughter.

EQUITY
Mr. J. E. Mackey.
Wot more than EIGHT questions are to be attempted.

1. (a) Is the maxim Equity follows the law true of
executory trusts ?
(6) Why, in Equity, is delay a bar to relief ?
(c) Apply the maxim Equity is Equality to the
case of a joint purchase.

(d) What is the equitable doctrine of constructive
conversion ? .

392 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

2. A, B, and C were executors of the will of X, who
died in 1898, and duly proved the will in that
year. In 1906, the estate had been fully
administered, and the net residue duly tendered
by A and B to Z, the residuary legatee, together
with the executors’ final account and a request
for a deed of release to themselves. Z finds
(a) that B, one of the executors, was, at the
testator’s death, legally indebted to the testator
in the sum of £350, and that this sum has never
been called in, or repaid to the estate. (0) ‘that
A and B had allowed at a sum of £200, and
after inquiry into the matter, a claim by their
co-executor C’, against the estate of the testator
for £285, and that they had paid the £200 to C'
in 1903.

Advise Z.

3. An executor is advised by counsel that a trust
fund is divisible between A and J (who are of
age), and C’ (an infant) in equal thirds. Acting
on this advice, duly communicated to the bene-
ficiaries, he paid two-thirds to A and B on their -
receipt, and invested the remaining third for the
benefit of C. It afterwards appeared that B
and C were entitled to the fund in moities.

Have B and C, or either, or which of them any
and what remedy, and against whom, in respect
of the money wrongly paid to A? Give the
reason for your answer.

4. (a) Distinguish between the responsibilities of
trustees and executors for the acts and defaults
of each other.

(6) Can an executor rid himself of his personal
liability in respect of the rents to accrue due,

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC. 1906. 393
and the covenants and agreements contained in
a lease held by the testator ?
5. (a) What is the effect of the Statutes of Limita-
tions on a legacy ?

(6) Wherte an action is brought by a beneficiary to
recover land held under an expressed trust
against the trustee or any person claiming
through him, at what time and as against what
person for the purpose of the law relating to
limitations of actions is the right of action
deemed to have first accrued ?

6.(a) A devises Blackacre to trustees for sale and
for division of the proceeds amongst six persons,
one of whom (X) dies in A’s life-time ; the rest
of his real property A devises to B, and he
bequeathes his personal estate to C. On the
sale of Blackacre, who is entitled to the one-sixth
share of the proceeds which would have gone to
X if he had lived ?

(b) A, by his will, devises an estate to B. After
making the will A contracts in writing to sell the
estate to C. Before conveyance A dies leaving
B surviving. Eventually C being unable to
complete his contract is released from it by ’s
executors who sell the lands to D. Who is
entitled to the purchase money ?

7. A owns an allotment of land No. 1, and Bis the
owner of the adjoining allotment No.2. B takes
possession of allotment No. 1 believing it to be
No. 2. Afterwards B sells allotment No. 1
describing it as allotment No.2 to C, who enters
into possession and builds upon it. After C has
completed his buildings A commences proceed-
ings in ejectment to recover the land. .A was
aware of the intended sale to C’, and that the

394 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

allotment C' intended to buy was his, and he was
also aware that C was building upon the land
believing it to be his own.

Has C any defence to A’s action ?

8. A, having sold his reversionary interest in real
estate, and received the purchase money, after-
terwards issnes a writ to set aside the sale on
the ground of fraud, which he succeeds in
proving. In what circumstances, and upon what
terms, will Equity grant relief ?

9. What are the rights of bereficiaries against a
trustee who has traded with the trust moneys,
but subsequently replaced them in proper in-
vestments ?

10. Write a note upon the equitable doctrine of
Election.

THE LAW OF PROPERTY IN LAND AND
CONVEYANCING.

Mr Guest.

1. What is meant by the legal estate in land ?
When is the legal estate said to be outstanding?

2. A demised land to B as tenant from year to year,
reserving a rent payable half-yearly. JB went
into possession, and died during the second
half-year of the tenancy intestate, and C’ was
appointed administrator of his estate. No one
has been in possession since 4’s death, and a
year has now passed since the creation of the
tenancy. What are the rights (if any) of A
and C’ respectively to the possession? Give
reasons.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 395

3. Why in a conveyance on sale of land is it usual
for the grant to be made not only “to” but
also “to the use of” the purchaser?

4, What restriction exists, apart from Statute, om
trusts to accumulate income? What restriction
has been imposed by any, and what, Statute?

5. In what respects, and by what means, has the
Conveyancing Act 1904 made it possible to
reduce the length of conveyance on sale of an
estate in fee-simple by trustees for sale, where
part of the land included in the same title is
retained unsold?

6. Land was conveyed “to the use of A and B and
their heirs.” A died, having by his will devised
all his real estate, “including his share in the
land” so conveyed to him and B as aforesaid,
“unto and to the use of C” absolutely, and he
appointed B the executor of his will, and probate
thereof was granted to B. After the expiration
of a year from A’s death C called upon B to
convey to him C' one-half of the land referred
to, but B refused. What rights (if any) has C?
Give reasons.

7. What is an easement? State shortly the rules as
to the creation of easements,

8. A took a lease of land from 8 for five years. #6
was in fact a mortgagee in possession when he
granted the lease, but A knew nothing of this
fact when he accepted the lease. After the
expiration of one year the mortgage was
redeemed, and the land reconveyed to the
mortgagor, who forthwith brought an action
against A to recover possession. Can he
succeed? Give reasons.

396 "EXAMINATION PAPERS,

9. State the effect of the provisions of the Insolvency
Act with regard to fraudulent preference.

10. A, who died in 1890, by his will devised certain
freehold land to B and his heirs, and bequeathed
certain leasehold land to C absolutely, and certain
other freehold land of A was undisposed of.
Probate of the will was subsequently granted
to D. How was the title to each of the lands
mentioned affected (if at all) by the grant of
probate? Give reasons.

1]. A was registered proprietor of land under the
Transfer of Land Act 1890. JB, by means of a
forged transfer, became registered as proprietor,
and in consideration of natural love and affection
he transferred the land to his daughter C, and
the transfer was duly registered. The daughter
had no notice of the forged transfer. What are
the rights of A and C respectively to the land?
Give reasons.

12. What is the effect of a restraining on anticipation
in the case of a married woman with respect to
property settled on her for her separate use?
Does it operate after she becomes a widow, or
if she subsequently re-marries? Give reasons.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 397

APPLIED MECHANICS.

First PAPER.
Professor Kernot.

1. Write a short essay on laboratory and field exten-
someters.

2. A circular column is 12 feet high and 2 feet
diameter, and is surmounted by a rectangular
block 3 feet square and 4 feet high. The
material weighs 100 lbs. per cubic foot. Cal-
culate the velocity and pressure of wind needed
to overturn it.

A punt is 40 feet long 30 feet wide and 5 feet
deep, and weighs 20 tons. Compute the weight
that must be put at one end in order to reduce
the draft of water to zero at the other.

4. A beam 20 feet long is supported at the ends, and
is loaded with 500 lbs. per foot in length, and
also with 1,000 lbs. at 5 feet from one end.
Draw to scale moment and shear diagrams.

5. What is a modulus of section? How would you
find it for a beam of irregular form?

398

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING.
First Paper.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Design runner, casing’, suction-pipe, and discharge-

pipe, for a centrifugal pump, capable of lifting
40 cubic feet of water per second to a height of
200 feet. Total length of pipes which have no
serious bends = 4,000 feet. Give speed of
runner and the brake horse-power required to
drive it.

Note.—The calculations must be accompanied
by an explanation of their scientific basis. The
mere use of formule, without explanation of
them, will not be accepted as an answer.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 399

HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING.
Sreconp PAPER.
The Board of Examiners.

On the accompanying topographic map is shown a
mining town named Grass Valley. The posi-
tions of several mines, within a few miles of the
town, are also shown.

N.N.W. from the town is shown a service
reservoir, distinguished on the map by being
surrounded by a circle drawn with blue pencil.

Assume the population within the dotted
boundary line ABCDEF to be 8,000, and that
the consumption within that area tor domestic,
mining, and manufacturing purposes will be at
rate of J20 Umperial gailons per head.

The mines, lying outside the said boundary
which can be supplied from the said reservoir,
may each be assumed to require 17,000 gallons
a day.

The buildings are mostly wooden, and ample
provision for fire extinction is desired.

Determine the capacity of the service reservoir,
and design a reticulation system for the district.

State clearly the hydraulic formule or tables
which you employ for determining the sizes
of the pipes, and the authorities for the formule
or tables.

Give your reasons for choosing one system of
reticulation in preference to others.

400 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.—Part I.
SECOND PAPER.
Prefessor Kernot.

1. Sketch and describe all the usual fittings of an
ordinary Cornish boiler. What points would
you specially note if reporting on the safety of
such a boiler?

2. Write a short essay on boiler explosions, their
causes, and how they should be guarded against.

3. Describe some good form of variable expansion
apparatus for steam-engines, giving full details
and method of determining proportionsof various
parts.

4. What is a compound engine, and what advantages
has it over a simple engine. Under what
circumstances would you recommend—a simple,
a compound, or a triple expansion engine, either
condensing or non-condensing ?

. State all you know as to devices for regulating
the speed of engines and other motors.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 401

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.—Parrt II.
First Paper.
Professor Kernot.

1. Supply outline side elevation to scale, and give all
important dimensions for a locomotive of about
16,000 Ibs. traction power, suitable for passenger
traffic on an up-country line having curves of
20 chains radius and rather light rails.

2. State the standard equation for the tractive power
of a locomotive, and apply it to that in the
previous question. Discuss also the proper
relation of tractive power and adhesion weight.

8. Write a short essay on rack locomotives for steep
mountain railways.

4. Show diagrammatically as many systems of com-
bining high tractive power with great flexibility
on curves as you can, and discuss their relative
advantages.

402 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.—Parr II.
SECOND PapPER.
Professor Kernot.

1. Discuss the various methods of ignition in internal
combustion engines.

. Describe carefully, with sketches, the principal
systems of refrigerating machinery in common
use, and discuss their relative advantages and
disadvantages.

3. What are the points to be attended to in com-
pressing air for mining purposes, especially in a
hot, dry, and dusty climate ?

4. What system of pumping machinery would vou
recommend—

(a) For lifting 1,000,000 gallons of water in 24
hours 100 feet ?

(6) For lifting an equal quantity of sewage
20 feet in the same time ?

o. Sketch out a system of electric light and power
supply for a population of 100,000, occupying
an area 1 mile square on the banks of a salt
water estuary, and also a suburban population
of 50,000, occupying an area of 4 miles square
surrounding the preceding.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEO., 1906. 408

CIVIL ENGINEERING.—Parr I.
First Paper.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Design a trussed beam of 49 feet. span, to carry a
moving load of 15 tons. This load may ‘be
assumed to be applied at a point. Timber in
beam to be fronbark weighing about 70 lbs. per
cubic foot. Tension rods to be of mild steel.
Struts to be at designer’s option. Struts to be
two in number. No diagonal members.

Depth, from centre of beam to centre of
of tension rods at mid span = 6 feet.

Note.—The scientific meaning of each step in
the calculations must be explained. The mere
use of formule, or the statement that certain
assumptions are made, without explanation of the
reasoning on which these formule or assumptions
are based, will not be accepted as an answer.

404 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

CIVIL ENGINEERING.—Parr I.

Seconp Paper.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Design a bridge, of materials more permanent
than wood, for the site sketched on opposite
page. The bridge to carry ordinary road tratflic,
and to be safe when a steam-roller weighing
15 tons crosses it. Clear width to be 28 feet,
including two footpaths, each 6 feet wide.

Floods bring quantities of timber down and
occasionally change the vosition of the channel

Scale, 40 feet to 1 inch.

Norg.—Candidates must be explicit as to the scientific
principles involved in their designs. The mere
use of formule, without explanation or men-
tion of authority, will not be accepted as an
answer.

406 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

SURVEYING.—Parr I.

First Paper.
The Board of Examiners. °

1. Show what lines you would measure when making
a chain survey of the piece of land, with
buildings on it, shown in sketch on opposite
page, access to adjacent blocks being permitted.

Explain how you would plot the work after-
wards.

At station A the reading of an aneroid barometer
is 29°86. A barograph at the same station reads
29°79 at the same time. At station B the
aneroid reading is 28°12, and it is found that
the harograph, which was left at A, recorded
29:74 at the time when the reading at B was
taken. The temperature recorded by a thermo-
meter in the shade when the reading at A was
taken was 49° F.; and at B, when the aneroid
was held there, the temperature in the shade was
39° F. How high is B above A ?

7 FEET HIGH

Ww
w
<
ly
. :

KL
ft
ws
as
®
/)

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906 407

IRON FENCE

7 Feer micu

408 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

3. A transit theodolite is employed to measure the
horizontal angle between a church spire and a
pole on the ground. When the instrument is
directed to the point of the spire the telescope
makes an angle of 40° with the horizontal; when
directed to the pole the telescope is horizontal.

Explain the effect on the measurement caused
by (1) an error in collimation, and (2) an error
in the horizontal axis. Illustrate your answer
by sketches,

How would you proceed in order to eliminate
the effects of the errors mentioned ?

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEO., 1906. 409

SURVEYING.—Part I
SECOND Paper.

‘The Board of Examiners.

1. Eliminate the effects of local attraction from the
portion of a magnetic traverse shown in sketch
on pages 411 and 412. The azimuths written
near the corners are those obtained by the
compass at those corners. |

2. Levels are given at height of formation ina railwa
cutting. The field-notes, entered in a level-boo
during the process of giving these levels, are
reproduced below in incomplete form. Complete
the notes. Check the figures. Explain the
operation to which these notes refer.

Back | Inter-| Fore
mediate! a: Rise. | Fall
Sights. Sights. Sights.

Re-
duced |Chainage.| Remarks.
Levels. .

400°26} Benchmark No. 16

0°27
1°04 17°43 Change
8°61 16°95 Change
M. C.
371°06} 17 29 | Formation
level
369°06; 17. 31 | Formation
level
367°06) 17 33 | Formation
level
17°11 - | 0°87 Change
16°88 0°65 Change
7°98 Benchmark No. 16

410 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

3. What is the weight of the portion of a
cylinder for a bridge pier, shown in se
plan on pages 411 and 412?

4. Being provided with a 2-ft. rule, a tape li
pair of callipers, how would you
measurements of the casting mentione
question, supposing it to be lyin
ground ? |

ev ease pysew peices ew weet eee - .

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 413

METALLURGY.—Parr I.

The Board of Examiners.

Candidates need not answer more than Siz of the follow-
ing questions including those marked 1, 2, 3, and 4,
which are compulsory.

1, How would you estimate silica, barium, iron and
manganese in a blast furnace slag ?

, Describe a volumetric method suitable for the
estimatipn of zinc in mixed sulphide ores. How
would the presence of salts of iron, copper and
manganese affect the titration ?

3. Give a brief description of the cyanide method for
the estimation of copper volumetrically. Point
out the principal sources of error and the beat
means of avoiding them. How would the
presence of salts of zinc, iron, aluminium and
lead affect the titration ?

4. Why are arsenical and antimonial pyrites more
difficult to assay for gold than pure iron pyrites ?
Outline two methods—one all dry and the
other combined wet and dry—for the estimation
of gold in antimonial pyrites.

How would you expect the recovery of gold
to be affected by a preliminary roast, when
treating such material ?

d. When lead is estimated gravimetrically, in what
form is it usually weighed ?

Outline a good, general-purpose method for
the estimation of lead volumetrically, and point
out any weak points peculiar to such method.

'« 414 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

6. Write a short paper upon the separation and
estimation of antimony and arsenic.

7. How would you estimate tin, in a very low grade
ore, without preliminary mechanical concen-
tration ?

8. Under what conditions as regards grade and
character of material, and for what reasons, would
you use—

(a) an all-dry method for estimating gold ;

(6) an all-dry method for estimating silver ;

(d) a combined wet and dry method for esti-
mating silver ?

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 415

NATURAL SCIENCE.

PuysicaL GgRoGRAPBHY.

The Board of Examiners.

1. Define the terms declination and dip respectively.
Indicate the nature of the different kinds of
periodical variations which are known to occur

in these elements of terrestrial magnetism.

2. Describe the mallee country, referring especially to
its position, origin, soil, and climate.

3. Draw a sketch map of Victoria, and indicate on it
the salient features in its physical geography.

. Explain the nature of an earthquake shock, the
different causes to which it may be due, and the
nature of the record of the shook given by a
self-recording seismograph.

. Explain the nature of the Atlantic and Pacific
types of coasts, and show how far each type is
represented on the Australian coast line.

or)

. Explain the relations which exist in different parts
of a river’s course between the slope of the
thalweg,, the shape of the valley in cross-section,
and the capacity of the river for the work of
transport, corrasion, and lateral erosion.

CC z

416 RXAMINATION PAPERS. ©

PHYSIOLOGY.
FIRST YBAR.

MassaGE CANDIDATES.

The Board of Examiners.

1. What means do we possess of regulating the tem-
perature of the body? How is it that the
temperature of the body is practically the same
on a hot day ason a cold?

2. Dessribe exactly the means we possess of increas-
ing the capacity of the thorax. Mention, also,
the differences that exist between inspired and
expired air.

3. What is meant by the term Arterial blood pressure!
What advantages does such pressure confer on
us? What means do we possess whereby we
can modify arterial blood pressure?

4. Describe a voluntary muscle, and tell what you
know about its contraction.

5. What is the composition, and what are the chief
uses, of lymph? ‘Trace its flow from, say, the
tissues of the foot, until it reaches the blood
stream.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DKC., 1906. 417

PHYSIOLOGY.—Pass.

Tuirp YEAR MEDICINE.
The Board of Examiners.

1. What do you mean by the term astigmatism as
-applied to the human eye? By what means
can its objectionable results be obviated ?

2. What means are at the disposal of the physiologist
in investigating the paths of conduction in the
spinal cord ? :

3. What substances other than dextrose can give re-
duction in urine? How can these bodies be
chemically differentiated ?

4. What are the essential differences between cow’s
milk and human milk? What changes are
produced in cow’s milk by boiling ?

5. What is the effect on systemic arterial blood- —
pressure of —

(a) strong expiratory muscular action with closed
glottis,

(6) asphyxia,

6. Describe the changes that occur in a skeletal
muscle on cessation of the circulation.

418 "EXAMINATION PAPERS.

PHYSIOLOGY AND HISTOLOGY.—Hownovrs.
THirp YEAR MEDICINE.
The Board of Examiners.

1. By what methods can the fundus of the eye be
examined ? Explain the principles on which
the apparatus employed is constructed, and give
some account of the history of its discovery.

2. If a hitherto undescribed alkaloid were prepared
from an Australian plant, what experiments
would you suggest should be carried out in order
to determine its physiological action ?

8. A patient has been unable since birth to flex his
right arm at the elbow by any effort of will. An
exploratory operation revealed an apparently
normal musculo cutaneous nerve, electrical
stimulation of which produced vigorous flexion.
What further investigations, exclusive of ex-
acs operation, would you make in the
iving patient, and what structures would you

specially examine in case of death and necropsy |

in order to throw light on the causation of this
paralysis ?

4. ‘Experiments made on the horse conclusively
prove that asparagin can act as a protein sparer.”
Comment on this statement of fact.

5. A number of men who have been engaged in
fighting a bush fire complain of severe frontal
headache. To what might this be due ?

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 419

ANATOMY.

PASS AND FIRST HONOURS PAPER
Time: 9.30 a.m. to 12.30 p.m.

N.B.—The Second Honours Paper will be given this after-
noon from 2.30 p.m. to 4.30 p.m. The orat list for all —
Candidates will be posted at the Registrar’s Office.

Examiners ; The Professor of Anatomy and
Dr. G. C. Rennie.

1. State how you would map out the right kidney
from behind. Describe layer by layer the
various structures which would be met with
within the area you have described, in order to
‘expose the posterior surface of the viscus.

2. Describe the arch of the aorta under the following
heads :—

(a) Its relation to the surface of the body.
(c) It relations to bones.
(b) Its relations te other structures.

3. Hf the external popliteal nerve were divided just
above its bifurcation, state what structures
would be paralysed, and discuss the position
which would be assumed by the limb, giving the
reasons for your opinion. |

4. Discuss the general appearances of a transverse
horizontal section made through Addison’s trans-
pyloric plane. --—s- -

420 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

ANATOMY.

SECOND HONOURS PAPER.
Time : 2.80 to 4.30 p.m.

N.B.—No Candidate can enter for this Paper who has not
previously answered the Pass Paper in Anatomy.

Examiners: The Professor of Anatomy, and
Dr. G. C. Rennie.

1. Describe the condition of the mid-gut and yolk
sac in an embryo of four weeks. Name the
portions of the adult alimentary canal developed
from these embryonic structures, and describe
how the changes are brought about. How do
you account for the presence, in the adult, of a
Meckel’s diverticulum? State the commonest
position, and the relative frequency, of such an
abnormality.

. Describe the microscopic appearances of a transverse |
section through the medulla oblongata at the
level of the decussation of the fillet.

3. Discuss briefly the vertebral theory of the skull.

. Describe (a) the innervation of the tongue, (6)
the cutaneous innervation of the upper limb,
with an account of the spinal segments con-
cerned.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 421

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY.
The Board of Examiners.

. Express in terms of the Metric system, and give

the Latin equivalents of: ten minims, three
fluid drachms, two pints, twenty grains, half-an-
ounce.

. Give the Latin synonyms, and the quantities of

active ingredients in one fluid ounce of each of
the following :—

Chlorodyne, Donovan’s Solution, Easton’s
Syrup, Laudanum, Ipecacuanha Wine.

. Write a prescription for a “ Fly Blister,” with

appropriate directions. Use unabbreviated Latin
throughout.

. Name the official alkaloids of Opium, with their

preparations and doses. -

. State accurately the sources and doses of :

Ext. Belladon. Alc., Infus. Digitalis, Tinct.
Aconiti, Tinct. Cannab. Ind., Tinct. Strophanthi.

. Give the natural orders, botanical names, parts

used, and active principles of: Chamomile, Fox-
glove, Hemlock, Henbune, Indian Hemp.

Write all you know of Dilute Hydrocyanic Acid,
and medicinal substances containing it.

429 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

8. Compare and contrast Calomel and Corrosive
Sublimate. Give their sources and preparations,
with doses.

9. Name the official compounds of Calcium, and their
preparations. Give the doses of such as are used

in medicine.
10. Write a short essay on the “Combination of
Medicines.”

THEORY AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Describe the diagnosis of chronic enlargement of
the spleen, as contrasted with other conditions
which may be confused with it.

2. Describe the diagnosis, and discuss the special
risks, of aortic regurgitation, with the treatment
when that is called for.

3. Give a description of a paroxysm of true bronchial
asthma, with the treatment, both at and between

attacks.

4. Discuss the symptoms aad diagnosis of tubercular
meningitis, in a child of seven years, and describe
the naked-eye post-mortem appearances.

5. Give an account of the symptoms and diagnosis of |
gout, in its acute and sub-acute forms, and of
the appropriate treatment, general and medicinal. |

dn any treatment proposed fudl prescriptions should
be wretten, :

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 423

FORENSIC MEDICINE.
The Board of Exammers.

1, How would you distinguish between injuries in-
flicted during life and after death 7?

2. A man is found to have died from extravasation of
blood on the brain. To what causes may it
have been due, and how would you decide be-
tween natural causes and injury ?

3. Give the signs and symptoms of Pregnancy, and
the appearances indicating recent delivery.

4, What are the signs of maturity and of live birth in
the dead boay of a newly-born child ?

5. Describe the symptoms, treatment, and post-mortem
appearances of poisoning by phosphorus, bella-
donna, and carbolic acid, respectively.

424 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

OBSTETRICS AND GYNACOLOGY.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Describe the formation of the decidua, and the
mode of attachment of the ovum to the uterus.

2. Give the mechanism of a breech presentation, and
describe the management of its delivery.

3. Describe the signs, symptoms, and management of
an inevitable miscarriage.

4. Give the causes, signs, and symptoms of acute
salingitis.

5. (a) Describe the operation of curettage.
(6) Enumerate the conditions to which the opera-
tion is applicable, and mention the contra-
indications.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 425

GENERAL PATHOLOGY AND BACTERIOLOGY.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Describe minutely the repair of a simple fracture
of a long bone, and state how such repair may
be interfered with.

2. Describe minutely the vascular and textural changes
which occur in acute non-suppurative inflamma-
tion of a serous membrane, with ultimate
formation of adhesions.

3. Describe the causation, appearance, position,
composition, and briefly the possible con-
sequences of ante-mortem thrombi in the heart.

4. State what you know concerning adenomata.

5. Describe the usual macroscopic appearances in
acute general tuberculusis, and the microscopic
characters of the lesions in the lungs.

6. Describe the appearance, staining reactions, and
cultural characters of three of the chief pyogenic
micro-organisms.

7. Describe the products of bacterial growth in
nutrient broth, taking as example one of the
following :—Anthrax bacillus, diphtheria bacillus,
or nubrehetiva organisms.

496 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

Re)

SPECIAL PATHOLOGY.
The Board of Examiners.

. Describe, with examples, the causes of necrosis of

bone.

. Describe the various forms of suppuration in the

liver. Discuss their causation.

. Discuss the characters and causation of primary

renal dropsy.

. Describe the macroscopic characters of carcinoma

of the stomach in its several forms and positions.

. Describe the characters of the blood in spleno-

medullary (myelogenous) leukemia. Give one
method of making and staining differentially a
blood film from such a case, and state how the
kinds of leucocytes may be distinguished with
the method chosen.

. Describe the macroscopic and microscopic changes

seen in grey hepatisation of the lungs, and state
how you would proceed to diagnose pneumo-
coccus from hacillus pestis in sputum.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906 497

SURGERY.
‘Lhe Board of Examiners.

1. Describe in detail the treatment of strangulated
femoral hernia.

2. Describe the treatment of tubercular disease of the
elbow-joint.

3. Comment on the cases in which you would trephine
after head injury.

4, Comment on the differences between syphilis. and
cancer of the tongue.

498 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

HARMONY.
Finst Year D1p.oma.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Work Question No. 5 in the November paper very
carefully, using the following melody :—

fon

3. Explain why quavers at (a) and ¢c) are on one tail.
What effect is shown in the value of the Soprano
note? Name the chords at (6) ae i (d).
Justify the doubled Major Third at (e)

4. Add three parts below the Chorale Melody—

(a) in plain four-part harmony ;
(b) introducing suspensions and passing notes.

430 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

HARMONY.

First Year Mus. Bac.—Srconp YEAR
DIPLOMA.

The Board of Examiners.

1. Work Question 2 in the November paper very
carefully, with the following as the melody :—-

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 431

3. Write two Divisions on the Ground Bass—

The first in three-part harmony, the second in
four parts, showing suspensions, passing notes,

&e.

439 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

HARMONY.
THIRD YEAR DIPLOMA.
The Board of Examiners

1. Set one of the following passages :—
(a) For voice, with accompaniment—

What says thy song thou joyous thrush
Up in the walnut tree?

I love my love because I know
My love loves me.

(6) For four voices, unaccompanied —

A voice so thrilling ne’er was heard
In spring time trom the cuckoo bird,
Breaking the silence of the seas
Among the farthest Hebrides.

Or,

Write an original passage of about sixteen
bars beginning in E Flat, and modulating to the
following keys in order:—C Minor, Flat
Major, F Minor, B Major. Introduce a Minor
Thirteenth, and an Inversion of the Dominant
Eleventh; also a Neapolitan Cadence, and Tonic
Pedal Point.

2. Harmonise the Chorale melody—
(a) In plain four-part harmony.
(6) With continuous crotchet movement.
(c) With melody in the Tenor.

ANNUAL EXAMINATION, DEC., 1906. 433

(a) Introducing suspensions, passing notes, and
yaried harmony.

NSE.

3. Write an accompaniment to the melody for piano-
forte or strings. The suggestion given for
accompaniment need not be followed.

Moderato.
en. We ee |; ——-—-$ EP Wl)
—F———

434 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

TERMINOLOGY.
FIRST YEAR,

Fhe Board of Examiners.

1. Explain the terms—Chorale, Ground Bass, Madri-
gal, Tritone, Opera di Camera, Glee, Recitative,
Figured Bass.

2. Shew the derivation or original use of—Qratorio,
Solfa, Minim, Violin, Discant, Baritone, Opera.

3. Write the passage A with Tenor Clef.
4. Write the passege B with Alto Clef.

5. Write the passage C with Treble and with Bass
Clef.
6. Write ng eneea: Di as it would appear in—{(a) its
Tonic Minor; (4) its Relative Minor.
Shew the proper signature in each case.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATIONS,
MARCH, 1907.

FINAL HONGUR EXAMINATION IN ARTS
AND SCIENCE.

SCHOOL Of CLASSICAL PHILOLOGY.

GREEK TRANSLATION.
The Board of Euaminers,

Translate, with brief notes in the margin—

(a) © yépov, oby éxae obroc dvhp, raya D’ etoeat airic,
d¢ Aady Hyepa’ padiora dé p’ GAyoe ixaver.
obre rev’ deyyehkeny orparod Exdvov Epyopévoro,
iv x’ Opiv cagou cinw, ore mporepdc ye wvOoipny,
obre re Ofmiov GAO Tepavoxopae od dyopEiw,
add’ Epov abroad -xpetoc, 6 pot kaxov Eurecev oiKy,
dod! To pev rarép’ toOA0v arddeaa, Be ror’ év

vpiy

roladeco.v Baalreve, rarnp 0’ dc Hriog fev
yuv 8 av cal rondv peilor, 5 8) raya olkoy drayra
nrayxu tiappaiver, Bioroy 3 ax rapmay dd€éacet.
PNTEpe poe pyvNoTiipes Exéxpaoy obK EOedovon,

436

(4)

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

rav avopay glror viec of EvOdde vy’ eisiv Aproror,
ot marpoc pev Ec olxov dmrepplyact véerBac
"Ixapiov, we x’ abrog éedv@oatro Ovyarpa,
doin 3 g x’ €B€doe Kal of Kexaptopévoc EAGor.
ot 0 cic hpérepoy TwArEdpEvat Hpara wavra,
Bove tepevorrec kal dic Kai wiovac alyag,
eitkamivalovety wivovel re aiOora olvor
payrdlwe* ra dé roAAa Kardverat. ob yap én’ avijp
oloc ’Oducceve Eoxey, apy amo oixov apvvac.
Hhpeic & ov vv re rotoe Gpuvéuer® 4 Kat Execra
Aevyudéoe 7’ Egdpecba cat ob dedanxérec GAKhy.
—( Homer.)

Tour’ Eore rourt TO Kaxov avd’ ovyw ’Aeyor.
TO yap Tapaderypa rey pariwy dKovere’
a0’ elwe xparov hyvix’ HpyxeO’ t) xoA} 7

U 9 ” *s \ e_\ » to
wevaeo0. Epacke yap poe abrov evOadi

~ wf 9 »? s “a 9 ‘ ~ /
mac av ror agdixoiuny ay evOu rov Ardc;
éwecra Aerra KAUAKiA TOLOD[MEVOC,

~ (& ~
mpoc TavT avepptyar av tig ror odipardy,
éwe EvverpiBn rijc Kepadie xarappvuelec.
éx Bec dé pera rar’ ExpBapeic oix old’ Sra
ciohyay Airvaioy péytoroy xavBapor,
Kamera Tovroy immoxopeiy pw’ HyvayKagey,
Kavro¢ xarayer abrov dorep twXrlov,
& Inyaceor, onol, yevvatov mrepor,
a U 9 ? ‘N ~ \ s
Sawe merhoe p’ evOu rou Arde AaBwr.
GAN’ 6 re rovet ryol cvaxibac opopae.
oupoe rdAvag’ ‘ire devpo dep’, w& yelrovec’
0 d&ordrng yap pov peréwpog alperat
imnnooy eic roy atp’ éxi rov kavOdpov.
— (ARISTOPHANES.)

Moveawy de partora riley iepove vrogpyrac,
ogpa kal ely ’Atdao Kexpuppévoc éoOAdg Aakovont,
pnd’ axAeNe popynac ext Wuxpod ’Axéporros,

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1997. 437

woei Tic paxéAg TervrA\wpEvoc Evco xeEipac
ayny x warépwy wevinvy axripova khalwy.
xodAol Ev ’Avrioxato Sopa Kai &vaxrog ’ AXeva
dppadujy Eupnvoy euerphoavro wevéorac’
modXot dé Lconadgow Ehavydpevot xori cakouc
poaxoe ouy Kepajay éEuvxnoavro Bodega,

pupia Q cys wedlov Kpayywrcy évdiaacxoy
mompev ec Exkpira pijda prrokeivorat K pewvdarg’
GAN’ ob opey roy hoog, ret yAvcuy ébexévwoay
Oupov é¢ evpeiay oyediay arvyvoto yéporToc,
duvaorot 6€ ra TOAAM Kal OAGta Tijva AuwdyTEC
ceudolc éy vexvecat paxpouc aigvac Exewro,

ei pty Setvde dordoc 6 Khog aidda puvéwy
BapBtrov Ec Tod yopoov év avdpaccOix’ dvopacrove.

—(THEOCRITUS. )

(d) abrdber on ceavonOnre } braxobery apev re [sAaPiR-
vat, iy el wohephouper, we Emouye Gpecvov éoxet
elvat, Kal émt peydadn kat éxi Bpayxeig époiwe
mpopacee ji) eibovrec pnoe buy goBy , Elovreg a
kexrfpeOa. iv yap abriy duvara Soidwow F re
peyiorn kai éXaxlorn Sexalworg ard TaY Gpoiwy po
dixnc roic wédag értraccopévn. ra d€ Tov moAEpou
kal rav Eéxarépoic brapyovTwy we ox aobevéorepa
éLopev yrvare kul’ Exacroy axovorrec. abrovpyoi re
yap ciot TeXorovvhoroe Kai ovre idig obre Ev vowwg
xphpara éorty avroic, Eretra ypoviwy wodépwy kal
dcatovrlwy Gmetpot Ora TO Bpaxéwe atrot én’ @\An-
Aoug bro meviacg Emipépery. Kai of rovotroe ovTE
vaic mAnpovrrec ovre welacg orpartac voAAGKIC
éxmré precy Sévavrat, ano Tay idiwy re Gua arovrec
kat ano Tor avroyv Fanavarrec Kat mpooere Kai
Bardconc eipydpevor’ ai 6€ Treprovaiat rou woe poug
padXoy jj iy ai Biacoe eopopal avéxouct. oupaci TE
éroudrepor of atroupyot Toy avOporwy it Xphpace
ToNEpetv, TO Mev moroy Exovreg Ex THY KivduvVUWY

438

(e)

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

Kaw wepryevécOat, ro dé ob BéBatov ps) 0% mpoara-
Awoeey, adAwe Tt Kav rapa ddéav, Gnep eixéc, 6
mbdEpog abroig pncuvnres. payn Mev yap pig mpoc
aravrag "EdAqvar ouvarol Tedonovvqarat Kat ol
Eupuayor ayvrioxeiv, wokepeiv dé pt) wpoc Opolay
avrurapackeyiy aivvarce, Gray pnre PovAcurnpiy
ivi ypwuerar wapeypiyua re oléwe énirehiiat, TAYTES
re iadWngor Gvreg Kai oy Spdpudce Te eg EavToy
éxagror orexdy.—('TRUCY RIDES.):

ei pév vor Mépine re awemepwe ravra éyovrra
kijpuca é¢ “Apyor xal ’Apyeiwy &yyekot avafsarrec
ég Zovoa Emetporeor "Aprotéptea rrepl gerinc, ouK
Exw arpextwe elweiv, obdE TLva yropny epi avrav
dmopatvopat XK yy ye ii thy wep airoi ’Apyeior
Aéyouor. ériorapac dé rocovro, Gre ei waves
G@rOpwrot ra oixhia Kaxa é¢ pécov auveveixatey
adAabacbac BovrAcpevor rotor tAnoiow, Eyxuparrec
av é¢ ra roy mwéXac Kaka doraciwe Exacrot ad’rav
aropepotaro Oxiow ra éonvelkavto. otrw On ovK
"Apytiowot aioyuora werolnra. éyw dé dgeihw
Eyer Ta eyopeva, welBecBui vE paiv ov Tavraraat
dpelhu, kai poe Touro TO Eroc é exer é: wayra doyor"
émet Kat ravra Aéyerat, we dpa “Apyetou. Haar oi
éxcxadeoapevor ror épony éxt rv “EXXdda, éredh
opt mpoc roug Ankedatporvioug kaka ¥ aixpn EOTHKEE,
wav 6) GovrAdpuevot opiot elvat mpd rijg mapeovonc
A’rnc.—( HERODOTUS.)

(7) 6 6€ adalay rovovrdag THe olac éy Tg det'ypart

EaTnKinc Oupyetobac Eérorc og mova Xphpara avre
éorty ev rH Badarry Kat mep ric Epyaaiac THC
faveuoruciic Sukvévan AAixny: Kai avrog boa Ethnge
kal awodwXexe’ kai Gua ratra wAeOpilow wéprey
70 mwawadpoy éml rhy rparelav, Spaypace aire
Keytéevync. Kal cuvocoimdpou de awoAatoag éx rn dd
dervoc Néyery we per’ ’ AdeLavdpou éorparevaaro, kai

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 489

de abrp EIXE, Kat doa AdoxdAdnra morijpea Exopuce’
Kal wept Tay rexvray ri év rij “Avia &re BeXriove
elol ror év TH Eipory dudeaPnrijoac cal ravra 6))
Gioue ovdapoi Ex Tie MOA Ewe arobedny netic’ Kad

‘ypappara o€ elrety we mapeom wap’ ‘Avrerarpou
rotrra §}) Néyovra wapayivesbac abrov tic Maxe-
doviay, cai dcdopévnc abre tlaywytic Eukwy areovc
ore dreipyrat, Src pene ig’ Evdc ovKxodayT ny
meparrépw girng wy wrelv Ff mpoohnee Makedda. xat
ev TH ovrobete dé we mAgiv wévre rad\arra airy
yévotro Ta avahopara Orddvre roc amopo.c TwY
Todtr@y’ avavevley yap ob duvacbat.

—(THEOPHRASTUS.)

LATIN TRANSLATION.
The Board of Exammers.

Translate, with brief notes in the margin-—
(a@) quae nisi respuis ex animo longeque remittis

(6)

dis indigna putare alienaque pacis eorum,
delibata deum per te tibi numina sancta
saepe oberunt ; non quo Violari summa deum
vis
possit, ut ex ira poenas petere inbibat acris,
sed quia tute tibi placida cum pace quietos
constitues magnos irarum volvere fluctus,
nec delubra deum placido cum pectore adibis,
nec de corpore quae sancto simulacra feruntur
in mentes hominum divinae nuntia formae,
suscipere haec animi tranquilla pace valebis.

—(LucReETIUvs.)

non rastros patietur humus, non uinea falcem;
robustus quoque iam tauris iuga soluet arator;

440

(¢)

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

nec uarios discet mentiri lana colores,
ipse sed in pratis aries iam suaue rubenti
murice, iam croceo mutabit uellera luto;
sponte sua sandyx pascentis uestiet agnos.
“ talia saecla” suis dixerunt “‘currite” fusis
concordes stabili fatorum numine Parcae.
adgredere o magnos (aderit iam tempus)
honores,
cara deum suboles, magnum Iouis incrementum!
aspice conuexo nutantem pondere mundum,
terrasque tractusque maris caelumque pro-
fundum,
aspice, uenturo laetentur ut omnia saeclo !
o mihi tam longae maneat pars ultima uitae,
spiritus et quantum sat erit tua dicere facta:
non me carminibus uincet nec Thracius
Orpheus,
nec Linus, huic mater quamuis atque huic
pater adsit,
Orphei Calliopea, Lino formosus Apollo.
—(VERGIL.)
Sili, Castalidum decus sororum,
qui periuria barbari furoris
ingenti premis ore perfidosque
astus Hannibalis leuesque Poenos
magnis cedere cogis Africanis :
paulum seposita seueritate, ©
dum blanda uagus alea December
incertis sonat hinc et hinc fritillis
et ludit tropa nequiore talo,
nostris otia commoda Camenis,
nec torua lege fronte, sed remissa
Jasciuis madidos iocis libellos.
sic forsan tener ausus est Catullus
magno mittere passerem Maroni.
—(MARTIAL.)

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 441

(d) postero die sub ortum solis instruxere ab alto
naues uelat ad iustum proelium nauale et tam-
quam exituris contra Romanis. cum diu stetis-
sent, postquam nihil moueri ab bostibus uiderunt
tum demum onerarias adgrediuntur. res erat
minime certamiui nauali similis, proxime speciem
muros oppugnantium nauium. altitudine ali-
quantum onerariae superabant; ex rostratis
Poeni uana pleraque, utpote supino iactu, tela in
locum superiorem mittebant ; grauior ac pondere
ipso libratior superne ex onerariis ictus erat ;
speculatoriae naues ac leuia nauigia, quae
sub constratis pontium per interualla excurre-
bant, primo ipsae tanto impetu et magnitudine
rostratarum obruebantur, deinde et propugna-
toribus quoque incommodae erant, quod per-
mixtae cum hostium nauibus inhibere saepe tela
cogebant metu, ne ambiguo ictu suis inciderent.
postremo asseres ferreo unco praefixi—harpa-
gyones uocat miles-—ex Punicis nauibus inici in
Romanas coepti. quos cum neque ipsos neque
catenas, quibus suspensi iniciebantur, incidere
possent, ut quaeque retro. inhibita rostrata
onerariam haerentem unco traheret, scindi
uideres uincula, quibus alia aliis innexa erat,
seriem aliam simul plurium nauium trahi. sex
ferme onerariae puppibus abstractae Carthaginem
sunt: maior quam pro re laetitia sed eo grauior,
quod inter adsiduas clades ac lacrimas unum
quantumcumque exinsperato gaudium adfulserat,
cum eo ut appareret haud procul exitio fuisse
Romanam classem, ni cessatum a praefectis
suarum nauium foret et Scipio in tempore
subuenisset. —(Livv. )

(e) cogitanti autem haec fere succurrebant :
primum ex eo, quod superioribus litteris

442

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

scripseras, ex familiari te illius audisse pro-
Jatum iri aliquid quod nemo improbaret,
maius aliquid timueram: hoc mihi eius modi
non uidebatur. deinde, ut me egomet consoler,
omnis exspectatio largitionis agrariae in
agrum Campanum uidetur esse deriuata: qui
ager, ut dena iugera sint, non amplius hominum
quinque milia potest sustinere, reliqua omnis
multitudo ab illis abalienetur necesse est. prae-
terea, si ulla res est quae bonorum animos, quos
jam uideo esse commotos, uehementius possit
incendere, haec certe est et eo magis, quod
portoriis Italiae sublatis, agro Campano diuiso,
quod uectigal superest domesticum praeter
uicensimam ? quae mihi uidetur una contiun-
cula clamore pedisequorum nostrorum esse peri-
tura. Gnaeus qtidem noster iam plane quid
cogitet nescio.

puog yap ob optxpotory abXloxore Ere,

aN’ ayplate pioaor, popBelac dre’
qui quidem etiam istuc adduci potuerit. nam
adhuc haec évogiZero, se leges Caesaris probare:
actiones ipsum praestare debere: agrariam legem
sibi placuisse : potuerit intercedi necne, nihil ad
se pertinere: de rege Alexandrino placuisse
sibi aliquando confici: Bibulus de caelo tum
seruasset necne, sibi quaerendum non fuisse : de
publicanis, uoluisse se illi ordini commodare :
quid futurum fuerit, si Bibulus tum in forum
descendisset, se divinare non potuisse.

—(CICERO.)

(f) laetum ea uictoria Vespasianum, cunctis super

uota fluentibus, Cremonensia proelii nuntius in .
Aegypto adsequitur. eo properantius Alexan-
driam pergit, ut fracto Vitellii exercitu urbem

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 443

quoque externae opis indigam fame urgueret.
namque et Africam, eodem latere sitam, terra
marique inuadere parabat, clausis annonae sub-
sidiis inopiam ac discordiam hosti facturus, dum
hac totius orbis nutatione fortuna imperii transit,
Primus Antonius nequaquam pari innocentia
post Cremonam agebat, satis factmn bello ratus
et cetera ex facili, seu felicitas in tali ingenio
auaritiam superbiam ceteraqne occulta mala
patefecit. ut captam Italiam persultare, ut suas
Jegiones colere: omnibus dictis factisque uiam
sibi ad potentiam struere. utque licentia militem
inbueret, interfectorum centurionum ordines
legionibus offerebat. eo suffragio turbidissimus
quisque delecti; nec miles in arbitrio ducum,
sed duces militari uiolentia trahebantur. quae
seditiosa et corrumpendae disciplinae mox in
praedam uertebat, nihil aduentantem Mucianum
ueritus, quod exitinsius erat quam Vespasianum
spreuisse. —(TAciTUS. )

GREEK COMPOSITION.
The Board of Examuers.

1. Translate into Greek Iambics—

L. O speak no more, my Jord! This breaks my
heart,
Lie on this bed and rest yourself a while.
E. These looks of thine can harbour nought but
death :

444

Sats

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

I see my tragedy written in thy brows.

Yet stay: awhile forbear thy bloody hand,
And let me see the stroke before it comes.
That even then, when I shall lose my life,
My mind may be more steadfast on my God.

. What means your highness to mistrust me thus?

What mean’st thou to dissemble with me thus?

. These hands were never stained with innocent

blood ;
Nor shall they now be tainted with a king’s.
Forgive my thought for having such a thought.

2. Translate into Greek Prose—

There cannot be anything so disingenuous, so
misbecoming a gentleman or any one who pre-
tends to be a rational creature, as not to yield
to plain reason and the conviction of clear argu-
ments. Is there anything more inconsistent
with civil conversation and the end of all debate,
than not to take an answer, though ever so full
and satisfactory, but still to go on with the dis-
pute, as long as equivocal sounds can furnish a
term to wrangle with on the one side, or a dis-
tinction on the other, whether pertinent or
impertinent matters not? For this in short is
the way and perfection of logical disputes, that
the opponent never take an answer, nor the
respondent ever yield to an argument. This
neither of them must do, unless he will pass for
a poor bafiled wretch, and lie under the disgrace
of not being able to maintain whatever he has
once affirmed, which is the great aim and glory
in disputing. Truth is to be found and sup-
ported by a mature and due consideration of
things themselves, and not by artificial terms
and ways of arguing: these lead men not so

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 445

much into-the discovery of truth, as into a
captious and fallacious use of doubtful words,
which is the most useless and offensive way of
talking and such as least suits a gentleman or a
lover of truth of anything in the world.

LATIN COMPOSITION.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Translate into Latin Elegiacs—

Slow sinks, moré lovely ere his race be run,
Along Morea’s hills the setting sun ;
Not, as in Northern climes, obscurely bright,
But one unclouded blaze of living light !
O’er the hushed deep the yellow beam he
throws, ;

Gilds the green wave, that trembles as it glows.
On old Aegina’s rock, and Idra’s isle,
The god of gladness sheds his parting smile ;
O’er his own regions lingering, loves to shine,
Though there his altars are no more divine.
Descending fast the mountain shadows kiss

_ Thy glorious gulf, unconquer’d Salamis !

2. Translate into Latin Prose—

Full of these ideas, all the electors turned
their eyes towards Frederic, Duke of Saxony, a
prince of such eminent virtue and abilities as to
be distinguished by the name of the sage, and
with one voice they offered him the Imperial
crown. He was not dazzled with that object
which monarchs so far superior to him in power

146

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

courted with such eagerness; and, after
deliberating upon the matter a short time, he
rejected it with a magnanimity and disin-
terestedness no less singular than admirable.
“ Nothing,” he observed, “could be more im-
politic than an obstinate adherence to a maxim
which, though sound and just in many cases,
was not applicable to all. In times of tran-
quillity,” he sail, ‘ we wish for an emperor who
has not power to invade our liberties ; times of
danger demand one who is able to secure our
safety. The Turks, led by a gallant and vic-
torious monarch, are now assembling. They
are ready to pour in upon Germany with a
violence unknown in former ages. New con-
junctures call for new expedients. The Imperial
sceptre must be committed to some hand more
powerful than mine or that of any other German
prince. We possess neither dominions nor
revenues nor authority which enable us to
encounter such a formidable enemy. Recourse
must be had, in this exigency, to one of the
rival monarchs.”

COMPARATIVE PHILOLOGY.
Professor Tucker.

1. State Grassmann’s Law, with instances and ex-

ceptions.

2. Give, with examples, the history of the following

].-E. sounds as they appear in Greek and Latin:—
oi, eu, bh, sonant J, post-consonantal x, velar g.

—~

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 447

. What chief effects were produced in Latin by the

old method of accentuation ?

Explain and illustrate “ Sentence-Phonetics.”

. (a) Illustrate fully the phenomena of Ablaut in

roots or suffixes containing: ¢.

(6) Relate the following words to their cognates
in other Ablaut steps—modestus, wéxacOe and
néwooOe (= werdrvOare), dédocxa, solium, madat,
perculsus, cixwc (With éonwe), rotpeot, Ureppiados.

. Comment on the vowels italicised in—neglego,

Poenus, nuncupo, mina, fabula, vester, anatem.

. Examine completely the following words in respect

both of phonology and morphology—

Aelwerc, EEover (Dor. éLovor), seruntur (with
ievrac), cocus (with wécow), sacerdos, interior,
reOvewe (with reOvnxwe), oBévyvpe (with segnis),
tergo (with rérptppac), mavovpyoc, cavrodv, xOovec,
Oedadoroc, miopat, Exna (with ea and Exavoa),
mthi, éxardy, Samnium (with Sabellus), weiopa
(with offendtx), xotiy (cavere), ctw (with uro),
déhpat (with calf), xiixuc (el-bow), gaiddoc
(with ¢Aaipoc), muleeo (padaxdc), Baciréwe,
édarn (with linter), card (with contra), in-
colarum. ;

Take the following verbs, break them up into
their component parts, state the function of each
such part, and do the same with each of the
“principal parts” of each verb:—rikrw, saxve,
éxw, vrioxvéopat, pello, fero, facto, ruvOdvopat,
naoxw, tendo, reivw.

DD2

448 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

9. Describe the I.-E. method of forming subjunctive
and optative moods. Shew how far Greek and
Latin have retained or departed from the original
method.

Illustrate by *es — *et — *bher —.

10. Discuss briefly the case-forms—oicade, ywpéw»,
deonoréa, deabus, honortbus, hpdc, joc, foras,
woNirov, Cpaxpijot, médecat, Mors.

11. Examine the forms—
yeyorvia, magister, cixooréc, boum, gtdairepos,
Serimini.
12. Write compact notes on—
(a) The augment.
(5) The Latin passive.
(c) The ways of forming infinitives.

GREEK AND ROMAN LITERARY CRITICISM.
Board of Examiners.

1. Give a clear account of the term pipnorc as applied
to the fine arts. How is music a pipznoce ? What
is meant by xpaéec as subject of pipnoce ?

2. (a) “The distinction between poets and prose-
writers is a vulgar error.” —(SHELLEY.)
‘Three works which are as near to poetry as
possible without absolutely being so— Pilgrim's
Progress, Robinson Crusoe, and the Tales of
Boccaccio.” —(HazuitT.)
Discuss these observations with the aid of any
remarks made by Aristotle in the Poetics.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 449

(b) **The distinction between philosophers and
poets has been anticipated."—(SHELLEY.) But
what, in Aristotle’s view, is there in common to
poetry and philosophy ?

3. (a) “ All artis dedicated to Joy: - » The right
art is that which creates the highest enjoyment.”
—(ScHILLER.) Compare this with Aristotle’s
conception of the function of art. (5) Explain
the special jdov4 derived from tragedy. (¢) By
what devices of plot or choice of “hero” is such
dovh secured in the largest measure? (d@) Who
is the best judge of the soundness of art, and in
what respects is 7 ray Oedrpwy dc0éveca.at Athens
revealed to us ?

4. Pope says of Aristotle—

‘¢ He steer’d securely, and discover’d far,
Led by the light of the Meeonian star.”

Explain and discuss the latter line in con-
nection with the statement that Aristotle as a
critic believes in the “survival of the fittest.”

5. Explain and discuss the statement that the func-
tion of the poet is to represent ola dy yévorro
rather than ra yevdpera.

6. “ What distinguishes the artist from the mere
amateur, says Goethe, is Architectonicé in the
highest sense; that power of execution which
creates, forms, and constitutes; not the pro-
foundness of single thoughts, not the richness of
imagery.”—(M. ARNOLD.)

How far does this agree with doctrines of
Aristotle? By what terms would Longinus
express ‘‘ the profoundness of single thoughts”?

450

~
(.

10.

11.

13.

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

Addison writes—‘ Aristotle has observed that
the idiomatic style may be avoided and the
sublime formed, by the following methods. 2
What are these methods? What must we under-
stand “idiomatic” and “sublime” to mean ?
Explain toc as used by Longinus.

. The nature of poetry is such that “ad eloquendi

quaedam deverticula confugiat, nec mutare
quaedam modo verba, sed extendere, corripere,
convertere, dividere cogatur.”—(QUINTILIAN.)

Compare this with Aristotle’s remarks upon
érexracecc and the like, and discuss the point.

. Distinguish between the error in art and the error

kara cup BeBnuds.

(a) Compare the definition of good poetic style in
the Poetics with that of good style in the
Rhetorre.

(6) Why should there be puOpud¢ but not peérpor in
prose ?

Explain cyqpara, ro puxpdv, 76 vidovy, peyadodgpo-
auvn, ardouc pvOoc, arr cvoracie.

3 a= 3 , “a s LY
. eV Th Odvocelg rapeaca tic Gy Karadvopévp ror

“Opnpov hAly, ov dixa ric opodpdrnroc mapapéver ro
péyeOoc. What are the grounds of this judgment?

> ? 7 4 ba.) cof od \ ~ >
é& avaykne yévotr’ av tioug alriov ro ray éudepo-
pévwy exréyev det ra Katpwwrara. . .

Complete this passage, with the illustrations.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 451

14. (2%) Give the substance of Quintilian’s criticisms
of Greek and Roman historians.
(it) Aeschylus, sublimis et gravis et grandiloquus
saepe ad vitium, sed rudis in plerisque et incom-
positus.

Compare this with an observation of Longinus.

15. Pope speaks of “ lays
That, shunning faults, one quiet tenour keep ;
We cannot blame indeed—but we may sleep.”
What has Longinus to say in similar vein ?

16. Comment on the following excerpts from Horace—

(a) difficile est proprie communia dicere.

(b) Archilochum proprio rabies armavit iambo.

id si vis me flere, dolendum est
primum ipsi tibi.

GREEK AND LATIN LITERATURE.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Define and characterize the “Classical Period ”’ in .
Greek and Latin literature respectively. Trace
the nature and causes of the decline in each case.

©. (a) Describe concisely the contributions to Greek
literature which came from Baotia, Sicily, and
Alexandria respectively. Add the dates.
(6) Which of the Roman writers were provincials ?
Give some account of each.

452 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

3. Through what characteristics of subject-matter

and treatment is Attic Comedy divided into
periods? Name the principal writers of each.

. What ground is there for supposing the existence

of Epic poems previous to the composition of
the Ihad?

. Give an account of (a) the rise and progress of

Greek oratory, (6) Greek and Latin books on
rhetoric.

. Write a concise history of Roman tragedy,

examining its relations with the Greek.

. Give (with dates) a brief summary of the lives

and works of Alczus, Simonides, Anacreon,
Xenophon, Plutarch, Ennius, Varro, Pliny the
Younger, Martial.

. Write an Essay on each of the following

subjects :—
(a) Bucolic poetry.
(6) Tacitus as stylist and historian.
(c) The possibility of translating Pindar or
Vergil.

GENERAL PAPER.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Place on an outline map the chief Greek settle-

ments in Southern Italy and Sicily. Describe
briefly (with dates) how Rome came _ into
political contact with them successively.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 453

. Give some account of the Athenian and Roman

coinage, stating the modern values. Give the
Greek and Latin for “ £250 at 6 per cent. per
annum,” “TI will pay the principal on the 17th
of March.”

. Explain clearly—Zquites Romani, princeps sena-

tus, senatores pedarti, legatio libera, dixn aroo-
raalov, dixn éLovAnc, peroixtoy, mpoor%, péravdoc
Bupa, davaxpiorc, ratiapxoc, pvAapxor, yepovoia,
ravapxuc, dorpaxtopdc, verillarit, divinatio, nun-
dinae, morbus comitialis, obnuntiatio.

. State the origin and application of the proverbs—

mov ori;—tpse dixit—ad Kalendas Graecas—
yra0e ceavrdv—obdév mpoc Atévvcov—ab ovo—
sus Minervam.

. Explain by a diagram the topography of—

Otho per Tiberianam domum in Velabrum,
inde ad miliarium aureum sub aedem Saturni
pergit—

and the allusions in—
Exsilium et carcer Minturnarumque paludes

Et mendicatus victa Carthagine panis.

6. Describe (with diagram) the Acropolis in B.c. 400.

7.
(a) the parts played in history by Brasidas,

State in a few sentences—

Pelopidas, Theramenes, Maecenas, Vitellius,
Jugurtha, Pythagoras, Pheidias ;

(4) events connected with Pydna, Aegates Insulue,

Aquae Sextiae, Arbela, Lade.

454 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

8. Give the classical Attic for xpoojpyovro, avaréOer~
rat, éxGadreTat, Exw Mv apyny exirerpaypévny,
Kad€oerc, yapnOnoopat, rpoonyopevOny, Ewynoduny,
paberwoar.

9. Write terse notes on the grammar of—

cur non exsilium itis ?

facinora neque te decora nec tuis virtutibus.

ne hostes quidem sepultura invident.

quod non opus est, asse carum est.

mediis consiliis standum videbatur.

ab Narnia Tiberi devectus est vitandae sus-
picionis.

me omnium iam laborum levas.

modecc yaderal AaBeiv pu} ob ypdvy.

végoc 8 ob galvero maonc yalnc ov0 dpéwy.

eioiOov riv Sikny raurny.

el 0€ ov péy prev Akovoor, éyw Oé-Ké rot Karadekw.

ETUKEIMEVaL KAA KUVac.

tor’ ovv two’ AXknoric ele yijpag pdAot 5

papvavro désac mupoc aifopévaco.

éooerat hap Gr’ dy ror’ dAwAN"IAtog ipg.

10. What were the differences between the two chief
varieties of Greek alphabet? What changes
occurred in the Latin alphabet after it was first
borrowed ? |

11. State and illustrate the various meanings and
usages of guin with various moods. Translate
‘‘There is no doubt that, if he had arrived
earlier, the town would have been taken.”

12, Emend the hexameter—

dwow Oo Exra yuvaixac apipovac épya idviac.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 455

13. Translate into an English couplet—

Incipe: dimidium facti est coepisse. Supersit
dimidium. Rursus incipe et efficies.

SCHOOL OF HISTORY, INCLUDING CONSTI-
TUTIONAL AND LEGAL HISTORY, AND
POLITICAL ECONOMY.

ANCIENT HISTORY.

First Paper.
Professor Elkington.
Write a short Essay on each of the following sub-
jects :—

{1) The evolution of History from Mythology.

(2) The Homeride.

(3) The Amphictyony.

(4) Music as a subject of education at Athens.

{5) The Sophists, from the standpoint of Socrates,
as teachers of virtue.

(6) The characteristics common to the Tyrannis in
Greece.

(7) The constitutional and “judicial reforms intro-
duced by Pericles.

456

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

ANCIENT HISTORY.
SECOND PAPER.

Professor Elkington.

. Discuss the chief causes of the gradual diminu-

tion of the power of the Consulate.

. Describe the main racial divisions of the Italian

peninsula in the fourth century sB.c., and con-
sider how the diversity of race affected the
progress of Roman conquest.

. Trace the effects upon Rome, economically and

politically, of the second Punic war (a) in Italy,
(6) abroad.

. Trace briefly the course. of the last Mithradatic

war, and explain the nature of the settlement of
the East by Pompeius.

. Why did the Republican government break down

at Rome ?

. On what grounds did Cesar refuse to give up his

province and his army in B.c. 50-49 ?

. What motives induced the Romans to undertake

the conquest of Britain ?

. Trace the derivation of the principal Imperial

powers as exercised by a aan from forms of
authority which existed under the Republic.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 457

). What changes in the direction of autocracy

occurred under Tiberius ?

10. Describe the principal changes in the government

of the Roman Empire which were introduced by
Diocletian and Constantine.

HISTORY OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE.

First Paper.
Professor Elkington.

Indicate the chief points of resemblance and of
difference between the Feudal relation and the
Tribal relation.

. Indicate the chief causes of the downfall of the:

Manorial system.

. Discuss the attitude of the Baronage towards the

Crown up to the accession of Edward the
Third.

. Discuss briefly the domestic and the foreign policy

of Henry the Seventh.

. Discuss Wolsey’s place in the history of England.

. Trace the causes which led to the opposition to

Charles the First.

. What circumstances brought about the fall of

Clarendon ?

. Trace the effect (a) of Irish, (5) of Scottish, affairs

in bringing about the Revolution.

458 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

io)

HISTORY OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE.
SEconD PAPER.
Professor Elkington.

. Write a note upon “The English Village Com-

munity.”

. © Party is essential to representative institutions.”

—May, C. H., vol. IT, p. 94. Discuss this

proposition.

. “Such then was the effect of the New World on

the Old.”—Seeley, Excpansion, p. 92. Explain.

. Discuss the Act of Settlement as introducing safe-

guards to the Constitution.

. Write a note upon the more important constitu-

tional questions which arose during the reign of
Anne.

. Explain the circumstances in which the second

Rockingham Administration was formed, and
trace thence the course te affairs to the
formation of the Coalition Ministry.

. Show that the Reform Act of 1832 (a) has not

produced the principal results expected of it,
(6) has produced results that were not antici-
pated.

. Give some account of the Alabama arbitration.

. Whom do you consider the greatest of our Indian

proconsuls, and for what reasons ?

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 459

HISTORY.
Professor Elkington.

Write a short Essay on each of the following sub-
jects :—
(1) The Coronation of Charles the Great.

(2) The Partition Treaty of Verdun.
(3) The Constitution of the Holy Roman: Empire.

(4) The changes in Europe, political and social,
during the eleventh century, which affected
the crusading movement.

(5) The history of the Spanish peninsula during
the fifteenth century.

(6) The growth of the Swiss Confederacy.

POLITICAL ECONOMY.
First PAPER.

Professor Elkungton.

To be answered algo by Candidates for the Wyselaskie
Scholarship in Political Economy.
1. What do you understand by Character? By
National Character ? Mention some of the lead-
ing circumstances that influence Character.

2. Show the importance of Psychology as a prepara-
tion for the study of theoretical politics.

460 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

3. “The consilience of Induction and Deduction is

6
cr

the very highest art that the human intellect can

command, not merely for proving difficult pro-

sepia but for getting hold of propositions to
e proved.” Illustrate from your reading.

. In certain respects societies resemble individual

organisms, in certain other respects they differ
from them. Explain as fully as you can.

“ . . . there arise impediments in the way
of Sociology greater than those in the way of
any other science.”—Spencer Study, &ce., p. 72.
Comment on this citation.

. “The progress in the discovery of laws, itself

conforms to law.” Elucidate.

. Bagehot sets down as a postulate of English

political economy, the transferability of capital
from employment to employment. What do
you understand by “ capital” and by ‘‘ employ-
ment” in this connection ?

. “Labour, therefore, is the real measure of the

exchangeable value of all things.”— Wealth of
Nations, Book I., ch. 5. Comment upon this
dictum.

. Explain and illustrate the meaning of “relative

indebtedness” in the theory of Foreign
Exchanges.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 461

POLITICAL ECONOMY.

SEconD Paper.
Professor Elkington.

To be answered also by Candidates for the Wyselaskie
Scholarship in Political Economy.

Write a short Essay on each of the following
subjects :—

(1) Evolution and Dissolution.

(2) Political Integration.

(8) The interdependence of economic phenomena.
(4) The influence of Machinery.

(5) The Earnings of Labour.

(6) The tendency, of Profits to a minimum.

POLITICAL ECONOMY.
(For THe DzGRee or M.A.)

Professor Elkington.

Fo be answered also by Candidates for the Wyselaskie
Scholarship in Political Economy.

1. Write a note on the limits of State- Duties.

2. Discuss briefly Cliffe Leslie’s essay on “The
Political Economy of Adam Smith.”

462 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

3. (a) “ No industry can live anywhere which is not
able to face the most unrestricted com-
petition.” —-Girren, Economic Inquiries, IT,
p. 188. |

(6) “The dream of the Socialist, that there is a
common fund produced of which certain
workmen do not get their fair share, is thus
a pure illusion.”—J6.

Give the substance of Giffen’s arguments.

4. How does Giffen demonstrate that there has been
a great increase of well-being throughout all
classes of society within the last fifty years ?

d. Write a note on the utility of common statistics.
6. Write a note on “‘ the mobility of labour.”

7. Write a brief note on each of the following sub-
jects :-— ,
(a) English corn-law legislation in the nineteenth
century.
(6) The Bank Charter Act 1844.

8. How does Walker answer the question, “ May any
advantage be acquired by the wages class
through strikes or trade-unions” ?

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 463

SCHOOL OF LOGIC AND PHILOSOPHY.

I.—FORMAL LOGIC.
Professor Laurie.

. Mention different ways in which the logical laws
have been stated, and different theories which
have been held as to their origin.

. Consider the truth, or otherwise, of the statement
made by Kant that, since Aristotle, Formal Logic
has not had to retrace a single step, nor has it
been able to make one step in advance.

. How far, if at all, may the doctrine of Opposition
be applied to Hypothetical propositions ? And
what immediate inferences may be drawn from
such propositions ?

. What is meant by the Inversion of Categorical
propositions ? On what processes does it depend,
and on what conditions may it be regarded as
valid ?

. What is the problem of Reduction? Distinguish,
in your answer, between Direct and Indirect
Reduction. To what extent is it possible to
reduce categorical syllogiams to moods other
than the first ?

. What fallacy or fallacies are involved in the attempt
to argue from one of the premisses and the con-
clusion of a categorical syllogism to the truth
of the other premiss ?

464 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

7. Examine the following arguments :—

(a) “You are not to inquire how your trade may
be increased, nor how you are to become
a great and powerful people, but how your
liberties can be secured. For liberty ought
to be the direct end of your government.”

(5) If the moral aim be blessedness, it must be a
state of consciousness, or an aggregate of
such states, either painful, indifferent, or
pleasurable. From this it follows that the
moral aim is pleasure, for a state of blessed-
ness cannot be either painful or indifferent.

8. What is the result of Elimination? Can you
point out any cases in which this process may
be of value? Explain the relation of the
expressions (1) and (0) to each other.

9. Of the artists who offered works for a certain
exhibition, it was found that the candidates
whose works were wholly rejected consisted
exactly of juniors who had sent in oil paintings
and seniors who had sent in water colours.
Describe the junior candidates as fully as these
data will permit.

II.—INDUCTIVE LOGIC.
Professor Laurie.

1. Discuss Mill’s answer to the question, what a
Proposition really is.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 468

. Mention any meanings which have been attached
to Real Definition. How is it that many
logicians regard Definition as nominal only,
while, at the same time, they admit that
questions of Definition lead to an examination
of things ?

3. What account would you give of the objects which
form the subject-matter of Geometry? This
may be discussed in connexion with the question
whether axioms of Geometry may be explained
and defended as generalizations from observation.

. What do you take to be the ground of Induction
generally? Is it possible to vindicate this
ground as itself an Induction ?

. May every proof of a special law of causation be
resolved into an application of the Method of
Difference, or are other criteria necessary ? Give
your reasons.

. How is it that stress has been commonly laid on
plurality of causes, rather than on plurality of
effects? Refer, in your answer, to Venn’s treat-
ment of this question.

. Is the principle of the composition of causes liable
to any exception? Consider Mill’s teaching on
this subject.

- Mention different purposes for which Hypotheses
may be used. Should the claim to frame Hypo-
theses be restricted in any way; and, if so, how ?

466 EXAMIKATION PAPERS.

III.—PSYCHOLOGY.
Professor Laurie.

. To what extent, if at all, is it true that Psychology

forms the basis of Ethics ?

. Give an account of different varieties of motor

sensations. Is it possible to resolve Space, or
our knowledge of it, into these or any other
sensations ?

. May all the facts of imagination, reproductive and

productive, be explained by a law or laws of
association ?

. May the concept be resolved into a particular

image or presentation, together with the use of a
general name ?

. What account would you give, Pores): of

the development of the idea of Self?

. What is the value of the doctrine of “ local signs”

in connexion with Perception ?

. How does Lotze meet the supposition that mental

life is nothing but a product of the bodily
organization ? ,

. On what grounds does Lotze defend the interaction

of mind and body ? Compare his theory with
any doctrine of psycho-phvsical lelism
known to you.

ws)

FINAL HONODR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 467

IV.—METAPHYSICS.
Professor Laurie.

What are the special problems of Kant’s Trans-
cendental Analytic as compared with his Trans-
cendental Aesthetic ?

. Show the importance, for the philosophy of Kant,

of his schematism of the Categories. Add any
comments.

. How does Kant seek to get rid of the difficulties

- contained in his first and second Antinomies ?
Examine his position here.

What does Kant hold to be the proper attitude of
reason in its purely speculative use towards a
moral theology, as distinguished from a specula-
tive theology ?

Show that the inquiry into the nature of knowledge
is necessarily bound up with the inquiry into the
nature of existence.

On what grounds has it been maintained that the
world must be conceived from a teleological and
not merely from a mechanical point of view ?

7. Does the unity of the world imply intelligence ?

Is any light thrown on this subject by the
development of human knowledge ?

8. Give an account of the Idealistic view of the world

which Watson, in his chapter on the Pel oe)
of Mind, opposes to the philosophy of Herbert
Spencer.

468 EXAMINATION PAPERS,

V.—MORAL PHILOSOPHY.

Professor Laurte.

. At what point or points does Aristotle, in his

Ethics, break off from the Platonic doctrine of
the nature of the good ?

. Explain Aristotle’s division of the intellectual

virtues.

Distinguish between psychological and_ ethical
hedonism, and discuss their relations. :

How does Spencer attempt to establish a reconcilia-
tion in moral philosophy between empiricism
and intuitionism? Add any comments.

Does Spencer’s theory of the genesis of the moral
consciousness justify the extension of ethics to
the lower animals ?

. How would you meet the statement that the ethical

end of self-realization, adopted by Green and
others, errs in attaching undue importance to
the satisfaction of the individual ?

. May the good will be regarded as a sufficient test

of conduct? Is it possible to reconcile an
afirmative answer with the acknowledged facts
that men, acting conscientiously, are sometimes
led in opposite directions ?

. Explain Green’s statement that Reason is the

source of the idea of a Common Good. How
does he seek to show that social interest must
be accepted as a primary fact ?

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 469

VI.—HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY.

Professor Laurie.

. What importance do you attach to the Method

prescribed by Descartes in the search for truth ?

. In what sense, and on what grounds, does Spinoza

affirm freedom of the Infinite Substance, while
denying free will to man?

. Write a short essay on Leibniz’s theory of

Pre-established Harmony.

. On what grounds does Locke conclude that there

are material things distinct from the percipient
mind ? Examine his arguments on this subject.

. State, with any comments, the distinction drawn

by Berkeley between visible and tangible
extension.

. What, according to Locke, is the origin of our

belief in personal identity? And how did Hume
seek to explain this belief?

- It has been said that ‘‘ the thorough subordination

of reason to feeling and instinct is the deter-
mining factor in Hume's philosophy.” Consider
this statement.

. Show that the speculative philosophy of Kant has

been the source of much of our later
Agnosticism.

470 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

SCHOOL OF MODERN LANGUAGES.
ENGLISH.
First Paper.
The Board of Examiners.

1. “ The Norman oe inaugurated a distinctly
new epoch in the literary history of England.”
Comment on this statement.

2. Write a note on the sources of Chaucer’s “ Knightes
Tale” and of his ‘“‘ Nonne Prestes Tale.”

3. Give a short account of “Gorboduc” and of
“Ralph Roister Doister.”

4. Compare the Chronicle-play with the Historical
Drama proper. To which class does K. Henry
IV. belong ?

5. Discuss the resemblances between the three plays
generally considered as Shakespeare’s latest.

G. Discuss the question of Hamlet's age.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 471

ENGLISH.
Seconp Paper.
The Board of Examiners.

1. What are the chief merits and defects of Milton’s
prose style?

8. Write a short account of KEarle’s Microcesmo-
graphy.

3. Compare Dryden and Pope as satirists.

4. What do you gather from the Hssay of Dramatic
Poesy as to Dryden’s own views on—

(a) the relative value of ancient and modern
drama ?

(6) the relative value of English and French
drama ?

5. Show how the work of Thomson, Gray, Collins,
and Percy can be considered as heralding a
romantic movement in English poetry. ;

6. What were the real defects of the so-called
“metaphysical” poetry of the Seventeenth -
Century ? Illustrate as fully as possible.

472 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

ENGLISH.
THIRD PAPER.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Describe, briefly and precisely, Burke’s attitude
toward the French Revolution.

2. Write a short account of Lamb’s prose style.
3. Discuss Macaulay’s estimate of Addison.

4, Compare Wordsworth and Shelley—
(a) in their attitude towards Nature ;
(5) in their attitude towards political reform.

5. Summarize Harrison’s argument in the matter of
Eighteenth Century literature.

6. Discuss Hutton’s. views on Browning —

(a) as aie poet ;
-(b) as dramatist.

ENGLISH.
FourtH Paper.
The Board of Examiners.

Write an Essay on one of the following subjects :—
(a) The Poetry of Chaucer.
(b) The debt of English literature to other modern
literatures.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MAKCH, 1907. 473

FRENCH.
First Paper.
The Board of Examiners.
COMPOSITION (ESSAY).

Ecrivez en francais deux compositions choisies l’une
parmi les sujets (a), l’autre parmi les sujets (5),
indiqués ci dessous :

2) Les charmes de la lecture.
(2) Lirinstruction doit elle étre obligatoire ?

(8) DeTinfluence du journalisme moderne sur la
littérature et principalement le roman.

(4) L’Angleterre est le pays le plus libre du monde,
sans en excepter aucune République.—
MONTESQUIEU.

(1) Des écrivains qui ont exercé le plus d’in-
| fluence sur le développement de la langue au
XVIe Siécle.
(2) Del influence de Louis XIV. sur la littérature
de son siécle.
(3) De influence exercée par certains écrivains
anglais sur les romanciers francais du XVIII°
Sidcle et du XIX°.

(4) De Vinfluence des salons littéraires et des

femmes écrivains sur la littérature francaise
des XVITI° et XVITI® siécles.

474 EXAMINATION PAPERS

FRENCH.
SEcoND PaPER.
The Board of Examiners.
I.

VERSION.

Traduisez en frangais élégant :

(a) Trade in those days, both foreign and domestic,
was subject to many discouragements. One of
the most formidable of these consisted in the
prevalence of piracy. The Governments of the
period were all more or less irregular and
insecure, especially in their influence on the
more remote provinces nominally subject to their
authority. But if licence seemed to increase
with distance on the land, much more was it
thus with distance on the open sea. Trading
vessels were always armed vessels—were as far
as possible vessels of war; and the strong too
often seized upon the weak, even in the time of
peace, appropriating the ship and the cargo, and
despatching the crew. Depredations of this
nature provoked reprisals, and large fleets some-
times took the quarrels thus originated into
their own hands, without consulting their
respective Governments. Almost every state had
at times its complaint to make of wrong of this
shape, and often only to be reminded of similar
outrages as perpetrated by its own subjects.

(5) At last came the days of his death agony,
during which the strong frame of the man was
struggling with dissolution. He insisted on

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 475

remaining by the fireside, in front of the door of
his private room. His daughter would spread
out the gold coins on a table for him, and he
would remain whole hours with his eyes fixed
on them like a child that, on beginning to see,
stupidly contemplates the same object; and, like
a child, he would give a painful smile.

‘Tt does me good,” he would say sometimes,
with an expression of joy on his face.

(c) Write to me as soon as you receive this
letter, for I have not had news of you for
some time. Until now I have been moving
about so much that I could not give you any
fixed address. At present, without being
more settled in my movements, I depend
more on myself, and I am better able to know
what I shall be doing, the ordinary risks of life
excepted. Address your letters to Mr. S. Bale,
to be called for; for they will reach me where-
ever I am, and in all probability I shall be in
Switzerland. I am going there to escape the
heat. I shall spend all the warm season in these
mountains. I shall go down in October. The
weather will then be pleasant with you, and I
shall pay you a visit every winter. ‘his had
been my former plan, my finest. castle in the
air, and the dearest of my dreams; and nothing
now prevents me from realizing it.

(d) All the world’s a stage,
And all the men and women merely players;
They have their exits and their entrances ;
And one man in his time plays many parts,
His acts being seven ages. At first, the infant,
Mewling* and puking+t in the nurse’s arms ;
* vagir. + baver.

476 - EXAMINATION PAPERS.

And then, the whining schoolboy, with his |
satchel |

And shining morning face, creeping like snail

Unwillingly to school. And then, the lover,

Sighing like furnace, with a woeful ballad

Made to his mistress’ eyebrow. Then a soldier,

Full of strange oaths, and bearded like the |

ard, :

J salou in honour, sudden and quick in
quarrel,

Seeking the bubble reputation

Even in the cannon’s mouth, . . . . |
en oe Last scene of all

That ends this strange eventful history,

Is second childishness, and mere oblivion ; |

Sans teeth, sans eyes, sans taste, sans every-
thing.

IT.
GRAMMAIRE COMPAREE.

1. Le francais ressemble & l’anglais en ce que les
seuls cas en usage se trouvent parmi les pronoms.
Pourquoi donc est-il désirable de retenir les
expressions de nominatif, de génitif, d’accusatif
et de datif surtout en ce qui concerne la con-
struction de certains verbes? Les exemples
suivants & traduire en frangais idiomatique
pourront servir & expliquer les réponses :

She has walked six miles.
He values tt at ten shillings.
They stood sword in hand.
He lives in Redan St.

She smiled a bitter emile.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 477

2. Traduisez soigneusement les exemples suivants
d’expressions elliptiques (1) et explétives, (2) et
expliquez les différences de construction des
denx langues dans ces phrases :

(1) When do you think they will come?
More dangerous than ts supposed.
I like novels, however uninteresting.
Has she seen the house? Yes.
Are any left? No.

(2) To say that ts to talk like a fool.

Iam the State.

3. Donnez les idiomes frangais correspondant aux
exemples suivants.
What does it matter?
I knew her to be dying.
Cost what it may.
I heard people shouting in the streets.
Happy 3 the man who

4. Donnez les comparaisons et métaphores anglaise
correspondant aux expressions suivantes :

Il fait noir comme dans un four.
Trempé comme une soupe.

Fort comme un ture.

Maigre comme un clou.

Triste comme un bonnet de nuit.

Serré comme des harengs.
EE

478 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

FRENCH.
THirD PAPER.
The Board of Hxraminers.
I.
TRADUCTION (at sight).

Traduisez élégamment :

1. La Fontaine et Moliére sont inséparables, ils se
tiennent pour ainsi dire la main devant la
postérité qui les admire et qui les aime. _ Elle
leur sait gré & tous deux de n’avoir pas hai les
hommes dont ils ont peint les travers et les
faiblesses avec tant de fidélité et par des moyens
analogues, car la Fable, dans les mains de La
Fontaine, est devenue :

Une ample comédie & cent actes divers.

Ces deux poétes philosophes, si francais et si
humains, si modernes et si antiques, pour tout
dire, si vrais et si durables, sont bien de leur
pays et de leur temps, mais ils conviennent a tous
les lieux et & tous les Ayes. Leurs faiblesses, et
ils en ont, ne sont que des traits de vérité plus
frappants et des arguments de sincérité. Ce
qui prouve victorieusement la parenté et la
puissance de leur génie, c’est le don qu’ils possé-
dent au méme degré de transformer ce qu’ils
touchent, et de s’assimiler ce qu’ils empruntent.
Moliére disait: “Je prends mon bien ot je le
trouve,” et La Fontaine, dans le méme sens :

Mon imitation west point un esclavage,
et tous deux avaient raison.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH 1907. 479

2. Les plantes semblent avoir été, semées avec
profusion sur la terre, comme les étoiles dans le
ciel, pour inviter l'homme, par l’attrait du plaisir
et de la curiosité, & l’étude de la nature; mais
les astres sont placés loin de nous; il faut des
connaissances préliminaires, des instruments, des
machines, de bien longues échelles pour les
atteindre et les rapprocher & notre portée. Les
plantes y sont naturellement; elles naissent sous
nos pieds et dans nos mains, pour ainsi dire; et,
si la petitesse de leurs parties essentielles les
dérobe quelquefois 4 la simple vue, les instru-
ments qui les y rendent sont d’un beaucoup plus
facile usage que ceux de l’astronomie. La
botanique est l'étude d’un oisif et paresseux
solitaire, une pointe et une loupe sont tout
Yappareil dont ie besoin pour les observer.

3. C’est duns la jeunesse qu’il faut apprendre A lire les
anciens. Alors la page de l’esprit est toute
blanche, et la mémoire boit avidement tout ce
qu’on y verse. Plus tard, la place est occupée;
les affaires, les soucis, les soins de chaque jour la
remplissent, et il n’ ya plus guére moyen qu’
avec un trop grand effort de repousser la vie
présente qui nous envahit de tous cdtés et qui
nous déborde, pour aller se reporter en idée a
trois mille ans en arriére. Et encore, pour y
revenir, quand on sait les chemins, quelle pré-
paration est nécessaire! que de conditions pour
arriver & goiter de nuuveau ce qu’on a senti une
fois! Aprés quelques années d’interruption,
essayez un peu, et vous verrez la dificulté. I]
est besoin auparavant de se recueillir, de s’isoler
de la vie qui fait bruit et de lui fermer la porte,
de faire comme on faisait autrefois quand on

EE 2

480

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

voulait s’approcher des mystéres, de prendre
toute une semaine de retraite, de demi-ombre et
de silence, de mettre son esprit au régime des
ablutions et de le sevrer de la nourriture
moderne—Soyez sobre, soyez & jenn; n/’allez
pas, & vos jours de communion avec l’antiquité,
lire tous les journaux du matin.

Un village !—Voila le vingtiéme peut-étre.

C'est le méme toujours: on le fait reparattre!

Chacun d’eux est si bien semblable & son voisin,

Qu’on les fixerait tous en trois traits de fusain.

Un fouillis de maisons, de granges, de clétures;

Le fin clocher qui pointe au dessus des toitures ;

La ferme centenaire avec son mur détruit.

Et le long d’une haie, un chemin creux qui fuit.

Mais le calme est si grand, mais la paix si
profonde,

On croit si bien qu’ici cessent les bruits du monde,

Et que nul des soucis, nulle des passions

Qui sont le lourd impét de nos ambitions,

Ne doit ici troubler, dans son divin mystére,

L’entretien familier, de l’homme et de la terre,

Que, malgré le mécompte et le réveil certain,

Je n’ai jamais pu voir un village lointain,

Prés des foréts, au flanc d’un mont, au bord d’un

fleuve,

Sans réver d’y renaitre avec une Ame neuve,
Sans dire: ‘ Le pays qu’il me faut, l’horizon
Qui me plait, les voila!—J’y voudrais ma maison.

Sous le ciel morne rampe une plaine pre, chauve,
Et vierge du fécond déchirement des socs,

Od rien ne croit, hormis aux fissures des rocs
Quelques brins mal venus de bruyére ou de mauve.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 481

Aux moindres bruits, un vol de corneilles se sauve.
La pierre ruinée, éparse en sombres blocs,
Témoigne qu’ autrefois d’épouvantables chocs
Ont consacré l’horreur de cette lande fauve.

Qu’un jour un laboureur habile aux durs travaux
Vienne, attelle ses boeufs trapus, ses forts chevaux,
Et marche jusqu’au soir dans la glébe qu'il fouille.

Tl heurte & chaque pas des restes de héros,
Javelots, boucliers, casques rongés de rouille,
Epouvanté de voir la grandeur de leurs os.

6. Traduisez:

Je monte au cinquiéme étage par l’ascenseur.

Les ouvriers sont en gréve.

Je prendrai votre parti, car, & mon avis, vous avez
raison.

Le fils du général a épousé un bon parti.

Ce pauvre homme a du guignon depuis quelque
temps; il est encore sur le pavé.

J] a la cinquantaine.

Mettez-vous en mesure de remplir vos engage-
ments.

Je me mets en quatre.

Vous me mettez dans de beaux draps.

Vous y mettez du temps.

IT.
HISTOIRE DE LA LANGUE.

Répondez en anglais aus questions suivantes:

(a) A quels faits de |’Histoire faut il attribuer la
disparition du dialecte de la Langue d’OC.
et pourquoi en a-t-on maintenant si peu de
traces ?:

482 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

(6) Expliquez la phrase suivante :
“En méme temps que la forme des mots
se modifiait, lu syntuce elle-méme s'altératt
au cours des temps.”

(d) De quel genre doivent étre les substantifs
dérivés du latin? Donnez la régle et les
exceptions.

(¢) Donnez et expliquez au moyen de |’étymologie
le genre des mots suivants :
Sacrifices, lospitalité, pommes, avoine,
beurre, printemps, études, différences, ciel,
fleur, feuille.

FRENCH.
Fourtu_ Parer.
The Board of Examiners.
PRESCRIBED AUTHORS.

Traduisez les extraits suivants et commentez dans la
marge tous les mots et passages soulignés, en
ayant soin d’indiquer a la fin de chaque passage
Youvrage, auteur et les personnages en ques-
tion :—

(a) Il réfléchit une minute, la vit toute seule, dans

la maison vide:
Od est-il ce petit ?

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 483

Au Bas-Meudon, chez un marinier qui |’a
recueilli pour quelques jours . . . . Aprés,
c’est l’hospice, l’assistance.

Eh! bien, va le chercher puisque tu y tiens
. ». . Elle lui sauta au cou, et d’une joie
d’enfant, tout le soir, fit de la musique, chanta,
heureuse, exubérante, transfigurée. Le lende-
main, en wagon, Jean parla de leur décision au
gros Hettéma qui paruissait instruit de |’affaire,

mais désireux de ne pas s’en méler.

(5) -Tout & coup vers dix heures il se fit un prand
mouvement dans la foule. La porte du jardin

tourna sur ses gonds violemment.
“Crest lui! . . . Crest lui!” criait-on.
Cétaitlui . . . .
Quant il parut sur le seuil, deux cris de
stupeur partirent de la foule:
Crest un Teur! .

Il a des lunettes!

Son Sahara avait deslégumes. . . . Tout

prés de lui, sur la jolie céte verte de Mustapha
supérieur, des villas algériennes, toutes blanches,
luisaient dans la rosée du jour levant: on se
serait cru aux environs de Marseille, au milieu
des bastides et des bastidons.

(c) Accueilli dans une ville, emprisonné dans
Pautre, et partout supérieur aux événements;
loué par ceux-ci, blimé par ceux-la; aidant au
bon temps, supportant le mauvais, me moquant
des sots, bravant les méchants, riant de ma
misére et faisant, la barbe A tout le monde; vous

484

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

me voyez enfin établi dans Séville, et prét 4
servir de nouveau votre Excellence en tout ce
qui lui plaira de m’ordonner.

- —Qui t’a donné une philosophie aussi gaie?

—L’habitude du malheur. Je me presse de rire
de tout, de peur d’étre obligé d’en pleurer.

(2) Retirons nos regards de cet objet funeste,

(¢)

Pour admirer ici le jugement celeste;

Quand la gloire nous enfle, il sait bien comme
il faut
Confondre notre orgueil qui s’éléve trop haut.

Quoi? qu’on envoie un vainqueur au supplice?
—Il ne peut exister, &4 mon goat,

Plus fin diseur de ces jolis riens qui sont tout.
Parfois il est distrait, ses muses sont absentes;

Puis, tout & coup, il dit des choses ravissantes!
—Non?

—C’est trop fort! Voil& comme les hommes
sont.

Il n’ aura pas d’esprit, puisqu’il est beau gargon!
—I] sait parler du coeur d’une facgon experte?
—Mais il n’en parle pas, Monsieur, il en disserte !
—Il écrit?

—Mieux encore! Ecoutez donc un peu:

“ Plus tu me prends de ceur, plus jen ail . .

Hé! bien?

—Peuh!

—Et cect: “ Pour souffrir, puisqu’tl men faut
un autre,

Si vous gardez mon ceur, envoyez-mori le votre!”
—Tantdét il en a trop et. tant6t pas assez.

Qu’est-ce au juste qu’il veut, de cceur?

—Vous m’agacez!

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 485

C’est lajalousie .. .
ao
— Hein!
—d’anteur qui vous dévore!
Et ceci, n’est il pas du dernier tendre encore?
“Croyez que devers vous mon ceur ne fait
qu'un cri,
Et que si les baisers s'envoyaient par écrit,
Madame, vous liriez ma lettre avec les lévres!”
—Ha! Ha! ces lignes-lA sont.. . . Hé! hé!
mais bien-miévres!
—Etceci. . .
—Vous savez donc ses lettres par coeur ?
—Toutes!
T] n’y a pas & dire: c’est flatteur!
—C’est un maitre!
—Oh! . . un maitre!
Un maftre soit! . . . un maitre. -

Expliquez et commentez les phrases suivantes :—

(a) Corneille est haut et sain ; il a épuré le théatre
et présenté au public des personnages fiers,
généreux, héroiques; il n’a jamais immolé le
devoir a la passion.

(6) Moliére n’a pas écrit pour un certain monde,
mais pour tout le monde.

(c) Voltaire, qui commence & faire parler de Jui
en 1714 et meurt dans une apothéose en 1778,
a rempli presque tout le XVIII Siécle. I] est
impossible de prendre en bloc un tel homme.

(d) Mme. de Staél appartient au XVITI° Siécle;
elle est le XVIII® tout entier. Mais elle est
aussi cosmopolite; elle n’a pas du tovi une
nature artiste et son ceuvre a trés peu dg valeur
esthétique.

486 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

(ec) La faculté la plus forte de G. Sand c’est
Timagination. C'est elle qui, dans le roman,
exprime surtout le romantisme lyrique, con-
sidéré6 comme l’expansion d’une sentimentalité
effrénée et de tous ces états extrémes dont
Chateaubriand et Byron donnérent les modeéles.

GERMAN.

First PAPER.
The Board of Examiners.
CompPosiTION— UNSEEN TRANSLATION.
1. Translate into German—

(a2) Two thousand summers have imparted to the
' monuments of Grecian literature, as to her
marbles, only a maturer golden and autumnal
tint, for they have carried their own serene and
celestial atmosphere into all lands, to protect
them against the corrosion of time. Books ure
the treasured wealth of the world and the fit
inheritance of generations and nations. Books,
the oldest and the best, stand naturally and
rightfully on the shelves of every cottage. They
have no cause of their own to plead, but while
they enlighten and sustain the reader his common
sense will not refuse them. Their authors are
a natural and irresistible aristocracy in every
society, and, more than kings or emperors, exert
an influence on mankind. When the illiterate
and perhaps scornful trader has earned by enter-
prise and industry his coveted leisure and inde-
pendence, and is admitted to the circles of wealth
and fashion, he turns inevitably at last to those

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 487

(2)

still higher, but yet inaccessible, circles of in-
tellect and genius, and is sensible only of the
imperfection of lis culture and the vanity of all
his riches, and further proves bis good sense b
the pains which he takes to secure for his children
that intellectual culture whose want he so keenly
feels; and thus it is that he becomes the founder
of a family.

“‘ Which is the most reasonable and does his
duty best—he who stands aloof from the struggle
of life, calmly contemplating it, or he who de-
scends to the ground, and takes his part in the
contest? ‘The earth, where our feet are, is the
work of the same power as the immeasurable
blue yonder, in which the future lies into which
we would peer. Who ordered toil as the condi-
tion of life, ordered weariness, ordered sickness,
ordered poverty, failure, success—to this man a
foremost piace, to the other a nameless struggle
with the crowd—to that a shamefull fall, or a
paralyzed limb, ur sudden accident—to each
some work upon the ground he stands on, until
he is laid beneath it?” While they were talking
the dawn came shining through the windows of
the room, and Pen threw them open to receive
the fresh morning air. ‘‘Look, George,” said
he; ‘‘look and see the sun rise. He sees the
labourer on his way a-field; the work-girl
plying her poor needle; the lawyer at his desk,
perhaps; the beauty smiling asleep on her pillow
ot down, or the jaded reveller reeling to bed; or
the fevered patient tossing on it; or the doctor
watching by it; or the child just born into the
the world—born to take his part in the suffering
and struggling, the tears and laughter, the crime,
remorse, love, folly, sorrow, rest.”

488 EXAMINATION PAPERS,

2. Translate into English—

(a) Mein Vater war Landgeistlicher in einem
Dorfe des: Herzogtums. Er hatte geniigende
Mittel um mir, als dem einzigen Sohne neben
mehreren Téchtern, jede Art von Erziehung
geben zu kdénnen. Er bestimmte mich zum
Gelehrtenstande, ich sollte in seine Fussstapfen
treten, und nichts konnteihn von diesem Gedan-
ken abbringen, so zeitig sich auch meine Neigung
verriet, in der wohl etwas Anererbtes lag, denn -
ein friihe verschollener Vatersbruder war Maler
gewesen, doch fand man das Beispiel ab-
schreckend, da eben dieser Oheim ein trauriges
Ende in fernen Auslande gehabt haben sollte.
So wurde ich in eine vielbesuchte stiidtische
Pension verbracht. Hier bis in das fiinfzehnte
Jahr dem gewdhnlichen Lehrgang in den
alten Sprachen mit wenig Lust und Kifer
folgend, und mehr und mehr von dem
dumpfen Gefiihl eines verfehlten Berufes
gedriickt, schloss ich mich scheu und ungesellig
in eine Phantasiewelt ein, die sich schon in den
Tagen der Kindheit unter den EHindriicken einer
merkwirdigen Gebirgsgegend und eines mir-
chenreichen Dorfes zu bilden angefangen hatte.
Der plétzliche Tod meines Vaters konnte vorerst
in meiner Bestimmung nichts findern. Ent-
scheidend war dagegen ein Ferienbesuch bei
einem Paten, der als Férster einer adligen Herr-
schaft nur einige Stunden von meiner friiheren
Heimat entfernt, auf einem stillen Dorfe sass.
Der Grundherr, Baron Neuburg, ein Mann von
vielseitiger Bildung, in friiheren Jahren Militir,
von Sitten schlicht und anspruchslos, stand mit
Cem Forsterhause in freundlichem Verkehr. Er
war mir immer geneigt gewesen, mein Zustand

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 489

ging ihm nabe, und seiner Vermittlung gelang
es zuletzt, mir die ersehnte Laufbahen zu
erdffnen.

(6) Ich will nicht untersuchen, woher unsrer jet-
zigen Jugend die Einbildung gekommen ist,
dass sie dasjenige als etwas Angeborenes bereits
mit sich bringe, was man bisher nur aufdem Wege
vieljihriger Studien und Erfahrungen erlangen
konnte, aber soviel glaube ich sagen zu kinnen,
dass die in Deutschland jetzt so héufig vorkom-
menden Ausserungen eines alle Stufen allmih-
liger Entwickelung keck iiberschreitenden Sinnes
zu kiinftigen Meisterwerken wenige Hoffnung
machen. Das Ungliick ist, im Staat, dass
niemand leben und geniessen, sondern jeder
regieren, und in der Kunst, dass niemand sich
des Hervorgebrachten freuen, sondern jeder
seinerseits wieder produzieren will. Es ist
ferner kein Ernst da, der ins Ganze geht, kein
Sinn, dem Ganzen etwas zuliebe zu tun, sondern
man trachtet nur, wie man sein eigenes Selbst
bemerklich mache und es vor der Welt zu még-
lichster Evidenz bringe. Dieses falsche Bes-
treben zeigt sich iiberall, und man tut es den
neuesten Virtuosen nach, die nicht sowohl solche
Stiicke zu ihrem Vortrage wihlen, woran die
Zuhérer reinen musikalischen Genuss haben, als
vielmehr solche, worin der Spielende seine er-
langte Fertigkeit kénne bewundern lassen.
Uberall ist es das Individuum, das sich herrlich
zeigen will, und nirgends trifft man auf ein red-
liches Streben, das dem Ganzen und der Sache
zuliebe sein eigenes Selbst zuriicksetzte.

(ec) O glicklich, wer noch hoffen kann,
Aus diesem Meer des Irrtums aufzutauchen !

490 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

Was man nicht weiss, das eben branchte man,
Und was man weiss, kann man niclit brauchea.
Doch lass uns dieser Stunde schénes Gut
Durch solchen Triibsinn nicht verkiimmern '
Betrachte, wie in Abendsonne-Glut

Die griinumgebnen Hiitten schimmern.

Sie riickt und weicht, der Tag ist iiberlebt,
Dort eilt sie hin und férdert neues Leben.

O dass kein Fliigel mich vom Boden hebt,
Ihr nach und immer nach zu streben !

Ich siih’ im ewigen Abendstrail

Die stille Welt zu meinen Fiissen,
Entziindet alle Hob’n, beruhigt jedes Tal,
Den Silberbach in goldne Stréme fliessen.
Ach! zu des Geistes Fliigeln wird so leicht
Kein kérperlicher Fliigel sich gesellen.

Doch ist es jedem einveboren,

Dass sein Gefiithl hinauf und vorwirts dringt,
Wenn iiber uns, im blauen Raum verloren,
Thr schmetternd Lied die Lerche singt,
Wenn iiber schroffen Fichtenhéhen

Der Adler ausgebreitet schwebt,

Und iiber Flachen, iiber Seeen

Der Kranich nach der Heimat strebt.

GERMAN.

SECOND PAPER.
The Board of Examiners.
PRESCRIBED AUTHORS.
I.
1. Translate into English, locate, and annotate :-—

(a) “ Soll doch nicht als ein Pilz der Mensch dem
Boden entwachsen,

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 491

Und verfaulen geschwind an dem Platze,
der ibn erzeugt hat,

Keine Spur nachlassend von seiner lebendi-
gen Wirkung !

Sieht man am Hause doch gleich so deut-
lich, wess Sinnes der Herr sei,

Wie man, das Stiidtchen betretend, die
Obrigkeiten beurteilt.

Denn wo nicht immer von oben die Ordnung
und Reinlichkeit wirket,

Da gewodhnet sich leicht der Birger zn
schmutzigem Saumeal,

Wie der Bettler sich auch an lumpige
Kleider gewoéhnet.”’

(6) ‘“ Wahrlich, unsere Zeit vergleicht sich den

seltenster Zeiten,

Die die Geschichte bemerkt, die heilige wie

_ die gemeine.

Denn wer gestern nnd heute in diesen Tagen.
gelebt hat,

Hat schon Jahre gelebt ; so dringen sich
alle Geschichten.

Denk’ ich ein wenig zuriick, so scheint mir
ein graves Alter

Auf dem Haupte zu liegen, und doch ist die
Kraft noch lebendig.”’

(ec) ‘Wie der wandernde Mann, der vor dem

Sinken der Sonne

Sie noch einmal ins Auge, die schnellver-
schwindende, fasste,

Dann im dunklen Gebiisch und an der Seite
des Felsens

Schweben siehet ihr Bild ; wohin er die
Blicke nur wendet,

492 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

Kilet es vor und- gliinzt und schwanktin
herrlichen Farben :

So bewegte vor Hermann die liebliche
Bildung des Madchens

Sanft sich vorbei und schien dem Pfad in’s
Getreide zu folgen.

2. Write a short comment on (a) the metre, and
(b) the language of “ Hermann und Dorothea.”

II.

]. Translate into English, and comment upon the
following passages :—

(a) Der Zweck der Idylle ist tiberall nur der, den
Menschen im Stand der Unschuld, d.h. in einem
Zustand der Harmonie und des Friedens mit
sich selbst und von aussen darzustellen. Aber
ein solcher Zustand findet nicht bloss vor dem
Anfange der Kultur statt, sondern er ist es auch,
den die Kultur, wenn sie tiberall nur eine
bestimmte Tendenz haben soll, als ihr letztes
Ziel beabsichtigt. Die Idee dieses Zustandes
allein, und der Glaube an die mégliche Realitat
derselben, kann den Menschen mit allen Ubeln
versdbnen, denen er auf dem Wege der Kultur
unterw orfen ist, und ware sie blosse Chimire, so
wiirden die Klagen derer, welche die gréssere
Sozietiit und die Anbauung des Verstandes bloss
als ein Ubel verschreien und jenen verlassenen
Stand der Natur fiir den wahren Zweck des
Menschen ausgeben, vollkommen gegriindet
sein. Dem Menschen, der in der Kultur be-
griffen ist, liegt also unendlich viel daran, von
der Ausfiithrbarkeit jener Idee in der Sinnen-
welt, von der méglichen Realitét jenes Zustandes
eine sinnliche Bekraftigung zu erhalten, und

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 493

da die wirkliche Erfahrung, weit entfernt,
diesen Glauben zu nébren, ihn vielmehr
bestindig widerlegt, so kommt auch hier, wie in
so vielen andern Fiillen, das Dichtungsvermégen
der Vernunft zuhilfe, um jene Idee zur An-
schauung zu bringen und in einem einzelnen
Falle zu verwirklichen.

(6) Naiv mugs jedes wahre Genie sein, oder es ist
keines. Seine Naivheit alleinmachtestzum Genie,
und was es im Intellektuellen und Asthetischen
ist, kann est im Moralischen nicht verleugnen.
Unbekannt mit den Regeln, den Kriicken der
Schwachheit und den Zuchtmeistern der Ver-
kehrtheit, bloss von der Natur oder dem Instinkt,
seinem schiitzenden Engel, geleitet, geht es
ruhig und sicher durch alle Schlingen des
falschen Geschmackes, in welchen, wenn es
nicht so klug ist, sie schon von weitem zu
vermeiden, das Nichtgenie unausbleiblich
verstrickt wird. Nur dem Genie ist es gegeben,
ausserhalb des Bekannten noch immer zu Hause
zu sein und die Natur zu erweitern, ohne itiber
sie hinauszugehen.

_ 2. Geben Sie, auf Deutsch oder auf Englisch, kurz
den Gedankengang von Schillers Abhandlung
“Ueber naive und sentimentalische Dichtung,”
an, und zeigen Sie dabei besonders, wie die
Ausdriicke “ naiv” und “ sentimentalisch ” von
ihm gebraucht werden und ferner, worin die
Bedeutung dieses Werkes liegt.

ITI.

Translate, locate, and comment upon the following
passage :— .

Im Kriege selber ist das letzte nicht der
Krieg.

494 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

Die grossen schnellen Taten der Gewalt,

Des Augenblicks erstaunenswerte Wunder,

Die sind es nicht, die das Begliickende,

Das ruhig, maichtig Dauernde erzeugen.

In Hast und Eile bauet des Soldat .

Von Leinwand seine ieichte Stadt ; da wird

Ein augenblicklich Brausen und Bewegen,

Der Markt belebt sich, Strassen, Fliisse sind

Bedeckt mit Fracht, es riihrt sich das
Gewerbe.

Doch eines Morgens plotzlich siehet man

Die Zelte fallen, weiter riickt die Horde,

Und ausgestorben, wie ein Kirchhof, bleibt

Der Acker, das zerstampfte Saatfeld liegen,

Und um des Jahres Ernte ist’s getan.

IV.

Schreiben Sie eine kurze deutsche Inhaltsangabe
von Grillparzers “Sappho,” worin besonders
der tragische Konflikt des Trauerspiels klar
dargelegt ist.

GERMAN.
THIRD PAPER.
The Board of Examiners.

History OF LITERATURE ; Essay.

1. (a) Geben Sie an, was Sie von der “ politischen
Dichtung” Deutschlands im 19ten Jahr-
hundert wissen, und welche Bedeutung diese
fiir die Einigung die Griindung des neuen
Reiches gehabt hat.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 495

(6) Was versteht man unter der “ Zeit der Auf-
kliirung” in 18ten Jahrhundert, und wer ist
der Hauptvertreter derselben in Deutsch-
land? Wie verhilt sich diese Bewegung
zum “ Sturm und Drang ” ?.

(c) Zeigen Sie die Bedeutung der “Entdeckung ”
des deutschen Volksliedes fiir die neuere
Lyrik. Wem verdanken wir sie, und welche
Dichter haben den Ton des echten Volks-
liedes am besten zu treffen verstanden?
K6nnen Sie einige solcher neueren Lieder
nennen ?

(d) Wie erkliren Sie sich die Schwiiche des deut-
schen Romans, verglichen mit dem engli-
schen? Zitieren Sie Werke, die Sie gelesen
haben, zur Erlaiuterung Ihres Urteils.

(e) Was wissen Sie tiber die Ursprungszeit, die
Verfasser und die Gattung der folgenden
Werke : (a) das Hildebrandslied ; (0) Par-
zival ; (c) “Simplicissimus”’; (d) “Die
Abderiten”; (e) “ Die Braut von Mes-
sina” ; (f) “Des Knaben Wunderhorn ” ;
(g) “Peter Schlemihl ” ; (h) “ Die Weber” ?

2. Schreiben Sie einen deutschen Aufsatz iiber cines
der folgenden Themen :

“Dem Mimen flicht die Nachwelt keine
* Kriinze.”
“'Welche Lebensfiihrung und Lebensansicht
empfiehlt Goethe im ‘ Tasso’? ”
“ Ein edler Mensch zieht edle Menschen an
Und weiss sie festzuhalten.”

496 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

SCHOOL OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.

GENERAL PHYSICS AND HEAT.
The Board of Examiners.

SIX questions only to be attempted.

1. Investigate the nature and magnitude of the
correction which must be applied to a gravity
determination in consequence of the finite
curvature of the knife edges of the pendulums
used.

By what device can the effect of this curva-
ture be eliminated ?

2. Give the theory of the laboratory experiment for
determining the coefficient of restitution of
ivory.

3. If the mass per cm? (= oc) at any point distant r
from the centre of a circular plate of gravitating
matter of radius @ is given by

_ 3M ro
7 Oral J =",

prove that the potential V at any point in the
axis of the plate distant z from its centre is

given by
3AM

2 ai

2 —_—

jaz — (a? + 2?) tan“! a}.
2

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 497

Hence show that at any point whose polar
coordinates with respect to the centre and axis
are p, 0,

11 1 a? 1 a
OM So gee tap Pa — ke}

when p 7 a.

4. Give an account of Laplace’s theory of capillarity.

Point out the relation between the “ intrinsic
pressure” of that theory and (a) osmotic pres-
sure, (6) the pressure within the mass of an
imperfect gas.

. Obtain an expression for the rise of temperature
produced by a small isentropic compression, and
describe the experiments by which Joule verified
it.

6. Prove that the mechanical equivalent of tke
difference between the two principal specific
heats of any substance is numerically equal to
the product of the temperature, specific volume,
isothermal bulk modulus and the square of the
expansibility.

“2

. Deduce from the laws of thermodynamics an
expression for the relation between the e.m.f. of
a cell and the external pressure.

Give a summary of the results of Gilbault’s
experiments on this subject.

498 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

LIGHT AND SOUND.

The Board of Examiners.
SIX questions only to be attempted.

jul

. If w be the distance, measured from the first
surface of a thick lens to an object point on its
axis, and v the distance from the second surface

to the image point, show that
| a are |
o—-p u-—-a F

where a, £, and F'are constants for the lens.

. Describe fully how to produce, and how to test for,
circularly polarized light.

A parallel beam consists partly of ordinary
light and partly of circularly polarized light.
How would you obtain the relative intensities
of the two portions ?

3. Describe the construction, give the complete theory,
and explain the mode of working of the echelon
diffraction grating.

Give an account of any one investigation in
which this instrument has been used.

. Give a full account of the evidence, mathematical
and experimental, which warrants the identifica-
tion of the light vector in any medium with the
dielectric polarization current in that medium.

5. Give an account of Drude’s presentation of the
electromagnetic theory of ordinary dispersion.
Show that it leads to Ketteler’s dispersion
formula.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907, 499

Show how to deduce frum this theory the
true relation between the refractive index and
specific inductive capacity of a transparent
substance.

6. Describe the construction and mode of employment
of the Vibration Microscope, and explain fully
the manner of deducing the form of vibration
of a vibrating body from its indications.

7. Give an account of Helmholtz’s pet! of Com-
bination Tones. Show how to calculate the
frequencies of the various orders of these tones.

ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.

The Board of Examiners.
SIX questions only to be attempted.

1. Obtain from elementary principles the three usual
expressions for the energy of a system of
charged conductors.

Prove the relations—

Pmn = Pam)
Pan < Pmm or Pans
where the p’s are coefficients of potential.

Show also from your equations that, if a given
charge be distributed over a number of con-
ductors in such a way that the energy of the
system when in electrical equilibrium is a
minimum, the conductors are all at the same
potential.

500 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

2. Investigate the effect on a uniform electric field
of introducing into it a sphere of dielectric of
different specific inductive capacity.

3. Prove that the potential at any point in the field
of a uniform magnetic shell is equal to ¢Q
where ¢ = strength of shell and Q = solid angle
subtended by shell at point.

It the shell be a plane circle of radius y, and
if a short maguet of moment © and length 2’
be placed so that its centre lies in the axis and
at a distance z from the centre of the shell,
prove that the mutual energy of the magnet
and the shell is equal to

4
oro int {iPr + 24, P + tA',P, x + &e,|
r

cos a being the argument of the A Legendre
functions where tan a = y/z and r= z' + y’,
and cos @ that of the P functions where @ is the
angle between the axis of the magnet and that
of the shell. |

For any Legendre functions Q, areument pi
[ y Leg , arg I;
158
0;-1 —p 0; — a Q'. |

4, Investigate the theory of a moving-coil ballistic
galvanometer with a rectangular coil suspended
so as to move in the gap between a cylindrical
iron core and evlindrieal pole pieces sym-
metrically arranged so as to give a radial
magnetic field which is uniform round the gap.

Show that with such a ballistic galvanometer
the time during which the transient current
passes need not be very small compared with
the time of oscillation of the suspended coil.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 6501

5. Describe, with full theoretical and practical detail,
Lorenz’s method for the determination of the
ohm.

6. Show that—
H = 4r VoP,
R=— VuB,

are legitimate reneralizations of the two
experimental laws usually expressed by

M.M.F (= f Hds) = 4rC,

e.m.f, (= f'Ras) = —“*,

where P is the Faraday lines per cm? and ¢ their
velocity, B the magnetic lines per cm? and «
their velocity, while Hand # are the magnetic
and electric intensities respectively.

¢. Two points are joined in parallel arc by two
conductors whose resistances and self-induc-
tances are F,, f,, and L,, Ly respectively, the
conductors being so placed that their coefficient
of mutual inductance is A/; find for alternating
currents of given period the resistance and
inductance of the single conductor equivalent
to the two.

HOY EXAMINATION PAPERS.

SPECIAL COURSE.
The Board of Examiners.

1 Write Essays on any two of the following
subjects :—

(a) The measurement of solar and stellar tempera-
tures.

(6) The heat received daily and yearly at each
point on the earth’s surface from the sun.

(ec) Repulsion resulting from radiation.
(d) The solar constant.

(e) The influence of radio-active research on the
problem of the secular cooling of the
heavenly bodies.

- SCHOOL OF GEOLOGY, PALZZONTOLOGY,
AND MINERALOGY.

GEOLOGY.

First Paper.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Give a condensed account of the principal views as
to the composition and condition of the interior
of the earth, and indicate the nature of the
evidence, if any, in favour of each of the views.

2. An alternating series of hard and soft stratified
rocks is gradually uplifted to a dome-shaped
projection, rising to a considerable altitude above

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 503

sea-level. Discuss the nature of the river
systems which will arise during the development
of the drainage system through youth to
maturity.

3. Give an account of the symmetry and chief forms
present in the Sphenoidal type of the Tetragonal
system. Point out its relations to the normal
type and name a mineral crystallizing in the
Sphenoidal type.

. Give the chemical composition, crystalline form,
and mode of occurrence of the following
minerals :—

Monazite, Tantalite, Jodyrite, Vivianite,
Tridymite, Cossyrite.

. Sections from a biaxial mineral are cut at right
angles to an optic axis, to the acute bisectrix
and to the obtuse bisectrix, respectively.
Explain what is seen in each case when the
sections are viewed in convergent polarized
light, and explain how the optical sign of the
mineral may be determined.

6. Point out the scope, and explain the limitations of
the law of decreasing basicity as affecting the
order of consolidation of minerais from molten
magmas.

504 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

GEOLOGY.
SECOND PAPER.
The Board of Examiners.

. Discuss the nature and origin of the following :—

Propylite, Saussurite, Essexite, Limburgite
_Fluxion Gneiss, Hornblende Schist.

. Describe the characters by which you would

recognise the following minerals under the
microscope :—

Anorthoclase, Oligoclase, Nepheline, Zoisite,
Tlmenite.

. State the horizon and diagnostic characters of the

principal Ordovician graptolites, and discuss any
anomalies which may occur in the Victorian as
compared with the extra-Victorian succession.

. What do you know of the systematic position and

stratigraphical range of the following :—
Archzocyathus, Rhinopterocaris, Glossopteris,

Caurus Werribeensis, Dinesus Ida, Lepido-

dendron Australe. "

. At what geological horizons have glacial deposit,

been recognised ? Mention the principal Aus-
tralian localities for each glaciation, correlate
them with similar occurrences outside Australia,
and briefly refer to the probable mode or modes
of origin of the deposits.

. Give an account of the physiography, geological

structure, and petrology of the Ballarat district.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 505

SCHOOL OF CHEMISTRY.

CHEMISTRY.
First Paper.
The Board of Examiners.

Write Essays on some (or all) of the following sub-
jects :—

(1) The atomic weights of hydrogen and oxygen,
and the choice of a standard atomic weight.

(2) The chemical study of sulphur in comparison
with elements placed near it in the natural
classification.

(3) Radio-active elements.

(4) Polyiodides, inorganic and organic.

(5) oe more important features of the chemistry of

old.

(6) Processes for the manufacture of white lead.

—— ————

CHEMISTRY.
SEcoND PaPER.
The Board of Examiners.

Write Essays on some (or all) of the following sub-
jects :—
(1) Amido-acids and their electrolytic characters.
(2) ‘The synthesis of ketones.
(3) The constitution and synthesis of fructose.
(4) Diazonium compounds.
(5) The triphenylmethane group of dyes.
(6) The constitution of camphor.

506 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

CHEMISTRY.
Tarrp Paper.
The Board of Examiners.

Write Essays on some (or all) of the following sub-
jects :—

(1) The solubilities of “insoluble” salts; their
measurement, and their alteration in the case of a
mixture of two such salts with a common ion.

(2) The theory of such abnormal solubilities as
that of sodium sulphate.

(3) The influence of the solvent in electrolysis.

(4) The theory of “side reactions” and of “con-
secutive reactions.”

(5) The thermochemistry of neutralization (acids
and bases).

(6) The progressive change of physical properties
in a homologous series of carbon compounds,

LL ier es ee en ee en

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 507

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION IN LAWS.

PUBLIC INTERNATIONAL LAW.
The Board of Examiners.

Candidates should answer FIVE questions only.

. Write a note on the equality of States in modern

International Law.

. Consider the developments in Africa and the Far

Kast during the last 25 years in their bearing
upon International Law.

. Trace the history and discuss the present position

of the rules ‘Free Ships, Free Goods ;”
‘Enemy Ships, Enemy Goods.”

. What is the right of search, and by whom and in

what circumstances is it exercisable? Is it ever
applicable in time of peace ?

. Write a note on the problem of reconciling the

duties of a neutral in time of war with the right
of neutral subjects to engage freely in com-
mercial intercourse.

. Write a note on the influence exerted by Russia

or the United States in the development of
International Law.

Write a note on the present position in time of
war of submarine mines, cables, newspaper
correspondents, mail steamers.

508 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

PRIVATE INTERNATIONAL LAW.

The Board of Examiners.
Canlidates should answer FOUR questions only.

1. Ais made bankrupt in England. By the Insolvency
Act of Victoria, a settlement made by a person
within five years preceding the sequestration of
his estate becomes void as against the assignee,
unless. the settlor was at the time of settlement
able to pay his debts without recourse to the
property comprised in the settlement. In the
English Bankruptey Act 1888, there is a similar
clause, but the term fixed is ten years. A had
made a settlement of property in Victoria five
years before his insolvency, and another seven
years before, and in neither case can it be shown
that he was able to pay his debts without the
aid of the abe nade in question. The English
trustee in bankruptcy requires advice as to the
courses open to him. 7

2. A,a person domiciled in England, dies intestate.
His whole property consists of land in Victoria,
valued at £2,000. The Victorian Intestates
Estates Act 1896 charges the beneficial estates
of deceased persons with £1,000 in favour of
the widow; an English Act of 1890 confers a
similar right to £500. ‘lo what would you
consider the widow of this deceased entitled ?
Do you consider that the result would be affected
if the Victorian land were sold, and the assets
distributed in an administration suit in England ?

3. Discuss the relevancy of the intention of the parties
in determining the governing law of a contract.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 509

4, (a) In an action for breach of a Victorian contract
to load a cargo of wheat in a foreign ‘day de-
fendant pleads that at the time when the
contract should have been performed military
operations were in progress in the foreign
country, and the Government. therein forbade
the export of all corn, and made it a penal
offence to carry any corn out of the country.
The plaintiff demurs.

(6) A contract is made in Peru between the
Government of that country and D, for the loan
of a large sum of money, and JD lends the
money accordingly. A revolution takes place in
Peru, and a provisional Government is formed
which is ultimately recognized by all the Powers
as the Government of Peru. This Government
assigns to J a large quantity of guano as
security for a portion of the debt, and D, by its
authority, sells the guano, and applies the
proceeds towards the liquidation of the debt.
A second revolution restores the original
Government (which is in due course recognized),
which repudiates all the acts of the revolutionary
Government, among them the transactions with
D, and sues D, in England, for the recovery of
the money received by him from the sale of the
guano. J resists the claim, and counter-claims
tor the balance of his debt.

Consider the cases.

). H and Ware domiciled in Victoria. A presents
a penton for divorce in Victoria on the ground
of W’s adultery with X, whom he joins as co-
respondent, and from whom he claims damages.
The adultery was committed in a foreign country,

§10 . EXAMINATION PAPERS.

and it is proved that, according to the law of
that country, no divorce a vinculo can be had,
and also, that, while the co-respondent is liable
to proceedings of a punitive character, no civil
action exists whereby a claim for damages can
be sustained.

Consider the relevancy of these matters in the
Victorian divorce proceeding's.

6. What is the doctrine of Renvoi. What cases have
arisen in England concerning it ?
Or,
7. Is there any, and what, sense in which it is correct
to 2 as of (a) an Imperial Bankruptcy Law,
(d) the national law of a British subject?

CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY AND LAW.—
Parr I.

The Board of Examiners.
Candidates should answer FIVE questions only.

1. “In England we have substituted for the notion of
citizenship or membership of the State, the
feudal notion of the relation between lord and
man.” Explain and illustrate this statement.

. Consider briefly the relation of the Crown and the
State to the land in the English system.

3. Write a note comparing prerogative and privilege
with special reference to their control by courts
of law.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 511

4, Write a note cn the statement that “The king
reigns but does not govern.”

6. What do you mean by the ideas of peerage and
nobility? Do you consider that there is any,
and what, truth in the view that nobility of blood
is unknown in the law of England?

6. Write a note on barony by tenure or the history of
life peerages.

7. Write a note on the following :—
(a) Judicium parium; legem terrae; breve quod
vocatur Praecipe ; commune consilium regnt,
or | :

(b) Recent reviews of the constitutional import of
Magna Carta.

THE LAW OF WRONGS AND THE LAW
OF PROCEDURE.

First Paper.
Mr. C. J. Z. Woinarski.

1. Consider the history and limits of English classifi-
cations of wrongs.

~. Consider the statement that “the liability of
the Commonwealth for the acts of its servants
depends altogether upon the relation of the
Commonwealth to its servants in regard to the
particular matter in question.”
FF 2

§12 | EXAMINATION PAPERS.

3. Consider the principles of law applicable in an
action against a trades union and its officers
for procuring the dismissal from his employment
of a non-unionist.

4. In the jidgment in Merivale v. Carson (20 Q.B.D.
281)—Lord Esher, M.R., said: “It is said that if
in some other case the alleged libel would not
be beyond the limits of fair criticism, and it
could be shown that the defendant was not
really criticising the work, but was writing with
an indirect and dishonest intention to injure the
plaintiff, still the motive would not make the
criticism a libel.” What was Lord Esher's
opinion upon the point, and upon what reasoning
was it based? How is the point now actually
decided ?

5. In the exercise of a quasi-judicial discretion, what
conditions must be satisfied, by the persons or
bodies who act, to exclude intervention by a
Court of Justice even in regard to a decision

which the Court may think wrong? If such
conditions be not satisfied, what are the terms of
the order the Court will make ?

6. Consider 4’s right of action in each of the follow-
ing’ cases :—

(a) B, who had been shooting rabbits, left a gun
loaded and at full cock standing inside a fence on
his land, beside a gap, from which a private path
led over his land from a public road to his house.
B’s son, aged 15 years, coming from the road
through the gap on his way home found the
gun, and with it went back to the public road,
and not knowing that the gun was loaded he
pointed it in play at A, who was on the road,
and the gun went off and destroyed .A’s eyesight.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 5138

(6) Accompanied by B his wife, C his son (a
schoolboy), and D his private secretary, A was
a pussenger upon a tram in Melbourne, and
owing to the combined negligence of the tram
conductor and of X, a motorist, B, C, and D
were killed in a collision which thereby occurred.

(c) B, in the year 1886, worked coal under nis
land adjoining the garden of A. In the year
1896'B sold his land and coal mine to C. In
the year 1906 A’s land subsided owing to the
workings in the year 1886, and A’s house fell in
consequence thereof.

(d) OC, the bailiff of B, in order to effect a dis-
tress for rent in arrear by A, went through a
house adjoining A’s house and into the yard at
the back thereof, and thence climbed over the
wall into the yard of A’s house and entered A’s
house by an open window and distrained for the
rent.

(e) B was the owner ofa ferry boat, and on B’s
wharf a notice was displayed, which stated that
“‘a fare of one penny must be paid on entering
or leaving this wharf, whether the passenger
has travelled by the ferry or not.” A paid a
penny, and went on to the wharf to use the
ferry, but having missed the boat sought to
leave the wharf without further payment. The
turnstile-keeper, who stated that the notice
referred to contained his instructions, forcibly
prevented A from leaving the wharf until A
effected his escape.

(f) A municipality made a drain across a highway
within its district, and covered the drain; with
a bridge of wood. Thereafter the municipality

514 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

did nothing to repair the bridge, which, in the
‘course of nature, became so weak that A’s horse
when being driven by A along the road, broke
through the bridge and was killed.

(7) A, an outgoing tenant, left a picture hanging
on a wall, and B, the new tenant, refuses to
allow .A to come and take the picture away.

7. In Rex v. McGrowther (1746), the prisoner pleaded
that he had joined the rebels under compulsion.
What direction did the Chief Justice, in sum-
ming up, give to the jury ?

8. (a) In what circumstances can a person -be
guilty of homicide by non-feasance ?

(5) Is the mere fact that a prisoner is shewn to
have sworn to two contradictory statements,
sufficient evidence to justify his conviction for

perjury ?

9. A was presented for attempting to discharge a
loaded revolver at B, with intent to do him
grievous bodily harm. The Crown proved
that during an interview between A and B, A
drew a loaded revolver from his coat pocket;
that B immediately seized A and prevented him
from raising his arm; that a struggle ensued,
in the course of which A nearly succeeded in
getting his arm free, but after a few minutes B
wrested the revolver from him, and A was taken
into custody. During the struggle, A several
times said to B, “You've got to die.” A was
convicted. Can the conviction be sustained ?
Give the reason for your answer.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 515

10. .A was presented for stealing three lambs, the
pre of some person or persone unknown,
and, in a second count, with receiving them,
knowing them to have been stolen. The Crown
proved that seven young lambs were found on
A’s premises, that A had been asked to account
for their possession, and truthfully accounted
for four ae them, but gave an untrue account of
the possession of the remaining three lambs.
Lambs, similar to the three lambs in A’s
possession, had been missed from a neighbouring
sheep-run, but the three lambs could not be
identified as those from the sheep-run, and
except A’s own statement of possession, there
was no evidence as to the ownership of these
lambs, or as to their having been stolen. The
jury convicted A of receiving. Can the convic-
tion be sustained? Give the reasons for your
answer.

THE LAW OF WRONGS AND THE LAW OF
PROCEDURE.

SECOND PAPER.
Mr. C. J. Z. Woinarski.

A.—Civit PRocepuRg.

1. (a) When may a claim for interest be included in

a special indorsement of a writ of summons ?
(6) A writ is indorsed as follows :—“ The plaintiff's
claim is for the price of goods sold and delivered
to the defendant at his request ” (then followed
particulars of the goods supplied and their price,
which amounted in all to £50), “and the

516, EXAMINATION PAPERS.

plaintiff also claims interest on £50 from the
date of the writ until payment or judgment.
Place of trial, Melbourne. (Signed) A.B. And
the sum of £6 6s. (or such sum as may be allowed
on taxation) for costs. If the amount claimed
be paid to the plaintiff or his solicitor within
four days from the service hereof further pro-
ceedings will be stayed.” Is this a proper
special indorsement? If the plaintiff applies for
leave to sign judgment under Order XIV.,
R. 1, what are the different orders that may be
made by the Judge ?

(c) A writ is issued to recover payment of a pro-
missory note under the Instruments Act 1890,
and the defendant applies under that Act for
leave to appear to the writ and to defend the
action, which is granted by the Judge, uncon-
ditionally. The plaintiff now applies to a Judge
for leave to sign judgment under Order XIV.,
R.1. Whaterder should be made by the Judge?

(d) A writ under the Instruments Act 1890 was
served on the defendant, who was temporarily
present in the State of Victoria, but who per-
manently resides in New Zealand, and is domi-
ciled there. Is the service effectual ?

2. What are the provisions of the Rules of the Supreme
Court in regard to an account directed to be
taken as to—

(a) the mode in which the account is to be made
out ;

(6) the books of account being taken as primé
Jacie evidence ;

(d) surcharge ;

(e) the making of just allowances ?

FINAL HONOUR BXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 517

3. Write a note upon (a) the joinder of plaintiffs
and of defendants in actions of tort; (6) the
grounds upon which the production of documents
in @ party’s possession may be lawfully refused
for the inspection of the opposite party.

4. (a) Will the Supreme Court of Victoria grant leave

| to appeal direct from the decision of a single

Judge of the Supreme Court to the. Privy
Council ?

(b) State the appellate jurisdiction of the High
Court with respect to judgments of the Supreme
Court of a State. |

(c) Upon what ground did the High Conrt in the
case of Parkin v. James, 2 C.L.R. 318, enter-
tain an appeal from an order made by a Judge
of the Supreme Court of Victoria in Chambers ?
How, if at all, has the doctrine of Parkin v.
James been modified in respect to a judgment
of the Supreme Court of a State founded upon
the verdict of a jury ?

(d) Io what criminal cases will special leave to
appeal be granted by the High Court ?

B.—CRIMINAL PROCEDURE.

1. What are the provisions of the Justices Act 1890 as
to the cases in which and the procedure by which
the depositions of persons dangerously ill may
be taken ? When may such depositions be read
in evidence, either for or against an accused
person? What is the effect upon the admissi-
bility in evidence of a deposition from which
certain statements made by the witness during
examination have been omitted ?

518 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

2. A was charged on presentment with feloniously
breaking and entering the dwelling-house of one
X, and therein feloniously stealing two gold rings
and one gold necklet, together of the value of
£4, of the goods and chattels of the said XY. At
the trial it was proved that the dwelling-house
belonged to X, but that the rings and necklet
were the separate property of the wife of X,
who was living with her husband in the house
when the crime was committed. A was con-
victed. Can the conviction be upheld ?

3. Give in outline the stages in a criminal trial
.from arraignment to verdict, and write brief notes
upon motion in arrest of judgment, writ of error,
venire de novo, treason-felony, indictment, con-
tempt of court.

C.—EvIDENCE.

1. What are the leading points wherein a difference is
made in civil and criminal evidence ?

2. (a) Distinguish between logical and legal relevancy:

(0) To what extent is evidence of the character of
(a) a party, (5) a witness, (c) an accused person,
admissible ?

3. It is necessary in an action to prove the following
documents and facts :—

(a) A conveyance executed in 1870, the witnesses
..... ,to avhich are alive, but live at a great dis-
tance from the place of trial. |

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 519

(b) A conveyance executed in 1890, which. is
witnessed by a person of whom nothing is
known, and of whom no trace can be found.

(c) The contents of the will of X, which was
proved in 1904, and the fact that A and B
are the executors appointed by the will of

How should each of these documents and facts
be proved ?

EQUITY.
Mr. J. B. Machey.

1. Show that a Court of Equity has been disposed to
treat charitable trusts with favour.

2. (a) Explain the statement that “the doctrine of
election depends on compensation.”

(5) In what circumstances may an _ improper
appointment under a power raise a case for
election ?

(c) A, and B his wife, are registered joint owners
of certain shares in a brewery. By his will
A bequeathes these shares to B for life, and
at her death to his brother, and by the same
will A gives certain leasehold property of

- hisown to his wife. There is evidence that
A looked on the brewery shares as his own
absolute property, and that they were treated
as such by the company. In the circum-
stances, what are the rights of the widow ?

520 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

3. A and B are trustees of a settlement by which a
dairy farm in Gippsland is held by them to the
use of C for life, and after the death of C to
the use of the children (now infants) of C, and
C’, who is without means, is in possession of the
farm. The rents and profits of the farm are
insufficient to ‘enable C' to effect necessary
repairs to the farm buildings and fencing, or to
pay the municipal rates, which are in arrear, or
to clear a great deal of fallen timber on the
farm. The trustees have no funds of the trust
in hand for repairs or improvements, and the
trust deed is silent as to their power to make
repairs and improvements. hat, in the
circumstances, is the duty of the trustees ?

4. A, as solicitor for B, a merchant, obtained probate
of the will of X, under the provisions of which B
became entitled to a third share in the residuary
estate of X. B required an immediate advance
on his share, and A was asked byB to make the
advance required out of moneys of hisown. A
suggested that he should purchase out and out
B's share, and to this B consented. A deed of
purchase was executed by 4 and B, under which
A bought at a fuir price the share of the residue
to which B was entitled. Asa matter of fact,
B had no separate independent advice at the
time, but A had suggested to B the desirability
of obtaining it, but B, on account of the expense,
and on account of the fairness of the transaction,
declined to be independently advised, B subse-
quently repudiated the deed of purchase. Is he
entitled to do so ?

5. What is a precatory trust ?

: A clause in a will which is relied upon as

. creating a precatory trust is definite, both as to

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 521

the subject-matter and as to the object of the
alleged precatory trust. Will such definiteness
impose a precatory trust upon the property

specified in the clause?

When is parol evidence admitted to support or
to rebut a resulting trust? Give examples. |

6. Property of A, a married woman, was settled in

the year 1905 upon A for life, with a restraint
upon anticipation, and with the general power in
A to appoint the corpus, and after A’s death,
and in default of appointment, to A’s children
equally. In 1905 A obtained a decree absolute
dissolving her marriage. In 1906 A became
insolvent, and £B was appointed her trustee in
insolvency. What ahi: if any, has B in
respect of the above property ?

7. What are B’s rights of specific performance in

each of the following cases:—

(2) Lands were limited to such use as A and his

(0)

wife shall appoint, and in default of appointment
to the wife of A for her life, with remainder to
A in fee simple. A contracts to sell the lands
to B bya contract reciting these limitations,
but providing for a conveyance by all proper
parties, and B pays the purchase money to the
trustees. The wife of A subsequently refuses to
concur.

A writes to B offering to sell a block of land
for £1,800, which offer B accepts. In making
his offer, 4 had based it upon an addition by

- the valuators of the values of several allotments

in the block, the correct total addition being
£2,800. On discovering his error, A repudiates
the contract.

522

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

8. Upon what principles, and in what circumstances,

a s,

will a Court of Equity give relief from uncon-
scionable bargains ?

LAW OF PROPERTY IN LAND AND

CONVEYANCING.
Mr. Guest.

What is the effect of a devise of land to B for 30

years if he so long live, and subject thereto, to
the first son of A, who shall attain 21 years of
age, and his heirs? .A was a bachelor at the
death of the testator. Give reasons.

. Criticise Mr. Williams’ classification of corporeal

and incorporeal hereditaments.

3. If the trustees for the time being of a settlement

are given a power to sell the trust property, and

there is nothing in the settlement which
expressly restricts the exercise of the power to
any specified period, how, if at all, does the rule
against perpetuities apply ? Give reasons.

4, In a lease for seven years the lessee covenanted to

cut ferns, &., once at least every three months.
During the fifth year, the lessee omitted to do
so. The lessor wrote to the lessee, and
complained of the breach of covenant, and
added—“‘ I desire also to call your attention to

' the provision in your lease in the following

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 523

words :—‘ If the tenant shall commit a breach of
any of the covenants on his part herein contained,
the lease shall thereupon become absolutely
void and of no effect.’ if our default continues
until the next rent day, I shall seriously consider

_ the advisability of resuming possession.” The
default continued until the next rent day, when
the tenant paid rent up to date and quitted
possession. ‘Two years of the original term of
seven years were then unexpired. What (if
any) are the rights and remedies of the lessor ?
Give reasons.

5. What is the present state of the law with regard to
relief against forfeiture for non-payment of rent ?

6. What is meant by the rule that in order that the
benefit of a covenant may run with the land the
assignee must be in of the same estate as the
assignor? Illustrate by an example ?

?. Why is it practically important that the vendor of
leasehold, who is himself an assign of the
lease, should see that the assignment to the
purchaser is legally effectual? Give reasons.

8. The purchaser of leasehold under an open contract
requisitioned for first proof that the lease was
daly granted, and secondly proof that all the
covenants and provisions in the lease had been
duly performed and observed. How should the
vendor’s solicitor answer ?

9. State concisely the law with regard to the dedica-
| tion of highways to the public.

§24 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

10. In 1878 land was demised to the plaintiffs for
30 years from lst September, 1576, and the
lease contained a proviso that at any time
during the term the lessor, his heirs, or assigns
would, on receiving notice from the plaintiffs of
their desire to purchase the land, convey it to
them for £1,500. The lessor died in 1902. In
1903 the plaintiffs served on his executor and
the devisees of the land under the will of the
lessor notice of their desire to purchase, and ten-
dered the £1,500. The executor and the de-
visees refused to accept the money and convey
the land, and the plaintiffs brought an action
against them for specific performance. What
defence (if any) have the defendants to the
action ? Give reasons.

11. If land is sold, and the vendor produces a certifi-
cate of title to the land in his own name, free from
encumbrances, is it necessary or advisable for
the purchaser or his solicitor to inspect any and
which of the documents of title to the land
prior in date to the certificate produced? Give
reasons.

12. State why, in your opinion, no covenants for
title are expressed or implied in the form of
transfer prescribed by the Transfer of Land Act?
Can you suggest any covenant for title which
might be added with advantage in the case of 8
sale of land in fee-simple ? Give reasons.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 525

THE LAW OF CONTRACTS AND PERSONAL

fe)

PROPERTY. °
The Board of Examiners.

. What distinction does Sir William Anson make

between a pollicitation and a promise ?

. What is the difference between “ accord and satis-

faction” and “ accord executory ” ?

. What rights and remedies has the seller of goods

when the buyer refuses to pay the stipulated
price ?

. What is necessary to constitute a gift of a chattel

personal at Common Law ?

. What is meant by the terms “ Contract of Sale,”

“‘ Sale,” and ‘Agreement to Sell,” in the Sale of
Goods Act 1896 ?

. Explain the equitable doctrine of part performance.

. Explain the doctrine of “holding out” in the Law

of: Partnership.

. What are the rights of partners as to the applica-

tion of partnership property on the dissolution of
a partnership ?

. Explain the nature of a negotiable instrument.

. Explain the nature of a bailment.

§26 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

11. State the method of registering an assignment of |
book debts under the provisions of Act No.
1424.

12. What is the meaning of the expression “ Bill of |
Sale” when used in Part VI. of the Instruments
Act 1890?

ADMINISTRATIVE LAW.

The Board of Examiners. |
Candidates should answer THREE questions only.

1. What are the principal conclusions drawn by
French law from the distinction between autorité
and gestion? What principles are applied to
the determination of pecuniary claims against
the State for acte de gestion? |

2, In what sense is it true to say that an officer is not
liable gua officer for wrongs done by him? Are
legal proceedings ever taken against an officer
in the name of his office ?

3. In what ways is the protection of public officers or
bodies provided for in the English system f

4. What are the principal considerations relevant in
determining whether a corporate body represents
the Crown and shares its immunities ?

. Write a note on salus popult suprema lex.

6 Write a note on the legal position of the Postmaster-
General.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 527

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION IN
MEDICINE.

THEORY AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Describe the modes of production of pneumothorax,
its symptoms and diagnosis, and the conditions
which make active treatment necessary.

2. What are the forms of cirrhosis of the liver?
Describe its causes, ana mark it off from hepatic
and other conditions which may be confused
with it.

3. Give a description of the symptoms and signs of an
ordinary case of locomotor ataxy, and enumerate
and distinguish from it any other nervous
diseased states most liable to be confused with
it.

CLINICAL MEDICINE.
The Board of Examiners.
CASE FOR COMMENTARY.
Miss M. R., aged 43, admitted to hospital on 1st
February, with the following history:—For about
six years she had had ulcers on the legs, and for

several years she had suffered from indigestion, marked
specially by some pain about half-an-hour after food.

528 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

But, up till about a year before, she had not suffered
from other signs, as severe pain, diarrhoea, or jaundice.

When first seen as an out-patient, a fortnight before,
she complained of severa pain across the lower part of
the chest, chiefly in the epigastrium and right hypo-
chondrium. There had been vomiting for about ten
days, with slight jaunjice. There was’ tenderness on
pressure over the liver. About a year ago she had a
similar attack, lasting two months.

On examination, she was pale, and distinctly
emaciated, the tongue was furred, antl there was slight
jaundice; the temperature was 99°, the pulse 96, the
respirations 24; heart and lungs normal. The liver
was enlarged, dulness extending up to the fifth rib in
the nipple line, and down to an inch above the un-
bilicus. ‘here was tenderness over the whole liver
area, but chiefly in the epigastrium. The abdomen
elsewhere was lax, and free from tenderness. There
had been some pain radiating to the right shoulder.
The veins on the right side seemed to be rather fuller
than on the left.

For a few days she improved, temperature came
down to normal in the morning, and never over 100°,
no vomiting, tongue cleaner, and tenderness on
pressure almost gone.

On 8th February she was much worse, vomiting
returned; tenderness was marked, and the temperature
went up to 108°. So things continued, temperature
sometimes going up to 104°, and even to 105° on the
15th, when she had a severe rigor, great pain, and
tenderness over the liver and in the right shoulder,
and up the right side.

On the 17th the dullness on the right side was up
to the third rib in the nipple line, breath sounds were
weak below that level, and a soft pleural friction was
heard, The right chest looked rather full, and the

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 629

veins were more distended. A blood count showed
15,000 leucocytes.

Comment on the case, especially as to cause, exact
seat, and progress of symptoms, and discuss prognosis
and treatment.

OBSTETRICS.

The Board of Examiners.
CASE FOR COMMENTARY.

A woman aged 36 years, @ primipara, is taken in
labour, with strong regular pains. The pre-
sentation is a vertex in the right occipito pos-
terior position. At the end of sixteen hours the
membranes rupture, and a considerable quantity
of liquor Amnii escapes. On vaginal examina-
tion the head is felt to be high up, and not to
have engaged in the brim. The pains increase
in severity, and cause the patient great distress.
After a severe pain the patient complains of
feeling faint, and it is noticed that there is con-
siderable hemorrhage from the vagina. On
abdominal examination the uterus is found to be
firmly contracted, but smaller in size than
before; vaginally the presenting part is not felt.
The labour pains now ceased, and anzmia of the
patient became more pronounced. The pulse rate
increased to 120, and the temperature sank to
97°. Give your diagnosis of this case, and com-
ment as to—

(a) Its possible causes.

(5) The signs of impending danger.

530 EXAMINATION PAPERS,

OBSTETRICS.
The Board of Examiners.

. Discuss Shoulder Presentations with regard to—

(a) Causation.
(6) Diagnosis.
(ce) Terminations.
(d) Management.

. Give the signs, symptoms, and treatment of Puer-

peral Eclampsia.

. Discuss the causes of post-partem Hemorrhage,

and give the treatment.

FORENSIC MEDICINE.
The Board of Examiners.

. How would you conduct a physical and chemical

examination of an alleged blood stain? Give
the most recent views as to the possibility of
differentiating human from other mammalian
blood.

. Describe various injuries that may be suicidal or

homicidal, and state how you might be enabled
to form a correct opinion as to their causation.

. A man is admitted to a hospital in an unconscious

state; discuss the various causes for such a
condition.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 531

4. Consider the following questions in their medico-
legal relations :—
(a) The viability of the foetus at an early period.
(6) The duration of utero-gestation.

GENERAL AND SPECIAL PATHOLOGY,
INCLUDING BACTERIOLOGY.

The Board of Examiners.

1. Describe the differential diagnosis, macroscopic and
microscopic, of gumma from glioma in the sub-
stance of the brain.

2. Discuss the relation of oedema to starvation of
tissue.

3. Describe, without formule, the methods of deter-
mining bacteriologically the presence of sewage
contamination in water, with special reference to
recent methods and their value.

ihe

. Describe minutely the microscopic changes in the
aortic valves in chronic endocarditis with pro-
gressive thickening and recent vegetations.

. Describe the forms of bronchiectasis and discuss
their causation.

oP)

. State what you know concerning the Spironema
(Spirocheta) Pallida in man, giving methods
for its demonstration, and describing its differen-
tial diagnosis from other organisms resembling
it. ,

632

Mrs.

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

GYNECOLOGY.
The Board of Examiners.
CASE FOR COMMENTARY.

W., aged 83, the mother of three children,
the last being born twelve months ago, is
admitted to hospital with the following history :—

A week prior to admission she complained of

, & profase vaginal discharge of a yellowish

colour, with considerable scalding on passing
urine. The menstrual function has been always
normal. On admission, in addition to the fore-

going symptoms, she has severe pain in the

rl art with some rigidity of the abdomi-
nal wall, and tenderness on pressure. The
temperature is 102, with a morning remission to
100°8, and the pulse is about 110. Vaginal
examination shows the vagina to be hot and the
roof tender; the uterus is fixed, but no defined
swelling is found in either fornix. Discuss this
case in regard to—

(a) The pathological conditions.

(6) Differential diagnosis.

GYNACOLOGY.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Discuss the pathology of Tubal Gestation up to

the end of the third month.

2, Give the etiology and mechanism of Prolapse of

the Uterus, and describe the treatment.

8. Discuss the etiology of Amenorrhea.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 533

SURGERY.
The Board of Examiners.
CASE FOR COMMENTARY.

A girl, aet. 134, was admitted to hospital on
8th May, 1905, on account of fever of a week’s
duration and acute pain in the internal and
upper part of the thigh. She was a hard worker,
and always healthy before this illness, which
began suddenly on 29th April, with severe pains
in the upper and internal parts of the thigh.
Rest and fomentations eased the pain somewhat,
but the fever gradually increased, and move-
ments became so painful that she could not
walk. On admission she was pale and wasted,
_with a temperature of 102° F. The right leg
was slightly adducted and rotated inwards. At
the upper and internal part of the thigh there
‘was a considerable swelling, which extended to
the labium majus and Mons Veneris and
obliterated the genito-crural fold. The skin here
was red, hot, and oedematous. There was
tenderness along the rami of the pubes and
ischium, and this was greatest in the position of
the band of cartilage which separates the pubes
from the ischium in the growing bone. No
fluctuation could be made out. Rectal exami-
nation showed that the internal surface of the
rami was very tender on the affected side.
Passive movements of the thigh were very
painful. It was found that some days before

684 °« EXAMINATION PAPERS.

this illness the patient had had a pain with
tenderness over the external malleolus.

Comment on the diagnosis of this case, and
give your treatment in detail with prognosis.

SURGERY.— Honours,
The Board of Examiners.

‘1. Describe the surgical treatment of trigeminal
- neuralgia.

2. Discuss the mode of causation, treatment, and
‘ results of wound of the thoracic duct.

.8. Describe the treatment of general septic peritonitis.

4. Discuss the differential diagnosis of testicular
swellings.

FINAL HONOUR BXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 5385

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION IN

ENGINEERING.

HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING.—Part A.

Frrst Paper.

The Board of Examuners.

1. A water-main, in.which a pressure head of 60 feet

is maintained, is tapped for the withdrawal of
water to supply a jet-pump. The arrangement
of pipes .is as follows, viz. :—

A 2-inch diameter wrought-iron pipe is laid
horizontally for a distance of 80 feet from the
main; it then passes vertically downwards into
an excavation. Ata depth of 25 feet below the
said horizontal portion the pipe is bent again to
a horizontal position, and continues horizontal

. for a distance of 12 feet from the vertical portion.

Here the jet-pump is introduced, which consists
of a chamber containing a smooth, well-shaped
nozzle, whose tip is 4-inch diameter. This nozzle
is placed horizontally, exactly on line with the
pipe. The bottom of the chamber has a 2-inch

diameter suction pipe leading vertically down-

' ‘wards to a well, the water-surface in which

remains at a depth of 3 feet below the centre of
the jet-pump. The suction pipe is 4 feet long.
Opposite the nozzle-tip, the chamber contracts to

836 EXAMINATION PAPERS,

a diameter of inch. This throat is very smooth,
and has easy approach curves. Beyond it, the
pipe, still smooth, enlarges uniformly until, ata
distance of 9 feet from the throat, the diameter
is 24 inches. The pipe then turns vertically
upwards, the height of this portion being 30 feet,
the diameter continuing to be 24 inches; thence
it proceeds horizontally for 6 feet, where it
discharges into an open drain. All the bends
are of large radius, so that the head lost in them
is not appreciable. (For sketch see next page.)

Explain what occurs when water is allowed
to flow through this system of pipes from the
main. inumerate the sources of loss of erergy.
Suggest alterations which would increase the
efficiency. Assuming that one-third of the
kinetic energy. of the jet is lost in the jet-pump
in fluid friction, owing to abrupt changes of
velocity, this loss being in addition to the
frictional losses in pipes and passages, estimute
the amount of water which will be drawn from
the main, and the amount lifted from the well.

2. Design a steel riveted pipe, 36” diam. to convey
water across the river shown in cross-section.
The pipe may be exposed to the pressure arising
from a static head of 250 feet. Show all
supports, joints, and connections to the bridge
and ground; avoid, as far as possible, placing
obstructions in the waterway. |

The pipe is to follow the line ABCDEF.

The cross girders of the bridge are adapted to
the proposed load; they are rolled joists, 14" x 7’,
placed one at each panel point.

-f

PAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 539

lyDRAULIC ENGINEERING.—Part A.

| SECOND PapER.
The Board of Examiners.

dicate how you would proceed to ascertain whether

k or not a given masonry dam, of trapezoidal cross-
section, would be called upon to endure horizontal
tension.

A tank on the roof of a building has a depth of
4 feet of water maintained in it. An ordinary
wrought-iron pipe, which is 3 inches in diameter,
except near the top, where it is widened, leads
vertically downwards from the bottom of the
tank. It is desired that, in case of emergency,
this 3-inch pipe shall discharge full-bore. at its
lower end, which is 60 feet below water-level in
the tank; ‘that is, there is to be no resistance but
friction offered to the flow. The valves, when
open, cause no obstruction.

What are the necessary conditions that the
desired maximum discharge shall take place?

Design the upper portion of the pipe accord-
ingly.

How much will the discharge be ?

In what way, if at all, might the flow be
impeded if a partial vacuum were allowed to be
formed in any portion of the pipe?

540 EXAMINATION PAPEE

HYDRAULIC ENGINE pyer

(ALSO FOR |

The Boa

1. Describe the variout
irrigation.

2. Design house-connee
ordinary 10-roomet

3. On the accompanying
site for a serviee
of reticulation |
marked “ Kuy
population +
of 500 ae
tinction.
with its w

Includi
demand wm

per head j

Digitized by G

lhe bee ne aad density of saturated steam
Op, OF e . - Give the calculation of
2 hy 8 74antity in terms of others

‘ite gl? die

leg erence of the specific
“at of Water at Of C. as "0916 ¢. em.,
ite ap? as 792-9 cal., and the

ig Oe 9

§40 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING.—Parr B.

(Atso For Dearee or M.C.E.)

The Board of Examiners.

1. Describe the various methods of preparing land for
irrigation.

2. Design house-connections for the sewerage of an —
ordinary 10-roomed two-storied dwelling.

3. On the accompanying topographic map choose a
site for a service reservoir, and outline a scheme
of reticulation for the water-supply of the town
marked “ Eureka,” which is expected to have a
population of 40 ela per acre over an area |
of 6500 acres. rovide liberally for fire ex- |
tinction. The service reservoir cannot be placed —
with its water-level above the 6,580-ft. contour.

Including water required by mines, the ata :
demand may be reckoned at rate of 20 cub. tt.
per head per day.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 541

THERMO-DYNAMICS AND ELECTRO-
MAGNETISM.

Group C.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Explain why the results of Fairbairn and Tate’s
investigation of the’ density of saturated steam
are no longer utilized. Give the calculation of
the value of this quantity in terms of others
which can be measured more accurately.

Assuming the difference of the specific
volumes of ice and water at 0° C. as °0916 c. cm.,
the latest heat of fusion as 79-9 cal., and the
vapour pressure as *460 cm of mercury, cal-
culate the pressure coefficient of ice at that
temperature.

2. Prove that for a perfect gas the isothermal bulk
modulus is equal to the pressure.
State and prove the general relation between
these two quantities of which the above is a
special case.

3. Describe and give the theory of Clement and
Desormes’ method of determining the ratio of
the principal specific heats of air.

State the principal objections to the method,
and show how Réntgen overcame them.

4. The working substance in a gas-engine is of such
a character that the initial adiabatic compression
takes place at nearly constant temperature, the

KK 2

542 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

remainder of the cycle resembling that of the
Otto engine. Assuming that, in a perfect engine
of this type, the lower adiabatic really coincides
with an isothermal, find the maximum efficiency
of the arrangement.

5. Obtain an expression for the capacity per unit
length of a long cylindrical condenser.

6. Describe, with full theoretical and practical detail,
one good method of measuring the inductance
of a coil.

?. Describe a method of determining the efficiency of
€ continuous current dynamo which will allow
the separation of the various losses, and explain
fully how these losses are obtained in the course
of the method.

8. Give the theory of the single-phase alternate
. current synchronous motor.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 548

CIVIL ENGINEERING.
First Paper.
The Board of Examiners.

. Diseuss the subject of street improvement in
populous cities, with special reference to preven-
tion of dust and mud.

. Write a short essay on electric tramways, and
contrast the advantages and disadvantages of
overhead us against conduit constructions.
Illustrate with neat sketches.

. Give a short description, illustrated by sketches, of
the road bed and permanent way that you
would adopt for a railway in tropical country,
with low rainfall, and infested with insects
destructive of timber. Traffic, moderate ; gauge,
4 feet 84 inches. Consider the alternative cases
of gravel ballast being available, and ballast not
available.

644 . EXAMINATION PAPERS.

CIVIL ENGINEERING.
SEconD PAPER.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Draw a cross-section, dimensioned, of a passenger
station for three double lines of way, as at
Richmond, the railway being on a 20-chain
curve. Through trains may pass at 20 miles

_ per hour. -

2. Design, in outline, a permanent road bridge over a
river; total water way, 50 feet wide; road level,
20 feet above river bed; banks, 6 feet above
river bed. A horizontal stratum of rock is met
with 2 feet below river bed. Bridge to carry
traffic equal to a 15-ton road roller. Flood level
is 10 feet above bed. Banks are liable to scour.
Design either in stone, concrete, reinforced con-
crete, or steel, or any combination of same.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 545

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.

_ First Paper.
Professor Kernot.

1. Discuss modern methods.of machining details of
various pieces of mechanism, with a view of
increasing speed of production and accuracy of
dimensions.

2. Describe and criticise the recent proposal to obtain
water-power from the Yarra at Dight’s Falls,
and distribute it electrically through Melbourne.
Should it be carried out, what works and
machinery ‘would you recommend? Give a
diagram of your scheme.

3. Describe recent advances in steam production, giv-
ing special attention to devices for economizing
fuel and minimizing smoke.

4. Give all the information you can as to a modern
high-speed engine of about 400 brake horse-
power.

546 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.

Seconp PapgEr.
| Professor Kernot.

1. Give full and critical descriptions of recent develop-
ments in steam locomotive practice on the
5ft. 3in. gauge in Victoria.

2. Give outline sketch, with dimensions and _ other
Sys api of a tank locomotive suitable for 4
ft. 6in. gauge, with numerous curves of 2 chains

radius and long continuous grades of 1 in 30.

3. Write an essay on Suction and Producer Ges
Plante for Power Purposes. How do they con-
pare in economy with steam power?

4. Give all the information you can as to a passenger
electric tramway system, such as those st
Brighton and Essendon.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 547

APPLIED MECHANICS.
First PApEr.
Professor Kernot.

1. Define Modulus of Shear Elasticity, and explain
how it affects the deflection of beams of various
sections.

2. What is Anticlastic Curvature °
How do you compute its amount ?

3. A beam is 20 feet long, and is supported at one end,
the centre, and a point 3 feet from the other
end.

Starting from the supported end it is loaded
with 1 ton per foot for 16 feet, from which point
the load diminishes uniformly to zero at the end.

Plot to a suitable scale the moment and shear
diagrams,

4. A mild steel rolled girder is 10 inches deep, 5

~ inches wide, and $-inch thick throughout.

Determine its modulus of section and its central
breaking load on a span of 20 feet.

5. Determine the probable deflection of the above
beam under half its breaking load.

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

548

‘SYJBYS IB|NOM-TOU puB IB[NOII9 Jo Noreto 07 eoUBJeIsar aq) UO AvssO JsONs B OIA °C

Ba
-Inba oay 4880] 38 Joy siopslB 09} UO sivays pus sjueWOW SuIpueg ey) pus 91qQ¥O eq} TO
WOIsUe} OY} OUIaIIE}9p ‘su0} Q[ JO po] BuIAOW payesjuGDN0O B ZuIUINEsY *91}U09 94} 9B
padury wazshs sepia vw fq pouagys st dip yoo} Gg pus uvds 3093 QQg jo odptsq uorsgodsns Wz
‘da10Biq [B1a}B[ Jo meyshs BNO YOM, (p) «*sqzed
jo jUaMasuBiIe 04} UI sjuetUeACIdM ysedsug (9) balbasnia ey3 10} sjurol pozoats
eTquimns adisagq (7) ‘Joqmeul w10330q eg) sucle paynqinerp Ajpenbe L119 [[t1M 4f pBoT
OY} 63B(Nd[B (v) ‘auq ,# X ,g ‘seul ojours Aq uMOYs as04} ‘suo! ofdue 8 xX XL,G eB
Soul] ][NJ UI UMOYS s[VUOseIp eyy, ‘sezeid ,¥ x ,g om} 4q suorod [814U90 04) 48! pogy
-10} SUOJI 9]3U8 ‘4 X ,@ X ,@ OM} JO YORE 4SISUOD JapIIs 94} Jo W10}}0q pus do} oaL
"19QUIOU JaMO] 949 Jo szutod jousd oy)
18 pollivo Zureq po] oy ‘ospiiq Buysixe uv jo Jopsts ouo sjuoseidoes WISBIP EADQ’ OUT ‘T

‘“UadVq GNOOAS—SOINVHOAN CalIdav¥

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 549

MIXED MATHEMATICS (ENGINEERING).
First Paper.
The Board of Examiners.

1, Liquid is flowing through a tube which is moving
in a general, given, manner. Finda formula for
the pressure at any point of the liquid in the
{ tube.

2. Discuss the theory of the form of the expansion
nozzle of a Laval turbine, assuming a hyperbolic
law (pv* = const.) of expansion.

3, Discuss the determination of the irrotational motion
of an inviscid liquid, demonstrating the con-
ditions satisfied by the velocity-potential.

A helicoidal tube is geneyated by a given
plane curve moved with a uniform screw motion
along and around the axis of z perpendicular to
its plane. Supposing the irrotational motion of
liquid in this tube to be the same at correspond-
ing points along it, investigate the equations for
the velocity-potential as a function of position
in the plane curve (that is, eliminate the co-
ordinate z from the equations to be solved). _

4. Discuss (a) the velocity of a “long wave” along a
channel, (b) the existence of a “ standing wave”
in a channel,

550 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

5, Investigate the equations of motion of viscous
liquid pdujdt = — dp/dx + py*u + X, &c.

Two plane boundaries intersect on the axis of
z. Taking polar coordinates (r, 0) in the plane
(x, y), shew that the equations of motion admit
an exact solution for two-dimensional motion
(w = 0, X = 0, Y = 0) between the boundaries
such that the velocity i is radial and inversely as
the distance r from the axis. Complete the
determination of this solution.

MIXED MATHEMATICS (ENGINEERING).
SEconD PAPER.

The Board of Examiners.

1, Investigate general equations of motion for a rigid
body turning about a fixed point.

If a circular cone fixed in the body rolls on a
similar cone fixed in space, find the moment of
the pressure between the cones, ignoring external
forces.

2. Discuss the analysis of stress at a point, and shew
how to find the condition that a given state of
stress (PQRSTU) may not violate an mene
limit to the shearing stress.

In particular, consider the case of combined
flexure and torsion of a rod.

FINAL HONOUR EXAMINATION, MAROH, 1907. 561

3. Investigate the equations of equilibrium
(A + p) dA/dz + py2u = 0, &e.,
for an isotropic elastic solid under no volume
force, and shew that
U = — dc(2? + oz? — cy),
v= —Kko xy,
= k x2,
is the solution for the uniform flexure of a beam,
o being Poisson’s ratio.

4. Shew that
i
drp re A(A + pe) r(z +r)’
pete 2
Anup re dr A +p) r(z tr)’
wae POL PAEWIL
dap r® = 4aru(A +p) Fr

where r is the distance from the origin, satisfy
the equations of the last question, and that this
solution determines the transmission of stress
from a concentrated pressure P at the origin,
acting normally on the plane face z = 0 of an
indefinitely extended solid.

5. Investigate the theorem of Three Moments for a
uniform beam, and discuss the existence of
similar theorems for naturally-bent rods; in
particular, for a circular ring under forces in its

plane.

6. Discuss Maxwell’s method for the determination of
the stress in a redundant frame.

562 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

EXAMINATION FOR THE DEGREE OF M.C.E.

MINING ENGINEERING.

First PapEr.
The Board of Examiners.

1. State the principle of action, and enumerate the
leading parts of boring plants suitable, respec-
tively, for—(a) Clayey gravel, 50 feet deep ;
(6) Soft rock, 500 feet deep; and (c) Hard
rock, 1,000 feet deep.

2. A lenticular mass of ore, outcropping in flat
country, is 1,000 feet long, maximum width
50 feet, underlay 80°, and pitch vertical. The
lode is firm with weak walls, and timber is
scarce. Illustrate and compare the methods of
working you would consider applicable.

3. Discuss the details of an electrical installation for
the supply of power to a mine, 20 miles distant
from the source of energy, which is a river with
a plentiful supply, and having a fall of 200 feet
in a short distance. The brake horse-power
required by the mine plant is 500.

M.C.E. EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 558

MINING ENGINEERING.

SECOND PAPER

The Board of Examiners.

1. A stanniferous ore, mined from a lode consisting of
hard granite impregnated with tin oxide, is to
be delivered to a mill erected on a hillside, at
the rate of 5,000 tons per month. Give the
general design of plant, and sketch a cross-
section showing the principal appliances,
specifying their number and capacity. Show
graphically the scheme of concentration or
flow sheet, and the nature approximately of
the products you would expect from each
operation. Estimate the amount of water, and
also the horse-power required.

2. Discuss the conditions affecting the problem of
ventilation in a lode mine 5,000 feet deep,
alluvial mine 500 feet deep, and an extensive
coal mine, respectively. Design a suitable
scheme for each case, assuming practicable
conditions, and illustrate by sketches.

3. In connection with a mine drainage scheme, a
quantity of water amounting to 10,000,000
gallons per 24 hours is to be raised in a shaft
from a depth of 500 feet. Give an account of
the methods that may be adopted, and discuss
the merits of each, specifying details, and
principal dimensions of the mechanical appli-
ances involved.

554

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

ROAD AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION
AND MAINTENANCE —First Paper.

Professor Kernot.

Plot the following section ; lay out grades, drainage
arrangements, and other particulars for con-
structing a main road; supply cross-sections at
the deepest point of each cutting and the highest
point of any one embankment. Fix waterways,
and show in outline the culvert and bridge :—

100
120

110
100
90

Levels.

Remarks.
Joins existing road

. Bluestone suitable for road

making

. Drains 1 square mile undulating

grass land. MRainfall as in
Melbourne

. Schist, stratification nearly vertical

strike at right angles to road

-- River draining 2,000 square miles

of mountainous country, such
as that east of Melbourne.
Flood-level 70,summer-level 45

Joins existing road

M.C.E. EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 565

ROAD:AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION
AND MAINTENANCE.

SECOND PAPER.
Professor Kernot.

Design a steel bridge for subjoined section—width
24 feet, loads as in vicinity of Meloourne, abut-
ments of brick :—

Feet. Levels. Remarks.

0 .. 100 ... Existing road

100 ... 80 .. Face of abutment. Foundation

alluvium. 40 feet deep

150 ... 650

200 ... 40 ... River flood-level 70. Maximum
velocity 6 feet per second
250 ... 60

300 ... 80 ... Face of abutment rock founda-
tion

850 ... 105 ... Existing road

556

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING.—Parr A.

The Board of Examiners.

1. Design an inverted siphon to convey water for the

supply of a city at rate of 20 cubic feet a second.
The siphon will start from a channel, A, on one
side of a valley, and discharge into a channel,
B, on the other side. The lowest point on the
line of the proposed siphon will be 120 feet
below water level in A.

Mild steel plates, 6 feet, 7 feet, 8 feet, and
9 feet long’, are readily obtainable, of any desired
width and thickness.

Decide on the diameter of the pipe.

State at what level, relatively to A, you would
fix the channel at JB, the length of the pipe
being, approximately, 1,700 feet.

Specify the thickness, riveting, jointing, and
couting of the pipes.

Show the junctions of pipe with channels a-
oth ends. Stone (suitable tor concrete), bricks,
and good hardwood are all at hand.

Sketch and describe all valves and screens
necessary in connection with this work, both in
the channels and in the pipe.

Would you carry these pipes above or below
the ground? If the former, how would you
ae ee them? The material in the hill-sides ia
soft schistose rock.

At the bottom of the valley the surface is
nearly flat for a width of about 250 feet, measured
along the line chosen for the proposed siphon.
The material here is chiefly clay, sand, and

M.C.E. EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 557

gravel, the maximum depth to bed-rock being
18 feet. A creek, which 1s occasionally flooded,
follows the valley. Its channel varies slightly,
from time to time, in width and depth, but the
average depth of the bed below the surface is
12 feet. To provide for floods, a clear waterway,
70 fet wide, is needed. How would you arrange
for the carrying of the proposed pipe across this
portion of the valley ?

2. Design a steel riveted pipe, 36 inches diameter, to
convey water across the river shown in cross-
section. The pipe me be exposed to the pressure
arising from a static head of 250 feet. Show all
supports, joints, and connections to the bridge
and ground. Avoid, as far as possible, placing
obstructions in the waterway. The pipe is to
follow the line ABCDEF. The cross girders
of the bridge are adapted to the proposed load ;
they are rolled joints 14” x 7”, placed one at each
panel point. (For sketch see pages 587—8.)

SURVEYING AND LEVELLING.
Frast Paper.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Explain how you would proceed when making an
accurate survey of the piece of land, with build-
ings, shown in sketch (see page 558). Double
lines indicate brick walls.

658 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

ROAD

"ey
£
A
am
&
rm,

m
aC
4
&
&
&
~
c

—,

inaccessible land

M.C.E. EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 669

: Describe the process of ranging parallels of latitude

and arcs of meridians on the plains of Victoria,
the lines being 10 minutes of arc apart.

. Adjust the survey shown in sketch (see page 560),

y balancing the latitudes and departures, on
the supposition that the probability of error in
measuring the long sides is three times that in
measuring the short ones.

. Compute the area of the figure referred to in the

last question.

SURVEYING AND LEVELLING.
SECOND PaPpER.
The Board of Examiners.

. Describe the steps you would take if called upon

to select a route for a road to connect two places
on opposite sides of a range of rugged and
heavily-timbered hills.

. It is required to ascertain the latitude and the

direction of the meridian at a place a little to
the west of Bairnsdale, in Victoria. The evening
chosen for the observations is that of the 19th
February, this year. The nautical almanac .
furnishes the following information, viz. :—

‘‘Sidereal time at mean noon at Greenwich,
on 19th February, 1907 = 21h. 53m. 8s.
Star. Right Ascension. Declination.
a Columbae 5h. 36m. 188. 34° 7' 44”
a Argus (Canopus) 6h. 21m. 54s. 62° 39’ 0”
a Eridani (Achernar) lh. 34m. 138... 57° 42’ 54”.”

EXAMINATION PAPERS.

nn °
4 i 6, ‘s

M.C.E, EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1907. 561

The approximate latitude of the place being
87° 48’ S. and its longitude 147° 38 E.,
determine the standard times of culmination of
the two first-named stars, and their altitudes at
culmination. In the case of the third star,
determine the standard time of its western
elongation, its altitude at that instant, and the
horizontal angle between it and the magnetic

meridian, the deviation of the compass being
8° 2)’ E.

662 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

SUPPLEMENTARY MEDICAL
EXAMINATION.

THEORY AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE.—
The Board of Examiners.

1. Describe the symptoms and diagnosis of epidemic
cerebro-spinal meningitis, and its treatment.

2. Describe the best modes of carrying out the ex-
amination of the urine for sugar.

8. Give an account of the symptoms and signs of
aortic stenosis, pointing out other circulatory
disturbances with which it may be confused.

4. What is the condition known as Ankylostomiasis ?
Describe its symptoms and treatment, and the
ways in which the parasite spreads.

5. Describe fully the signs and symptoms of pene
with effusion in different degrees.

SUPPLEMENTARY PASS EXAM., MARCH, 1907. 563

FORENSIC MEDICINE.

The Board of Examiners.

- Describe the signs of death, and state which of
them are the most reliable. 7

. Describe fully the hydrostatic test, and discuss
the objections that have been urged against it.

. What are the appearances you would expect to
find in an adult virgin who had been recently
violated ?

. Describe the symptoms, treatment, and post-mortem
appearances in a case of opium poisoning ; how
would you diagnose it from other states of
unconsciousness ?

. What information might you obtain from the
examination of a skeleton ?

$64 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

SPECIAL PATHOLOGY.
The Board of Examiners.

. Describe the macroscopic and microscopic changes

in—
(a) Acute Bronchopneumonia.
(b) Pachymeningitis Hemorrhagica.
(c) Atrophic Granular Kidney.

. Describe the bacteriological methods of diagnosis

in a doubtful case of diphtheria, including the
differential diagnosis from the diseases most
closely resembling it.

. State what you know concerning Leucocytosis (not

including Eosinophilia nor Leukemia).

. Describe the macroscopic changes in osteoarthritis

deformans.

. Describe the microscopic characters of carcinoma

in the intestine, and the macroscopic appearances
of its several forms.

- Describe the differential diagnosis of tertiary

syphilis from tubercle in the larynx, having
regard to macroscopic and microscopic characters.

SUPPLEMENTARY PASS BXAM., MARCH, 1907. 565

OBSTETRICS AND GYNAECOLOGY.
| The Board of Examiners.

1. Describe the formation and function of the lower
uterine segment in relation to parturition.

. Give the mechanism of a persistent occipito pos-
terior position.

3. Give the management of a case of eclampsia—
(a) Before labour.
(6) During labour.

. Describe the signs and symptoms of an ovarian
tumour, and vive the differential diagnosis.

. Describe the varieties of perineal lacerations and
their consequences.

566 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

SURGERY.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Describe the symptoms and treatment of Tetanus.

2. Discuss the diagnosis and prognosis of scirrhus
carcinoma of the breast. Describe in detail its
operative treatment.

3. Describe the symptoms and treatment of Pott’s
fracture.

4. Discuss the diagnosis of the surgical conditions
which may cause hematuria as a symptom.

SUPPLEMENTARY PASS EXAM., MARCH, 1907. 567

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMAOY.
The Board of Examiners.
. Name the official salts of Iron, and give their doses.

Write a list of the ointments of Mercury, and give
their strengths.

Define the terms—Sclerotium, Strobile, Corm,
Rhizome.

. Give the composition, strengths, and doses of the
official hypodermic injections.

Write all you know of the official products of the
N.O. Convolvulacez.

- Or

. Write what you can of Chloroform and its prepara-
tions.

. What is Pyroxylin? Name the preparations into
which it enters, and state their uses.

8. In. what form and dose would you administer
Carbolic Acid, Atropine, Santonin, Nitrate of
Silver, Phosphorus.

9. Name two glucosides, refer them to their sources,
and state their doses.

10. Write a prescription having general tonic pro-
perties. Express the quantities of ingredients
In terms of the metric system,

» ft.

568 EXAMINATION PAPERS.

THERAPEUTICS, DIETETICS, AND HYGIENE.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Discuss in detail, with illustrative presorip- | Relative
tions, the treatment (other than dietetic)
of a case of Acute Pneumonia in a young
alcoholic patient ... oe --- | 100

2. Describe in full, from outset to end of con-
valescence, the dietetic treatment of a
severe case of Typhoid Fever with
several severe hemorrhages ... -- | 100

3. Discuss the question of a pure milk supply
for the City of Melbourne... 100

MEDICAL COURSE.—SECOND DIVISION.

PHYSIOLOGY AND HISTOLOGY.

The Board of Examiners.

1. What is the function of the Cochlea? On what
experimental evidence is your answer based?

2. What reflex mechanisms are involved—

(a) in secretion of saliva;
(4) in secretion of gastric juice ?

3. To what causes may death be attributed in—

(a) poisoning by prussic acid ;
(d) drowning ;

SUPPLEMENTARY PASS EXAM., MARCH, 1907. 569

4. Contrast the innervation of the heart with the
innervation of the arteries. -

5. Describe, with the aid of diagrams, the structure of
the suprarenal gland, and give a short account
of the action of its active principle.

6. Whatis meant by the term “‘nitrogen-equilibrium”?
Discuss the methods by which nitrogen leaves
the body.

MEDICAL COURSE.—SECOND DIVISION.
ANATOMY.

Time: 9.80 a.m. to 12.30 p.m.

The Oral List will be posted at the Registrar’s Office
and at the Anatomy Department.

: The Professor of Anatomy.
Examiners ““* ) Dr. G. C. Rennie.

1. Describe the male urethra. State how it differs,
anatomically and physiologically, from the female
urethra.

-570 EXAM. PAPERS. S8sUP. PASS, MARCH, 1907.

2. Give the place and mode of origin, place and mode
of termination, and the relations of the third
part of the subclavian artery. Describe, step by
step, the various structures which would be met
with in ligation of this part of the vessel. How
would the collateral circulation be carried on
after such an operation ?

3. At what joints do the movements of supination and
pronation occur? Give the class and sub-class
of these joints, the various muscles which produce
the movements, and the innervation of each
muscle concerned.

4, In what part of the brain is the Rolandic motor
area situated ? State how you would map this
area out on the living subject, and trace the
path of the Rolandic motor fibres downwards.

By Authority: J. Kuur, Acting Government Printer, Melbourne.

Digitized by Google

fee =

401145

HOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

ENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION PAPERS.

DECEMBER, 1906,

Melbourne
PRINTED FOR THE UNIVERSITY,
MY 3. KEMP, ACTING GOVERNMENT PRINTER,

1907.

PRICE ONE SHILLING.” 3 *

eo MR in
el — at mca

THE UNIVERSITY OF MELBOURNE.

PRRALDRALAAAALAAFL LALLA

JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION PAPERS.

DECEMBER, 1906.

Melbourne:
PRINTED FOR THE UNIVERSITY,
BY J. KEMP, ACTING GOVERNMENT PRINTER.

1907.
cHneR

CONTENTS.

JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

EXAMINATIONS.

Greek ; bes jet
Latin eee Ses sits roe
Algebra wig one wai ace
Geometry bes dah ka ie
English ... Seis Ris
History .. ve ee
French . ee tne

es Second Paper yes see oo
German .. sae ase see

a Second Paper ae Jaa

Arithmetic

Bookkeeping, Précis and Commercial Correspondence—

Paper A.—Bookkeeping
Paper B.—Précis and Commercial Correspondence

Paper C.—Test for Handwriting sali ee
eography re des sm — es
Chemistry soe wae die
Physics ...
Anatomy and Physiology .. wa sii
Botany ... ay ass aes
Drawing—
1. Practical Geometry ies ‘oa es
2. Freehand Drawing. a ie ‘we
3. Model Drawing... he wae Si
4. Elementary Perspective *.., si dee
Typewriting — Si wd wists oe

SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

Pass ExAaAMINATION—

Greek (Prepared Books). —First bid aa
Latin.—First Paper ... see
Greek.— Second Paper A ses

Page
5
8

12
14
16
19
23
27
29
32
34

36
39
50
52
53

CONTENTS.

Senrok Pusriic ExAMINATION.

Pass EXaAMINATION—continued. Page
Latin.—Second Paper an a ae 82
English.—First Paper rs des sai 85

es Second Paper aa sas sad 88
British History a say es bee 89
French.—First Paper... se ee Se 90

3 Second Paper _ sie ‘es 94
German,—First Paper one ne ~ 95

i. Second rave Ses nee ag 99 -
Chemistry ... we we ... 100
Physics aes sa ‘ee .. Il
Anatomy and Physiology sts sis -.. 102
Geography ... See ine yee .. 103
Algebra oi ai os ots .. 104
Geometry _... ‘es ae en .-. 107
Trigonometry ies ili sis ... 108
Botany oe ry se ie . Ill
Drawing—

1. Practical Geometry _.. se oo. =6.112
2. Drawing in Light and Shade ous .. 114
3. Perspective... iss ass coe «= o1:15
4. ee from Memory... oe wo. =:1:17

Honour ExaminaTion—
Greek (Translation of Prepared Books). —First

Paper eee a sia eos eee «6: 1118
Latin.—First Paper ... Se site . 123
Greek.—Second Paper avs wal .. 128
Latin.—Second Paper ada ses eee §«=«.:« 1
English.—Second a ne oe .. 183
British History als oats -- 185
French.—First Paper ... or re «.. 186
German.—First Paper $5 Ses . 140
Chemistry.—Second Paper... oa . 144
Physics sie Sis ‘a we «= 148
Anatomy and Physiology eve aoe coe =: 147
Mechanics ... wide re .. «=: 148
Algebra “ee ate Pee ies .. 151
Geometry ... dee Ses said oe «= 154
Trigonometry ove ous ove eee «=: 1 5
Botany 158

Drawing. 5. ‘Drawing ‘Plant Forms from Nature 159

JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL
EXAMINATIONS.

DECEMBER, 1906.

GREEK.
The Board of Examiners.

[Candidates must satisfy the Examiners in EACH par
of the paper.]

A.
1. Translate—

(@) Taira 6 Baatreve éroiet, kal ErepTe Tivag ayyed-
ovryrac roic Iépoace ra wapdyra abroicg Kana’ obfey
‘ ms , ve > , , , :
oe Cgov Tourwy Tey ayyéwr TaXwov Tpéxet
‘ ~ \ ~ iN ~ e
Sowy yap ipep@y éoriv i) aaa Oddc, TocovToL immoe
re kat Gvdpec Eoraou reraypévoe’ Kal rovtoveg ob
, 9 4 9 ‘ / ef \
vuderoc, ovK OuBpoc, ov vut KwAvEL, Wore ph
reNtoat TOY Opdpoy Tov eEmiTeraypévov’ G peV ‘yup
_ \ s \ > , ~ ,
mpérog dpapwy mapadiswar riy ayyeNay TO devrépy,
6 d& devrepog TP TpiTy, Kal ovTwe é¢ TO Tédog
agdekyetrat.

®. Translate into Greek—

(a) The best and wisest philosophers say, ‘‘ Do
not injure your morals (76 #00¢ in plur.) by
bets (epidoarc)”.

6 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

(6) If boys write their own language (= tongue)
as they pronounce (zpogépw) it, will they all
write and pronounce it in the same way ?

(d) You will find some of these words (= names)
in the book of Xenophon which you have
read (dvayryrwokw).

3. Write down the accus. sing., gen. sing., and dat.
plur. of—xiwy, dpvic, yépwv, wreyevc, Heap, Opie
Ouvyarnp ; and decline in all genders riBeic, yAuKic,
pellwy.

4. Compare—<crlyoe, pédac, aicypde, acbevic, KaKie.

5. State the principal parts of—inu, rivw, dOcipw
réuvw, ddioxopac; and write out the past tense
of olda, the pres. opt. active of didupr, and the
aor. pass. subjunct. of riuaw.

B.
1. Translate—
(a) Wadivog pév oO} pero Kai of avy abrg. of Oé€
\ e ~ : .
mapa Aptatov 7Kov, HpoxAije kal Xespicopoc’ Mévw v
dé abrov Epeve rapa ’Apraiy. ovroe d€ EXeyor Gre
‘ ~~” -~-
mo\Xoue gain O ’Aptatoc elvat [lépcac tavrov Bed-
riove, oc ovK ay avacyéoIae abrov BactdevorToC*
? ? 9 , , ef of ‘ ~~
GAN’ ei Bovrecbe cuvarcévar, Kev Hon Kedever THC
-t io. 9 \ , A \ 3 ¢ ? e \
vuxtog’ ei O€ pL, aUpioy Tp~ amévae gnoiv. 6 O€
KXéapyoc elev? “’AXN obrw xpi) roetv’ gay per
ijxwpev, Oameo Néyere’ Et O€ wy, mparrere OrOlov ay
c ~ o t , 99 ef \ UA
Te tity oinobe pardtora cupdépery.” 4 re d€ womjooe
OvOE TOUTOLC ELTE.

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 7

re (b) IIpdtevoc d€ 6 Bowrtoc ebOve pév peipanoy oy
éreOuper yevéoBar davijp ra peydda mparrey ixavdc’
kat dca ravrny Ty emiBupiay EdwxKE Topyig dpytproy
T™ Asovrivy. éret Oe oUvEYEVETO exelvy, ikavoc
H8n vopioas eivae xat Gpxeuv Kat gidog oy roic
maroc 17) Arraabat ebepyerar, HAGer eic ravrac
rac our Kipy mpacerc’ Kat pero Krhoeabar éx ToUTwy
évopa péya kai Ovvapevy peyadny kat Xph para
TOANG’ TOTOUTWY o érOupaey opddpa évdndor av cal
rouro elyev, ort rourwy obdev &y Bédot krGobat pera
ddexiac, G\A@ avy TO daly kai kadg wero Oety
ToUTwY Tuyxavey, &vev O€ rovTwY ph.

Explain—edracrai—zepi xdrA“Ooveary d&yopdv—oi
Epopor. Parse arnpeigOn.

3. Translate—

(a) XT. elwé Of viv pot TOOE

yuvaixa dappakic’ ci mpedpevocg Oerradhy,
kaBedor pe vUKTWp riy aeAnvyy, elra de
abriyy kaelipoacp’ éc Nogetor orpoyyvnov,
daonep karomrpoy, kara rnpolny txwy,—

2Q. ri dijra rovr’ Gy woEdHoetér a’ 5

aT. 6 re;
ra pnkér’ dvarédXot oeknyn pndapod,
ovk Gv anodoiny rove TOKOUG.

zQ. Ory Te ONS

XT. ore) Kara pijva rapyvpur davellerat.

(6) AM. pi oxorré p’, db’ rav, GAG por ra xphpara
Tov vioy amodouvac KéXEvoov araer,
&AAwe re pévroe Kai Kak@e weTpayore.
XT. ra roia ravra ypquaé’ ;
AM. acaveioaro.
ZT. Kaxwic dp’ bvyrwe eixec, Se y’ Epot doxeic.

8 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

AM. trmove éXavywy ékérecov vy rove Oeouc.
ST. ri dijra Anpeic. WoTwEp az’ Bvov Karareawr ;
AM. Anpé, ra ypnpar arodaPeiv ci Boddropac ;

4. Explain—évy re cat véa—oapgdpac—rpuraveia Ohow

—dnucrar—Sophists. Parse—-apidpevoc, dpet,
éteo.

5. What character does Xenophon give of Clearchus ?

6. Describe the ancient method of crossing a river
which had no bridge.

7. What do you know of Thales, Pericles, Socrates ?

LATIN.
The Board of Examiners.

Candidates must do satisfactory work in each Part of
the Paper.

Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be
taken into account throughout the Examination.

A,
1. Trans'ate into Latin—

The next year Pyrrhus came to Italy with a
large army. ‘The Roman army, which opposed
him, was defeated at Heraclea. But, although
Pyrrhus won the battle, he lost an immense
number of troops. It is said that he exclaimed

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 9

in the presence of his generals, ‘‘If I win many
such victories, I shall be ruined.” So, having
sent ambassadors to Rome, he tried to persuade
the senate to make peace. Cineas, one of the
ambassadors, was addressing the senate, when a
certain old Roman noble was carried into the
senate house (curia) by his slaves. This man,
already at the point of death, advised the senators
never to make peace while an enemy remained
in Italy.

%. Translate—

Post eum C. Hostilius Mancinus consul iterum —
cum Numantinis pacem fecit infamem, quam
populus et senatus iussit infringi atque ipsum
Mancinum hostibus tradi, ut in illo, quem auc-
torem foederis putabant, iniuriam soluti foederis
punirent. Post tantam igitur ignominiam, qua
a Numantinis bis Romani exercitus superati
erant, P. Scipio Africanus secundo consul factus
et ad Numantiam missus est. Is primum militem
vitiosum et ignavum exercendo magis quam
puniendo sine ulla acerbitate correxit, tum multas
Hispaniae civitates partim cepit, partim in dedi-
tionem accepit, postremo ipsam Numantiam diu
obsessam fame contecit et a solo evertit, reliquam
provinciam in fidem accepit.

3. Decline—grex, vectigal, porticus, canis, bos; also
—solus, felix, sospes, idem, aliquis.

4. Compare dissimilis, celeriter, and give the Latin
tor 18, 80, 800, 50 each, 6 times.

5. Give the gender, meaning, ablative singular and
genitive plural of—dedecus, frons (frondis), mus,
nix, cupido.

10 sUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

6. Give in full—

(a)
(0)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(9)

The Imperative Passive of fero.

The Future Indicative of possum.

The Present Subjunctive of malo.

The Future Perfect Indicative Passive of fero.
The Perfect Subjunctive Active of recipio.

The Perfect Indicative Active of abeo.

The Present Indicative of nolo.

7. Give the principal parts of—lugeo, insero, comburo,

excudo, sarcio, ordior.

8. Give, with the meaning, the Perfect and Future

Infinitive, both Active and Passive, of moveo.

1. Translate, parsing fully in the margin, all words

(a)

italicised—

Nec dubiis ea signa dedit Tritonia monstris.
Vix positum castris simulacrum: arsere coruscae
Luminibus flammae arrectis, salsusque per artus
Sudor iit, terque ipsa solo (mirabile dictu),
Emicuit, parmamque ferens hastamque tre-
mentem.
Extemplo temptanda fuga canit aequora
Calchas ;
Nec posse Argolicis exscindi Pergama teiis,
Omina ni repetant Argis, numenque reducant,
Quod pelago et curvis secum avexere carinis.
Et nunc, quod patrias vento petiere Mycenas,

()

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 11

Arma deosque parant comites, pelagoque
remenso
Improvisi aderunt.

Scan the first line, and state by whom and

under what circumstances the above lines were
spoken. :

(0) -

| Ferimur per opaca locorum ;
Et me, quem dudum non ulla iniecta movebunt
Tela, neque adverso glomerat: ex agmine Grai,
Nunc omnes terrent aurae, sonus excitat omnis
Suspensum et pariter comitique onerique
timentem.
Iamque propinquabam portis, omnemque vide-
ar
Evasisse viam, subito cum creber ad aures
Visus adesse pedum sonitus, genitorque per
umbram
Prospiciens, “ Nate,” exclamat, “‘fuge, nate ;
propinquant ;
Ardentes clipeos atque aera micantia cerno.”
Hic mihi nescio quod trepido male numen
amicum
Confusam eripuit mentem.

His constitutis rebus et consilio cum legatis et

quaestore communicato, ne quem diem pugnae
praetermitteret, opportunissime res accidit, quod
postridie eius diel mane eadem et perfidia et
simulatione ust Germani frequentes omnibus
principibus maioribusque natu adhibitis ad eum
in castra venerunt, simul, et dicebatur, sué pur-
gandi causa, quod contra, atque esset dictum et
ipsi petissent, proelium pridie commisissent,
simul ut, si quid possent, de indutiis fallendo
impetrarent.

12 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

(d) Cum paulo longius a castris processisset, suos
ab hostibus premi atque aegre sustinere et con-
ferta legione ex omnibus partibus tela conici
animadvertit. Nam quod omni ex reliquis par-
tibus demesso frumento pars una erat reliqua,
suspicati hostes huc nostros esse venturos noctu
in silvis delitwerant ; tum dispersos depositis

armis in metendo occupatos subito adort: paucis
interfectis reliquos incertis ordinibus perturba-
verant, simul equitatu atque essedis circum-
dederant. |

2. Explain — anima litandum Argolica, ad latus
hostium apertum constitui.

3. Draw a map showing the position of the Menapii,
Suebi, Ubii, Sugambri, Morini, and Tencteri.
State very briefly what you know of the Menapii
and Sugambri.

ALGEBRA.

The Board of Exammers.

Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be
taken into account throughout the Examination.

1. Reduce to their lowest terms—
(i) x — 20? + 30 — 2

we? — 44? + dr — 2

(ii) (a + b)° + (e+ d)*

(atc)? + (b+ a)’

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 18

. Simplify
b+c ota ats
b—c e—a a—b
4 (6 + €) (6 + a) (a + b)

(6 —c) (ec — a) (a— 5)

. Solve the equations

xv iy _ |
fie beet!

a(e@—c)+b0(y¥—c)= a? + B?,
. Solve the equation

ee eee
phase gtp—an
. Solve the equations

e+y=at+b

ax* + by? = ab (a + 5).

. Show how to solve graphically the equations
vw+tyma,ry—b.
Find the condition that the two solutions may
be identical.

. Simplify

Vat+bt+Va—b Va+b—Va—sd
Varb—Va—b Vatb+ Va—d’
and verify the result when a = 17, 6= 8.

. Find a number such that the same result is
obtained whether we multiply it by @ and ‘add

b to the product, or multiply it by 6 and add a
to the product.

14. JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

9. State and prove the formule for the x“ term, and
for the sum of m terms of an arithmetical pro-
gression. SS

There are 21 stones in a row, at intervals of 3
yards. How far must a boy travel, starting from
the middle, in order to bring them all, one by
one, to the middle one ?

GEOMETRY.
The Board of Exanviners.

Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be
taken into account throughout the Examination.

1. Prove that if two angles of a triangle are equal
the sides opposite to them are equal.

2. Prove that the three angles of any triangle are
equal to two right angles.

3. Employ the foregoing propositions to prove that if
O be the centre of two concentric circles, ABC,
A'B'C, and if any three radii OA, OB, OC of
the one are produced to meet the circumference
of the other in A’, B’, C’, respectively, then the
angles of the triangle A’B’C’ are respectively
equal to those of the triangle ABC.

4. Prove by dissection that the square on the hypo-
tenuse of a right-angled triangle is equal to the
sum of the squares on the other two sides.

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 15

5. Give the enunciation and the proof of the geome-
trical theorem which is expressed algebraically
by the identity (a — b)? = a? + 6? — 2abd.

6. Divide a given straight line in medial section, and
prove the construction.

7. Define a tangent to a circle, and prove that the
tangent at any point is at right angles to the
radius drawn from that point.

feo)

. Show how to draw a common tangent to two
circles which intersect, proving the truth of the
construction.

9. Prove that angles in the same segment of a circle
are equal.

State and prove the converse of this.

10. If two chords of a circle intersect outside the
circle, show that the rectangle contained by the
segments of the one chord will be equal to that
contained by the segments of the other.

Describe a circle which shall touch a given
straight line and pass through two given points,
both lying on the same side of the straight line.
How many such circles can in general be drawn ?
and in what case is it possible to draw only
one?

11. Upon a straight line, 2 inches long, construct
a square; and then construct an equilateral
triangle which shall be equal to the square in
area.

16 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

ENGLISH.
The Board of Examiners.

Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be
taken into account throughout the Examination.

Part I.
1. Write an essay on “‘ Summer in Australia.”

2. State clearly in what respects (if any) each of the
following sentences is faulty, and show how it
may be improved :— |

(a) You may rely upon me doing all in my power.

(6) What other power could or ever has produced
such changes ?

(d) I do not deny that in this, as in all moral
principles, there may not be found exceptions.
(e) ‘This, as you know, was a burning question ;
ara its unseasonable introduction threw a chill

cp the spirits of all our party.

(7) Lord Rosebery has not budged from his position
_ of lonely isolation.

3. Explain briefly what is meant by the following
terms :— ,
(a) Co-ordinative conjunction, (6) relative pronoun
(c) factitive verb, (2) nominative absolute.
Give an example in each case.

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 17

4. Analyse—

(a) At length, as the Goddess of Truth approached
still nearer to her, she fell away entirely, and
vanished amidst the brightness of her presence,
so that there did not remain the least trace of
her figure in the place where she had been seen.

(6) You must not dare, for shame, to talk of mercy ;
For your own reasons turn into your bosoms,
As dogs upon their masters, worrying you.

Part II.

5. Indicate the source, and explain the meaning
of the following :—

(a) If Jonson’s learned sock be on.

(b) Lausanne! and Ferney! ye have been the
~ abodes
Of names which unto you bequeath’d a name.

(c) Or mythic Uther’s deeply-wounded son
. In some fair space of sloping greens,
Lay, dozing in the vale of Avalon,
And watch’d by weeping queens.

(d) Plato the wise, and large-brow’d Verulam,
The first of those who know. ~

(e) . . . . . the giant crew, —
Who sought to pull high Jove from regal state,

6. “The prince . . . went away, convinced of
the emptiness of rhetorical sgunds, and the
inefficacy of polished periods and studied sen-
tences.” Describe the incident which led Rasselas
to this conclusion.

18 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

7. “False Humour differs from the Zrue, as a
monkey does from a man.” What qualities
of False Humour does Addison mention in
support of this statement ?

8. Explain the following allusions:—(a) A story
out of Joe Miller; (4) that ancient potentate, the
Lord of Misrule; (c) Belshazzar’s parade of the
vessels of the temple; (d) a collection of
Holbein’s portraits; (e) the mock fairies about
Falstaff.

9. (a) What is the meaning of the word humvur as
generally understaod at the present time? Men-
tion some of its earlier meanings.

(6) What is the subject of Milton’s L’ Allegro?

10. Describe the parts played, in Henry V., by the
following characters :—Fluellen, Lord Scroop,
Katharine.

11. Write out from memory—
(a) From “Tower’d cities” to “.... all com-

mend.”

(6) Four lines, beginning ‘ Meantime unnum-
ber’d ... .”

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 19

HISTORY.

N.B.—Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will
be taken into account throughout the Examination.

The Board of Examiners.

Candidates for the Junior PusBLic EXAMINATION are to
select any Two, but not more, of the Fiver following
periods.

Candidates forthe JuNIong COMMEROIAL EXAMINATION are to
select any Two, but not more, of the First TuHree of
the following periods.

A.—BritisH To 1509.

1. Write brief notes on the following :—Battle of
Barnet ; Dunstan; Henry the First’s Charter
of Liberties; Star Chamber; Statute of
Mortmain; Watling Street.

2. Where are the following places, and why are they
historically notable :—Anjou ; Bannockburn ;
Deorham; Runnymede; Stamford Bridge;
Wedmore ?

3. What reasons would you give for the success of
the Normans in their invasion of England ?

4. Give some account of the Mendicant Friars, and of
their work in England within this period.

5. Write an account of the reign of Edward the
Second.

6. Give some account of the discoveries made in the
fifteenth century.
B2

20 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND: JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

B.—Britise (1509 To 1714).

1. Write brief notes on the following :—Glencoe ;
‘The O’Neilla; The Puritans; Shaftesbury ; War
of the Spanish Succession ; Wentworth.

2. Give some account of the character and the policy
of the Protector Somerset.

3. Explain and illustrate the growth of wealth in
England in the reign of Elizabeth.

4. Write a short account of Oliver Cromwell's
Protectorate.

5. Write a short account of the contests with Halland
within this period.
6. (a) Give a short account of the Revolution of 1688

(6) What was the object of William’s campaigns.
in Ireland ?

C.—BritisH (1714 To 1901).

1. Write brief notes on the following :— Bolingbroke :
Caroline of Anspach; The Cotton Famine; The
Crimean War ; The Gordon Riots; The Reform
of the Calendar.

2. Write an account of the character and the policy of
Walpole.

8. Write an account of the Sevem Years’ War.

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 21

. In what year, and in what circumstances, was the

Peace of Amiens brewzht about ? Why does it
mark an epoch in the Revolutionary War ?

. Trace briefly the history of New South Wales to the

accession of Queen Victoria.

. Write a short account of the public career of Mr.

Gladstone.

D.—Roman.

. Why was the Republic established ?

. Draw tothe full size of your paper a rough map of

the Mediterranean. Mark upon it the position
of Actium, Alexandria, Capua, Carthage, Cilicia,
Mylae. Give.a short.account of the historical
events with which each of these places is
associated. |

. Why is each of the following dates memorable in

in Roman history :—B.c. 241, 133, 63, 48, 31,
A.D. 14?

. Distinguish between the aims and the policy of

Tiberius and of Gaius Gracchus.

. Describe very briefly the career of Gneeus Pompeius

Magnus.

. State what you know of the great Roman Roads,

their course, and their importance in history and
in government

to
to

JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

E.—GRECIAN.

1. Where were the following places, and why are they
historically noteworthy :—Delphi, Eurymedon.
Ithome, Plataea, Syracuse, Tanagra ?

2. Why are the following dates memorable in Grecian
history :—B.c. 683, 560, 490, 430, 404, 336 ?

3. What do you know of each of the following persons :
— Callicratidus, Cimon, Histizeus, Lamachus,
Myronides, Theramenes ?

4. Explain the following terms :—Cleruchy, Naucrary,
Oekist, Pentacosiomedimni, Periceci, Thesmo-
thetae.

5. Trace the history of the Delian Confederacy.

6. Give some account of the domestic and of the public
policy of Pericles.

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 23

FRENCH.
The Board of Examiners.

Candidates must satisfy the Examiners in EACH
division of the paper.

Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be
taken into account throughout the Examination.

TRANSLATION.

1. Translate into idiomatic English—

(a) Pierrette eut un maitre d’écriture. Elle
dut apprendre & lire, & écrire et A compter.
L’éducation de la jeane fille produisit d’immenses
dégAts dans la maison. Ce fut l’encre sur les
tables, sur les meubles, sur les vétements ;
puis les cahiers d’écriture, les plumes égarées
partout, la poudre sur les étoffes, les livres
déchirés pendant qu'elle apprenait ses legons.
On lui parlait déja de la nécessité de gagner
son pain, de n’étre A charge & personne.

Batzac.
(6) ** Je vais vous montrer, dit le vieux, c’est
la-bas, au fond . . . . . derriére la
grange

“ Non, restez,” répondit l’oncle ; ‘il fait froid,
vous étes vieux ; votre fils nous montrera cela.”
Mais le fils, aprés avoir découvert le soldat,
s'était sauvé.

°4 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

Le vieux marcha devant. Nous suivions & la
file. I] faisait extrémement froid dans |’allée.
En passant, nous vimes ?’étable éclairée par une
vitre dans le toit, cing chévres qui nous
regardérent de leurs yeux done puis l’écurie, les
deux boeufs et la vache qui se retournérent en
silence. Plus loin nous arrivames & la grange,
basse, encombrée de paille et de foin jusqu’au
toit. Tout au fond nous vimes une fenétre
bleuftre, donnant sur le jardin; deux grand tas
de fagots rangés contre le mur recevaient sa
lumiére; plus bas tout était sombre. Dans la
fenétre se tenaient un cog et deux ou trois
poules, la téte sous l’aile, se détachant en noir
sur cette lumiére.

ERCKMANN-CHATRIAN.

(c) Alors d’une chose & autre, i1 se mit 4 nous
aed de la langue francaise, disant que c’était
a plus belle langue du monde, la plus claire, la
plus solide: qu’il fallait la garder entre nous et
ne jamais l’oublier, parceque quand un peuple
tombe esclave, tant qu’il tient biensa langue,
c'est comme s'il tenait la clef de sa prison
- . . . . « Puis il prit un livre d’histoire
et nous lut notre lecon.

A. DaupveET.

GRAMMAR AND CoMPOSITION.
2. Translate—
I prefer Spring and Autumn to Summer and
Winter ; °
In the first season the country ts beautiful im
Victoria ;

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 25

The woods are full of flowers ;

The bards are busy making their nests ,
The weather ts not too warm yet ;
People take long walks.

$. Pat into the plural the words in italics in the
following expressions :—

La cité est trés peuplée ; le commergant se
rend le matin de bonne heure & son bureau ;
il travaille jusqu’au soir; alors da ville est
éclairée 2 Vélectricité; Touvrier reprend le
chemin de la maison ; celut-ci a sa bicyclette ;
celui-la va par le tramway; un autre enfin a
un billet & prix réduit sur le chemin de fer.

4. Give the masculine and the meaning of—

Gouvernante, porteuse, méchante, oisive, im-
peratrice, grasse, caduque, tierce, maligne.

. Place the right definite article befure each of the
following nouns, and give their meaniny in
English :—Surface, muraille, fustl, monde,
mendunt, départ, valeur, déjeuner, lit, sucre.

6. Translate—

Lum going ; he was fearing; known ; should I
speck ? that they might wish ; twenty years ago;
the 1ith of August ; Xmas; Friday night ; a
quarter past three.

. Conjugate—

(a@) negatively (the whole tense) botrai-je ?
(5) interrogatively (the whole tense) je ves.

26 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

8. Translate—

(a) Winter in an English country means
generally a gloomy sky stretching over the
deserted plain. The ground is covered with
snow; the boughs of the leafless trees with
frost. The north wind has withered! all the
flowers and grass. The whole country, formerly
so pleasant and animated, seems now ‘to be
without life. People keep indoors? as much
as possible ; it is so cold outside.

(6) His house consisted of but one story, and —
was covered with thatch’, which gave it an air of
great comfort. The walls in the inside were
nicely whitewashed‘, and his daughters under-
took to adorn them with pictures done by them-
selves. Nothing could exceed the neatness of
the little front garden.

] flétri *chez eux %chaume * blanchis a la colle.

N.B.—A second paper will follow for can-
didates for the Junior Commercial Examination.

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 27

FRENCH.—Srconp Paper.
(JUNIOR COMMERCIAL EXAMINATION ONLY.)
Time: One hour and a half.

The Board of Examiners,

Candidates must satisfy the Examiners in EACH part
of the Paper.

Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be
taken into account throughout the Examination.

C.
1. Traduisez—
Marseille, 12 Juin/06.
Monsieur P. Lamartine,

Melbourne.

J’ai joint dans ma derniére lettre tous les
renseignements que vous m’aviez demandés au
sujet de l’avenir du coton en France.

Je désire maintenant y ajouter ce qui suit.

Jusqu’A présent les manufactures de la France,
d’ailleurs trés nombreuses, ont été tributaires

- des colonies anglaises et de “Heypte pour le
dad que ne peuvent fournir les Etats-Unis,
malgré leur immense production. Aujourd’hui

on parle sérieusement de faire produire aux
colonies francaises le coton nécessaire a cette
industrie qui occupe en France quatre régions
différentes et qui, en Normandie seulement,
procure du travail & plus de 100,000 ouvriers.

23 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

Les Antilles frangaises, l’Algérie, Madagascar
et quelques parties du Sénégal jouissent d’un
climat entiérement favorable a la culture du
coton. Des expériences antérieures ont d’ailleurs
déj&é donné des résultats trés satisfaisants. En
Algérie, par exemple, pendant la guerre de
Sécession, on a produit plus de 800,000 kilo-
grammes de coton.

J’arriverai au Havre le 25 de ce mois et vous
tiendrai immédiatement au courant de l’état du
murché. Dans “la Revue Commerciale” de
cette ville, en date du ler Juin, je vois que les
arrivages de la semaine (250 balles) ont & peine
dépassé les ventes (237 balles). Le stock sur
place doit donc étre insignifiant, si mes derniers
renseignements sont exacts.

Je vous salue bien sincérement,
M. LAMIRAULT.

2. -Vot to be translated into French.

A Melbourne firm advertises that a lucrative
position in their office can be secured by any
young man able to keep a correspondence in
French. The firm is exporting Australian pro-
duce, and a knowledge of such # business is sup-
posed to be required from the successful applicant.

' The applications areto be made in writing and
m French.

Write, in French, a short application, in which
you offer your services, stating your age,
previous experience, knowledge of French,
and of the goods exported by the firm. {In this
letter make use of the terms, headings, and
endings generally employed in French com-
mercial correspondence,

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 29

GERMAN.
The Board of Examiner's.

Candidates must satisfy the Examiners in EACH part
of the Paper.

Handwriting, spelling, and general intelligence will be
taken into account throughout the Examination.

A.—TRANSLATION.

1. Translate into English—

Man hatte einem Bauern sein Pferd aus dem
Stalle gestohlen. Kurze Zeit darauf ging er auf
den Markt. Wie erstaunte er, als er sein Pferd
in den Hénden eines unbekannten Mannes sah !
Schnell ergriff er den Ziigel des Pterdes und
rief laut: ‘“‘ Das ist mein Pferd; vorige Woche
hat man es mir gestohlen.” Der Unbekannte
sagte ruhig: “Sie irren sich, lieber Freund.
Dieses Pferd gehért mir und mag wohl
dem Ihren fhnlich sein.” Da _ hielt der
Bauer dem Pferde beide Augen zu und sagte:
‘Wenn das Pferd Ihnen gehért, so sagen Sie
mir doch, auf welchem Auge es blind ist.”
Jener erwiderte schnell: ‘Auf dem rechten
Auge.” “Sie sehen wohl, dass Sie es nicht
wissen!” rief der Bauer, indem er das rechte
Auge zeigte. ‘Nein, ich habe mich nar ver-
sprochen ; ich meinte: auf dem linken Auge,”
entgegnete der Fremde. Nun deckte der Bauer
auch das linke Auge auf und sprach: “Jetzt ist
es klar, dass du ein Dieb und Liigner bist. Das

390 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

Pferd ist auf keinem Auge blind.” Alle Um-
stehenden lachten und riefen: ‘Der Dieb ist
ertappt!” (caught). Er wurde verhaftet, ins
Gefingnis gefiihrt und hestraft.

2. Translate into English—
Liebe Schwester !

Jetzt bin ich schon zehn Monate hier auf der
Schule, und will versuchen, Dir einen deutschen
Brief zu schreiben. Ich lerne diese Sprache mit
grossem Eiter und habe gute Fortschritte darin
gemacht.

Das Leben in unserer Pension (boarding-
school) ist sehr angenehm; doch haben wir
viel zu arbeiten und miissen fleissig sein. Wir
stehen sehr triih auf, und beginnen unsere
Arbeiten um 7 Uhr. Der Unterricht datert bis
in den Nachmittag. Wenn wir fertig sind und
die Biicher fortgelegt haben, gehen wir epazieren
oder schwimmen in dem kleinen Fluss, der durch
diese Stadt fliesst. Aber wir miissen piinktlich
um 7 zuriickkebren. Dann essen wir unser
Abendbrot und gehen bald nach 9 Uhr zu Bett.

Ich muss aufhGren, denn es lautet eben zum
Friihstiick. Schreibe mir bald; ich méchte
gern wissen, wie es euch allen zuheuse geht.

B.—ComPosITION AND GRAMMAR.

3. Translate into idiomatic German—

You tell me you want to have a description

. (Beschreibung) of our quarters (Haus) here in
Dresden. We do not live in the centre of the
town, bat in a suburb (Vorstadt), where there is
not so much noise. From our windows on the
first floor we can see the Elbe, and often watch

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 31

(beobachten) the pretty boats and steamers as
they go up or down the stream. The right
bank of the river is higher than the left and is
covered with woods. But now it is not so fine
as in summer. ‘The trees have lost their
leaves, and it is very. cold. Several times
the whole landscape (ZLandschaft) has been
covered with snow; but we have not had any
skating (Schlittschuhlaufen) yet; the ice has
never been thick enough.

4. Give, with the definite article, the genitive singular
and the nominative plural of— Bauer, Stall, Pferd,
Mann, Ziigel, Dieb, Gefiingnis, Sprache, Pen-
sion, Uhr, Mittag, Fluss, Bett, Brot, Stiick,
Stadt.

9. Give the second person singular of the indicative
present and imperfect, and also the past
participle, of the following verbs occurring in
Questions Nos. 1 and 2—gestohlen, ging, sah,
ergriff, rief, hielt, wissen, versprochen, essen.

6. Give the German for—

The day before yesterday ; to-morrow morning ;
last year; I have not seen him for a fortnight ;
a year and a half ago; at a quarter to 9 o’clock.

-?. Re-write the following sentences, completing all
words the ending of which is omitted, and
translate them into English :—

Was wollen Sie trinken: kalt
frisch Milch oder alt Wein ?

Das Buch liegt auf d Tisch, zwischen
d Lampe und d—— Tintenfass.

Welch Haus hast du lieber: euer——
elgen—— oder unser ?

Wasser,

32 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

8. Translate—

I write a letter; I read it through once
more; I put it into an envelope; I address it;
I go to the post-office; I buy a stamp; I stick
it on the envelope; I throw the letter into the
box.

N.B.—A second paper will follow for candidates for
the Junior Commercial Examination.

GERMAN.—Seconp Paper.
(JUNIOR COMMERCIAL EXAMINATION ONLY.)
Time: One hour and a half.

The Board of Examiners.

Candidates must satisfy the Bxamimers iz EACH part of
the Paper.

Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be
taken into account throughout the Examination.

C.—CoMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE.

1. Translate into English—
Herrn W. Steintal in Hamburg.
Berlin, den 2 ten Mirz, 1906.
Sehr geehrter Herr !

Eine seit kurzem in Hamburg etablierte Hand-
lung, deren Namen Sie unterhalb dieses Briefes
vermerkt finden, hat eine ziemlich bedeutende |

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 33

Quantitaét Waren bei uns bestellt. Auf unsere
Erkundigungen bei hiesigen Hiéusern erhielten
wir die Auskunft, dass ihres Wissens keiner der
drei Associés ein grdsseres Vermégen besitze,
und tragen daher Bedenken, den Auftrag, der
sich a mehrere tausend Mark belauft, auszu-
fiihren. Ohne Zweifel ist Ihnen etwas Zuverlas- -
sigres tiber die Verhaltnisse dieser Herren bekannt.
Wir wiren Ihnen dankbar, wenn Sie uns davon
Mitteilung machen und gleichzeitig sagen woll-
ten, ob Sie es fiir geraten halten, denselben einen
grésseren Kredit zu bewilligen. Von Ihrer
Auskunft werden wir den vorsichtigsten Gebrauch
machen:

Zu Gegendiensten gern bereit
zeichnen wir hochachtend und ergebenst

M. Reinardt & Co.

2. To the letter given in Question No. 1, write a reply,
in German, stating, after the usual introduction,
that you are glad to give the information asked
for; that the firm in question is carried on by
three brothers belonging to a well-known and
respected (geachtet) family; that one of them
has been for four years a clerk in your own
business, and that you have a very good opinion
of him, as syoryhody has who knows him ; that
they certainly have not a large capital, but never-
theless deserve every confidence (Vertrauen n.).
Conclude with the request to treat this reply as
confidential and to use it with caution (Vorsicht) |

34 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

ARITHMETIC.

The Board of Examvwners.

. Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be
taken iuto account throughout the Examination.

1. Find the value of the following expression, correct
to seven places of decimals, without unnecessary

arithmetic :—
] l 1
I — ge F gr Ri aT x 52 x 72
is 1

8? x 62 x 72 x 92

2. Find the prime factors, H.C.F. and L.C.M. of
13167 and 5355.
Simplify—
47 — 34 of 3
‘6 of yoy + 14H

3. Find, by graphic arithmetic, the value of

| V3 — vB.
(Unit, 2 inches or 5 centimetres.)

4, An iron sphere has a radius of 25:47 centimetres ;
the mass of 1c. cm. of the iron is 7'561 grammes.
Determine—using contracted multiplication—the
mass of the sphere in kilogrammes, correct to
one-tenth of a kilogramme.

5. Find the rent of 25 acres 3 sq. chains 60 sq.
yards of land at £5 6s. 8d. per acre.

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 35

6. A sum of money, allowed to accumulate for
4 years at 74 per cent., compound interest,
amounts at the end of the period to £1,849.
What was the original sum ? What would the
amount have been if simple interest had been
added instead of compound ?

7. £1,550 is invested in stock at 773; #500 stock
is sold at 844 and the rest at 73; the brokerage
on each of the three transactions is th per cent.
Find the investor’s net gain or loss, and the
amount of the broker’s bill ?

8. A grocer mixes three kinds of tea at 1s. 3d., 1s. 6d.,
and 1s. 9d. per lb. respectively. If he uses equal
parts of the first and second kinds, how much in
proportion must he add of the third in order to
to muke a profit of 25 per cent. by selling the
mixture at £11 1s. 8d. per cwt. ?

9. A and B enter into partnership, each contributing
£800 capital; C joins them five months after-
wards, contributing £400; three months later
B withdraws his capital. The profits at the end
of the year amount to £97 6s.7d. What should
each receive ?

10. The true discount on a four months’ bill at 73 per
cent. per annum is £4 7s. 6d. For what amount
was the bill drawn, and what is the banker’s
discount on it for the same period and rate ?

30 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

BOOKKEEPING, PRECIS AND COMMERCIAL
CORRESPONDENCE.

(JUNIOR COMMERCIAL EXAMINATION ONLY.)

N.B.—Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will
be taken into account throughout the Examination.

Paper A.—BooKKEEPING.
The Board of Examiners.

All Candidates must attempt questions 1 and 2; they are also
required to answer any TWO, but not more than two, of the
questions numbered 3 to 6.

1. The Balance-sheet of Messrs. Murdstone and Grinby, of
London, Wine Merchants, stood at 31 December, 1849,

as follows :—
LIABILITIES.
Capital—Edward Murdstone ge oe. £2,440°
James Grinby .. -. 1,220
Sundry Creditors—Thomas Grayper £170
Dr. Chillip ... 180
——— 350
- Bills Payable—No. 123, S. Bodgers 500
ee £4,510
ASSETS.
National Provincial Bank of Enelne ... £3,000
Wine .. ge ... 1,000
Sundry Debtors—R. Quinion .. £100
. Gummidge .. 200
Daniel Peggotty 200 a
—_ 5
Bills Receivable—No. 254, H. Barkis set 10

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 37

The firm’s books had been kept by single entry to
the date of the Balance-sheet, but the partners desire
that a proper system of Bookkeeping shall be begun
with the New Year. You are therefore required to
make the necessary opening entries in the books,
showing all entries in full.

2. The following are the transactions of the above-named
firm for the month of January, 1850 :—

(Norg.—All moneys received are paid into and all
moneys paid away are drawn out of the Bank. )
1850. £

Jan. 3 Bought of C. Mell, wine as per invoice, 600
accepted his draft at 30 days for
the amount

4 Paid S. Bodgers, B.P. No. 123 .. 500
5 Paid Thomas Grayper ar .. 170
6 Received from R. Quinion ee 100

Sold to S. Bodgers, wine as per invoice 350
7 Received from S. Bodgers, in pet pay-
ment for wine, cash 20¢
And J. Fibbitson’s P.N. (No. 255) for
balance, the P.N. being payable on 22
January
10 Bought of K. re wine as per
invoice ... 1,000
11 Paid K. Creakle in part payment for
wine 495
and were allowed discount on such pay-
ment... 5
Gave K. Creakle our P.N. at 3 months
for balance with interest added at
5 per cent. per annum
' 12 Received from George Demple, of Paris,
consignment of brandy for his account

and risk. Brandy invoiced at ... 1,200
Paid duty thereon ... sae ... 1,200
Paid landing charges 100

13 Sold to C. Mell part of consignment of

brandy for cash ... . 800

14 Accepted George Demple’ 8 draft, dated
10th January, at 2 m/s. ___... 800

38 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

1850. £
Jan. 15 Sold to R. Quinion part of Demple’s
consignment 1,600
ar colt balance thereof to S. Bodgers
1,200
600

R. sOuiitn pays on a/c sale of brandy
and gives us his P.N. at 2 months for
the balance, the agreement that

we shall discount the P.N. with our

Bankers and charge the discount to
his a/c. Discounted same accordingly,
and were charged 5 per cent. per
annum discount. ur bankers
credit us with proceeds

16 Made up A/S for Geo. ab igs charging
= ae 5 fra ; Commis-

2% per cent.; Del Craicre, 2% per
cont Cooperage and Casks, £15;
e and Freight, £10
Pact from R. Quinion, cheque for
amount of discount on his P.

22 J. Fibbitson’s P.N. is returned dis-

honoured.

26 Consigned to New York to Jefferson
Brick for our a/c and risk, wine
invoiced at

And paid cartage and freight thereon ..

Insured consignment with Lloyds for
£600, at £2 per cent., the premium
being credited to Lloyd’s a/c.

28 Drew on Jefferson Brick, at 1 m/s for
£400 on ajc consignment, and were
charged } per cent. eee

31 Paid 1 months’ rent ‘ge 10

Paid salaries of clerks sae 15

Enter the above in the proper books.
Balance all books, and take out Trial balance.

3 What do you understand by the following :—When a
document is referred to illustrate your answer by an
example :—

(a) Pay-in slip. (2) Cheque.

(6) E. and O.E. (ec) Demurrage.

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 39

4. Draw out tn full—
(a) The P.N. referred to in Question 2, under date
11 January.
(b) The A/S referred to in Question 2, under date
16 January.

5. Give a list of Books used in a Merchant’s office, and
describe shortly the use of any 7'wo of them.

6. A merchant issues about 30 cheques daily, and at the end
of each month there are usually about 50 cheques
which have not been presented for payment. How
would you deal with the outstanding cheques at the
end of the month, and what steps would you take to
verify their amount ?

BOOKKEEPING, PRECIS AND COMMERCIAL
CORRESPONDENCE.

(JUNIOR COMMERCIAL EXAMINATION ONLY.).

N.B. —Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence
will be taken into account throughout the Examination.

Paper B.—Pricis aNnD COMMERCIAL
CORRESPONDENCE.

The Board of Examiners.

1. Prepare a digest (not exceeding in length one page of
foelscap) of the following speech :—

Mr. Allan McLean, leader of the Victorian anti-
socialist party in the House of Representatives,
addressed a meeting of his constituents in the Victoria
Hall, Sale, to-night. The Mayor (Councillor J. W.
Walden) occupied the chair. There were about 500
persons present, a large proportion being ladies.

40 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

Mr. McLean, who on rising was received with cheers,
said :—Whatever may be the result of the present elec-
tion, I shall never forget the generous manner in which
you have treated me in the past. I regret that at the
outset I have to refer to a rather disagreeable matter,
but it is better that everything should be cleared up.
A report is being circulated throughout Gippsland that
I do not intend to seek re-election, but that I intend to
withhold the knowledge from my constituents until
the last moment, sat that then my son would be
nominated for Parliament instead of myself. In a dis-
trict where I have spent the whole of my life, I am
sorry that even one individual should chink, I would be
capable of an act so unworthy of the confidence you
have reposed in me. When I decide to retire from
Parliament—and probably the time may not be far
distant—you will be the first people taken into my
confidence, a ample time for a suitable successor to be
appointed. I shall be no party to foist any nominee on
the district, either my own or any other man’sson. I
consider the trust you have reposed in me a sacred
privilege, and I have tried to deserve it. I was
told several weeks ago that if I would come forward as
a supporter of the present Ministry I would be
accorded a walk-over. Now, inmy physical condition
you can easily understand that a walk-over would be
very welcome, but I would not be doing my duty to
you or the Commonwealth if I followed such a sugges-
tion. When I was offered assistance by a number of
leading politicians who told me that, as I would be
unable to visit every part of my electorate, they would
be glad to speak for me, I felt like my countryman,

Rhoderic Dhu, who would ‘‘not seek one clansman’s
brand for aid against a valiant hand.” Iam quite
willing to concede to my opponent the advantages
accruing from visiting all parts of the district, and I
intend to fight this contest man to man and steel to
steel. In previous contestsI have never felt it necessary
to refer to any word or act ot my opponent unless I
met him on the same platform. Unfortunately, some
statements were made the other evening that place me
in an altogether false position. If I were the only one
affected I would let it pass, as I have always done in
the past, but there are eight or nine other protectionists
4

a Wilienaall

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 4]

sitting with me. In justice to them I must correct
some of those statements. But I will not say more
than absolutely necessary to clear myself, and I shall
make no attack on my opponent. Mr. Wise is reported
to have said—‘‘I am a good fighter. At political
times I can hit hard, and take a lot of hard knocks,
but they must be true. I abominate the liar. The
worst things to defend oneself against are the lies of an
enemy. You have known me, and have never known me
telling a deliberate lie.” I am bound to accept that
statement, and to believe that, like his illustrious
namesake, George Washington, he had never told a lie
to that moment; but I have to regret to draw your
attention to the fact that it was not many seconds later
when he started to put up a fairly good record.
(Applause and laughter.) That is assuming that the
report is correct. Mr. Wise is also reported to have
said—‘‘ Mr. McLean followed Mr. Reid, and Mr. McCay
followed Mr. McLean.” Now that places me ina false
position. I have never said at any time, or given any
colour to the imputation, that I followed Mr. Reid.
Iam perfectly certain Mr Reid never said so.

RErID-McLEAN COALITION.

I have been a colleague of Mr. Reid’s for about a
year, and you get to know a man pretty well through
working with himin Cabinet. I have never found him
out in anything unfair or underhand, or in a falsehood.
(Applause.) I have never at any time been a follower
of Mr. Reid. We joined the Cabinet on terms of
perfect equality. Iam now sitting inthe Opposition
Corner with eight or nine others ; but we are in no way
whatever allied witb the direct Opposition. If you
look at the records of the last Parliament you will find
that I voted much more frequently with the Govern-
ment than with the direct Opposition—the free-traders.
We were, however, and are, united in our views on the
important question which is the main issue at the
present election. My opponent also stated—‘ Mr.
Reid says they have combined on the basis of a fiscal
peace.” Isaw that statement in the columns of the
Age, and was satisfied at the time that it was not true.
To make doubly sure I questioned Mr. Reid in the

42 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

street respecting it, and he assured me that there wa
not the slightest foundation for the statement. He said
he knew perfectly well that I differed from him on the
tariff question. Mr. Wise, speaking with regard to
myself, stated ‘‘ that he (Mr. McLean) had telegraphed
to Mr. Gratton Wilson, saying he was in accord with
Mr. Reid’s policy.” This, of course, meant the whole
policy. There is not one word of truth in that state-
ment. Mr. Wilson, before leaving with Mr. Reid,
asked me if he could take any message to my friends in
the country. Itold Mr. Wilson that he could tell the
people, if he wished, that I was in entire accord with
Mr. Reid on anti-socialism but not upon the fiscal ques-
tion. I have another extract, which I regard as a serious
imputation against my personal honour. In speaking
of me, Mr. Wise is reported to have said :—

‘*I thought that when the elections came he
would throw aside his personal feeling, and, in
order to carry out his principles, would again
join himself with the party he had formerly

n attached to, and again oppose Mr. Reid.”

There can be only one construction placed upon
those words. It is that my attitude is impelled by
saber pique against Mr. Deakin, and that I have

trayed the trust you reposed in me. I make this
offer, that if Mr. Wise can satisfy any impartial
tribunal, to be mutually appointed by him and me, that
the principles I advocate at the present election are in
conflict with the principles that I advocated at the last
election, I give you my word of honour that I will retire
from the contest. (Applause.) If the statement be
proved untrue, Mr. Wise, as an honourable man, should
withdraw the imputation.

Mr. Deakin’s INCONSISTENCY.

At the last election the issue Mr. Deakin’s Govern-
ment placed before the community was fiscal peace for
the term of the ensuing Parliament and anti-socialism.
A leading article in the Government organ on the eve of
the elections showed that a strong majority was
returned in favour of fiscal peace. In the following
February Mr. Deakin made a speech, in which, referring

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 43

to the third party system, he said—“ It is absolutely
impossible. It cannot continue. It ought not to
continue.” Subsequently Mr. .Deakin entered into a
coalition with Mr. Reid. After that he made the
famous speech at Ballarat, and, without giving the
notice stipulated in the agreement, he put an end to the
coalition. That was the construction placed upon the
speech by every newspaper, although Mr. Deakin
denied it. The Reid Government had a programme of
20 items, but they prepared a fresh Governor’s speech,
and subsequently Mr. Deakin got an amendment
carried in the House against the Reid Government.
Now, if any one has changed it is not during our term of
office. Mr. Reid, though he had a very much larger
following than I had, always treated me ina very fair
manner. Whenever there was a slight advantage to be
given to one side he always gave it tome. Mr. kin
was not strong enough to resist the pressure placed
upon him, and the abuse he was subjected to, and you -
know how he ended by the speech he delivered at
Ballarat. We who have adhered to the same views all
through have not changed our parties, or betrayed our
principles. (Applause.) The reason Iam not working
with Mr. Deakin is that long as I have been in public
life I have not yet acquired the attributes of Bunyan’s
celebrated giant, Mr. Facing-both-ways. (Applause. )
Ihave not yet learned to lay my principles aside as I
would my umbrella or overcoat. Ihave adhered to my
principles all through, and whatever the consequence to
myself Iintend todoso. (Cheers.)

PROTECTIONIST GROUPS COMPARED.

In the first place, let me describe my attitude to Mr.
Reid and his party. We are both in accord on the
uestion that divided the country at the last elections—
that is anti-socialism. We are both opposed to the
leading principles of socialism. If you compare the
protectionists sitting in our corner with those protec-
tionists following Mr. Deakin, you will certainly admit
that the brains of the party are sitting in my corner—
such men asSir George Turner, Mr. McColl, and Lieut. -
Colonel McCay. Mr. McColl, one of the most reputable
men in Australian politics, was in England when the

44 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

change of Government took place, but on his return he
took every means to satisfy himself as to the merits of
the case, and having done that he selected a seat in our
corner. Turning to the leading followersof Mr. Deakin,
what do we find when they are faced by a general
election? Mr. Harper has come out as a strong anti-
socialist, Mr. Carty Salmon has done the same; Sir
John Quick, one of the ablest and most consistent
protectionists in the Parliament, has not only declared
himself a strong anti-socialist, but he has gone further
and said that Fe will withhold his support from any
Government that will be in alliance with the socialists.
I am, as you all know, a consistent and ardent. pro-
tectionist, and, in my opinion, the Government did not
keep good faith with the country when they neglected
to make an honest effort to settle as much of the fiscal
question as they could. During the last session $
brought the matter under notice time after time, an
was abused for it. I and those who sit with me intend
to make the revision of the tariff the first work of the
next Parliament. We believe that only when that
question is set at rest will it be possible for free-traders
and protectionists to combine. There may be one or
twomembersof each who have conservative leanings, but
to speak of conservatism in a Parliamentelected by adult
suffrage is the rankest hyprocrisy. The great bulk are
advanced democrats and liberals, and they could not
possibly be otherwise elected as they are.

2. Make abstracts of the following letters :—

(a)
Sir,
MuNicrpaAL ACCOUNTS.

The recommendation of the Joint Select Committee
of the House of Lords and of the House of Commons
on Municipal Trading, who reported in 1903, has been
brought under the notice of the Association of Scottish
Chartered Accountants in London, in connection with
the recent appointment of a Departmental Committee
on the same subject to confer and report, and we are
instructed to forward you a statement of the Associa-
tion’s views in regard to this matter in order that they
may be submitted to the Departmental Committee.

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 45

The report of 1903 made the following, amongst
other, recommendations, viz. :—

‘‘That Auditors, being members of the Institute of
Chartered Accountants in England and Wales
or of the Incorporated Society of Accountants
and Auditors, should be appointed by the
Corporations, County Councils and Urban
District Councils in England and Wales.”

The Committee’s recommendation was no doubt
made with the desire of securing that the audit of
Municipal Accounts should only be entrusted to
properly qualified Auditors, and with this desire our
Association is in hearty sympathy, especially having
regard to the large present and prospective growth of
the Revenue producing Departments of administrations
under the control of local authorities.

We respectfully submit, however, that should legis-
lation be passed on the lines of the Committee’s
recommendation a very great injustice would be done
to the three oldest Chartered Societies in the United
Kingdom.

‘The privileges conferred by the Charters granted to
the Scottish Societies are world-wide, and, while the
Committee’s recommendations, if adopted, would not
prevent Members of the Scottish Chartered Societies
practising in England and Wales, it would directly
exclude them from what may be an important branch
of accountancy work, and, so far as At stnibees of the
Societies practising in England and Wales are con-
cerned, would seriously restrict the privileges conferred
by their Charter.

We cannot but think that this exclusion of the
Scottish Chartered Societies has resulted from an
oversight, and that it only requires to be brought to
the attention of the Departmental Committee to have
it rectified in any subsequent report.

The Scottish Societies have always required a high
standard of professional qualification as a condition of
admission, and they are in fact the only Societies of
Accountants the whole of whose members (with the
exception of four survivors of the grantees of the
original Charter) have been admitted only after
apprenticeship and examination. It is a special

46 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

feature of these Societies that their apprentices must
attend the Law Classes of a recognised University,
and they are also recommended to attend the Lectures
on Political Economy.

The members of the Scottish Societies having thus
been thoroughly and expensively trained as qualified
Accountants it is obvious that any Act of Parliament
which excluded them from appointment as Auditors
to local Corporations while admitting members of
other and junior Societies, would be manifestly unjust
and might, in the eyes of the public, be regarded as
a reflection upon their professional standing ; while
such a provision would unreasonably restrict the
selection of the local authorities in the choice of
Auditors. It is hoped, therefore, that in any pro-
posed legislation relating to the audit of Municipal
Accounts such provisions will be inserted, as will

ermit of local Authorities appointing, as Auditors,

embers of all Societies of Accountants in the
United Kingdom, which are incorporated by Royal
Charter or of the Society of Accountants and
Auditors.

We have the honour to be,
Sir,
Your most obedient Servants,
A. DODDS FAIRBAIRN, President.
ROBERT BLAIR, Secretary.

The Secretary,
Joint Select Committee on Municipal Trading,
Westminister.

(0)

Dear Sir, |

Announcements have been made from time to time
of the inauguration and progress of the Institute of
Directors, and we have now the pleasure of informing
you that in compliance with our Petition His Majesty.
the King has been graciously pleased togrant usa Royal
Charter.

The Directors of Companies contro] investments
amounting in share capital alone to upwards of 2,000
millions sterling, besides debenture and other loan

London, July 23rd, 1906.

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 47

money to a large amount, and the need of such an insti-
tution, alike in the interests of the public and the
directors becomes daily more apparent.

There is no other body of men controlling such vast
and important interests which is not represented by its
own Society, and in the initiation and consideration of
legal changes affecting the status and management of
Companies we believe that the institute, now officially
recognised by Royal Charter, has before it a wide and
important field of usefulness.

The bye-laws of the Charter will be framed in due
course, and will probably provide for an entrance fee
and possibly an increased subscription for new
members, but at present the subscription is only one
guinea per annum without entrance fee.

To country members the institute, centrally situated,
with its library, reading, writing, and consultation
rooms, telephone service, &c., should prove a great
convenience.

We are, Dear Sir,
Yours faithfully,

AVEBURY, President.
H. M. BOMPAS, Chairman of Council.
W. ARTHUR ADDINSELL, Secretary.

London, August 31st, 1906.
The Bell Coy., Melbourne.
Gentlemen,

Replying to your favour of the 25th July, Mr.
Russell had two interviews with me before leaving for
Australia, on the second occasion he came and said that
he would not be going for two or three months and then
whilst I was abroad he called and left a few days later
so that I only saw him twice and had no time to enter
into details fully.

I told him if he had a proper house on this side I was
quite willing to join the factory and arrange for the
shipping of our surplus goods after Noyember to
Australia, at 3s. 6d., c.i.f. Melbourne, making an allow-
ance of 2s. per case for all charges, z.e., landing, rent,
and insurance, &c., and you or the receivers sending
monthly accounts of sales and remittances. This was
athing which I suggested as a means of keeping a

48 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL |

supply on your side, as otherwise you might go six or
eight months without the slightest chance of getting
any goods shipped. The steamers sometimes absolutely
refuse to take these matches, and I have been trying
in every quarter to get out a matter of about a
thousand gross to Sydney and Brisbane, and I am

' trying now by a special effort to get some to each place,
but whether I succeed or not I cannot say, but the first
opportunity I get I will send some, and if I have some
assistance I have no doubt that in the end we could
work up a very large trade in these goods. Not only
am I selling the short matches but I can supply those
that are about 4, 5, or 6 inches long, but I cannot do —
anything unless I can get a freight ; to-morrow I
might get a freight and then alls well or I might not
get it for another six months, anyway I have the goods
ready and the moment I have a chance to ship them I
will. I hope we shall succeed in doing something ere
long, but up to the moment I have spared neither time
nor expense in trying to get a freight, in order to make
a shipment.

Yours faithfully,
W. C. WILLIAMS.

3. Write a short report on one of the following subjects :— |
(a) An Australian bank’s sources of profit ;

or,

(6) The coming harvest and its effect upon trade ;
or,

4. (a) Write, assecretary of the committee, a reply to the
letter set out above in question 2 (a) stating—

(1) The letter has been considered.
(2) Information wanted as to

(i.) The number of members of each Scottish In-
stitute and their degrees ;

(ii.) A listof members admitted without examina-
tion with dates of admission ;

(iii.) Details of the course of study, examination,
apprenticeship, &c., required by each society ; and

(3) Matter will be further considered.

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 49

(5) A Promissory Note made by J. Fibbitson, dated
19 December, 1849, at one month payable to S.
Bodgers, and by him endorsed to Messrs. Murdstone
and Grinby, has been returned by the National Pro-
vincial Bank of England, who are Bankers for J.
Fibbitson and Messrs. Murdstone and Grinby, dis-
honoured. Answer. Not provided for. Amount of
Bill £150.

What steps would you take on behalf of Messrs.
Murdstone and Grinby in connection with such dis-
honour. Give in your answer in full any notices or
letters you may think it necessary to send.

(c) Write an order to Messrs. Murdstone and Grinby
to ship to Melbourne, to your principals, Messrs.
Jones Bros. & Co., the following wine :—

40 hhds. Port, at 15s. per gall. f.0.b.
20 » Sherry, at 12s. 6d. per gall. f.o.b.
40 » Claret, at 8s. per gall. f.o.b.
Instruct them to ship per earliest P. and O. steamer

and to draw for the amount at sight with B/L
attached.

50 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

BOOKKEEPING, PRECIS AND COMMERCIAL
CORRESPONDENCE.

(JUNIOR COMMERCIAL EXAMINATION ONLY.)

N.B.—Handvwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will
be taken into account throughout the Examination.

Paper C.—Trst ror HanpwRITING.
_The Board of Examiners.
(Twenty minutes allowed for this question.)

1. Copy the following :—

A writer-in the “ Hospital” on the action of
alcohol as medicine says :—“ As in politics, so in
medicine, the phenomenon known as the ‘ swing
of the pendulum’ is often very apparent. When
taken by the mouth it acts as many volatile oils
or pungent substances do, and reflexly stimu-
lates the heart. This action is immediate, rapid,
and occurs before any absorption has taken as
beyond that necessary to affect the subjacent
nerve endings of the buccal mucous membrane.
Secondly, it acts as a vaso-dilator. The skin
becomes flushed, and a sensation of warmth is
experienced. Thirdly, it acts as a cerebral seda-
tive. Fourthly, owing to its fairly complete
oxidation, it is, in a certain sense, a food; and,
lastly, it stimulates gastric secretion. These
physiological points will serve to place the use
of alcohol as a drug on a sound basis. It may,
then, with advantage, be given in syncope, or

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. d1

sudden cardiac failure as a reflex stimulant. In
cases of chronic heart disease its only value will
be as a vasodilator, to lessen the work of the
cardiac muscle when the peripheral resistance is
high. With a full pulse and low tension in the
arteries, alcohol can have no effect on the circu-
lation except the transitory reflex one above
described, and as a protoplasmic poison its
action, at any rate in large doses, must be dis-
tinctly deleterious to the cardiac muscle. As
a stomachic in cases where the gastric secretion
is diminished it will also be of use; here malt
liquors may be advantageous, but obvionsly in
cases of hypersecretion its use will be contra-
indicated. 7

(Ten minutes allowed for this question.)

2, Write the following sums in column as they should
appear in a Cash Book :—

£1000000 28. 1d.; £200 0s. 94d.5 £600753
14s. 103d. 2s. 62d.; £10001101 Os. 11d.;
£386 Os. 7d.; £542 2s. 24d.; £988898 19s. 64d;
£355 178. 24d.; £78787887 188. 7d.; £445026
ls. 3¢d.; £611164 2s. 8d. £222206 10s. 7d.;
£25 14s. 64d.; £40000; £5000005; £344
9s. 54d; £7008 15s. 34d; £2 48. Id.;
£20020202 4s. 2d.; 3s. 10¥d.; £8888008 18s.;
£1759 16s. 4d; £75; £190000; £576;
£7760076 14s. ld.; £80 Os. 43d.; £8 7s. 3d.;
£7 Os. 7d.; £55550005 13s. 10d.

JUNIOR PURLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

GEOGRAPHY.
The Board of Examiners.

Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be taken

into account throughout the Examination.

1. Draw an outline map of West Australia, and on it

wm:

name and mark the positions of the following :—
Four towns, three rivers, three harbours, and
three mountain ranges.

. State and explain a method of determining the

latitude of a place and explain the connection
between latitude and mean annual temperature.

. Illustrate by a sketch a trade route between

Adelaide and San Francisco, and indicate the
names and positions of the chief ports on the
route.

Describe the method of government of India pro-
per, omitting the native States. Name the
countries adjoining it, and state how far the
political boundaries coincide with or depart from
natural physical features. .

. Illustrate, by a rough sketch map, the directions of

the prevalent air currents which affect Australia,
and explain their relations to the general terres-
trial circulation of the atmosphere.

. Define and illustrate the following terms:—Isoclinal,

coastal plain, barrier reef, Sargesso sea, barome-
tric gradient.

. Explain clearly the origin of rain. Taking an

Australian example, show what becomes of the
rain which falls over any single river-basin.

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 53

CHEMISTRY.

N.B.—Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will
be taken into account throughout the Examination.

The Board of Examiners. —

Candidates should write equations, where possible, as
well as verbal descriptions of chemical reactions.

1. What do you understand by the law of conservation
of mass? Illustrate your answer by reference to
three combustible substances and their products
when burnt in air.

z%. What simple chemical and physical tests would
you use to distinguish between calcium car-
bonate and sodium carbonate ? What percentage
of carbon dioxide will each yield if pire and
anhydrous ?

[Given that C = 12, Na = 23, Ca = 40.]

3. What are the chemical names, formule, and chief
uses of the following :—quick-lime, caustic soda,
nitre, quartz, alum ?

4. Explain the law of definite proportions, and
illustrate it by reference to any substance you
have prepared in the laboratory.

5. Give examples of three acids, and of their neutrali-
zation by bases. What is formed in each case ?

6. How may hydrogen be prepared 1n the laboratory ?
Describe the process in full detail and give a
sketch of the apparatus.

7. Give an account of the principal sources, purifice-
tion, and allotropic modifications of sulphur.

54 JSUNIOK PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

PHYSICS.

Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be
taken into account throughout the Examination.

The Board of Examiners.

I. Define Velocity, Force, Work; specify the units
in terms of which each is measured.
Describe two experimental methods of measur-
ing force which are used in the laboratory.

2. Describe the apparatus you would use, and the
experiments you would perform with it in order
to verify the relation

v* = fs,
where v denotes velocity, / uniform acceleration,
and s space described from rest.

3. State and prove the theorem known as the
“polygon of forces.”

Forces of magnitude equal to 1, 2, 3 and 4
pounds weight, respectively, uct north, east,
south, and west from a fixed point; determine,
by means of a diagram drawn to scale, the magni-
tude of their resultant in pounds weight.

4. Define Centre of Gravity, and show how to deter-
mine the centre of gravity of a plane triangle
(a) by calculation, (0) by experiment.

-5. State Archimedes’ Principle, and define Specific
Gravity.

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 5d

A small flask weighs 13-582 grammes empty ;
when filled with water the weight is 38°382
grammes, and when filled with kerosene, 33°298
grammes. Find the specific gravity of kerosene.

6. State Boyle’s Law, and give a full account of
. experiments which verify it.

7. Describe fully the mode of construction and
graduation of a mercurial thermometer.
What temperature Centigrade equals. 5°
Fahrenheit,’ and what temperature Fahrenheit
equals 57°°4 centigrade ?

8. A brass rod measures 27°5247 centimetres at 50°
and 27°5494 centimetres at 100°; find the
length at 0°, and deduce the coefficient of linear
expansion from the lengths at 0° and 100°.

9. State the Laws of Evaporation into an enclosed
space, and describe experiments which verify
each of them.

10. Define Radiation, Emissive Power, Absorptive
Power. Show how to compare the, emissive
powers (for radiation) of any two substances.

56 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.

The Board of Examiners.

Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will be
taken into account throughout the Examination.

Give BRIEF answers, illustrated by diagrams, to the
following questions :—
1. Show, by means of drawings, the position of the
kidneys of the frog in relation to the alimentary
system, and describe carefully the blood supply

to them.

2. Give diagrams and descriptive notes in illustra-
tion of the anatomical parts concerned in the
process of respiration in the frog.

3. Describe the structure and function of a cell by
reference to any protozoon with which you are
acquainted.

4. Give an account, with diagrams, of the different
kinds of eprthelza met with in the alimentary
tract of a man.

5. What do you understand by a perfect joint as
applied to the articulation of bones in the human
body ?

Illustrate by means of examples.

6. What are the functions of the anterior and pos-
terior roots of a spinal nerve ? ;
Show how their respective functions have been
ascertained.
Describe the minute structure of a nerve-
trunk.

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 57

7. Where is the pancreas in man, and into what
part of the alimentary canal does it discharge its
secretions ?

Describe the part its secretions play in diges-
tion.

8. What are the principal ingredients of milk? Is
it, In your opinion, a perfect food? Give
reasons for your answer.

9. Explain the difference in colour between venous
and arterial blood, and state to whiat this
difference is due.

10. Give a few reasons in support of the statement
that the body of a man, in some respects, may be
regarded as a machine.

BOTANY.
The Board of Examiners.

(Illustrate your answers with es wherever possible.
Attemvt Six questions only.)

N.B.-—Handwriting, Spelling, and General Intelligence will
be taken into account throughout the Examination.

1. (a) Give instances of climbing plants, describing the
modes by which they climb. (6) How does the
stem of a climber differ from that of an ordinary
plant? (c) How does the plant gain by the
climbing habit ? .

2. (a) Describe the structure of a bud, and explain
fully its importance to the plant. (d) Where do
buds usually occur? Give any exceptions you
may know.

58 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

3. (a) What are the chief functions of the root of a
land plant. (6) Point out how its structure is
adapted to its function.

4. Mention (a) « plant which grows in shady places,
(5) one which grows in wet places, (c) one which
grows under water, (d) one which grows in very
dry places, and (e) point out in what general
features these four plants differ from one
another.

5. Mushrooms can be grown in complete darkness and
attain full size. kD is this ’ Where does the
food come from ? Why is the same not the case
with green plants when grown from seed ?

6. Describe experiments to shew that plants transpire
more actively in light than in darkness or to
shew that germinating seeds absorb oxygen and
evolve carbon dioxide.

7. Give an account (a) of the pollination of flowers, or
(6) of the distribution of seeds.

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 59

DRAWING.
1. Practica, GEomeTry.
Time allowed: One hour and a half.
The Board of Examiners.

INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CANDIDATE.
You are to attempt only four questions, one of these
must be either question No. 6 or No. 7.
Put the number of the question beside each answer.

Results must be obtained by construction and must
not be the result of trial or guessing.

All construction lines must be allowed to remain.

Parallel and perpendicular lines may be drawn by
means of the set square and straight edge.
Neat and accurate workmanship is expected.

H.P. = Horizontal Co-ordinate Plane.
V.P. = Vertical Co-ordinate Plane.

QUESTIONS.

1. Describe an ellipse within the oblong given in
diagram @1, the curve to touch each of the
four sides tangentially. Use any method except-
ing that of the thread and pins. |

—[20 marks. ]

2. Construct an isosceles triangle, the vertical angle
being 40° and the base 24”. A protractor must
not be employed. —[15 marks. |

60 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

3. A table top is in the form of a regular pentagon,
the sides of which are each 14” long. Construct

the pentagon to a scale of 2” to 1’.
—(20 marks. }

4. Construct a square, the area of which is equal to
that of the oblong in diagram Q1.
—[15 marks. }

5. Show, to aslightly larger scale, what construction
is necessary to produce the figure given in
diagram Q5. —[25 marks. }

6. Diagram Q6 gives the elevation of an indiarubber
ball on which are painted two bands of colour.
Give the plan of the ball, together with the
colour bands. —(35 marks. }

7. In diagram @Q7 is given the elevation of a right
square pyramid lying on the H.P. on one of
its triangular faces. Draw the plan of the
pyramid and show the section made by a
vertical plane which bisects the axis of the
solid and makes an angle of 45° with the V.P.
towards the left. —[35 marks. |

ven
ited
and
nly.

are
ring
test

» be

the

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906.’ 61

DRAWING.
2, FREEHAND DRAWING.
The Board of Examiners.

Youare to make adrawing of the example given
on the next page. Your drawing may be executed
with a lead pencil, a pen and ink, or a brush and
any suitable liquid, and must he in outline only.
Ruling, measuring, or other mechanical aids are
forbidden. The greatest width of your drawing
is to be about 2 inches greater than the greatest
width of the example, the other parts to be
enlarged in proportion.

You are not expected to completely finish the
example in the time allowed.

One hour is allowed for your work.

62 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

Digitized by Google

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 63

DRAWING.
3. MopgeL Drawina.
The Board of Examiners.
Time allowed: One hour.

INSTRUCTIONS TO THE OFFICERS IN CHARGE OF
THE EXAMINATION.
The objects required are :—
1. An iron bucket.
2. A cube, from a set of drawing models.

On a suitable support place an imperial drawing
board, resting horizontally, and about 2 feet above the
floor.

(1) Place the bucket upon tts side on the
drawing board, its open end towards the can-
didates, and its axis receding towards the right
at an angle of about 45° with the front edge of
the board.

(2) On the right of the bucket place the cube,
with one corner resting upon the drawing board,
and leaning against the bucket.

Candidates must have a clear view of both objects
and must be able to see into the bucket.

Immediately before the Examination commences the
following instructions must be read to the
Candidates.

Each Candidate is to make a drawing of the cube
and the bucket.

The board upon which the objects rest is not to be
drawn.

64 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

Your drawing must fairly fill the sheet of paper
supplied to you. It must be executed in outline, and
with a free hand.

A single pencil, or a substitute for the pencil, may
be held between the objects and the eye, in order to
estimate their apparent proportions, but all other forms
of measuring, and ruling or other mechanical aids, are
strictly forbidden.

The time allowed for your work is One hour.

DRAWING.
4, ELEMENTARY PERSPECTIVE.
The Board of Examiners.

Time allowed: One hour and a half.

1. Put into perspective the four-legged ‘“ milking
stool,” shown in plan and elevation in the figure
on opposite page.

The stool rests upon the ground plane upon its
circular seat, and a line which would join points A
and 8B in plan is parallel to the picture plane.
The centre of the seat upon the ground is 2 feet
beyond the ground line and 1 foot to the left of
the spectator.

Height of the eye above the ground, 3 feet.

Distance of the eye infront of the picture, 5

feet 6 inches.

Scale 1} in. to 1 foot.

The dimensions of the stool may be taken
directly from the diagram.

2. Make a freehand sketch of the circular slab which
forms the seat of the above stool, when it rests
on the ground exactly upposite the spectator,

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1996. 65

with its circular faces in vertical planes inclined
to the picture at angles of 45° towards the right,

the eye being above theslab and well in trong of
the picture.

66 JSUNIUR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

TYPEWRITING.
(JUNIOR COMMERCIAL EXAMINATION ONLY.)
The Board of Examiners.

Weatness, speed as shown by the amount of work
completed), elling, eyes cation, punctuation, and
general intelligence be taken into account.

Candidates must submit at least Three papers covering—
(1) Nos. 1 or 2; (2) Nos. 3 and 4, or No. 5; (3) No. 6
(indispensable).

1. Copy the following :—

The Subscription List will open on Thursday,
the 16th March, and close on or before 4 o’clock
the same day.

Messrs. Tompkins, Jenner, & Co., 435 East-
street, London, E.C., are authorized to receive
subscriptions for the undermentioned issues :—

The Utopian Railway Company (Limited).
Incorporated under the Companies Act 1862 to
1866. Authorized under Royal Decrees of the
Utopian Government of 9th April, 1885, 14th
July, 1886, and 21st January, 1887, by which a
guarantee of interest at 8 per cent per annum on
$4,964,400, equal to $397,152, is granted for a
period of 99 years from the 9th April, 1887, on
the terms and conditions stated in the decrees,
payable out of the Treasury of the Utopian
Government; the additional guaranteed capital
for authorized extra work is mentioned below.

Issue of £200,000 six per cent. prior lien
mortgage bonds, series B, part of a total autho-
rized issue of £300,000, secured by a mortgage
deed giving a charge on the railway, subject
only to the charge securing the previous issue of
£285,000 prior lien mortgage bonds, series A,
but in priority to the whole of the existing

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 67

debenture and share capital. The bonds are
redeemable by fifteen annual drawings at par,
commencing on the Ist July, 1906, or, at the
option of the compauy, on giving six months’
notice after that date at £110.
Price of issue 914 per cent., payable—

5 per cent. on application ;

264 per cent. on allotment;

30 per cent. on 17th April next;

30 per cent. on 17th May next.

Capital Issued.
£132,090 ordinary shares.
300,000 7 per cent. preference shares.
730,000 6 per cent. debentures.
285,000 6 per cent. prior lien mortgage
— bonds, series A.
Total £1,447,090

Board of Directors.
A. Henry Thomas, Esq., Chairman.
William de Lisle, Esq. Richard Greenway, Esq.
Bernard H. Crofts, Esq. | Percy H. Preston, Esq.
E. Wallace Burns, Esq. | Frederick Quinn, Esq.
Sir Waley Snooks, Bart.
Bankers.
Metropolitan and Provincial Banking Com-
pany (Limited), 43 Chester-street, E.C. "
California and Hong Kong Banking Corpora-
tion, 19 Parfitt-lane, E.C.
Brokers.—Messrs. Clayton, Gibbs, & Co.,
Euston House, E.C.
Solicitors.— Mex<srs. Flood and Sons.
Seecretary.—Jolin Worth, Esq.
Offices.—398 Finsbury Pavement, E.C.

E 2

68 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

2. Copy the following :—

FREE EpucarTIon.

Many Leekopr are anxiously awaiting the effect
of free education on the attendance. Here are
the official returns up to this evening, from 370
Board Schools only out of 410, fortv not yet
having reported. ‘I'he increase for the first week
of free education, ending 4th September, is
28,471, compared with the last week of payment
of tees, ending 28th August.

Week ending | Week ending

23rd August. | 4th et Sepvem per”

‘- 3 Average | ‘6 3 Ave

os Attend- ‘3 Atte

7, w ance. > op on) ee
City ... ee: 994 | 4 1,166
Chelsea ... | 33 | 29,048 | 33 39. 572
Finsbury ... | 44 | 84,395 | 44 | 387,577
Greenwich _.... | 47 | 34,258 | 49 37,1 78
Hackney | 43} 88,629) 43) 41,426
East Lambeth... | 41 | 36,022 | 41 | 40,154
West Lambeth... | 45 | 40,290 | 45 44,303
Marylebone ...} 24 | 19,948 | 24 | 22,291
Southwark... | 29 | 23,726 | 29 | 25,449
Tower Hamlets | 51 | 42,005 | 51 45,305
Westminster ...| 7 2,666 | 7 3,026

Total

Increase ...

1370. 301,976 |870 | 330, 447

28,471

It may be supposed that many parents may
have kept their children at home the first week

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. 69

after the holidays that they might begin their
term with free education ; but, for all that, there
is a large increase, which is very gratifying.
There are 410 Board Schools in London, with —
450,981 children on the roll, and an average
attendance of only 347,857, making the
number of absentees 108,124, albeit that
£40,000 is expended annually in enforcing com-
pulsory attendance. Now that the last vestige
of excuse has been removed the number of
absentees ought to be very greatly reduced.
London, 7th September.

3. Copy, and display in correct form, the following :—
Percy F. Green, stockbroker.

18 Clinton-avenue, London, E.C.
Inst of Syndicates Open and Closed.

Syndicate, Stock, Duration, Profit.—No. 1,
Mex. Rails, 13 days, 70 per cent.; No. 2, Bton.
A., 21 days, 150 per cent.; No. 3, Milwaukee, 8
days, 118 per cent.; No. 4, Great Eastern, 29
days, 60 per cent.; No. 5, Dover A., 15 days,
80 per cent.; No. 6, Trunk 1st, 40 days, 30 per
cent.; No. 7, Spanish, 30 days, 75 per cent.;
No. 8, Jagersfontein, 29 days, 212 per cent. ;
No. 9, Louisvilles, 7 days, 90 per cent.; No. 10,
Union Pacific, 12 days, 120 per cent.; No. 11,
North-Western, 60 days, 150 per cent.; No. 12,
Sheffield, 5 days, 50 per cent.; No. 13, Bton. A.,
9 days, 85 per cent.; No. 14, Greek 815, 4 days,
115 per cent.; No. 15, Rio Tinto, 25 days, 30
per cent.; No. 16, Atchison, 16 days, 45 per
cent.; No. 17, Berwicks, 11 days, 87 per cent. ;
No. 18, Mex. Rails, 18 days, 115 per cent.;
No. 19, Uruguay, 6 days, 70 per cent.; No. 20,

70 JUNIOR PUBLIC AND JUNIOR COMMERCIAL

Wabash D., 35 days, 55 per cent.; No. 21,
Trunk Guar., 35 days, 35 per cent.; No. 22,
Dover A., 3 days, 20 per cent.; No. 23, Boston
B., 9 days, 42 per cent.; No. °4, North-Eastern,
50 days, 95 per cent.; No. 25, Rupee Paper, 10
days, 155 per cent.; No. 26. Norfolk Pref., 21
days, 60 per cent.; No. 27, Mex. Rails, 5 days,
65 per cent.; No. 28, Bton. A., 10 days, 70 per
cent.; No. 29, Milwaukees, 16 days, 10 per
per cent.; No. 30, Sheffield A., 15 days, 55 per
cent.; No. 31, Hull and Barnsley, 34 days, 105

er cent.; No. 32, North British, even ; No. 33,
Sagassfontoin, 13 days, 180 per cent.; No. 34,
Ohio, 27 days, 33 per cent.; No. 35, Penny-
sylvania, 31 days, 90 per cent.; No. .36, Argen-
tine Fund, 28 days, 78 per cent.; No. 37,
Missouri Kansas, 14 days, 115 per cent.; No. 38,
Suez, 18 days, 70 per cent.; No. 39, Chatham,
15 days, 70 per cent.; No. 40, Canadian Pacific,
5 days, 120 per cent.

4, Copy, and display in correct form, the following :—

Philharmonic Society, Eighty-first Season,
1893.—Concert in St. James’ Hall.—Pro-
pramme:— Overture, “ Leonora” (No. 3),
Beethoven ; Air, ‘“ Divinités du Styx” (Alceste),
Miss Fisther Palliser (Gluck) ; Symphony in A,
Op. 90 (The Italian), (Mendelssohn); Concerto
in E. Minor, Pianoforte and Orchestra, M. Sapell-
nikoff (Chopin); Air de la Jeune Fille (Paradis
et la Piéri) Miss Esther Palliser (Schumann) ;
Selection from Music to “ Henry VIII.” Overture,
Intermezzo Funébre, Three Dances (Edward
German). Tickets, 10s. 6d., 7s. 6d., 5s., 2s. 6d.,
and ls., at Green and Sons, 534 New Bond-
street; all usual agents; and at the Hall at
Jones’ Ticket Office.

EXAMINATIONS, DECEMBER, 1906. “1

5. Copy, and display in correct form, the following
balance-sheet :—

First Schedule-—Revenue Account of the
Wessex and General Life Assurance Association
for the year ending 3lst December, 1891 :—

. Receipts.

Amount of Funds at the beginning of the
year 1891, £524,221 7s. 10d.; Premiums (after
deduction of re-assurance premiums), £58,404
11s. 10d.; Interest and dividends, £22,067 10s.
9d.: Fines, fees, &c., £88 9s. 3d.; Rent, £60 ;
Profits on sale of stock, £12,424 15s. 7d. ; Cash
bonus written off, £18 8s. 6d.; Total, £612,285.

Payments.

Claims under policies, including bonuses (after
deduction of’ sums re-assured):—By death,
£36,075 8s. 2d.5 Endowments matured, £1,650;
Total, £37,725 8s. 2d. Surrenders, £1,891 18s.
6d.; Annuities, £3,835 19s. 2d.; Commission,
£2,988 18s. 10d.; Expenses of management,
£6, 595 12s. 1d. ; Income tax, £408 18s. 2d;
Dividends to shareholders, £1,187 10s. 10d.;
Agent’s balance written off, 12 5s. 6d.; Total,
#54,391 11s. 3d.: Amount of funds at the end
of the year 1891, £557, 894 12s. 6d.; Grand
total, £612,285 3s. 9d.

6. Make a transcript of the ncoompanying docu-
ment.

a SENIOR PUBLIC. EXAMINATION.

SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

DECEMBER, 1906,

FR a re ee A eet *

PASS EXAMINATION.

GREEK.—(PREPARED BOOKS.)
1Rst PaPpER.,

The Board of Examiners.

1. Translate the following passages into exact, but
readable, English, and (in the margin) parse the
words underlined—

/ 7 > 8
(a) kai viv éxeiva péy Oavovr’ avérraro’

a
eye dé kal ov pédAdoper Ovyoxeey, yépo>
at 6 “Hpdedetoe aides, ov¢ UTO TrEpoic
oylw veocoore opyic Oc Ue mevn.
ot & eig EXeyxov Gddoc GAdOVEy rirvwy,
@ pijrep, avog, wot warnp Greore yijc §
ri épg, 700’ fkec; ro vey 0” éopadpévor
fnrovor tov rexdvr * éyw oe dcagéepw
Adyoure pudevovea. GOavpalwy 0’ Gray
rvrae Wodaot, rac aviornoy xdoa,

e ‘ ~ , Q
W¢ poe Tarpwov we poanegouner’ yovu.

DECEMBER, 1906. 73

(6) & yaia Kadpov, xai yap eic o’ aolZopa

Adyoue dvetdtoripuc évéarovpeEvoc,

roavr duuvel’ ‘Hpaxdei réxvoigi re ;

de ele Mevdacoc race Ota payne poor
aes

OfBacc EOnxer Sup’ EXevOepoy rEzELy.

ove’ ‘EAAdd’ nveo’, ovd dvéFopat NOTE

ovyar, Kaxiorny NapBdvor ele raid’ Edy,

NY Xpijv veooootc roiode TU Adyyxac SrA

gépovcay éOeiv, rovriwy xabapparwy

Xépoov 7’ aporBac, ov EuoxOnoer yaper.

c) AYK. add’ ela, ratdac cai dapapd’ ‘Hpaxdéove
? ie Sl

(@)

tEw xéAeve rovde paivecbar dopwr,
ép’ otc Abadi atrenayyeArot Oaveir.
AM. Gvaé, duwxec p a0rXiwe mempayora
Sper 0 UBpizecc éxi Oavover roic époic’
a xpijv oe perplwe, Kei Kpareic, awoudHy EXEL.
ows avaykny mpooribyc hpty Oaveir,
orépyey dvayKn’ Spacréoyv 8 a aot doxel.
AYK. roi dfjra Meyapa; rod réxv’’ AXkphyne yovov;
AM. doxe pev airiy, we Oupaber eixacat,
AYK. ri xpijpa ddéne rijod’ éxece rexpnprov ;
AM. ixériv mpocg dyvoic Eoriac Odocev Babpac
AYK. dvornra y’ ixerevovoay, éxodoat Blov.

rivwy 0 apotBac oy brijptev ‘Hoakdjjc
’ , Sarre nae a ,
owas pe vépbey, mABov, et Tt bi, yépor,
i XEtpoc bpac Tic Epiic 7) cuppaywr.
Ea’ Ti vexpwv THVOE mAnOvee méOor 5
ov mov AéAEtppat Kal vewrepwr KaKoY
torepoc aptypar; rie rad’ Exretvey rékva $
, ~ lf 9 ee aw Ud
rivog yeywoay Thvd bpe avvdopoy ;
‘ . =_— = a ;
ov yap dopes ye Twaidec toravrae wéAac,
GAN’ GAXo roi ov Katvoy evpioxw KaKkdy.

74 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

2. In the above passages explain the vrammar of—
in (a) atdg, vic: in (6) Mevtaor, nveo’ (tense),
dpoBac: in (¢) é¢” ole, & xpiv, avévnra: in (a)
Updc, kaxwy, dopdc.

3. Explain—Kuxdwriay rodkiww—i) Exrarupyog wéAcc—
Onpopdvoc Bea—ra pvorwy dpyt evriyna iiarv—

rivagoe kpdra PadPicwy axo—éporkic.

4, Translate and explain the construction in—zpacow

Pas wf P 7 5 aah t Sa Se
éyw ri NuTpOv, ov daKxpuppoEtc s—yéuw Kaxor On,
kovkér’- cB’ Grov reOn—rovroy 6 Srwe aprora
dvarwepacere. |

5. Give a brief account of Euripides, and of the con- |
ditions under which one of his dramas would be
produced and performed.

6. State the scansion of a line of iambic dialogue,
and scan the first three lines in passage 1 (a).

7. Translate, with parsing, as above— {
(a) harika pév ovv rayaba mopuy AcBoEdog yervopuevoc,
airn mposipnkev’ obdev yap dre ph epyarne Eon ro
owpart TOVM@Y Kav TOUT THY aacay EXrida Tov Biov
reDecuévoc, apaviic pey abroc dy, dNiya kal ayevvij
STs Sara
Aap Bavwr, rawervog THY yvopny, evrehnc O€ THY
mpdodov, ovre gidotg emtdeckaousocg ovre eyOpoic
\ bd ~ , , 9 ? - A
goBepoc ovre Tote moNXiratc fnXwroc, aAN aidro
povov épyarne kal ray éx rov woAXoOU Onpov Etc,
Gel Tov mpovyovra vronrhoowy Kai Tov éyew
duvdpevov Beparevwy, Kayw Biov Lév Kat rov kpeér- ;
Ee

Tovog Eppacoy wy* ei dé Kai Pediac i TWodvcXetros
yévowo kai wo\Aa Oavpacra éepyaoao, riy pev
téxyny Gravrec éracvéoovrat, od Eore O€ Gotic THY |
iddvrwr, ei vovr Exot, eveatr ay Guorde aoe yevéoOat.

DECEMBER, 1996. 79

(6) xai pry ob8’ cimeiv xorg Gy Kara Thy atiay, Srwe
éort karayé\aora, © Xdpwy, cal padora ai ayay
orovoat avra@y Kat ro peraty Troy EArwiowy otxecBat
avapTaarouc yy vopervouc U0 Trou PeATiorov Bavarov.
dyyedoe of kat danpérac abrov para TwoAdXoi, we opges,
Hriadoe Kat Wuperot Kat Boat Kat mepemvevpoviat
kat Lign cai Anarhpra Kat KwvEa Kal Sicagrai Kat
Tupayvot. Kat rourwy ovdey SAwe abrove elaépxerat,
tor &y ev mpartwouy, Grav oe ogadiior, mwoNU TO

Ororot kai aiai kai otpoe.

(c) dpav dé roAXOde odk Epwrt prrogopiac EXopErvous,
GANG OdEne pdvor rijc aro Tov pligch dab! epeepevone,
Kal ra bev mpdxetpa raira Kat Snpdora kal 67600
wavrt pipeioBa pqodvoy &v pada éocxorac ayaborc
avdpact, TO yéveoy éyw kal ro Badiopa Kai rv
avaBoArny, ext dé rov Biov Kat Tey mpayparwy
avripbeyyouévove rp oxhpare xal ravavria bpiv
émirnoevorvrag Kal dtapOeipovrag ro atiwua ric
vrooxécewc, yavakrovy, Kat TO mpaypa Spor
éddxec proc KaOarep et Tic UToKpeTIC Tpaygdiag pad-
Baxde abroc Ov kal yuvanciac ’AyidA€éa f} Onoéa Fj

f echecatch sat
kal rov ‘Hpaxdéa broxpivocro aurov pre Badivwr
pnre O0eyyopuevoc Npwikor, “dha Opumropevoc bro
TNAKoUT@ mpoowreiy, ov ove’ av f ‘EXEvn more 7
Todutévn avacyowTo mépa Tov perpiou airaic

mpoctotdra, ovx Srwe oO ‘HpakAjic 6 KxaAdXireKoc.

8. In the above passages explain the grammar of—
In (@) ovdev Gre pj}, TY Yvwpny, av’ro povoy: in
(c) ra mpdxetpa Taira, ijpwikdy, ovy Srwe.

9. In what chief respects is the Greek of Lucian
not strictly that of Attic prose? Explain how

icmianects write in Greek.

76
10

SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

. Explain—Bavavoo réyvat—npoedpia—dorep riv

NioBny daxovopev, érexhyec—ed KvdAAhvie—épn pny
irioxerPe—evepyérne avayeypayy—aogiarijc—rac
evOivac trooywv— wordac ’OAupmddac— prac
"Arruxiic—tyyxer Te amrodoyoupéevy—ép0i)y Tiapay
EXwv—ot ék Tov mepitrarov—é¢o TO mpuTavEtoy
KaXecarw.

11. Draw a rough diagram of Athens to illustrate the

words #7 d€ ion rov agikerac éraviovea & “Axadn-
peiag we wepirarhoee Kai év 7H Tlouxidy, and to
shew the position of the Acropolis, the Areo-
pagus, and ro IeNacyexdy.

- Who were Pheidias, Aeschines, Thamyris,

Chrysippus ?

LATIN.

First Paper.

Lhe Board of Examiners.

1. Translate, with short marginal notes—
(a) Hannibal, Capua recepta, quum iterum Nea-

politanorum animos partim spe, partim metu
nequicquam tentasset, in agrum Nolanum
exercitum traducit, ut non hostiliter statim, quia
non desperabat voluntariam deditionem, ita, si
morarentur spem, nihil eorum, quae pati aut
timere possent, praetermissurus. Senatus, ac
maxime primores eius, in societate Romana cum
fide perstare; plebs novarum, ut solet, rerum
atque Hannibalis tota esse metumque agrorum

DECEMBER, 1906. - 72

populationis et patienda in obsidione multa
gravia indignaque proponere animo; neque
auctores defectionis deerant. Itaque ubi sena-
tum metus cepit, si propalam peanereue resisti
multitudini concitatae non posse, secunda simu-
lando dilationem mali inveniunt.

(6) Quae si paria essent, ut quondam fuissent,
tamen expertis, quam grave Romanum imperium
sociis, quanta indulgzentia Hannibalis etigm in
captivos omnes Italici pominis fuisset, Punicam
Romange societatem atque amicitiam praeop-
tandam esse. Si ambo consules cum suis ex-
ercitibus ad Nolam essent, tamen non magis
pares Hannibali futuros, quam ad Cannas
fuissent, nedum praetor unus cum paucis et
novis militibus Nolam tutari possit. Ipsorum
quam Hannibalis magits interesse, capta an
tradita Nola poteretur; potiturum enim, ut
Capua Nuceriaque potitus esset; sed quid inter
Capuae ac Nuceriae fortunam interesset, ipsos
prope in mediv sitos Nolanos scire.

Turn into Oratio Recta from Ipsorum: quam
. . + to the end.

(ec) Omnium denigue in illum odia civinm ardebant
desiderio mei, quem ce tum interemisset, non
de impunitate elus sed de praemiis cogitaretur.
Tamen se Milo continnit et P. Clodium in
iudicium bis, ad vim numquam vocavit. Quid?
privato Milone et reo ad populum, accusante P.
Clodio, quum in Cn. Pompeium pro Milone
dicentem impetus factus est, quae tum non modo
occasic sed etiam causa illius opprimendi fuit ?
Nuper vero, quum M. Antonius summam spem
salutis bonis omnibus attulisset gravissimamque
adulescens nobilissimus rei publicae partem

SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

fortissime suscepisset atque illam beluam, iudicii
laqueos declinantem, iam irretitam teneret, qui
locus, quod tempus illud, di immortales, fuit!
Quom se ille fugiens in scalarum tenebras
abdidisset, magnum Miloni fuit conficere illam
pestem nulla sua invidia, Antonii vero maxima
gloria.

(d) auro repensus scilicet acrior

_ miles redibit. flagitio additis
damnum: neque amissos colores
lana refert medicata fuco, :
nec vera virtus, cum semel excidit,
curat reponi deterioribus.
si pugnat extricata densis
cerva plagis, erit ille fortis,
qui perfidis se credidit hostibus,
et Marte Poenos proteret altero,
qui lora restrictis lacertis
sensit iners timuitque mortem.
hic, unde vitam sumeret inscius,
pacem duello miscuit. o pudor!
o magna Karthago, probrosis
altior Italiae ruinis !

(e) sic et Europe niveum doloso

credidit tauro latus et scatentem
beluis pontum mediasque fraudes
palluit audax.
nuper in pratis studiosa florum et
debitae Nymphis opifex coronae
zvocte sublustri nibil astra praeter
mor. vidit et undas.

fimere jhi canities pulsis melioribus annis
maxiMe pt, antiquas miscueratque comas,
fide par 7608 ortus Pisaea vinctus oliva

atque 148Nh¢t decies praemia victor eques,

DECEMBER, 1906. 79

cum maris Euxini positos ad laeva Tomitas
quaerere me laesi principis ira iubet.

causa meae cunctis nimium quoque nota ruinae
indicio non est testificanda meo.

quid referam comitumque nefas famulosque

nocentes ?

ipsa multa tuli non leviora fuga.

indignata malis mens est succumbere, seque
praestitit invictam, viribus usa suis ;

oblitusque mei ductaeque per otia vitae
insolita cepi temporis arma manu.

totque tuli casus pelago terraque, quot inter
occultum stellae conspicuumque polum.

2. Translate, with notes—

(2)

(¢)

Aetas parentum peior avis tulit
nos nequiores.

Da lunae propere novae.
Abstineto irarum calidaeque rixae.

Et qua pauper aquae Daunus agrestium
reg navit populorum.

Duae legiones urbanse alteri consuli, qui in

locum L. Postumii suffectus esset, decretae
sunt.

(f) Iliturgi obsidione liberato, ad Intibili oppug-

nandum Punici exercitus traducti, suppletis
ae ex provincia, ut quae maxime omnium,
ell

i avida, modo praeda aut merces esset, et

tum iuventute abundante.

83. Translate, and explain allusions in—

(@)

Utque malae matris crimen deponat, hirundo
sub trabibus cunas tectaque parva facit.

80 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

(b) nec procul hinc nympha est, quae, dum fugit
Elidis amnem,
tecta sub aequorea nunc quoque currit aqua.

4. Draw a rough map to indicate the positions of
Capua, Mount Tifata, the Volturnus, Casilinum,
Nola, Cumae, Nuceria.

5. What was there unusual in the constitution of the
court before which Cicero defended Milo, or in
the other circumstances of the trial? Is the
speech you have been studying the one Cicero
actually.delivered ?

6. Give concise accounts, with approximate dates, of
the lives of Ovid and Horace.

7. Explain—medix tuticus, connubium, qui spolia ex
hoste fixa domi haberent, decurrere milites
cogebat, haud facile litari haruspices responde-
bant, opima spolia, hic dies campi, sine aulaeis
et ostro, duodecim tabulae, imagines.

GREEK.

SEconD Paper.
The Board of Examuers.

1. Translate into Greek—
My name is Foily, and men speak ill of me.
But what hurt does it do me, even if I am abused
by all the world? As soon as I began to speak
to this assembly, the taces of all present put
on (évdvecdar) a new pleasure. As many of
you as I behold around me seem to me,

DECEMBER, 1906.

like Homer’s gods, to be drunk (yeOvev) with
nectar, whereas, befere, ye sat as gloomy
(cxvQowrdc) as if ye had come from an oracle
or a doctor. And as, when the sun begins to
show his light, or when, after a sl (d£u¢)

winter, the spring appears once more, al

things

immediately regain (avaxraopac) a kind of youth ;
in like manner, by but beholding me, ye have
got a smiling countenance instead of a gloomy

one.

2. Translate into good English—

(a) | dé po’ év rohA@ orpare
daxpuppoovrra, kal pe mpooAéPac Kader
“6 OF

~ , 4 / 9 \ ,

W Tal, TpogEAGe, py HUyne TOUmOY KUKOY,
pnd et oe xpy Oavovre cvvOaveiy épot:

» > fF ba \ ? ‘ ,

GAN’ dpov éfw, kai partora pev pébec
évravd’ Grov pe ph tee OWerae Bporwr*

et 8 olxroy toyetc, GANG p’ Ex ye Tijoce yiic
ropOpevaoy we TaxLoTa, nd adbrov Oavw.”
tosaur émoxhWarroc, ev pio oxager
Bévrec oe mpoc yitv THYVS ExéAoapeEV por«c
Bovywpevoy oracpoia’ Kai vv abrixa

nN ~ > > 7 A soo 2 ’

i avr éadpec® i reOynxor’ apriwe.

(6) tay éxepwrioww ipac oi vewrepor mpd¢ Toioy
Xp) wapdderypa abrovc roy Ploy moeicBa, ri
~ xs 4 os ~ \
kpiveire; eb yap tore, Ore ovy ai wadaiorpat ovdE
cy a “
Ta dvdackaXeia obd’ H provork) povoy matdever Tovc
vewrépouc, GAAG woAU paddAov ra Onuoota KypVy-
para. kypurrerac év To Oearpy, Gre oreparovral
Tig apEriic Evexa Kai ebvoiac, «alrep T@ Ovre
Kaxog wy re Bio Kat Bdedupdc’ 6 bé ye vewrepo
¢ to Bip Kat Bderdvpdc’ Oo OE y po¢

: wm 2 ON nq t f ,
ravr’ idwy dcapbeiperat. dixny ric dédwKe trornpds,
Gaorep Krnowor of d€ ye GAO meraidevvrac.
nhicapevog rig Tavavria rev Kad@y Kal dxaiwy,

82 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

éraveAOwy oixade watdevet TOY Vio’ O O€ YE EiKOTwWC
ob weiMerat. wo OVP) pdvor Kpivorrec, GAAG Kai
guArarropevot, THY Wijpov pépere, Gore arodoyiay
Exery Tote éxepnoopevorc bac, Ti edexalere. Ev yap
tore, ® "AOnvaior, Gre roavryn ddbec 7 woALc Elvat,
Omotee Tic &y 7 O Knpurropevog.

[émcoxenmrev = bid, BpvxyadcOa = bellow, xnpurrdépevoc =
praised by proclamation.]

3. Give a very succinct account (with dates and an
outline map) of the chief events of both the first
and second attempts of Persia upon Greece.

4. State in chronological order the chief successes and
reverses of the Athenians in the Peloponnesian
war.

5. What do you know of Draco, Harmodius, Epami-
nondas, and of the Philippics of Demosthenes?

LATIN.
Seconp Paper.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Translate into Latin—

There was nothing now to be dune but to
name a dictator. The only man wortby to fill
the post was Lucius Qainctius Cincinnatus,
a noble patrician, who had long served his
country in peace and war, as senator and consul,
and was then living quietly at home, cultivating
his small estate with his own hands. Now,

DECEMBER, 1906. 83

when the messengers of the senate came to
Cincinnatus to announce to him that he was
nominated dictator, they found him ploughing,
and he had taken off his garments, for the heat
was great. Therefore, he first asked his wife
to bring him his toga, that he might receive
the message of the senate in a becoming manner.
And when he had heard their errand, he went
with them into the town, accepted the dictator-
ship, and chose for the master of the horse,
Lucius Tarquitius, a noble but poor patrician.
Then having ordered that all the courts of
justice should be closed and all common busi-
ness suspended till the danger was over, he
summoned all who could bear arms to meet in
the evening in the field of Mars.

2. Translate—

Ubi haec fremere militem in castris consul
sensit, contione advocata, ‘ Quemadmodum”
inquit “in Algido res gesta sit, arbitror vos,
milites, audisse. Qualem liberi populi exercitum
decuit esse, talis fuit; consilio collegae, virtute
militum victoria partaest. Quod ad me attinet,
id consilii animique habiturus sum, quod vos
mihi feceritis. Et trahi bellum salubriter et
mature perfici potest. Si trahendum est, ego,
ut in dies spes virtusque vestra crescat, eadem
qua institui, disciplina efficiam ; si iam satis
animi est decernique placet, agite, clamorem,
qualem in acie sublaturi estis, tollite hic indicem
voluntatis virtutisque vestrae.” Postquam
ingenti alacritate clamor est sublatus, quod bene
vertat, gesturum se illis morem posteroque die
in aciem deducturum affirmat. Reliquum diei
apparandis armis consumptum est. Postero

F 2

SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

die simul instrui Romanam aciem Sabini videre,
et ipsi, iam pridem avidi certaminis, procedunt.
Proelium fuit, quale inter fidentes sibimet ambo
exercitus, veteris perpetuaeque alterum gloriae,
alterum nuper nova victoria elatum.

3. Translate—

Aeneas celsa in puppi, iam certus eundi,
carpebat somnos rebus iam rite paratis.
Huic se forma dei vultu redeuntis eodem
obtulit in somnis rursusque ita visa monere est,
omnia Mercurio similis, vocemque coloremque
et crines flavos et membra decora iuventa:
‘‘ Nate dea, potes hoc sub casu ducere somnos,
nec quae te circum stent deinde pericula cernis,
demens, nec zephyros audis spirare secundos ?
Illa dolos dirumque nefas in pectore versat,
certa mori, variosque irarum concitat aestus.
Non fugis hinc praeceps, dum _praecipitare
potestas ?
Iam mare turbari trabibus saevasque videbis
collucere faces, iam fervere litora flammis,
si te his attigerit terris Aurora morantem.
Eia age, rumpe moras. Varium et mutabile
semper
femina.” Sic fatus nocti se immiscuit atrae.

4. With what events in Roman History are the fol-

lowing places connected—the Allia, the Pass
ot Caudium, Heraclea, Cynoscephale, Numantia?

5. Give a short account of the political career of

Pompey.

6. Construct four conditional sentences of different

kinds, using the subjunctive in three of them.
Then convert them into Oratio Obliqua after a
past tense.

DECEMBER, 1906. 85

ENGLISH.
PASS AND HONOURS PAPER.
First Paper.

The Board of Examuners.

1. State from what author and work each of the
following extracts is taken. Explain them fully,
giving as much of the context as is necessary
to make their meaning clear :-—

(a) Then to come in spite of sorrow,
And at my window bid good morrow.

(6) For when hard-hearted Interest first began
To poison earth, Astreea left the plain.

(d) The lord of irony,—that master-spell
Which stung his foes to wrath.

(e) To those who mock you gone to Pluto’s reign,
There with sad ghosts to pine, and shadows
dun. |

2. Explain the following allusions:—(a) learned
Poussin; (0) his halt-regained Eurydice; (c) as
jocular as a merry-andrew; (d) the Ionian
father of the rest; (¢) the Ausonian king;
(f) Tryphiodorus the Lipogrammatist; (g) I
would deliver them after Plato’s manner ; (h) by
some Draconic clause.

86 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

3. Describe briefly the incidents by which, in
Rasselas, Johnson illustrates his view of (a) the
pastoral life, (5) the danger of prosperity, and
(c) the comparative value of society and solitude.

4. State precisely what is meant by the word
allegory ; and illustrate your statement by re-
ference to one of the prescribed selections.

5. Explain the meaning of the following words as
used by

' (a) Addison: pulvillio, conceit, nice ;
(6) Thomson: bale, sweltry, fain ;
(c) Irving: anatomy, rigadoon ;
(d) Shakespeare: breff, rivage, fet, gull, gleek,
indirectly, peevish.
6. Explain the meaning of the following passages,
naming the speaker in each case :—

(a) Let him be punished, sovereign, lest example
Breed, by his sufferance, more of such a kind.

(5) For he hath stolen a pax, and hanged must a’
be.

(d) Big Mars seems bankrupt in their beggar’d host
And faintly through a rusty beaver peeps.

(e) Haply a woman’s voice may do some good,
When articles too nicely urged be stood on.

7.. Describe briefly the character of Henry V. as con-
ceived by Shakespeare, illustrating your descrip-
tion by quotations wherever possible.

DECEMBER, 1906. 87

8. In what connection does Bacon refer to the follow-
ing persons? State concisely what you know
about each :—Sejanus, Ravaillac, Timotheus the
Athenian, Gaston de Fois, Albert Durer, Gregory
the Great, Timoleon.

9. (a) “The changes and vicissitudes in war are
many, but-chiefly in three things.’ What are
the three things ? '

.. (6) “Honour hath three things in it.” What are
they ?
(c) Three classes of men “have an over-early ripe-

ness in their years, which fadeth betimes.” To
what three classes does Bacon refer ?

10. Indicate the source, and explain the meaning o
the following :—
(4) He that plots to be the only figure amongst
cyphers is the decay of an whole age.
(6) And oes, or spangs, as they are of no great
— cost, so they are of most glory.
(c) Certainly there be whose fortunes are like
Homer’s verses.
(¢) -No youth can be comely but by pardon.
fe) It is commonly seen, that men once placed take
in with the contrary faction to that by which
they enter.

88 SENIOR -PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

ENGLISH.
SECOND PAPER.
- The Board of Examiners.

1. Write an essay on etther “The Farmer’s Life,” or
“ Australian Defence.”

2. “Many words, harmless once, have assumed a
harmful as their secondary meaning.” Give six
examples of this.

3. What do you know about the history of each of the
following words ?—dunce, dahlia, mob, cosmo-
polite, sacrament, derrick, silhouette, alligator,
paraffin.

4. “Occasionally a name will embody and give per-
manence to an error.” Give a few instances.

5. What is meant by the “ desynonymizing” process ?
Illustrate your answer by an example.

DECEMBER, 1906. 89

BRITISH HISTORY.
The Board of Examiners.

. Sketch the history of England, from the death of
Alfred to the death of Edgar.

. How did the rule of Henry the Second aay
towards the making of a united Englis
nation ?

. What were the leading causes which promoted
the growth of Towns in Englani ?

. Give a short account of the history of Scotland
and of Ireland during the reign of Elizabeth.

. Give an account of the principal subjects or
controversy between James the First and his
Parliaments.

. What is meant by the Emancipation of the Press ?
Trace briefly the steps by which the Emancipa-
tion of the Press was accomplished in England.

. What were the ideas of George the Third as to
the powers which should be possessed and
exercised by a British King ?

. What is meant by the Domestic System of Indus-

try? Contrast it with the system which took

its place.

. (a) Trace briefly the history of British settlement
in New Zealand.

(6) When, and in what circumstances, was the
Colony of South Australia founded ?

90 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

FRENCH.

First Paper.
The Board of Examiners.

Candidates must satisfy the examiners in EACH part
of the paper.

TRADUCTION.

1. Traduisez en anglais idiomatique :

(a) Les premiers hommes, n’ayant que les monta-
gnes pour asiles contre les inondations, chassés
souvent de ces mémes asiles par le feu des
-volcans, tremblants sur une terre qui tremblait
sous leurs pieds, nus d’esprit et de corps, exposés
aux injures de tous les éléments, victimes de la
furenr des animaux féroces, dont ils ne pouvaient
éviter de devenir la proie; tous également
pénétrés du sentiment commun d’une terreur
funeste, tous éyalement pressés par la nécessité,
n’ont-ils pas trés promptement cherché a se
réunir, d’abord pour se défendre par le nombre,
ensuite pour s‘aider et travailler de concert a se
faire un domicile et des armes ?

— Burron.

(6) Les peuples les plus éclairés, se ressaisissant
du droit de disposer éux-mémes de leur sang et
de leurs richesses apprendront peu A peu &
regarder la guerre comme le fléau le plus funeste,
comme le plus grand des crimes. Ils sauront
quvils ne peuvent devenir conquérants sans

DECEMBER, 1906. 91

perdre leur liberté . . . . . qu’ils doivent
chercher la sfireté et non la puissance. Peu a
peu les préjugés commerciaux se dissiperont ;
un faux intérét mercantile perdra laffreux
pouvoir d’ensanglanter la terre et de ruiner les
nations sous prétexte de les enrichir. . . . .
Les guerres entre les peuples, comme les assas-
sinats, seront au nombre de ces atrocités
extraordinaires qui humilient et révoltent la
nature, qui impriment un long opprobre sur le
pays, sur le sidécle dont les annales ont été
sonillées. — Conporcet.

(c) Les pluies avaient enfin cessé, et le printem)s
se faisait tout & coup. Nous étions au mois de
février: tous les amandiers étaient en fleurs,
et les prés se remplissaient de jonquilles
embaumées. C’était sauf la couleur du ciel
et la vivacité des tons du paysage, la seule
différence que |’ceil pit trouver entre les deux
saisons; car les arbres de cette région sont
vivaces pour la plupart. Ceux qui poussent
de bonne heure n’ont pas a subir les coups de
la gelée: les gazons conservent toute leur
fraicheur et les fleurs n’ont besoin que d’une
matinée de soleil pour mettre le nez au vent.
Lorsque notre jardin avait un demi-pied de
neige, la bourrasque balangait sur nos berceaux
treillagés, de jolies petites roses grimpantes,
qui, pour étre un peu péles, n’en paraissaient

" pas moins de fort bonne humeur.

—G. SAND.

(d) J’ai voulu ce matin te rapporter des roses ;
Mais j’en avais tant pris dans mes ceintures
closes,
Que les noeuds trop serrés n'ont pu les contenir.

SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

Les noeuds ont éclaté; les roses envolées,
Dans le vent, & la mer s’en sont toutes allées;
Elles ont suivi l’eau pour ne plus revenir.

La vague en a paru rouge et comme enflammée;

Ce soir ma robe encore en est toute embaumée.

Respires-en sur moi ]’odorant souvenir.
—Mme. DesBoRDES-VALMORE.

VERSION ET GRAMMAIRE.

2. Traduisez en francais:

The first time we meet the French peasant, is
about the end of the twelfth century. Who
can forget the sombre figure that makes rapid
strides (s’avancer rapidement) across the pretty
scene of Aucassin and Nicolette? Aucassin on
his courser, dreamy and lost in thought, goes
riding towards the greenwood to find his true
love Nicolette. At the edge of the forest he
passes the little herdboys, sitting on their mantles
on the grass, as they break bread at noon by the
fountain’s edge. These are mere children. It
is far later, when the sun is sinking, while the
tears fall down the cheeks of Aucassin at the
thought of his poor lost love still unfound, that
he meets the real French peasant.

3. Tradnisez :

(2)

He had cut his finger.

She looked at him.

The boy never came.

We do not doubt that you speak the truth.
Old men, women, children, all were killed.

DECRMBER, 1906. 93

(6) Construisez quatre phrases montrant le mode
& employer aprés les conjonctions suivantes :
de peur que, aussitét que, jusqu’d ce que, aprés
que, depuis que.

(ec) Donnez tout limpératif et ’imparfait du sub-
jonctif des verbes—se laver; ne pas courir ;
tentr. |

(d) ‘Traduisez:

I saw some children wandering in the
wood.

In Africa there are many wandering tribe:

Which countries have you visited ?

The clothes I gave you to mend.

4. Traduisez:

It is past 83 o’clock. Is it?

They do nothing but go in and out.

Are you going in for the honours examination ?
Did you call? Yes, I did.

Did you not call? Yes, I did.

We waited for four hours.

Has she not put her hat on ?

5. Traduisez en anglais les mots suivants en italique
et montrez la différence de signification produite
par l’accent— :

Cru and cra, la tache and la tache, jeune
and le jetine, mal and mdle, pécher et pécher
récréer et recréer, reformer et réformer,
reprouver et réprouver.

94 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

FRENCH.
PASS AND HONOURS PAPER.
SEconD Paper.

Time: One hour and a half.

The Board of Examners.

Candidates must satisfy the Examiners in EACH Part
of the Paper.

C.—AHistoire de la Littérature and Histoire de France.

(Questions 1 and 2 are to be answered in
English.)

- 1, Dites trés briévement qui étaient Montaigne,
Villon, Malherbe, Victor Hugo. <A quelles
branches de la littérature appartiennent-ils ?
Citez quelques-uns de leurs ouvrages et donnez
les faits principaux de la vie de ces auteurs et les
dates qui s’y rapportent.

2. @u’entend-on par l’expression Siécle de Louts XIV.
et en quoi ce siécle est-il si remarquable au point
de vue de l’histoire et de la littérature ?

3. Candidates for Pass should write in French an
essay of not less than 250 words on ong, and
candidates for Honours on two, of the following
subjects,

(a) Cequ’on entend par Langue d’oc et Langue
dol.

DECEMBER, 1906. 95

(6) Chanson de Roland et son importance dans
Pépopée francaise.
(c) Corneille et la tragédie classique trancaise.

(d) Traits caractéristiques et principaux écrivains
du mouvement romantique au XI Xe. Siécle
en France.

GERMAN.
First Papgr.

The Board of Examiners.

Candidates must satisfy the Examiners in BACH
part of the paper.

A.—TRANSLATION.

1. Translate into English—

Auf der ganzen weiten Erde war wohl sonst
kein anmutigeres Land zu finden als das kleine
Firstentum, worin sich das alles begab, was ich
zu erzihlen eben im Begriff stehe. Von einem
hohen Gebirge umschlossen, glich das Liindchen
mit seinen griinen, duftenden Wéaldern, mit
seinen blumen-besieten Wiesen, mit seinen
rauschenden Strémen und lustig platschernden
Springquellen, zumal da es gar keine Stidte,
sondern nur freundliche Dérfer und hin und
wieder einzeln-stehende Paliste darin gab, einem
wunderbar herrlichen Garten, in welchem die
Bewohner wie zu ihrer Lust wandelten, frei von
jeder drtickenden Biirde des Lebens. Jeder
wusste, dass Fiirst Demetrius das Land beherr-
sche ; niemand merkte indessen das mindeste

96 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION,

von der Regierung, und alle waren wohl damit

zufrieden. Personen, welche die volle Freiheit

in allem ihrem Tun, eine schéne Gegend, ein

mildes Klima liebten, konnten ihren Aufenthalt

nicht besser wahlen als in dem kleinen
urstentum.

2. Translate into English—

Die Frau trat aus dem Hause, eine saubere
(neat) Gestalt, gefolgt von einem krausképfigen
Knaben, der beim Anblick der Fremden schnell
seine Finger in den Mund steckte und sich
hinter der Schiirze der Mutter verbarg. Karl
fragte nach dem Mann. “ Er kann Ihren Wagen
vom Felde sehen, er wird soyvleich hier sein,”
sagte die errdtende Frau. Sie bat die Herren
in die Stube zu treten und stiubte mit ihrer
Schiirze eilig zwei Holzstiihle ab. Es war ein
kleines Zimmer, die Wéiinde weiss, die Mébel
mit roter Farbe angestrichen, aber sauber gewa-
schen, im Ofen brodelte (semmered) der Kaf-
feetopf, in der Ecke tickte die Wanduhr,
und auf einen kleinen Holzgestelle (bracket)
standen zwei gemalte Porzellanfiguren und
einige Tassen, darunter wohl ein Dutzend Biicher.
Es war der erste behagliche Raum, den sie auf
dem Gute gefunden hatten.

3. Translate into English—

(a) Das Alter ist ein héflicher Mann,
Einmal iiber’s andre klopft er an,
Aber nun sagt N temantts “ Herein!”
Und vor der Tiire will er nicht sein.
Da klinkt er auf (turns the handle), tritt ein
so schnell, .
Und nun heisst’s, er sei ein grober Gesell.

DECEMBER, 1906. 97

(5) Aus einer grossen Gesellschaft heraus
Ging einst ein stiller Gelehrter zu Haus.
Man fragte: ‘‘ Wie seid Ihr zufrieden gewe-
sen?”
“ Wiren’s Biicher,” sagt er, ‘ich wiird’ sie
nicht lesen.”

B.—ComposITION AND GRAMMAR.

4, Translate into German—

One day an English tourist was overtaken by
a thunderstorm. Perishing with cold he arrived
at a couhtry-inn, but there were so many people
there already that he could not get near the Ais
to warm himself. ‘Take a dish with four
dozen oysters (Auster f.), some bread and cheese,
and a glass of ale to my horse,” he said to the
landlord. ‘To your horse, Sir? Do you think
he would like that?” ‘Do as I tell you and
you will see.” The landlord shakes his head,
but obeys. Curious to see a horse that eats
oysters, everybody leaves the room and accom-
panies him to the stables. In the meantime
(inzwischen) the traveller chooses the most com-
fortable seat at the fire. “Sir,” said the
landlord, returning—“ It is just as I thought
it would be; your horse will not touch the supper
you ordered for him.” ‘‘ Very well, then J will
take it myself,” said the guest; “ give him some
oats and let me have the oysters.”

5. Give, with the definite article, the genitive singular
and the nominative plural of—Fiirstentum, Be-
grif, Gebirge, First, Gegend, Klima, Gestalt,
Wagen, Mund, Feld, Ofen, Topf, Uhr, Raum,
Gut.

98 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

6. Give the imperative (three forms, corresponding to
the three forms of address: du, chr, Sie) and
the past participle, of zuschliessen, wissen, treten,
sich entfernen.

7. Translate into German—

(a) Your house is much higher than ours. Which
of you has taken my pencil? I haven't. I haven't
either. Which of the two brothers do you
prefer? I don’t leke either of them. Everybody
knows that.

(6) Lam tired of waiting for them. He is leaving
to-day for Berlin. The sailing of the vessel has
been postponed. Arriving at the door we found
tt locked. I heard him playing upstairs.

(c) He opened his book in order to learn his lesson.
I have looked for him without finding him. We
might go for a walk, uf it were not raining. The
farther one travels northward, the colder wt gets.

8. Give the German for—library, bookcase, railway
station, pin, to press, to print, veil, match-box,
painful, fur, to row, modesty, conceit, pious.

DECEMBER, 1906. 99

GERMAN.

PASS AND HONOURS PAPER.
SeconD PapER.
Time: One hour and a half.
The Board of Examiners.

Candidates must satisfy the Examiners in EACH
part of the paper.

C.—DrutscHe GESCHICHTE UND
LITTERATU RGESCHICHTE.

(Questions ] and 2 are to be answered in English.)

. State briefly what you know of Gustav Freytag,
Hans Sachs, Wieland, Uhland.

. Give a short account, with dates, of—(a) the
Hohenstaufen ; (b) the Hohenzollern, indicating
tbe part these two families have played in
German history.

. Candidates for Honours should write an easay of
not less than 250 words each on two of the
following subjects, candidates for a Pass one
such essay :-—

(a) Der Minnegesang.
(6) Goethe und Schiller als Freunde.
(c) ‘ Minna von Barnhelm.”

(d) Die deutsche Litteratur seit dem Tode Geethes.
G2

461145

100 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

CHEMISTRY.
e The Board of Examiners..

PASS AND FIRST HONOURS PAPER.

Candidates should write equations, where possible, as

“I

well as verbal descriptions of chemical reactions.

Describe the process of purification of a soluble
salt by recrystallization. Illustrate by reference
to some particular instance, and shew how the
removal of the impurities may be tested
analytically.

. Shew how the atomic theory, as developed by

Dalton and Gay-Lussac, was amplified and cor-
rected by Avogadro’s hypothesis.

. What is the average composition of the atmosphere?

The air of a room of 600 cubic metres capacity
was found to contain 01 per cent. of carbon
dioxide by volume; what weight of barium
hydroxide would be required to absorb this
amount of carbon dioxide ?

[Given that H = 1°01,C = 12, Ba = 137-4;
Temp. = 14° C., Bar. = 768 mm. ]

. Describe the action of hydrochloric acid (in

aqueous solution) on sodium thiosulphate, man-
ganese dioxide, silver nitrate, nitric acid and
zinc.

. How is aluminium commercially extracted from its

ores ?

. Describe the manufacture of bleaching powder and

its more important properties.

. What are the chief homologous series of hydro-

_ carbons, and how are they related to each other ?

DECEMBER, 1906. 101 |

PHYSICS.
The Board of Examwers.

. Obtain an expression for the time of vibration of a
conical pendulum in terms of its length, inclina-
tion, and the acceleration due to gravity.

Find correct to the nearest millimetre the
length of the so-called “ Seconds’ Pendulum ” in
Melbourne (g = 979°9).

. State the Laws of Limiting Friction, and define
Coefficient of Friction. Describe an experi-
mental method of determining this coefficient,
and explain why it cannot be deduced from less
than two experiments made with the ordinary
apparatus.

. Give the theory of the Diving Bell.

The pressure of the air inside an immersed
cylindrical Diving Bell, 8 feet high, is just great
enough to keep the water out; if the bell sink
30 feet deeper the water rises 3 feet inside it.
Find the original depth of the bell’s mouth.

.. Describe the experiments you would make and give
the calculations necessary for determining the
true coefficient of expansion of alcohol, supposing
you knew that of mercury.

. Describe and give the theory of one method of
measuring the latent heat of steam, applying all
necessary corrections.

102 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

G. Describe the construction of Daniell’s hygrometer,
-and explain fully how you would use it to
determine the relative humidity of the air.

7. A horizontal magnet, of pole strength 5 c.g.s. units
is 60 centimetres long; find by scale and
compasses the direction and magnitude of the
magnetic force at a point 20 centimetres above
the magnet’s north pole.

8. State the definition of unit quantity of electricity,
and explain why this particular unit was
adopted.

Describe any experimental method of com-
paring the quantities of electricity on two small
conductors.

9. Give ashort account of Faraday’s experiments on
electro-magnetic induction. State and explain
the law deduced from these experiments by
Lenz.

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.
The Board of Examiners.
FIVE questions only to be attempted.

1. What is meant by the term enzym* ? Name the
enzymes found in the alimenta-y tract of a
mammal, and state briefly their actions.

DECEMBER, 1996. 10

. What muscular mechanisms are concerned with

respiration in man? What conditions may
‘ bring about increased rate of breathing ?

. Describe, with the aid of drawings, the circulatory

system of a fish. In what respects is the
circulatory system of a mammal superior to that
of a fish ?

. Enumerate the connective tissues of the body, and

describe one of them with the aid of diagrams.

. How would you distinguish between the anterior

(ventral) and the posterior (dorsal) part of an
excised portion of mammalian spinal cord ?

. In what manner is excretion of urine dependent

upon changes in blood pressure ?

GEOGRAPHY.
The Board of Examiners.

. Draw an outline map of Asia; name and mark on

it the positions of six of euch of the following :—
Mountain ranges, rivers, towns, islands.

. A heavy ball is freely suspended by-a wire 100 feet

long from the roof of a building, and is set
swinging.

State and explain what is observed if the
experiment is continuously watched for six
hours.

104 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

3. Explain the principles of Mercator’s and of conical
projection as applied to the construction of maps,
and discuss the advantages and disadvantages of
each.

4. Describe the method of government of Canada, its
principal products, and the trade routes from
Canada to Melbourne and London respectively.

5. Describe and account for the appearance of an
earthquake record from a seismometer, and men-
tion the most important causes to which earth-
quakes are commonly attributed.

6. Name and describe the modes of origin of the chief
types of plains.

7. Account for the importance of the following places :
—Singapore, Astrakhan, Buda-Pest, Milan,
Honolulu. |

ALGEBRA.
The Board of Examiners.

1. State and prove the remainder theorem.
Resolve into factors

a?(65 — c*) + b7(c8 — a’) + c?(a? — 8).

2. Simplify

(a +) (a+ 9)
a(a — 6) (a — Cc)

(6 + x) (6 + 9)

b(6 — e) (6 — a)

(c+ xz) (e+ y)

e(c —a) (c— Bb)

-f-

DECEMBER, 1906. 105

3. Shew that anyrational proper fraction 4/PQ where
P, Q have no common factor can be expressed in
the form P’/P + @/Q where P'/P, Q'/@ are
proper fractions.

Express 2°/(a4 + 2? + 1) as the sum of two
proper fractions.

4. Shew how to solve the simultaneous equations
ax? + bay + cy? = d,
vx? + Vey + cy? = d.
Find the condition that two of the solutions

may be identical, and, in that case, state
explicitly all the solutions.

5. Shew that a ratio, whose terms are positive, is
made more nearly equal to unity by adding the
same quantity to each of its terms.

In a years a father will be m times as old as
his son, and a years ago he was 7 times as old as
his son. Find their present ages.

6. If a/a’ = b/b' = e/e’. then each of these ratios
is equal to
la + mb + ne

la’ + mb’ + ne’

If
(6 —c)z + (Cc —a)y + (a — b)z2 = 0,
a(b — c)x? + (ce — a)y? + ca — b)27=— 0,
find x: yz.

7. Define a” when m is fractional or negative, and
for expressions so defined, prove that—

a" a®™ = a" +,

106 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

Simplify—
(yz)"+" (zx)"+! (ry)'*™
gy” z
8. Define a logarithm, and state and prove the rules

for finding the logarithms of a product, quotient,
and power.

Find the number of digits in 28, having given
logy» 2 = 0°301030.

9. State and prove the formula for the number of
combinations of » different things 7 at a time.

In how many ways can 8 crews, each of 8
men, be chosen from 64 men ?

10. State and prove the binomial theorem for 9
positive integral exponent.

If by, 5,, b3,.-.. 5, are in arithmetical] pro-
gression, and

(1 + 2)" = Gy + ax +....+4,2",
prove that

Ady + 2,0, + 220s + AD,

= 2"-"(b, + b,).

DECEMBER, 1906. 107

GEOMETRY.
The Board of Examiners

1. Describe a circle about a given triangle.

An isosceles triangle has its vertical angle
equal to the exterior angle of an equilateral
triangle. Prove that the radius of its circum-
circle is equal to one of the equal sides of the

' triangle. :

2. P is any point on the are APB. Show that the
bisector of the angle APB passes through a
fixed point, and that the bisector of its sup-
plementary angle passes through another fixed
point.

3. If a quadrilateral have its opposite angles supple-
mentary a circle may be described about it.

Four circles, A, B, C, D, are such that A
touches D and B, B touches A and C, C touches
Band D, and D touches Cand A. Prove that
the four points of contact are concyclic.

4. Tangents OA, OB are drawn from an external
point to a circle. 2@ is any chord through the
middle point of AB. Show that the line joining
O to the centre bisects the angle POQ.

5. Define similar polygons, and prove that triangles
which are equiangular to one another are
similar. |

108 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATIO.

6. If the exterior vertical angle of a triangle be
bisected by a straight line which cuts the base,
the square on the bisector is equal to the
difference between the rectangle contained by
the segments of the base and that contained by
the sides of the triangle.

7. Ifa straight line be at right angles to each of two
straight lines at their point of intersection, it is
perpendicular to the plane in which they lie.

AB and BC are two straight lines at right
angles, and A is a straight line at right angles |
to the plane ABC. Prove that if PB be joined
it will be at right angles to BC.

8. If any two straight lines be cut by parallel planes
they are cut proportionally.

9. In a parabola, prove that—

(a) If the tangent at P meet the directrix in Z,
PZ subtends a right angle at the focus.

(6) The subnormal is constant.

TRIGONOMETRY.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Prove that CtA — cosee A +1_ sind _
cot A + cosec A —1 1+ cos A

Verify the identity when sin A = 4, A being
an acute angle.

DECEMBER, 1906. 109

. Define the trigonometrical ratios of an angle of any
magnitude, and express the sine, cosine, and
tangent of 180 — A, 180 + A, and — A, in
terms of the tr igonometrical ratios of A.

. Find an expression for all angles having the same
tangent as a.
Solve completely the equation
tan 8 + cos 6 = sec @.
. Prove the formula for sin (A + #) in terms of

sines and cosines of A and B, when A und B
are positive angles, and A + B less than 90°.

Ifsin.A = and cos B= z find the values
of sin (A — B)..

. Shew that
sin (y — 2) + sin (z — 2) + sin (@ — y)
= —4sin 2” sin 7—” gin 274
2 2 2

_If A+ B+ C= 180°, prove that

cot B + cotC cot C + cot A
tan B + tan C tan C + tan A

cot A+ cot B _
tan A + tan BT

. Prove that in any triangle
sin A sin B _

ED
_aae——— ep Oo

T10 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

Also prove that
a® sin (B — C) + 6 sin (C — A)
+c sin(4 — B)= 0.
8. Shew how to solve a triangle having given two
sides and the included angle.
Ifa /3 +1,86=23, C= 30°, solve the
triangle.
9. Ifa = 19-22, 6 = 23-04, A = 88° 12’, find B and
C, having given

log 1°922 = 0-28875

log 2°804 = 0°36247
L sin 35° 12’ = 9-76075
L sin 48° 42’ = 9°83940
difforl’= 18

10. Shew how to find the heisht of an inaccessible
tree.

A vertical tower stands on a slope inclined to
the horizontal at an angle of 15°. At the foot
of the slope tle tower subtends an angle of 15°.
On walking 200 feet up the slope it is found to
subtend an angle of 60°. Find the height of the
tower to the nearest tenth of a foot.

DECEMBER, 1906. 111

BOTANY.
The Board of Examiners.

[Illustrate your answers with figures wherever possible.
Five Questions only to be attempted. |

1. What is meant by a cambium? Where do cam-
biums cccur? Describe a typical cambium
cell.

2. Give an account of the life history of a Moss,
paying special attention to the origin of the
sporophyte.

ide)

. Describe experiments to shew the influence of light
and darkness upon the growth and shape of
seedlings.

4. What is meant by geotropic irritability? How
does the geotropic irritability of a stem differ
from that of a root, and how would you proceed
to determine whether an organ was positively
or negatively geotropic ?

[oi

. Explain fully how the wood of a Conifer differs from
that of a Dicotyledon, and explain why the rings
in the wood do not always give the age of the
tree exactly.

6. What are stomata, where do they occur, and what
is their structure and function ?

119 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

DRAWING.
PASS AND HONOURS PAPER.

1. PracTicaL GEOMETRY.
Time allowed : One hour and a half.
The Board of Examiners.
INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CANDIDATE.

You are to attempt only five questions; one of these
must be either question No. 7 or No. 9.
Put the number of the question beside each answer.

Results must be obtained by construction, and must
not be result of trial or guessing.

All construction lines must be allowed to remain.

Parallel and perpendicular lines may be drawn by
means of the straight edge and set square.

Neat and accurate workmanship is expected.
H.P. = Horizontal Co-ordinate Plane.
V.P. = Vertical Co-ordinate Plane.

QUESTIONS.

1. A scalene triangle has a base 2” long, a vertical
angle of 30°, and an altitude of 14”. Construct
the triangle. —[15 marks. ]

2. Given three lines 4B 43’, CD 32’, and EF 2h’.
Find a fourth line GH, such that AB: CD::
EF : GH. —[10 marks. ]

. Asemi-circle and a straight line are given in diagram
Q3. Describe a circle which shal] touch the
semi-circle and the straight line in point A tan-
gentially. —[20 marks. |

. Describe an ellipse, the major axis of which is 34”
long and the distance between the foci 2}". At
any point in the curve other than the ends of the
axes draw a normal.

Use any method in describing the ellipse
except that of the thread and pins.
—(20 marks. |

. Construct a square equal in area to the quadrilateral
figure given in diagram Q5. —[(15 marks. ]

. Find graphically the sum of (9 + 3 + 7 —5 + 2)
unit = “25”, —[10 marks. ]

. The plan and elevation of a cube and square pyra-
mid are given in diagram @Q7. Draw a second
elevation when the horizontal edges of the solids
make angles of 30° with the V.P.

| —[25 marks. |

. The side and end elevations of an ordinary building
brick are given in diagram Q8.

Make an isometric projection of the brick
employing the natural scale of 4” to 1’.

—[30 marks. |

. A right cone, axis 3”, diameter of base 2”, stands
on the H.P. on its apex, with its axis vertical.
Draw the plan and elevation of the cone, and
draw the plan of the section made by a plane
perpendicular to the V.P., making an angle of 45°
with the H.P., and containing a diameter of the
base of the solid. —[35 marks. ]
H

114 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

DRAWING
PASS AND HONOURS PAPER.
2. DrawinG 1n LicguTt AND SHADE.
The Board of Examiners.
Time allowed : One hour.

For this examination select either cast No. 141 or
Cast No. 136 (or Ed. Dept. casts No. 13 or 16).

Place on a level with the Candidate’s eyes, and in a
good light, which should come from the left of the
Candidate.

Not more than three Candidates should work from
the same cast.

Before the examination begins the following
Instructions must be read to the Candidates :-—

1. You are to make a shaded drawing of the cast in
front of you, and to a slightly larger scale than
the cast.

2. Your drawing may be executed in any medium you
choose, such as lead pencil, chalk, charcoal, pen
and ink, or water colour. A complete rendering
of the cast is not expected, but the chief shades
and shadows should be shown, and a portion
should be finished.

3. One hour is allowed for the work

DECEMBER, 1906. 115

DRAWING.
PASS AND HONOURS PAPER.
3. PERSPECTIVE.
The Board of Examiners.

Time allowed: One hour and a half:

1. The front and side elevations of a hanging book-
case are given in the diagram on next page.

Give the perspective representation of the
book-case when it hangs flat against a wall, the
highest point being 6 feet above the ground, 2 ft.
6 :u. into the picture, and 1 foot to the right of the
spectator, the vertical surface of the wall vanish-
ing towards the left at an angle of 45° with the
picture.

Height of the eye above the ground, 4 feet.

Distance of the eye in front of the picture,
6 feet.

Scale, 1} inches to 1 foot.

Dimensions may be taken directly from the
diagram.

2. Height of eye, 5 feet.

Distance of eye in front of picture, 10 feet.

Scale, $ inch to 1 foot.

A square sheet of tin of 3 feet sides stands
upon the ground on one of its edges. The
plane of the square is perpendicular to the
ground, and makes an angle of 60° with the
picture towards the right. The nearest point on
the ground is 1 foot to the left and 1 foot into
the picture.

H 2

—
?

116

SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

DECEMBER, 1906. 117

Put the sheet of tin into perspective, and show
the shade on and the shadow cast by it when the
sun is in the plane of the picture, on the left of
the spectator, and its rays make angles of 45°
with the ground.

DRAWING.

PASS AND HONOURS PAPER.
4. DRAWING FROM MEmMoRY.
Time allowed : Thirty minutes.
INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CANDIDATE.

Fifteen minutes will be allowed for each drawing,
and both sides of your drawing paper may be used.

Your drawings must be of fair size—full size,
where possible—and they should not be over-
elaborated.

You are to make a drawing in lead pencil, and
from memory, of two of the following subjects : —
A wine glass.
A cup and saucer.
A cricket bat.
A mug.
A book, closed, and lying on its side.

A cigar box, with the lid raised into a vertica
position.

118 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

HONOUR EXAMINATION.

GREEK.—(TRANSLATION OF PREPARED
BOOKS).

First Paper.

The Board of Examiners.

1. Translate, with brief notes upon any points which
appear to require them—

(a) AYK. ovxovy rpadévrwy révde rypwpove épot

xenlw AeréoBac rHy Sedpapévwy ixny.
AM. rq@ rov Adc péev Zeve apuvérw péper

maooc’ 70 0 cic Eu’, ‘HpaxAgcc, epol pédrec
Adyout Tv TOVd apabiay brép céBer
deitac’ Kaxw¢ yap o ovK éaréor KAvELY.
TpWTOV Mev ovy Tappnr , Ev appHrotoc yap
riy onv vopilw dedrtay, ‘Hpdxdeec,
avy papruacy Oeoic det pp’ aradAdta oéOer.

(5) rov inmevray tT 'Apaldvwy orparov
Ma@rev appt roAumdrapoy
EBa de’ Evéevoy oidua Aiuvas,
riv’ obk a? “EX\Aaviac
a&yopor aXioac ditwy,
Képac ’Apeiac wézXov
Xpuceoorodor pera,
Gwarijpoc oAeGpioug aypac.

(6)

(d)

(¢)

DECEMBER, 1906. 119

éyw d€ vipdac nxpobircalcuny,

Khon ovvarrove , & tT ’AOnvaiwy ,Bovoc
Lraprnc re Onwy 0’, we avnppévor Kado
apuuvnoloror Bloy Exot’ ebdaiuova.

kal ravra ppovdu’ peraBadovca & H rixn
viopgoac pév div Kijpac avrédwk’ Execv,
époi de daxpva Nourpa’ Svornvog pperarv.
Tarip 0€ marpo¢ EoTig yapous Ode,

“Acény vouifwy werBepov, Kijdog meuxpoy.

el dé Oeoic Hy Ebveotc cai codia car’ avdpac,
didupoy av Pav epepor

gavepoy xapakrijp’

dperac doar

péra, xarOarovrec rt

gic avyac waduy ddAiov

dtasovc ay EBay dravdrove,

& dvayévera 3 dxday ay

elye Lwac Bioray,

Kai Tyo hy rove re kaxovg &v

yvavat kai rove ayabouc,

iwov Gr’ év vepéAacory &-

orpwy vaurace apiOmoc wéAEL.

66 ééeXizawy maida Kiovog KiKg,
répvevpa detvov woddc, évavriov crabeic
Barre pd Wrap’ trrioc O& Aatvoucg
dpVoordrac Edevoev éxrvéwy Bior.

2. Describe a (ireek sacrifice (with the Greek terms).

3. Give an exact explanation of the appearance of 4

for Attic 7 in dramatic lyrics.

4. Scan the first three lines of the first passage 1 (a).

5. Comment on—
(a) The. forms—Bayr, d&vwyGe, aradcodpapovpat :

120 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

(6) The grammar ot—ro ypiv viv ekéoplev—rov
Kpeoy péra—etyxaprephow Gavarov—ripac 5 exw
rugs’, oi ayacOivar pirowe— ion 0 éohHADE p’, i
naparnoalpeda gvyac :

(ce) The meaning of—zpoorpératoy alua—Kvuedwriay
modLv— Atcov Baxxoc—imoypagery.

6. Translate verbatim, with any comment—

(a2) & xpy yap ovdeic pn xpewry Onoee Tore.

(>) warip € vv

Otyay xparatdc yewpoc Evvewer race.

7. Translate, with notes as above—

(a) rove d€ Adyouvg paxporépove ob mapa 7d eiwOdc
pnkvvovper, GA’ extxwpcov ov Hyiv, ov pev
Bpaxeic dpxwoe py TorACTS xpioBar, wAeion de

uy ~
év @ Gy xatpog 4 Otddoxorvrac re THY mpoupyou |

é
Adyote TO déov mpaccety.
8 w
(6) vopifopéy re rac peyddrac &yOpac padcor’ ay
crarvectat eBaiwe, obx iv avrapuvopeEreg ree Kal
émtxparijjoac Ta wAéw Tov moguoy Kar’ avayKny
pxoe Eycaradapavwy pu) aro rov taov Lupfy,
GAN iv xapov ro abro opdoat mpoc TO émteec
kai aper? abroy vuKloag Tapa G@ mpooectyero
perpiwe EvvadrAayy.
‘ \ \ \ ‘\ ? ’ ~
(c) xai rd peér xpdoc rove *AOnvaiove rocovroy
‘ ’ \ ry .. e@ ‘ \ ‘oe .N
ayabdv eb BovArevopérorc etploxerac’ rijy Ge tro
Ud ° x me
TavtTwy Opodoyoupévny Gpraroy eivat tipnyny rac
ov Xp) Kat év Hiv abroig mowjcacbac; } Soxeire,
eu T@ Te Eorty ayaboy ij et Tw Ta Evayria, ov
‘yovxia paddov i} wéAXepog TO pEY mnavoae av
, \ ‘ ‘ e
Exarépy, ro d€ vvdiaowsar, Kat Tac ripac cal
AapmMpornrac akevyouvorépac EXELY THY Eins
es pig ge ee eke
Te doa év phe Adywv ay ric otédrAOo,

@ ‘e0}
A OTE
TOU TOAEMELY | p i

DECEMBER, 1906. 121

(d) xai dua rev Eikorwy Bovdopévorc hy éxi rpogpace
éxnéupat, un Te mpoc ra wapdvra rig I[vAov éxo-
perne vewrepiowory’ émel cal rode Expagay goBov-
plevoe abtav riv veornra Kal 76 wdO0c’—aei yap
ra wodAa Aaxedaioviog apocg rovc Eidwrac rij¢
pudaxijc répt padtora xabeorhcet—npoeizoy abrey
Soot abwovory év roig worepionc yeyevijabar cpio
dptorot, kpivecBat, we EXevOEpwoorTEC, TEipay TroLOU-
pevoe Kal ryoupervoe rovToue apiowy U0 dpovnparoc,
oirep cat Hkiwoay mpw@rog Exaotoc éXevOepovcBat,
padcora Gy xat éexcbéaBat’

(e) dere dn Gpdoréporg per Soxovy avaywpeiv dia
TO d€0¢ abrév bvrwy avOpwrur payipwy, KupwOer dé
ovdevy éx rig dtadepac ornvixa xp dppaobar,
vuxrog re ércyevopernc, of pev Maxeddvec xai ro
TrARO0¢ trav BapBdpwy evOvc goGnBévrec, Sep
girei peydda orparémeda, aoadec éxxrAHyrvvoba,
Kat vopioarrec moANaTAaaiove pev 7} HAGov ertévac,
Scov dé o¥Tw rapEivat, Karaoravrec é¢ alpvidcoy
guyiy éxwpouv ex’ otKov.

8. What view do you take of the actuality of the
speeches in Thucydides ?

9. What indications do you discover of the sense of
justice or honour possessed by the Athenians
and Spartans respectively ?

10. Draw a rough outline map, and place upon it—
Pallene, Plateza, Cythera, Niseea, Leucas, Cam-
arina, Sphacteria, Rhegium, Tegea, Cenchrea,
Thebes, Ampbipulis.

1]. Explain —ratiapyo: — BrapriGrat, Aaxedatporeor,
meptoccor—yotvig, korvAn—ot Oadapcor—repirodor
—Onfaior cai of Evppopor—’ Axaparri¢ éxpura-
vever, Nexiadne émeorarer—rov Kwowvog mwapevex-
Oévroc.

122

SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

12. Comment briefly on the grammar of—gvAaaao-

pévouc rev veav—CiagOeipovery abrovc NaOdvrec THY
andpactv—rac xXflpac avécecay, onAovrrec ™po-
giectac ra Kexnpvypéva—etiac Gre, Oy pev Epievra,
wpoc TOUG Guuvomeveug Emovrec KracOwoay—«ara
vwrov det Eueddroy abroic y Xwphoeay of modEpmor
Eaea0at—npoohpxorro we abAnry.

13. Translate, with notes as above—

(a) xarOar’ opec 6 7’ arupoc avip Eo 7’ EAdaXE

(6)

(c)

riopGov,
éy de ig rey ‘Ipog xpeiwy 7’ "Ayapéuvwr*
Gepoirn ’ laog Oéribog aig nixdouoo.
wavrec 0 eloiy Gpac vextwy dpervnva Kapnva,
yupvoi re Enpoi re xar’ dogodedoy Etpo@va.

ZOK. ooi oé ri, Epmredexdsrc, doxet ;

EMII. é¢ rove xparijpac éuneceiv avrov, we
HaBy pi AodopeicBar roicg KpEirroat.

AAT. cai poy apeoroy ty xabarep teva
IlevOéa 3} Opgea

Aaxtoroy Ey wérpacory evpeaOat popor,
iy’ Gy Kai ro pépog abrov Exaoroc Exwy annh-
Aarrero Kai—
AOYK. pndapdc’ addAa rpd¢ ixeciou peisacbE
pov.
ZOK. dpaper’ ovbk av ageBeing Ere.

IAAT. rovr’ éxeivo, é¢ wediov rov ixroy, we
mapakpovodpevog Tove dtkaorac arehOnc’ pact
your pyropa ae cal duavecoy riva elvat Kat xavov-
prov éy roic Ndyos. riva 6€ xat deaorny eBéArEkEtc
yevéoOa, Gvreva py av SwpotoKhnaac, ola mwodda
moire, &dika Teigec UrEp cov Whdhicacbat;

AOYK. @appeire rovrov ye Evexa’ oddéva rovovroy
dtarrythny vrorroy y apgiBorov akwoayy’ ay yevéo-
Gat xai dori avodwaerai poe THY Wijgoov.

DKCEMBER, 1906. 123

(d) AIOL. cai airec, & gpidogopia, wavy éxave
rov &vdpa xai avariOepar ra Karnyopovpeva xal
piroy roodpat abroy yevvaiov ovra.

MIA. cb ye, & Iappnoacy adiepév ce rife
airlag, kai raicg maoatc Kparetc Kat ro Aotroy toBe
Hpeérepoc Ov.

ITAPP. xposexiynoa rhy ye npwrnv' paddov
d€ Tpayikwrepoy abro rohoey pot CoKw@’ cELvOTEpOY

0
yap.

14. Give a very succinct account of Lucian, his Greek,
and his models.

15. Explain—é redevnco Aiaxédc—h rpobecpla—acia-
gopov 6 rovroc—eoi yap To viv pet—repidecrvoy.

16. To what sects did the following belong—Chry-
sippus, Diogenes, Epicurus? State their chiet
tenets.

LATIN.
: First PAPER.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Translate, with notes :—

(a) Ego, si quis de pace consulet seu deferenda
hostibus seu accipienda, habeo, quid sententiae
dicam ; si de iis, quae Mago postulat, refertis,
nec victoribus mitti attinere puto, et frustran-
tibus nos falsa atque inani spe multo minus
censeo mittenda esse.

124 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

(6) Et de trecentis equitibus Campanis, qui in
Sicilia cum fide stipendiis emeritis Romam
venerant, Jatum ad populum, ut cives Romani
essent ; item ut municipes Cumani essent pridie,
jbo populus Campanus a populo Romano
efecisset.

(c) Nec te nec exercitum tuum norim, nisi, a qno
tot acies Romanas fusas stratasque esse sciam,
ei facile esse ducam opprimere populatores
nostros vagos sine signis palatos, quo quemque
trahit quamvis vana praedae spes.

(d) Siciliam ac Sardiniam, quae ante bellum vec-
tigales fuissent, vix praesides provinciarum
exercitus alere; tributo sumptus suppeditari ;
[eum] ipsum tributum conferentium numerum
tantis exercituum stragibus et ad Trasumennum
lacum et ad Cannas imminutum ; qui superessent
pauci, si multiplici gravarentur stipendio, alia
perituros peste. Itaque nisi fide staret res
publica, opibus non staturam. Prodeundum in
contionem Fulvio praetori esse, indicandas populo
publicas necessitates cohortandosque, qui re-
dempturis auxissent patrimonia, ut rei publicae,
ex qua crevissent, tempus commodarent, con-
ducerentque ea lege praebenda, quae ad exercitum
Hispaniensem opus essent, ut quum pecunia in
aerario esset, lis primis solveretur.

(e) An vero obliti estis, iudices, recenti illo nuntio
necis Clodianae, non modo inimicorum Milonis
sermones et opiniones sed non nullorum etiam
imperitorum ? negabant eum Romam esse redi-
turum. Sive enim illud animo irato ac percito
fecisset ut incensus odio trucidaret inimicum,

DECEMBER, 1906. 125

arbitrabantur eum tanti mortem P. Clodii putassse
ut aequo animo patria careret, quum sanguine
ipimici explesset odium suum: sive etiam illius
morte patriam liberare voluisset, non dubitaturum
fortem virum quin, quum suo periculo salutem
populo Romano attnlisset, cederet aequo animo
legibus, secum auferret gloriam sempiternam,
nobis haec fruenda relinqueret quae ipse servasset.

(7) Negat enim negat ingratis civibus fecisse se
quae fecerit ; timidis et omnia circumspicientibus
pericula non negat. Plebem et infimam multi-
tudinem quae P. Clodio duce fortunis vestris
imminebat, eam, quo tutior esset vestra vita, se
fecisse cominemorat ut non modo virtnte flecteret,
sed etiam tribus suis patrimoniis deleniret; nec
timet ne, quum plebem muneribus placarit,vos non
conciliarit meritis in rem publicam singularibus.
Senatus erga se benevolentiam temporibus his
ipsis saepe esse perspectam; vestras vero et
vestrorum ordinum occursationes studia sermones,
quemcumque cursum fortuna dederit, secum se
ablaturum esse dicit.

(g) desierat Ianus. nec longa silentia feci,

sed tetigi verbis ultima verba meis :

“ quid volt palma sibi rugosaque carica,” dixi
“ et data sub niveo condita mella cado ?”

“ omen ” ait “causa est, ut res sapor ille sequatur,
et peragat coeptum dulcis ut annus iter.”

“‘ dulcia cur dentur, video. stipis adice causam,
pars mihi de festo ne labet ulla tuo.”

risit, et “O quam te fallunt tua saecula,” dixit
‘¢ qui stipe mel sumpta dulcius esse putes !

vix ego Saturno quemquam regnante videbam,
cuius non animo dulcia lucra forent.”

126 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

(hk) hac [arte] te merentem, Bacche pater, tuae
vexere tigres indocili iugum
collo trahentes; hac Quirinus
Martis equis Acheronta fugit,
gratum elocuta consiliantibus
Iunone divis: Ilion, Ilion
fatalis incestusque iudex
et mulier peregrina vertit
in pulverem, ex quo destituit deos
mercede pacta Laomedon, mihi
castaeque daumnuatum Minervae
cum populo et duce fraudulento.

(t) hic dies anno redeunte festus
corticem adstrictum pice dimovebit
ampborae fumum bibere institutae

consule Tullo.
sume, Maecenas, cyathos amici
sospitis centum et vigiles lucernas
perfer in lucem: procul omnis esto
clamor et ira.

(j) rumpat et serpens iter institutum,
si per obliquum similis sagittae
terruit mannos: ego cui timebo

providus auspex,
antequam stantes repetat paludes
imbrium divina avis imminentum,
oscinem corvum prece suscitabo
solis ab ortu.

2. Show how the last stanzas in (h) and (7) of the
previous question scan. What are those metres
called ?

3. Translate, with short grammatical notes—

(a) Colligor ex ipso dominae placuisse sepulchro;
ora fuere mihi plus ave docta loqui.

DECEMBER, 1906. 127

(6) Nec Mauris animum mitior anguibus.

Segetis certa fides meae
fulgentem imperio fertilis Africae
fallit sorte beatior.

(e) Cum famulis operum solutis.

(7) Ibit insignem repetens Nearchum,
grande certamen, tibi praeda cedat
maior an illi.

(g) Uxor invicti Iovis esse nescis.

4. Translate explaining allusions—

(2) Poma negat regio, nec haberet Acontius, in quo
scriberet hic dominae verba legenda suae.

(6) Eque viris quondam pars tribus una fui.
Curia restabat, clavi mensura coacta est.

5. Explain—bigati, sub pellibus haberi, ‘“ minime sis
cantherium in fossam,” desultor, obire facinoris
locum tempusque, multam inrogare, antestari, de
tenero ung'ul.

6. How does Livy differ from Cicero in the use of (a)
the subjunctive mood, (5) the accusative case ?

7. Give some account of the career of Clodius with
special reference to his relations with Cicero and
Milo.

128 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

8. “Corvino iubente promere languidiora vina.”
Who was this Corvinus thus referred to by
Horace? In what way was he connected with
Ovid ?

9. Who were Pacuvius Calavius, Decius Magius,
Q. Fabius Pictor, L. Bantius, M. Fabius Buteo,
Hampsicora ? |

GREEK.
SEconD PAPER.

The Board of Examwners.

1. Translate, with brief notes in the margin when
you think them required—

(a) olo@’ 67 éorovdalec Gpyery Aavatoate mpog “IXcov,
Wo raretvoc Haba wane deivac rpocbtyyavwr,
kal Bipag Exwy axAnoroue TP Bédovre Onporwr,
kat duove xpdapnocy ebfic xaor, Kei py Tig GéXox,
roic rporae Cnra@y mpiacBatro piAdTipoy EK pEcoU"
Kar’ ETEL karéoxec apyac, peraBadwv a&ddouvc

TpOTOUC

roic pl\ootw ober’ haba roic mpiv we mpdcOev
pidoc,

dvonpdotroc, Eow Te KAnOpwy oravioc. Gvdpa 3”
ob ypewy

tov ayabov xpaccovra peyada rove rpdrovc
peOcoravat,

dda kal BéBaov elvat rore partora roc Pirate,
Hvik’ wpereiv parwora duvardg éorey ebruy@r.

DECEMBER, 1906. 129

(bd) Kal yap avrn ) Aloe ov bévoy rove CaxruXlove
aye Tove ardnpovc, ava Kxai dbvapey évriOnac roic
Saxruriotc, or av duvacbat ravrov rovro rotiv,
Srep fy diBos, GAXous dyew daxruXiouc, dar’ evlore
dppaboc TAaVY paKpoc SaxruAiwy eg “AAR Awy hprnrac’
waa Of rovrotc 24 éxeivng rii¢ AlBov 4; Sbvapec
dvhprnra. ovrw dé kal i) Movea évbéove per woeei,
Our O€ Trav évOEwy rovTwy GdrAdAwy EvOovo.alortwrv
dppaboc eCaprarat. mavTEC yap ot re ter éway
rrounrat at ayaGot ouUK Ek rexYNE GAN’ EvOeoe ovrec
TaVTa TAVTA TA KAA A€yover TOLpaTa, Kai Ware ot
KopuBarvruavrec obk Eudpovec bvTEC Gpxovrrat, OUTW
Kai of peAorouol obk Eugpovec OvTec Ta KaXa pédAy
ravra mowvarv, adr’ Eredav éEuBwGow ei¢ rijv
éppoviay Kat cic rov puudr, Paxxebovat, Kal Gorep
at Baxxar dpurovrat EK TOY ; roTapaY pert kal yada
parvopevat, Eudpovec dé ovoa ov, Tay pedowowy
Wy Wux1) rovro épyaerat, drep abrot NEyouc.

2. Translate into Greek—

Do you remember that famous Grecian, wh.
was so far mad that he would sit by himse:
whole days in the theatre laughing and °
clapping his hands, as if he had seen some
traredy ucting, whereas in truth there was
nothing presented ; yet in other things a man
reasonable enough, and so good a master to
his servants, that if they had broken the seal
of his most precious wine he would not have
run mad for it? But at last, when by the
care of his friends and by physic he was freed
from his distemper and become his own man
again, he thus expostulated with them. ‘“ Now,
by Pollux, my friends, I am in a miserable con-
dition, thanks to you. You have rather killed
than saved me in thus forcing me from my

180 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

pleasure.” And, indeed, I think they were
the madder of the two that thought fit to look
upon so pleasant a madness as an evil which
must be got rid of by physic. In my judgment
every man is the more happy in proportion as
he is the more mad. See, therefore, that no one
cures you under the delusion that he is doing
you a service.

3. Write very succinct accounts of the following
matters, giving chief dates and facts—

(a) The political actions of Solon.
(5) The confederacy of Delos.

(d) The functions of Boulé and Ecclesia.

4. Comment on the syntax in—
(i) Epapac otou cov avdpdc.
(11) ob yéyover, obd€ pu) yévnrat.
(ii) GAAG pet OF ToUTO yadeTOy 7.
(iv) ddéyou deity awéBave.

(v) dmrwrecay abrov To Emi ogac elvac.

5. Turn into the normal Attic passive form—

amexrovaciy abrév—Kaxoc pe éyee—éEEBareg
avrov Ek rijg wokewo—reOjxapev Tov vopoy.

DECEMBER, 1906. 131

LATIN. ;
SeconD PAPER.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Translate into Latin—

But before he would assemble them in arms,
or urge them to any attempt which, if unfortu-
nate, might in their present despondency prove
fatal, he resolved to inspect himself the situation
of the enemy, and to judge of the probability of
success. For this purpose he entered their camp
under the disguise of a harper and passed un-
suspected through every quarter. He so enter-
tained them with his music and _ facetious
humours, that he met with a welcome reception
and was even introduced to the tent of Guthrum,
their prince, where he remained some days. He
remarked the supine security of the Danes, their
contempt of the English, their negligence in
foraging and plundering, and their dissolute
wasting of what they gained by rapine and
violence. Kncouraged by these favourable
appearances, he secretly sent emissaries to the
most considerable of his subjects, and summoned
them to a rendezvous, attended by their wariike
followers, at Brixton. The English, who had
hoped to put an end to their calamities by
servile submission, now found the insolence and
rapine of the conqueror more intolerable than
all past fatigues and dangers; and at the
appointed day they joyfully resorted to their
prince.

(12

132

SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

2. Translate—

Haec effatus equum in mediog, moriturus et ipse,

concitat et Venulo adversum se turbidus infert,

dereptumque ab equo dextra complectitur hostem

et gremium ante suum multa vi concitus aufert.

Tollitur in caelum clamor, cunctique Latini

convertere oculos. Volat igneus aequore T'archon

arma virumque ferens; tum summa ipsius ab
hasta

defringit ferrum et partes rimatur apertas,

qua vulnus letale ferat ; contra ille repugnans

sustinet a iugulo dextram et vim viribus exit.

Utque volans alte raptum cum fulva draconem

fert aquila implicuitque pedes atque unguibus
haesit,

saucius at serpens sinuosa volumina versat

arrectisque horret squumis et sibilat ore,

arduus insurgens; illa haud minus urget
obunco

luctantem rostro, simul aethera verberat alis :

haud aliter praedam ‘Tiburtum ex agmine
Tarchon ;

portat ovans.

3. Translate—

Tribuni reclamantibus consulibus _refecti-
Patres quoque, ne quid cederent plebi, et ipsi L.
Quinctium consulem reficiebant. Nulla toto
anno vehementior actio consulis fuit. ‘ Mirer”
inquit, “si vana vestra, patres conscripti,
auctoritas ad plebem est? Vos elevatis eam;
quippe, quia plebs senatus consultum continu-
andis magistratibus solvit, ipsi quoque solutum
vultis, ne temeritati multitudinis cedatis, tan-
quam id sit plus posse in civitate, plus levitatis

DECEMBER, 1906. 133

ac licentiae habere. Levius enim vaniusque
profecto est sua decreta et consulta tollere quam
aliorum. Imitamini, patres conscripti, turbam
‘Inconsultam, et, qui exemplo aliis esse debetis,
aliorum exemplo peccate potius, quam alii vestro
recte faciant, dum ego ne imiter tribunos nec me
contra senatus consultum consulem renuntiari
patiar. Te vero, C. Claudi, adhortor, ut et ipse
populum Romanum hac licentia arceas et de me
hoc tibi persuadeas, me ita accepturum, ut non
honorem meum a te impeditum, sed gloriam
spreti honoris auctam invidiamque, quae ex
continuato eo impenderet, levatam putem.”

4. Show in tabular form the names and dates of the
wars in which Rome was engaged—(a) between
350 and 250 B.c.; (6) between 200 and 150.

5. Give some account of the two Triumvirates.

6. Construct and translate sentences illustrating
the use of haud scio an, prae (owing to), erga,
abhinc, quis (any one), quisquam, ecquis, quin
with the Indicative, and distinguish between
dum with the Present Indicative and dum with
the Imperfect Indicative.

ENGLISH.
SECOND PAPER
The Board of Examiners.

1. Describe the fout chief ‘ Cycles of Romance.”
At what period were they popular in England?

134 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATIONS.

Ne)

. By what Italian writers was Chaucer influenced ?
Mention the names of some of his poems written
during his ‘‘ Italian Period.”

3. Describe the Elizabethan theatre.

4. Explain the following terms :—(qa) blank verse ;
(b) sonnet; (c) Spenserian stanza.

5. Give a concise account of one work by each of the
following :—Marlowe, Lyly, Dryden, Hume,
Cowper, Shelley. Give in each case the (approxi-
mate) date of publication.

6. Explain Trench’s statement that ‘“‘ Wamba, the
Saxon jester in Jvanhoe, plays the philologer.”

7. Give an account, in your own words, of the first
day’s proceedings at the Passage of Arms at
Ashby.

8. Compare the lives and characters of Rowena and
Rebecca.
9. Explain the following words as used by Tenny-

son :—Tinct, scaur, boon, rathe, tarriance, dole,
soilure.

10. Who is referred to in each of the following
passages ?—
(a) . . . anold, dumb, myriad-wrinkled man.
(bo) . . . I never saw his like: there lives
No greater leader.
(c) A moral child without the craft to rule.
(d) . . . Agood knight, but therewithal
Sir Modred’s brother, and the child of Lot,
Nor often loyal to his word.
11. What was the chief addition made by Tennyson to
the story of Elaine as told by Malory ?

RS)

“)

DECEMBER, 196. 135

BRITISH HISTORY.

The Board of Examiners.

. Give an account of each of the following :—The

Danelagh; The Salisbury Gemot; The Grand
Remonstrance; The Humble Petition and
Advice; The Seven Men of Moidart; The Holy
Alliance.

. Show the importance of the English wool trade in

the Middle Ages.

. Trace the influence of “The New Learning” in

England to the close of the reign of Henry the
Eighth.

. What were the aims of the ecclesiastical policy of

Elizabeth ? What was her attitude towards the
toleration of differences in religion ?

. Trace the leading causes of the downfall of the

House of Stuart.

. Show the importance of each of the following

battles:—Camperdown; Cape St. Vincent;
Navarino; The Nile; Quebec; Wandewash.

. Trace the history of legislation regarding tha

Crown lands of any one of the Australian
Colonies.

. Give an account of the public career of Benjamin

Disraeli.

136 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

FRENCH.

First PAPER.

The Board of Exanuners.

Candidates must satisfy the examiners in EACH part
of the paper.

A.
TRADUCTION.

1. Traduisez en anglais idiomatique :

(a) Boileau a dit que: ‘ Le francais, né malin,
créa le vaudeville.” Cette malice percait déja
dans les fabliaux qui eurent tant de vogue en
France, durant tout le XIIle Siécle.

Les fabliaux ou romans se distinguent déja
par des qualités toutes -frangaises; le bon sens,
la saillie, la méchanceté naive, la bonhomie
mordante. Dés cette époque reculée, la nation
présente une alliance de qualités ou de défauts
qui sembleraient devoir s’exclure: une raison
éclairée, un coeur croyant, un esprit sceptique.
Bien des légéretés—comme on les appelle—si
souvent reprochées au peuple francais, tiennent
& cette réunion ancienne de contrastes qui
étonnent, mais qui plaisent, et qui n’ont point
été sans exercer une heureuse influence sur le
développement de l’histoire—BaRrreireE.

(5) Tl fallut que le maire, la commune de Paris,
poussés, forcés par l’exemple et les priéres des

rad

DECEMBER, 1906. 137

autres villes, vinssent demander a |’ Assemblée
une fédération générale. Il fallut que l’ Assemblée,
bon gré, mal gré l’accordat. bn fit ce qu’on
put du moins pour réduire le nombre de ceux
qui voulaient venir. La chose fut décidée fort
tard, de sorte que ceux qui venaient a pied des
extrémités du royaume n’avaient guére moyen
d’arriver & temps. La dépense fut a la charge
des localités, obstacle peut-étre insurmontable
pour les pays plus pauvres.

Mais, dans un si grand mouvement, y avait-il
des obstacles? On se cotisa, comme on put;
comme on put, on habilla ceux qui faisaient le
voyage ; plusieurs vinrent sans uniformes.
L’hospitalité fut immense, admirable, sur toute
la route; on arrétait, on se disputait les pélerins
de la grande féte. On les forcait de faire halte,
de loger, manger, tout au moins boire au
passage. Point d’étranger, point d’inconnu :
tous parents. Gardes nationaux, soldats,
marins; tous allaient ensemble. Ces bandes
qui traversaient les villages offraient un touchant
spectacle. C’étaient les plus anciens de |’armée,
de la marine qu’on appelait & Paris. Pauvres
soldats tout courbés de la guerre de sept ans,
sous-officiers en cheveux blancs, braves officiers
de fortune, qui avaient percé le granit avec leur
front, vieux pilotes usés & la mer, toutes ces
ruines vivantes de l’ancien régime, avaient voulu
pourtant venir: C’était leur jour, c’était leur
féte. On vit au 14 juillet des marins de
quatre-vingts ans qui marchérent douze heures
de suite; ils avaient retrouvé leurs forces, ils se
sentaient, au moment de la mort, participer a la
jeunesse de la France, a |’éternité de la patrie.

—MICHELET.

138 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

honte. ae

Qu’as-tu fait ?—J’ai péché : je me sens avili.

Ov vas-tu ?—Je gravis le sentier qui remonte.

Que veux-tu ?—Du travail. Qu’espéres-tu ?—
L’oubli.

Crois-tu qu’il est un Dieu, pauvre 4me encore
obscure ?

Que ta bonté le prouve et j’y croirai demain.

Crois-tu que le regret peut laver la souillure ?

Je n’en douterai plus si tu me tends la main.

—E. MANUEL.

B.
VERSION ET GRAMMAIRE.

2. Traduisez en frangais :

(a) But all this was sixty years ago. Nowadays
the children are supposed to go, at least some-
times and when possible, to the nearest village
school (for education is compulsory in France);
the young men are obliged to serve their
time in the regiment; the girls enter domestic
service. And so difficult is it to find recruits for
the woodman’s free but rough and lonely life,
that the lack of woodcutters is becoming a grave
question among foresters in France.

When March is well out, and the trees are
felled, when the wood is piled in stacks, the
woodman consults the sky, and, on the first
mild and growing morning, he begins to bark
(écorcer) his oaks or at least such of them as
are devoted to that tragic end. It is a nice and
delicate business, which must be undertaken
before the leaves are creen.

DECEMBER, 1906. 139

(6) The Nile was deified by the old inhabitants.
It was a god to the mass, and at least one of the
manifestations of deity to the priestly (des prétres)
class. As it was the immediate cause of all
they had, and all they hoped for, it was to
them the good power, and the desert was the
evil one. :

3. Montrez au moyen d’exemples la préposition que
’on doit employer aprés chacun des an
suivants; sapprocher, punir, jouer, triompher,
ressembler, succéder, manquer, se moquer.

4. Donnez d’autres noms liés par l’étymologie aux
noms suivants: le potrier, le cerisier, la banane,
la péche, le fruit, le prunier, la campagne, le
village, le pays, le rot.

5. Traduisez:

Less rich than formerly; the least details ;
prouder than ever; all men are equal before the
law; they cast a glance at each other; they do not
agree; do not trust her ; look at that large dog,
it is his.

6. Corrigez les phrases suivantes et expliquez briéve-
ment vos corrections :

L’assemblée, étant réuni, commencérent leurs
délibérations.

L’assemblée finie, chacun rentrérent chez eux.

Tl ne croit pas V’histoire qu’on viennent de
raconter.

140 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

7. Complétez les phrases suivantes, en mettant en
francais et dans leurs propres modes ou temps,
les verbes anglais suivants en italique :

J’ai peur qu’ to rain.

Tl Pa fait pour que vous to be happy.

Nous attendrons jusqu’a ce que tu to come.

Lorsqu ’il to arrive, nous nous to sit down to
table.

8. Traduisez :

The next meeting will take place next day in
the next viilage.

Here is a nice child, who lives ina nice house,
and who has taste for nice things.

According to the order of departure, they
started in good order and in good time.

—

GERMAN.
First Paper.

The Board of Examiners.

Candidates must satisfy the Examiners in EACH part of
the Paper.

A.—TRANSLATION.

1. Translate into English—

Mein Grossvater hat mir Ofters erziéhbit:
sie waren nur ein kleiner Haufen Leute,
kaum hundert an der Zahl; er selbst ein
Junge von fiinfzehn Jahren. Sechs Tage seien

DECEMBER, 1906. 141

sie herumgezogen, kreuz und quer, bis sich von
fern auf einem blanken klaren See etwas
Dunkles gezeiget, recht wie ein steinernes
Wundergewiichs anzusehen. Als aber einige
von ihnen auf der schmalen Landzunge vordran-
gen, die dort wie eine Briicke hiniiberfihrt iiber
den See, da war es eine ganze Stadt mit gewal-
tigen Mauern, Zinnen und Tiirmen Da er-
scbraken sie anfangs und meinten man kime iibel
an; sie lagen auch die ganze Nacht, wo es in
einem fort regnete, unter den Felsen vor den
Mauern. Nun es aber nach und nach tagte,
kam sie beinahe noch ein firgeres Grauen (terror)
an. Es krahten keine Hiéhne, kein Wagen liess
sich héren, kein Bicker schlug den Laden auf,
es stieg kein Rauch von den Dichern. Endlich
traten sie sacht in die Wolbung der offenen Tore
und sahen sich in den breifen Strassen um. Man
vernahm keinen Laut als den eigenen Fusstritt
und den Regen, der noch von den Dichern
abtropfte. Nichts riihrte sich in dem Innern der
Hauser.

2. Translate into English—

Sie haben wohlgetan, dass Sie, um Deutsch zu
lernen, zu uns heriibergekommen sind, wo Sie
nicht allein die Sprache schnell und leicht

' gewinnen, sondern auch die Elemente, worauf
sie ruht, unsern Boden, Klima, Lebensurt, Sitten,
gesellschaftlichen Verkehr, Verfassung und
dergleichen mit sich nach England nehmen.
Und dann verdient es auch nicht allein
unsere eigene Litteratur an sich, sondern es
ist auch nicht zu leugnen, dass wenn
Kiner jetzt das Deutsche gut versteht, er viele
andere Sprachen entbehren kann. Von der

149

SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

franzésischen rede ich nicht, sie ist die Sprache
des Umgangs und ganz besonders auf Reisen
unentbehrlich, weil sie jeder versteht und man
sich in allen Landern mit ihr statt eines guten
Dolmetschers (interpreter) aushelfen kann. Was
aber die anderen anbetrifft, so kénnen wir die
vorziiglichsten Werke aller Nationen in so guten
deutschen Uebersetzungen lesen, dass wir ohne
ganz besondere Zwecke nicht Ursache haben, auf
ihre mtibsame Erlernung viel Zeit zu verwenden.
Es liegt in der deutschen Natur, alles Auslindi-
sche in seiner Art zu wiirdigen, und dieses
zusaminen mit der grossen Fiigsamkeit (pliancy )
unsrer Sprache macht die deutschen Ueberse-
tzungen durchaus treu und vollkommen.

B.—CoMposiITION AND GRAMMAR.

8. Translate into German—

I was not surprised, when I ran down into
the hall, to see that a brilliant June morning
had succeeded to the tempest of the night; and
to feel, through the open glass door, the breath-
ing of a fresh aud fragrant breeze. Nature
must be glad When I was so happy. A beggar
woman and her little boy, pale, ragged objects
both, were coming up the walk, and I ran down
and gave them all the money I happened to have
in my purse, some three or four shillings; good
or bad, they must partake of my delight. All
around me the birds were chirping and singing,
but nothing was so merry or so musical as my
own rejoicing heart.

Fragrant=duftend; walk=/Pfad ; to chirp=
zwitschern.

DECEMBER, 1906. 143

4. Translate into German—

My first visit was to my friend, Major Ponto.
The Major, in his little phaeton, was in waiting
to take me up at the station. The vehicle cer-
tainly was-pot splendid, but such a carriage as
would accommodate a plain man (as Ponto said
he was) and a numerous family. We drove by
beautiful fresh fields and green hedges, through
a cheerful English landscape; the road was as
smooth and trim as the way in a nobleman’s
park. Children, with cheeks as red as the apples
in the orchards, curtsied to us at the cottage
doors. Blue church spires rose here and there
in the distance; and as the gardener’s wife
opened the white gate at the Major’s little
lodge, and we drove up to the house, my heart
felt a joy which I thought it was impossible to
experience in the smoky atmosphere of a town.

Phaeton = Phaethon m.; vehicle = Gefahrt: to
accommodate = passen fir ; to curtsy = knicksen
vor ; lodge= Villa f.; to experience—empfinden.

5. Give the first person singular of the present, im-
perfect, and perfect indicative of the following
verbs occurring in Questions Nos. 1 and 2 :—

Verschlagen, ausgestorben, herumgezogen, vor-
drangen, erschraken, wohlgetan, entbehren, aushel-
fen, verwenden.

6. Re-write the first two sentences of Question No. 2,
turning them into “ indirect speech” (from “Sie
haben” to ‘‘entbehren kann”; thus: ‘“ Ich
sagte zu dem jungen Englinder, er hatte wohl-
getan,” &c.)

144 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

7. Translate the following sentences, and re-write them
in German, changing the present tense of the
verbs into the perfect :—

Er kann nicht ausgehen; Ich méchte gern
wissen, ob das wahr ist; sie garf nicht zu uns
kommen ; er muss abreisen ; muss er das wirk-
lich? Was soll aus thm werden ?

8. Beantworten Sie auf deutsch die foloenden Fragen.
(Die Antwort muss einen vollstiindigen Satz
bilden; das Verbum darf nicht fehlen):

Welches sind Ihre taglichen Mahlzeiten ?
Woran erkennt man, dass es Frithling wird ?
Was haben Sie alles avf der Schule gelernt?

Welche dffentlichen Gebdiude findet man in
jeder grésseren Stadt?

Nennen Sie fiinf der Hauptstaaten Europas
und die Namen der Volker, dte darin
wohnen.

Welche Beforderungsmittel (means of loco-
motion) kennen Sie ?

CHEMISTRY.
The Board of Examiners.

SECOND HONOURS PAPER.

Candidates should write equations, where possible, as
well as verbal descriptions of Chemical reactions.

1. How may the atomic weight of an element be
determined, and what data are required { ?

ws)

DECEMBER, 1906. 145

. Describe the preparation, chemical properties, and

industrial and chemical uses of hydrogen
peroxide and one of its metallic derivatives.

. Describe one process of manufacturing soap, indica-

ting the chief chemical reactions which occur.
To what causes may the “ hardness ” of a water
be due and what methods of overcoming the
difficulty of obtaining a “lather” are available ?

. Shew how the physical properties of the halogens

and the formation and stability of their hydrides
illustrate the gradual transition of properties
with increase of atomic weight.

. What is meant by a reversible action? Discuss

the precipitation of cadmium and zinc sulphides
in acid and neutral solutions.

PHYSICS.
The Board of Examiners.

. Describe the construction, and give the mathe-

matical theory of the constant volume air ther-
mometer.

Explain fully how you would use it to deter-
mine the errors of a mercurial thermometer.

. Give a full account of Regnault’s investigation of

the relation between the boiling point of water
and the external pressure. hat was the
general character of his results P

146 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

3. Describe the construction of the Dip Circle, and
give a full account of the mode of using it,
pointing out the purposes served by the dif-
ferent experiments, and explaining how they
achieve them.

4. Describe, in full detail, the construction of an
astatic mirror gal vanometer.

A galvanometer with a 100 ohm shunt across
its terminals, joined up in circuit with a 2,000
ohm coil and a battery of negligible resistance,
gave a certain deflection; on removing the shunt
and inserting an additional resistance of 20,000
ohms in the circuit the same deflection was
obtained. Find the resistance of the galvano-
meter.

5. Describe the construction of the copper voltameter
and the experiments which must be made with
it in order to measure the electro-chemical
equivalent of copper, giving all necessary cal-
culations.

6. Explain the terms Longitudinal Vibration, Wave
Motion, Wave Length.

Draw to seale a diagram representing one
complete wave length of a simple harmonic
wave.

7. An object is placed on the axis of a concave mirror
at a distance of 20 centimetres; the real image
formed is half the size of the object. Find the
radius of the mirror.

8. Describe and explain a method of determining the
velocity of sound by experiments carried out in
an ordinary-sized room.

DECEMBER, 1906. 147

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.
The Board of Directors.

FIVE Questions only to be attempted.

What are the essential histological features of
epithelial tissue? Enumerate the organs in
which this tissue is found.

. What differences are to be found between blood

entering anc blood leaving each of the following
organs :—Lung, kidney, liver, bowel ?

What evidence is there that accommodation is
effected by changes in the lens? Describe these
changes, and state how you think they are
brought about.

What factors are concerned in the coagulation of
blood? By what means may coagulation be
prevented ?

What are the functions, origin, and composition of
lymph, and how may variations in its amount be
produced ?

What are the essential structural differences be-
tween the brain of a frog and a mammal ?

148

SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

MECHANICS.
The Board of Examiners.

1. State and prove the polygon law of composition

of relative velocities and accelerations.

A railway carriage is travelling at 60 km./br.
on a straight track. A small heavy body
is thrown out horizontally with a velocity rela-
tive to the carriage of 10 m./sec. at right
angles to its length. Neglecting the resistance
of the air, find where the body reaches the level
ground 3 m. below the point of projection.

2. State Newton’s laws of motion, and explain care

fully the reason for the statement that the tension
of a cord by which a mass of m gms. ia sus-
pended is about 980 m dynes.

A .rough mass can slide along the upper
horizontal surface of a straight bar which has a
simple harmonic oscillation of 1 sec. period and
10 cm. amplitude in the direction of its length.
The mass is placed on the bar when the latter is
instantaneously at rest at one end of its range.
Taking a coefficient of friction 1/6, sketch the
velocity-time graphs of the bar and the mass
and shew how to find the motion of the latter
completely.

3. Find the range of an unresisted projectile on an

inclined plane through the point of projection.

Projectiles are pene with a maximum
velocity of 60 ft./sec., from a point O on a
horizontal plane, at a boy who shelters himself

DECEMBER, 1906. 149

behind a wall 10 feet high at a horizontal dis-
tance of 60 feet from O. Shew that of the
projectiles which get over the wall, those get
nearest the boy which are discharged with the
highest elevation, and find the safe distance
from the wall 5 feet above the ground.

4. Find the acceleration of a particle moving with a
speed of v cm./sec. in a circle of radius 7 cm:
and find in gms. wt. the force per gm. required
to maintain the motion. —

A mass P on a smooth horizontal plane is
attached to a fixed point A in the plane by an
inextensible cord of length 7 and moves with
velocity vin its circular path. A point B of
the cord, distant a from A is suddenly seized
and held fixed and then the string is allowed to
run out from B until P is again describing a
circle of radius r. Find the new velocity of P.

5. A mass of &M lbs. is moving with a velocity of
V ft./sec. and is brought to rest by a constant
resistance in 7’ secs. Find the work done by
the resistance in ft. lbs. and its initial rate of
work in H.P.

If the same mass is brought to rest by a
buffer spring which gives a thrust of P lbs. wt.
per foot of compression, find the greatest com-
pression of the spring and the time in which the
mass is brought to rest.

6. Shew that the work in ft. lbs. of a constant couple
on a rigid body is equal to the product of its
moment in ft. lbs. and the angle turned through
by the body in radians.

150

SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

A fiy-wheel makes each revolution in a
second, and has a mean kinetic energy of
20 ft. ton. The wheel is driven by a con-
stant force acting on a pin A fixed in it ata
distance of 2 ft. from its centre C. This force
is always parallel to a fixed direction but changes
its sense so as tobe always driving. The re-
sistance on the wheel is a constant couple of
moment 4 ft. ton. Find the magnitude of the
driving force, andthe H.P.

Shew that the fractional variation of the
angular velocity is about -008.

[Take 6 = -881 rad. for the smallest positive
root of cos @ = 2/7. |

?. AOB is a straight horizontal lever, O the fulcrum,

OA=a,0B=b. C, Dare fixed pulleys at
equal distances h above and below O respectively.
A cord attached to the lever at A runs in turn
around the pulleys C, Dand a third pulley fixed
to the lever at B. The driving force is a vertical
pull on the cord hanging from B. The resis-
tance is a vertical force at A. Find the
mechanical advantage of the lever.

8. ABCD is a plane quadrilateral area, CM, DN

are perpendiculars from C, D to AB. CM
— 1, DN=2,AM = 4, AN = 3, AB= 6.
Find the distance of the centroid G of the
quadrilateral from A and the X GAB.

9. Shew that if a body is in equilibrium under three

forces in one plane, they are either all parallel
or they meet ata point. State the further con-
ditions of equilibrium.

10.

DECEMBER, 1906. 151

The points A, B of a body and its centroid are
in a vertical plane perpendicular toa wall. A wheel
in the same plane is pivoted in the body with its
centre at A. The body is in rough contact at

’ B with a horizontal floor BO and the wheel is

in contact at C with the wall OC. M is the
foot of the perpendicular from the centroid G of
the body and wheel to AB and AM = a, BU
= b, GM =c,x ABO= 60. Find the re-
actions at the two points of support B, C’ in
terms of the total weight W.

Two light bars AO, BO in a vertical plane are
jointed to fixed points at A,B and are also jointed
together at O. A weight W is carried by AO
at a point C. Sketch the figures for the
graphical determination of the reactions at the
joints.
Shew that the reaction at O is

AC sin 0

AO sin o’
where 0, @ are the inclinations of AO to the
vertical and OD respectively, and find an ex-
pression for the reaction at A.

ALGEBRA.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Enunciate and prove the remainder theorem.

Resolve

A? + B?+ C? —~2BC — VA — 2AB
into factors, having given that.
A = a3(b—c)?, B = B(c—a)*, C= 8 (a — B)?.

152 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

2. Find the conditions that, for real values of x, a
fraction whose numerator and denominator are
given quadratic functions of z may be capable of
al! real values.

If A, B, C are positive, and a, b, ¢ are real,
the equation
A B C

zg—a «£—b x—e
cannot have equal roots unless a = 6 = ¢.

3. State and prove the relations between the roots
and coefficients of a rational integral equation.
If a, b,c are the rootsof 2? — px? + gx —r = 0,
shew that
(a — 56)? (a ~ ce)? + (6 —c)? (b — a)?
+ (¢ — a)? (c— 5)? = (p? — 3g).

4. Shew that the elimination of y from two equations
of the second order in x and y leads in general
to an equation of the fourth order in av, and
explain how the values of y are to be found when
those of 2 have been found.

Solve

(x — a) (y—a@) + (@—d) (y — 5) = 0.
ae _¥ =],
atv b+1y

5. Define a determinant of the third order, and shew
from the definition that the determinant changes
sign if two rows are interchanged.

Eliminate x, y, z from
(b—c)za+(e—a)y+ (a—b)z=0.
(6+c)an+ (c+ a)yt(atd)z=0.

etytz=0.

DECEMBER, 1906. 153

6. Express a proper fraction whose denominator is
the product of different simple factors as a sum
of partial fractions.

If there are x letters a, b, c, &c., and & is a
positive integer less than x — 1, shew that
ak 0
2G=1) G@= G0... 7 ;
Find the value of the first member when / has
the values n — 1, n.

7. Find, without using the permutation formula, the .
number of combinations of n different things r at
a time.

If there are m sorts of things and of each sort,
find the number of ways in which a selection of
one or more things can be made from them.

8. Define a convergent series, and shew that a series
is convergent if from and after some fixed term
the ratio of each term to the preceding is
numerically less than some quantity which is
itself numerically less than unity.

Shew that the series
L397 + 227? + 347% 4+ rng + nn?” +...

is convergent if @ is numerically less than unity,
and find the term at which the series begins to
converge if « = ‘999,

9. State the principal steps in the proof of the bi-
nomial theorem for a fractional or negative
exponent.

154 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

If a, 6 are two numbers whose difference is
small compared with one of them, shew that,
neglecting cubes of small quantities, the n” root

of afd is
(n+ 1l)a+(n—1))
(n+1)b+(n—1)a-

10. Define a logarithm, and find the relation between
the logarithms of the same number to different
bases.

Eliminate x, y, z from
loe,, =a, log,, y = 6, log, z=.

GEOMETRY.
The Board of Examiners.

1. Define the radical axis of two circles, and show
that if there be three circles, their three radical
axes—taking the circles in pairs—are con-
current.

Two points are taken on each side of a
triangle—D, and D, on BC, #, and £, on CA,
F, and Fion A B—such that 2, LFF, FF, D,D,;,
D,D,E,E, are three sets of concyclic points.
Prove that all six points lie on the same circle.

2. POQ is any chord of a circle, and RS is the
polar of O. If OS be parallel to QZ, then
PR will bisect OS.

3. The rectangle contained by the diaSonals of a
quadrilateral is less than the sum of the rectangles
contained by its opposite sides unless it be a
cyclic quadrilateral.

DECEMBER, 1906. 156

AB, CD are the diagonals of a cyclic quadri-
lateral, and H, Fare their middle points. IfCD
bisects the angle AFB, then will AB bisect the
angle CED.

. Of three plane angles which form a trihedral angle
any two are torether greater than the third.

. Define a parallelopiped. Prove that its four
diagonals are concurrent, and that they are all
bisected at their common intersection.

Show also that the sum of the squares on its
four diagonals is equal to the sum of the squares
on its twelve edges.

. If two small circles on a sphere have equal radii
their planes are equidistant from the centre uf
the sphere.

. Prove by pure geometry that the tangents drawn
from any point to a parabola subtend equal
angles at the focus, and have equal projections on
the directrix.
. Find the condition that the straight lines
az + by +c= 0,
az + by +c —0,
may be at right angles.
Prove that the straight line which passes
through the intersection of
x cos (a+) + ysin (a + 3) = c(cosP + sin f),
x cos (a—3) + ysin (a ~ 8) = c (cos — sin),
and is perpendicular to
xcosy + ysiny = p,
has for equation
—rsiny+y cos y =c {sin (a—y) + cos (a—y)}.

156 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

9. Investigate the equation to the rr Sia to the
circle z? + y? = c? at the point (, 2).
Prove that y= x tan 0 + ¢ sec 9 touches
this circle for all values of 0 ; and find in terms
of 6 the co-ordinates of the point of contact.

10. Find the co-ordinates of the points P,Q, wherein
the straight line (m + n) y—2x2=2amn cuts the
parabola y? = daz.

If PQ cut the axis in a fixed point whose
abscissa is c, prove that the normals at P and Q
meet on a fixed parabola whose latus rectum is
2

a
3
11. In the ellipse am + a = 1, prove that the locus
a

of the middle points of chords parallel to the
line y = ma, is the line ma*y + ba = 0.

Shew also that if chords through any point
on the ellipse be drawn parallel to these two lines
they will cut the ellipse again at the extremities
of a diameter.

TRIGONOMETRY.
The Board of Examiners,

1. Solve the equations
(a) 8 cos 26 + tan 76 = 7,
(6) tan 6 + tang = 2.
_ 2vat ,

tan 260 + tan 29 = re

DECEMBER, 1906. 157

. Prove that sin = / a(t Sie ee
ted /1 + tan’a

Shew that the ambiguous signs are both positive
if a lies between (8 m + 1) 3 and (8m +3) ae

and find the limits for a when the signs are both
negative.

. Ifsina + sin B = a,

andcosa + cos 6 = 8,

find the value of tana + tan (3.

. If 6,, 6., 6;, are different solutions of

tan (0 + a) + tan (0 + ) + tan (0 + y) = 0,
no two of which differ by a multiple of two
right angles, prove that

6+ +6 +at+ B+ y =a.

. A pole on a horizontal plane is of length /, and leans
to the south at an angle 6 with the horizontal.
The sun is at an elevation 0, and the vertical
plane containing the sun makes an angle a with
the meridian. Find the length and direction of
the shadow.

. Shew that in general the change in the cotangent
of an angle is proportional to the change in the
angle itself. for what values of the angle does
this cease to be true ?

The area of a triangle is determined from
measurements of the three sides. If there are
small errors x, y,2, in these, prove that the error in
the area is 4 (ax cot A + by cot B + cz cot C).

. Prove that (cos 6 + 2 sin 0)*= cos 28 + 7 sin n@
for real values of 7.

158 SENIOR PUBLIC EXAMINATION.

Deduce the value of cos 96 in terms of cos 6.
x x
8. Prove that tan “x = L— 3 + 5 seeeee
if l>z>—l.
Hence deduce a useful series for calculating z.

9. Find the sum to ” terms of
sin2a + sin? (a + B) + sin? (a + 28) + «+.
and to infinity (when convergent) of

x3
x sin 6 +13 sin 30 + s, sin BO wc c eee

70. Explain carefully what is meant by a spherical
triangle and its polar triangle, and state the
relations between the sides and angles of the
triangle and its polar.

Prove that in any spherical triangle
cos a = cos bcose + sinb sinc cos A.

BOTANY.
The Board of Examiners.

Zllustrate your answers by figures wherever possible.)

1. Explain fully the influence of the following factors
upon the distribution of plants:—(a@) calcium,
(6) common salt, (c) ants, (d) wind.

2. Describe the structure of the ovule of a typical
Dicotyledon, and trace its development after
pollination until the cotyledons of the embryo
are formed.

3. Give an account of the structure, reproduction, and
life history of a typical member of the Uredinee.

DECEMBER, 1906. 159

4. Give an account of the chief forms of tactic re-
sponse shewn by freely motile plant organisms,
giving instances of each.

5. Write a brief synopsis of the Natural Order
Ranunculacew, mentioning six genera included
in it, and giving the floral diagram of two
dissimilar flowers belonging to the order.

DRAWING.
5. Drawina Piant Forms From Narvure.
The Board of Examiners.
Time allowed : One hour.

For this examination select a branch of Pittos-
porum bearing ten or twelve leaves.

Arrange the branch in front of, but without pressing
at against, a plain white background, and with the
light on the Candidate’s left.

Before the examination’ begins, the following In-
structions must be read to the Candidates :—

1. You are to make a drawing in outline of the
branch in front of you and to the scale or
nature.

2. Your drawing may be executed in lead pencil,
in pen and ink, or with the brush and water
colour, as you choose.

8. One hour is allowed for your work.

J. Kemp, Acting Government Printer, Melbourne

‘Ee Yr — wy Ld on. Tee

Digitized by Google

This book js under no circumstance

taken from the

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Examinations papers"

See other formats